<PAGE> 1
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON OCTOBER 22, 1997
REGISTRATION NO. 333-
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
---------------------
FORM S-4
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
---------------------
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<C> <C> <C>
DELAWARE 1311 72-1235413
(State of other jurisdiction (Primary Standard Industrial (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or Classification Code Number) Identification No.)
organization)
625 E. KALISTE SALOOM ROAD ANDREW L. GATES, III
LAFAYETTE, LOUISIANA 70508 VICE PRESIDENT -- LEGAL AND GENERAL COUNSEL
(318) 237-0410 625 E. KALISTE SALOOM ROAD
(Address, including zip code, and telephone LAFAYETTE, LOUISIANA 70508
number, including area code, of registrant's (318) 237-0410
principal executive offices) (Name, Address, including zip code,
and telephone number, including
area code, of agent for service)
</TABLE>
Copy to:
ALAN P. BADEN
VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.
2300 FIRST CITY TOWER
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002-6760
(713) 758-2430
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the
public: As soon as practicable following the effectiveness of this Registration
Statement.
If the securities being registered on this Form are being offered in
connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with
General Instruction G, check the following box. [ ]
---------------------
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===========================================================================================================
TITLE OF EACH CLASS AMOUNT TO AMOUNT OF
OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED BE REGISTERED REGISTRATION FEE
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007....... $100,000,000 $30,303
===========================================================================================================
</TABLE>
THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR
MAY OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS
OF ANY SUCH STATE.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 22, 1997
PROSPECTUS
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
OFFER TO EXCHANGE
8 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
THAT HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FOR ALL OUTSTANDING 8 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M. NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON , 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED
------------------------
Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), hereby
offers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Prospectus and the accompanying letter of transmittal (the "Letter of
Transmittal," and together with this Prospectus, the "Exchange Offer"), to
exchange $1,000 principal amount of its 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2007 (the "Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement
(as defined) of which this Prospectus constitutes a part, for each $1,000
principal amount of its outstanding 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
(the "Old Notes"), of which $100,000,000 principal amount is outstanding. The
form and terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects to
the form and terms of the Old Notes except for certain transfer restrictions and
registration rights relating to the Old Notes. The Exchange Notes will evidence
the same debt as the Old Notes and will be issued under and be entitled to the
benefits of the Indenture (as defined). The Exchange Notes and the Old Notes are
collectively referred to herein as the "Notes."
The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Company, subordinated in right
of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness (as defined) of the
Company. The Notes rank pari passu with any future Pari Passu Indebtedness (as
defined) of the Company and senior to any future Subordinated Indebtedness (as
defined) of the Company.
The Company will accept for exchange any and all Old Notes that are validly
tendered on or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date the Exchange
offer expires, which will be , 1997, unless the Exchange Offer is
extended. See "The Exchange Offer -- Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendment."
Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the business day prior to the Expiration Date (as defined), unless
previously accepted for exchange. The Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any
minimum principal amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange. However, the
Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions which may be waived by the
Company and to the terms and provisions of the Registration Agreement (as
defined). Old Notes may be tendered only in denominations of $1,000 principal
amount and integral multiples thereof. The Company has agreed to pay the
expenses of the Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer."
(Cover continued on next page)
------------------------
SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 15 OF THIS PROSPECTUS FOR A DISCUSSION
OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE
NOTES.
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
------------------------
The date of this Prospectus is , 1997
<PAGE> 3
The Exchange Notes will bear interest at the rate of 8 3/4% per annum,
payable semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing
March 15, 1998, to holders of record on the March 1 and September 1 immediately
preceding such interest payment date. Holders of Exchange Notes of record on
March 1, 1998 will receive interest on March 15, 1998 from the date of issuance
of the Exchange Notes, plus an amount equal to the accrued interest on the Old
Notes from the date of issuance of the Old Notes, September 19, 1997, to the
date of exchange thereof. Interest on the Old Notes accepted for exchange will
cease to accrue upon issuance of the Exchange Notes.
The Old Notes were sold by the Company on September 19, 1997 to the Initial
Purchasers (as defined) in a transaction not registered under the Securities Act
in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The Old Notes were
thereupon offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers only to "qualified
institutional buyers" (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act).
Accordingly, the Old Notes may not be offered, resold or otherwise transferred
unless registered under the Securities Act or unless an applicable exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available. The
Exchange Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy the obligations
of the Company under the Registration Agreement entered into with the Initial
Purchasers in connection with the offering of the Old Notes. See "The Exchange
Offer" and "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights."
Based on no-action letters issued by the staff of the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission" or "SEC") to third parties, including
Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, SEC No-Action Letter (available April 13,
1989), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991)
(the "Morgan Stanley Letter") and Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc., SEC No-Action Letter
(available June 5, 1991), the Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for resale, resold and otherwise
transferred by the respective holders thereof (other than a "Restricted Holder,"
being (i) a broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes exchanged for such Exchange
Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other
available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a person that is an
affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities
Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery
provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are acquired
in the ordinary course of such holder's business and such holder is not
participating in, and has no arrangement with any person to participate in, the
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such Exchange Notes.
Eligible holders wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the
Company that such conditions have been met. Holders who tender Old Notes in the
Exchange Offer with the intention to participate in a distribution of the
Exchange Notes may not rely upon the Morgan Stanley Letter or similar no-action
letters. See "The Exchange Offer -- General." Each broker-dealer that receives
Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes. The Letter of Transmittal states that by so acknowledging
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes where such Exchange Notes were acquired by such broker-
dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. The
Company has agreed that, starting on the date hereof (the "Expiration Date") and
ending on the close of business 180 days after the Expiration Date, it will make
this Prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."
The Company will not receive any proceeds from the Exchange Offer.
The Exchange Notes will constitute a new issue of securities with no
established trading market, and there can be no assurance as to the liquidity of
any markets that may develop for the Exchange Notes or as to the ability of or
price at which the holders of Exchange Notes would be able to sell their
Exchange Notes. Future trading prices of the Exchange Notes will depend on many
factors, including, among others, prevailing interest rates, the Company's
operating results and the market for similar securities. The Company does not
intend to apply for listing of the Exchange Notes on any securities exchange.
Salomon Brothers Inc, Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, Howard, Weil,
Labouisse, Friedrichs Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and
NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc. (together, the "Initial Purchasers") have
informed the Company that they currently intend to make a market for the
2
<PAGE> 4
Exchange Notes. However, they are not so obligated, and any such market making
may be discontinued at any time without notice. Accordingly, no assurance can be
given that an active public or other market will develop for the Exchange Notes
or as to the liquidity of or the trading market for the Exchange Notes.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER IS NOT BEING MADE TO, NOR WILL THE COMPANY ACCEPT
SURRENDERS FOR EXCHANGE FROM, HOLDERS OF OLD NOTES IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH
THE EXCHANGE OFFER OR THE ACCEPTANCE THEREOF WOULD NOT BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SECURITIES OR BLUE SKY LAWS OF SUCH JURISDICTION.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE NO.
--------
<S> <C>
Available Information....................................... 3
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference............. 4
Prospectus Summary.......................................... 5
Forward Looking Statements.................................. 14
Risk Factors................................................ 14
Private Placement........................................... 21
Use of Proceeds............................................. 21
Capitalization.............................................. 22
Selected Historical Financial Data.......................... 23
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations................................. 24
Business.................................................... 30
Management.................................................. 44
Certain Stockholders........................................ 46
Description of Bank Credit Facility......................... 46
The Exchange Offer.......................................... 47
Description of Notes........................................ 55
Exchange Offer; Registration Rights......................... 87
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences..................... 89
Plan of Distribution........................................ 92
Transfer Restrictions on Old Notes.......................... 93
Legal Matters............................................... 95
Experts..................................................... 96
Glossary of Oil and Gas Terms............................... 97
Index to Financial Statements............................... F-1
</TABLE>
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
The Company is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and, in accordance
therewith, files reports, proxy and information statements and other information
with the Commission. Such reports, proxy and information statements and other
information can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of the Commission:
Seven World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp
Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511.
Copies of such materials can be obtained by mail from the Public Reference
Section of the Commission, at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. In addition, the Commission
maintains a site on the World Wide Web that contains reports, proxy and
information statements and other information filed electronically by the Company
with the Commission which can be accessed over the Internet at
http://www.sec.gov. While any Old Notes remain outstanding, the Company will
make available, upon request, to any holder and any prospective purchaser of Old
Notes, the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities
Act during any period in which the Company
3
<PAGE> 5
is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Any such request
should be directed to the Secretary of the Company, 625 E. Kaliste Saloom Road,
Lafayette, Louisiana 70508.
This Prospectus constitutes part of a registration statement on Form S-4
(herein, together with all amendments and exhibits, referred to as the
"Registration Statement") filed by the Company with the Commission under the
Securities Act. This Prospectus omits certain of the information set forth in
the Registration Statement. Reference is hereby made to the Registration
Statement and to the exhibits relating thereto for further information with
respect to the Company and the securities offered hereby. Statements contained
herein concerning the provisions of contracts or other documents are not
necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in its entirety by
reference to the copy of the applicable contract or other document filed with
the Commission. Copies of the Registration Statement and the exhibits thereto
are on file at the offices of the Commission and may be obtained upon payment of
the fee prescribed by the Commission, or may be examined without charge at the
public reference facilities of the Commission described above.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
The following documents have been filed by the Company with the Commission
pursuant to the Exchange Act (File No. 1-12074) and are incorporated herein by
reference:
(1) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996;
(2) the Company's Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods
ended March 31 and June 30, 1997; and
(3) the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 15, 1997 as
amended by Form 8-K/A filed on October 15, 1997.
All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or
15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to
the termination of the offering made by this Prospectus shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein and to be a part hereof from the date of filing
thereof. Any statement contained in a document incorporated or deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein shall be deemed to be modified or superseded
for purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein,
or in any other subsequently filed document that also is or is deemed to be
incorporated by reference herein, modifies or supersedes such statement. Any
such statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so
modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.
The Company hereby undertakes to provide without charge to each person,
including any beneficial owner, to whom a copy of this Prospectus has been
delivered, upon the written or oral request of such person, a copy of any or all
of the information that has been incorporated by reference in this Prospectus
(not including exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference
herein unless such exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference in such
information). Requests for such copies should be directed to the Secretary of
the Company at 625 E. Kaliste Saloom Road, Lafayette, Louisiana 70508.
NO PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY INFORMATION OR MAKE ANY
REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS
PROSPECTUS OR THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, OR BOTH TOGETHER, NOR ANY
SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE AN IMPLICATION THAT
THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY SINCE THE DATE HEREOF.
NEITHER THIS PROSPECTUS NOR THE ACCOMPANYING LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, OR BOTH
TOGETHER, CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY
OF THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH
OFFER OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED OR IN WHICH THE PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO OR TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT IS
UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION.
4
<PAGE> 6
SUMMARY
The following summary is qualified in its entirety by the more detailed
information and financial statements (including the notes thereto) appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. As used herein, references to the "Company" or
"Stone Energy" mean Stone Energy Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries,
unless the context requires otherwise. Certain terms relating to the oil and gas
industry are defined in "Glossary of Oil and Gas Terms."
THE COMPANY
Stone Energy Corporation is an independent oil and gas company engaged in
the development, exploration, acquisition and operation of oil and gas
properties onshore and offshore in the Gulf Coast Basin. The Company and its
predecessors have been active in the Gulf Coast Basin since 1973, which gives
the Company extensive geophysical, technical and operational expertise in this
area. As of August 1, 1997, the Company estimated that its proved reserves were
approximately 185.6 Bcf of gas and 18.4 MMBbls of oil, or an aggregate of
approximately 49.4 MMBOE, with a present value of estimated pre-tax future net
cash flows of approximately $372 million. The Company serves as operator of all
of its 14 properties.
The Company's business strategy is to increase production, cash flow and
reserves through the acquisition and development of mature properties located in
the Gulf Coast Basin. The Company seeks properties that have an established
production history, proved undeveloped reserves and multiple prospective
reservoirs that provide significant development opportunities and an attractive
price due to low current production levels and properties in which the Company
would have the ability to control operations. Prior to acquiring a property, the
Company performs a thorough geological, geophysical and engineering analysis of
the property to formulate a comprehensive development plan. Through development
activities, the Company seeks to increase cash flow from existing proved
reserves and to establish additional proved reserves. These activities typically
involve the drilling of new wells, workovers and recompletions of existing
wells, and the application of other techniques designed to increase production.
Stone Energy has budgeted $237 million of capital expenditures for 1997 and
1998, which includes $50 million spent in the first half of 1997. These amounts
compare to $79 million spent in 1996 and $46 million in 1995. Approximately 54%
of the 1997 and 1998 budgeted expenditures has been allocated to two key
properties described below. During the period from July 1, 1997 through December
31, 1998, the Company plans to drill 36 new wells, conduct 24
workovers/recompletions on existing wells and, depending upon the timing and
success of specific development activities, install five new offshore production
platforms.
At South Pelto Block 23, the Company plans capital expenditures of $81
million during 1997 and 1998 for the development and further exploration of a
significant discovery made in 1996. Fourteen new productive sands, as indicated
by electric logs, have been encountered in an area of the leaseblock and at
depths which had not been previously explored. Four wells have been drilled in
this area, all of which the Company believes will be commercially successful,
and the drilling of a fifth well is in progress. Two of the wells have been
placed on production, and the installation of the new "D" production platform is
scheduled for the fourth quarter of 1997 for the production of the other two
wells and, if successful, the fifth well. The Company believes that the
production from the "D" platform has the potential to materially increase the
Company's daily production.
On August 1, 1997, the Company closed its largest acquisition to date with
the purchase of certain interests in the Vermilion Block 255 Field, located
offshore Louisiana, for $36.6 million. Stone Energy serves as the operator of
the field, which consists of four Vermilion blocks. As of August 1, 1997, gross
daily production from this field was approximately 1,227 Bbls of oil and 12.2
MMcf of gas. The acquisition is consistent with the Company's strategy of
acquiring Gulf Coast Basin properties with multiple productive reservoirs and
development potential. The Company plans development expenditures of
approximately $11 million during 1997 and 1998 in this field. In addition, the
Company has arranged to acquire a 3-D seismic survey to more fully evaluate the
field's potential.
The Company's executive offices are located at 625 E. Kaliste Saloom Road,
Lafayette, Louisiana 70508, and its telephone number is (318) 237-0410.
5
<PAGE> 7
THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT AND USE OF PROCEEDS
The Old Notes were sold by the Company on September 19, 1997 to the Initial
Purchasers and were thereupon offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers only to
certain qualified buyers. The net proceeds of $96.9 million received by the
Company in connection with the sale of the Old Notes were used to repay all
borrowings outstanding under the term loan and all except $10 million of the
revolving credit loan outstanding under the Bank Credit Facility. It is
anticipated that the remainder of the net proceeds, if any, will be used for
general corporate purposes. See "Private Placement" and "Capitalization."
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
The Exchange Offer relates to the exchange of up to $100,000,000 principal
amount of Exchange Notes for up to $100,000,000 principal amount of Old Notes.
The form and terms of the Exchange Notes are identical in all material respects
to the form and terms of the Old Notes except that the Exchange Notes have been
registered under the Securities Act and will not contain certain transfer
restrictions and hence are not entitled to the benefits of the Registration
Agreement relating to the contingent increases in the interest rate provided for
pursuant thereto. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old
Notes and will be issued under and be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture
governing the Old Notes. See "Description of the Notes."
THE EXCHANGE OFFER......... Each $1,000 principal amount of Exchange Notes will
be issued in exchange for each $1,000 principal
amount of outstanding Old Notes. As of the date
hereof, $100,000,000 principal amount of Old Notes
are issued and outstanding. The Company will issue
the Exchange Notes to tendering holders of Old
Notes on or promptly after the Expiration Date.
RESALE..................... The Company believes that the Exchange Notes issued
pursuant to the Exchange Offer generally will be
freely transferable by the holders thereof without
registration or any prospectus delivery requirement
under the Securities Act, except for certain
Restricted Holders who may be required to deliver
copies of this Prospectus in connection with any
resale of the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for
such Old Notes. See "The Exchange Offer -- General"
and "Plan of Distribution."
EXPIRATION DATE............ 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on ,
1997, unless the Exchange Offer is extended, in
which case the term "Expiration Date" means the
latest date to which the Exchange Offer is
extended. See "The Exchange Offer -- Expiration
Date; Extensions; Amendments."
INTEREST ON THE NOTES...... The Exchange Notes will bear interest payable
semi-annually on March 15 and September 15 of each
year, commencing March 15, 1998. Holders of
Exchange Notes of record on March 1, 1998 will
receive interest on March 15, 1998 from the date of
issuance of the Exchange Notes, plus an amount
equal to the accrued interest on the Old Notes from
the date of issuance of the Old Notes, September
19, 1997, to the date of exchange thereof.
Consequently, assuming the Exchange Offer is
consummated prior to the record date in respect of
the March 15, 1998 interest payment for the Old
Notes, holders who exchange their Old Notes for
Exchange Notes will receive the same interest
payment on March 15, 1998 that they would have
received had they not accepted the Exchange Offer.
Interest on the Old Notes accepted for exchange
will cease to accrue upon issuance of the Exchange
Notes. See "The Exchange Offer -- Interest on the
Exchange Notes."
6
<PAGE> 8
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
OLD NOTES.................. Each holder of Old Notes wishing to accept the
Exchange Offer must complete, sign and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, in
accordance with the instructions contained herein
and therein, and mail or otherwise deliver such
Letter of Transmittal, or such facsimile, or an
Agent's Message (as defined) together with the Old
Notes to be exchanged and any other required
documentation to the Exchange Agent at the address
set forth herein and therein or effect a tender of
Old Notes pursuant to the procedures for book-entry
transfer as provided for herein. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
SPECIAL PROCEDURES FOR
BENEFICIAL HOLDERS....... Any beneficial holder whose Old Notes are
registered in the name of a broker, dealer,
commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and
who wishes to tender in the Exchange Offer should
contact such registered holder promptly and
instruct such registered holder to tender on the
beneficial holder's behalf. If such beneficial
holder wishes to tender directly, such beneficial
holder must, prior to completing and executing the
Letter of Transmittal and delivering the Old Notes,
either make appropriate arrangements to register
ownership of the Old Notes in such holder's name or
obtain a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder. The transfer of record ownership
may take considerable time. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Procedures for Tendering."
GUARANTEED DELIVERY
PROCEDURES............... Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender their Old
Notes and whose Old Notes are not immediately
available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes and
a properly completed Letter of Transmittal or any
other documents required by the Letter of
Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the
procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis
and deliver an Agent's Message, may tender their
Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery
procedures set forth in "The Exchange Offer --
Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."
WITHDRAWAL RIGHTS.......... Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn at any time
prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
business day prior to the Expiration Date, unless
previously accepted for exchange. See "The Exchange
Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
TERMINATION OF THE EXCHANGE
OFFER.................... The Company may terminate the Exchange Offer if it
determines that the Exchange Offer violates any
applicable law or interpretation of the staff of
the SEC. Holders of Old Notes will have certain
rights against the Company under the Registration
Agreement should the Company fail to consummate the
Exchange Offer. See "The Exchange Offer --
Termination" and "Exchange Offer; Registration
Rights."
ACCEPTANCE OF OLD NOTES AND
DELIVERY OF EXCHANGE
NOTES.................... Subject to certain conditions (as summarized above
in "Termination of the Exchange Offer" and
described more fully in "The Exchange
Offer -- Termination"), the Company will accept for
exchange any and all Old Notes which are properly
tendered in the Exchange Offer prior to 5:00 p.m.,
New York City time, on the Expiration Date. The
7
<PAGE> 9
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange
Offer will be delivered promptly following the
Expiration Date. See "The Exchange
Offer -- General."
EXCHANGE AGENT............. Texas Commerce Bank National Association is serving
as exchange agent (the "Exchange Agent") in
connection with the Exchange Offer. The mailing
address of the Exchange Agent is: Texas Commerce
Bank National Association, Corporate Trust
Services, P.O. Box 2320, Dallas, Texas 75221-2320.
Hand deliveries and deliveries by overnight courier
should be sent to: Texas Commerce Bank National
Association, Corporate Trust Services, 1201 Main
Street, 18th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75202. For
information with respect to the Exchange Offer, the
telephone number for the Exchange Agent is (214)
672-5125 or (800) 275-2048 and the facsimile number
for the Exchange Agent is (214) 672-5746 . See "The
Exchange Offer -- Exchange Agent."
USE OF PROCEEDS............ There will be no cash proceeds payable to the
Company from the issuance of the Exchange Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. See "Use of
Proceeds." For a discussion of the use of the net
proceeds received by the Company from the sale of
the Old Notes, see "Private Placement."
TERMS OF THE NOTES
NOTES OUTSTANDING.......... $100 million aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007.
MATURITY DATE.............. September 15, 2007.
INTEREST PAYMENT DATES..... March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing
on March 15, 1998.
SUBORDINATION OF NOTES..... The Notes are unsecured obligations, subordinated
in right of payment to all existing and future
Senior Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes rank
pari passu with any future Pari Passu Indebtedness
of the Company and senior to any future
Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company. As of
August 1, 1997, after giving effect to the Offering
and the application of the estimated net proceeds
therefrom, (i) the Company would have had $55
million of available borrowing capacity under the
Bank Credit Facility, $10 million of which would
have been outstanding, and $3 million of other
Senior Indebtedness outstanding and (ii) the
Company would have had no Pari Passu Indebtedness
or Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding (other
than the Old Notes). See "Description of the
Notes -- Subordination."
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTIES...... Under certain circumstances, the Notes will in the
future be jointly and severally guaranteed on an
unsecured senior subordinated basis by Restricted
Subsidiaries of the Company. The terms of such
subordination will be the same as those for the
Notes. See "Description of the Notes -- Subsidiary
Guaranties."
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION........ The Notes are redeemable at the option of the
Company, in whole or in part, at any time on or
after September 15, 2002, at the redemption prices
set forth herein, plus accrued and unpaid interest
to the date of redemption. In addition, at any time
and from time to time prior to September 15, 2000,
the Company may redeem up to 33 1/3% of the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes originally
issued at a re-
8
<PAGE> 10
demption price of 108.750% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any,
to the date of redemption, with the net proceeds of
one or more Equity Offerings, provided that at
least 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of
the Notes originally issued remains outstanding
immediately after such redemption.
SINKING FUND............... None.
CHANGE OF CONTROL.......... Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, the
Company is required to make an offer to repurchase
the Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101%
of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase.
See "Description of the Notes -- Repurchase at the
Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control."
CERTAIN COVENANTS.......... The Indenture for the Notes contains limitations
on, among other things, (a) the ability of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to incur
additional Indebtedness, (b) the creation of
certain Liens, (c) the making of certain Restricted
Payments including Investments, (d) the issuance
and sale of Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries, (e) Asset Sales, (f) the ability of
the Company to incur layered Indebtedness, (g)
transactions with Affiliates, (h) payment
restrictions affecting Restricted Subsidiaries and
(i) certain consolidations, mergers and transfers
of assets (the foregoing capitalized terms are
defined in "Description of the Notes -- Certain
Definitions"). All of these limitations are subject
to a number of important qualifications. See
"Description of the Notes."
EXCHANGE OFFER;
REGISTRATION RIGHTS........ The Company agreed to use its reasonable best
efforts to file and cause to become effective the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement (as defined)
relating to the Exchange Offer for the Old Notes
or, in lieu thereof, to file and cause to become
effective the Shelf Registration Statement (as
defined) for the resale of the Old Notes. If (i)
neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement
nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been filed
with the Commission on or prior to the 60th day
following the original issuance of the Old Notes,
(ii) neither the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement nor the Shelf Registration Statement has
been declared effective by the Commission on or
prior to the 120th day following the original
issuance of the Old Notes, (iii) neither the
Exchange Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective
on or prior to the 150th day following the original
issuance of the Old Notes or (iv) after either the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective,
such registration statement thereafter ceases to be
effective or usable (subject to certain exceptions)
in connection with resales of Old Notes or Exchange
Notes in accordance with and during the periods
specified in the Registration Agreement (as
defined), then Special Interest (in addition to the
stated interest on the Old Notes and the Exchange
Notes) will accrue on the Old Notes and the
Exchange Notes. Upon the consummation of the
Registered Exchange Offer or the declaration of
effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement
with respect to the Old Notes, the Special Interest
will cease accruing. See "Exchange Offer;
Registration Rights."
9
<PAGE> 11
ABSENCE OF A PUBLIC MARKET
FOR THE NOTES............ The Exchange Notes will be a new issue of
securities for which there is currently no market.
The Company does not intend to apply for listing of
the Notes on any securities exchange or stock
market. Although the Initial Purchasers have
informed the Company that they each currently
intend to make a market in the Notes and, if
issued, the Exchange Notes, they are not obligated
to do so, and any such market making may be
discontinued at any time without notice.
Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the
development or liquidity of any market for the
Notes. The Old Notes currently trade in The Portal
Market.
RISK FACTORS
Prior to making an investment decision, prospective investors in the Notes
should consider all the information set forth in this Prospectus and should
carefully evaluate the considerations set forth in "Risk Factors."
10
<PAGE> 12
SUMMARY OIL AND GAS RESERVE DATA
The following table sets forth summary information with respect to the
Company's estimated proved oil and gas reserves. All information in this
Prospectus as of December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 relating to estimated oil and
gas reserves and the estimated future net cash flows attributable thereto is
based upon the reserve reports (the "Reserve Reports") prepared by Atwater
Consultants, Ltd. and Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc., both independent
petroleum engineers (the "Independent Engineers"), except for the reserves
attributed to Eugene Island Block 243 Field at December 31, 1994, which were
estimated by the Company. All information in this Prospectus as of August 1,
1997 relating to estimated oil and gas reserves and estimated future net cash
flows attributable thereto is based upon estimates by the Company. All
calculations of estimated reserves have been made in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the Commission and, except as otherwise indicated, give no
effect to federal or state income taxes otherwise attributable to estimated
future cash flows from the sale of oil and gas. See "Risk Factors -- Uncertainty
of Estimates of Oil and Gas Reserves," "Business -- Oil and Gas Reserves" and
"Experts."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AS OF DECEMBER 31,
AUGUST 1, ------------------------------
1997(1) 1996 1995 1994
--------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total proved:
Oil (MBbls)............................................... 18,427 12,772 7,985 6,455
Gas (MMcf)................................................ 185,572 144,316 81,179 68,285
Total (MBOE).............................................. 49,356 36,825 21,515 17,836
Proved developed:
Oil (MBbls)............................................... 14,927 9,260 7,055 5,840
Gas (MMcf)................................................ 139,723 109,628 67,797 52,215
Total (MBOE).............................................. 38,214 27,531 18,355 14,543
Estimated future net cash flows before income taxes
(in thousands)............................................ $544,114 $712,379 $259,478 $145,006
Present value of estimated future net cash flows before
income taxes (in thousands)(2)............................ $372,314 $448,895 $179,725 $ 97,391
Prices(3):
Oil (per Bbl)............................................. $ 18.94 $ 25.97 $ 19.40 $ 16.74
Gas (per Mcf)............................................. 2.26 3.94 2.39 1.72
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The increase in the Company's estimate of its proved reserves as of August
1, 1997, from December 31, 1996, is primarily attributable to the
acquisition of the Vermilion Block 255 Field and the development of South
Pelto Block 23.
(2) The present value of estimated future net cash flows attributable to the
Company's reserves was prepared using constant prices as of the calculation
date, discounted at 10% per annum on a pre-tax basis.
(3) Represents weighted average prices received by the Company (net of effects
of hedging), as of the date indicated, and used in calculating "Estimated
future net cash flows before income taxes" and "Present value of estimated
future net cash flows before income taxes."
SUMMARY OPERATING DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
ENDED
JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------- -------------------------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992
------ ------ ------- ------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Production:
Oil (MBbls)............................... 694 663 1,356 1,400 1,113 1,016 745
Gas (MMcf)................................ 5,990 6,128 11,331 8,399 6,629 4,953 2,941
Oil and gas (MBOE)........................ 1,692 1,684 3,245 2,800 2,218 1,842 1,235
Average sales prices (inclusive of hedging
activities):
Oil (per Bbl)............................. $20.28 $19.75 $ 20.49 $17.70 $16.61 $17.47 $19.54
Gas (per Mcf)............................. 2.49 2.50 2.48 1.66 1.92 2.16 1.96
Per BOE................................... 17.14 16.86 17.21 13.82 14.06 15.46 16.47
Average costs (per BOE):
Normal lease operating expenses........... $ 2.58 $ 2.36 $ 2.66 $ 2.25 $ 2.39 $ 2.35 $ 3.37
General and administrative................ 1.04 0.99 1.08 1.18 1.40 1.22 1.47
Depreciation, depletion and
amortization............................ 6.89 6.06 5.93 5.57 5.15 4.20 3.83
</TABLE>
11
<PAGE> 13
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30,(1) YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------- -----------------------------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT RATIOS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
Oil production revenue.............. $14,075 $13,091 $27,788 $24,775 $18,482 $17,752 $14,557
Gas production revenue.............. 14,930 15,300 28,051 13,918 12,697 10,718 5,778
Other revenue....................... 894 1,105 2,126 1,858 1,708 1,252 616
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total revenues............... 29,899 29,496 57,965 40,551 32,887 29,722 20,951
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Expenses:
Operating costs and production
taxes............................. 6,347 5,739 12,451 9,797 9,449 7,148 5,869
Depreciation, depletion and
amortization...................... 11,929 10,334 19,564 15,719 11,569 8,028 5,019
Interest expense.................... 1,103 1,537 3,574 2,191 982 1,499 1,743
Other expense....................... -- -- -- -- -- 1,025 365
General and administrative costs.... 1,759 1,662 3,509 3,298 3,099 2,248 1,818
Incentive compensation plan......... 316 278 928 85 1,358 -- --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total expenses............... 21,454 19,550 40,026 31,090 26,457 19,948 14,814
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net income before income taxes and
cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle................ 8,445 9,946 17,939 9,461 6,430 9,774 6,137
Provision for income taxes............ 3,252 3,829 6,906 3,645 2,410 943 --
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net income before cumulative effect of
change in accounting principle...... 5,193 6,117 11,033 5,816 4,020 8,831 6,137
Cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle(2)............. -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,377
------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net income............................ $ 5,193 $ 6,117 $11,033 $ 5,816 $ 4,020 $ 8,831 $ 7,514
======= ======= ======= ======= ======= ======= =======
CASH FLOW DATA:
Net cash provided by operating
activities (excluding working
capital changes).................... $20,274 $20,158 $37,295 $25,049 $17,911 $17,852 $11,156
Investment in oil and gas
properties.......................... 40,453 16,321 72,733 48,122 41,174 18,167 9,366
Net cash provided by (used in)
financing activities................ 24,863 5,000 44,906 25,164 6,530 25,166 (4,049)
OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
EBITDA(3)............................. $21,477 $21,817 $41,077 $27,371 $18,981 $19,301 $12,899
Ratio of earnings to fixed
charges(4).......................... 8.0x 7.3x 5.9x 5.2x 7.5x 7.5x 4.5x
Ratio of EBITDA to interest expense... 19.5x 13.4x 11.2x 11.4x 19.3x 12.9x 7.4x
Ratio of total debt to EBITDA......... -- -- 0.6x 1.7x 1.2x 1.2x 2.2x
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF JUNE 30, 1997(1)
---------------------------
PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL AS ADJUSTED(5)
---------- --------------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and marketable securities.............................. $ 26,399 $ 54,209
Oil and gas properties, net................................. 210,159 241,159
Total assets................................................ 253,556 315,483
Long-term debt, less current portion........................ 51,137 113,064
Stockholders' equity........................................ 149,530 149,530
</TABLE>
(see footnotes on following page)
12
<PAGE> 14
(1) Unaudited.
(2) Represents the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
109, "Accounting For Income Taxes," effective January 1, 1992.
(3) EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation,
depletion and amortization and certain other non-cash charges. EBITDA is
included as a supplemental disclosure because it is commonly accepted as
providing useful information regarding a company's ability to service and
incur debt. EBITDA, however, should not be considered in isolation or as a
substitute for net income, cash flow provided by operating activities or
other income or cash flow data prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles or as a measure of a company's profitability
or liquidity.
(4) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
is defined as income of the Company and its subsidiaries before income taxes
and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including
amortization of financing costs and any discount or premium related to any
indebtedness.
(5) Historical amounts as adjusted on a pro forma basis for the acquisition of
the Vermilion Block 255 Field, the Offering and the application of the
estimated net proceeds therefrom.
13
<PAGE> 15
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Prospectus includes "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act. All
statements other than statements of historical facts included in this
Prospectus, including without limitation statements under "Summary," "Risk
Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations" and "Business" regarding budgeted capital expenditures,
increases in oil and gas production, the Company's financial position, oil and
gas reserve estimates, business strategy and other plans and objectives for
future operations, are forward-looking statements. Although the Company believes
that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are
reasonable, it can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have
been correct. There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities
of proved oil and natural gas reserves and in projecting future rates of
production and timing of development expenditures, including many factors beyond
the control of the Company. Reserve engineering is a subjective process of
estimating underground accumulations of oil and natural gas that cannot be
measured in an exact way, and the accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function
of the quality of available data and of engineering and geological
interpretation and judgment. As a result, estimates made by different engineers
often vary from one another. In addition, results of drilling, testing and
production subsequent to the date of an estimate may justify revisions of such
estimate and such revisions, if significant, would change the schedule of any
further production and development drilling. Accordingly, reserve estimates are
generally different from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are
ultimately recovered. Additional important factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially from the Company's expectations are disclosed under
"Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this Prospectus. Should one or more of these
risks or uncertainties occur, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect,
the Company's actual results and plans for 1997 and beyond could differ
materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements. All subsequent
written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to the Company or
persons acting on its behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by such
factors.
RISK FACTORS
In addition to the other information contained in this Prospectus, the
following factors should be considered carefully in evaluating an investment in
the Exchange Notes.
VOLATILITY OF OIL AND GAS PRICES; MARKETABILITY OF PRODUCTION
The Company's revenue, profitability and future rate of growth are
substantially dependent upon the prevailing prices of, and demand for, oil and
natural gas. Prices for oil and natural gas have been volatile and are likely to
continue to be subject to wide fluctuation in response to relatively minor
changes in the supply of and demand for oil and natural gas, market uncertainty
and a variety of additional factors that are beyond the control of the Company.
These factors include the level of consumer product demand, weather conditions,
domestic and foreign governmental regulations, the price and availability of
alternative fuels, political conditions in the Middle East, the foreign supply
of oil and natural gas, the price of oil and gas imports and overall economic
conditions. From time to time, oil and gas prices have been depressed by excess
domestic and imported supplies. There can be no assurance that current price
levels will be sustained. It is impossible to predict future oil and natural gas
price movements with any certainty. Declines in oil and natural gas prices may
adversely affect the Company's financial condition, liquidity and results of
operations and may reduce the amount of the Company's oil and natural gas that
can be produced economically. Additionally, substantially all the Company's
sales of oil and natural gas are made in the spot market or pursuant to
contracts based on spot market prices and not pursuant to long-term fixed price
contracts. With the objective of reducing price risk, the Company may from time
to time enter into hedging transactions with respect to a portion of its
expected future production. See "-- Risks of Hedging Transactions." There can be
no assurance that such hedging transactions will reduce risk or mitigate the
effect of any substantial or extended decline in oil or natural gas prices. Any
substantial or extended decline in the prices of oil or natural gas would have a
material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition and results of
operations.
14
<PAGE> 16
In addition, the marketability of the Company's production depends upon the
availability and capacity of gas gathering systems, pipelines and processing
facilities. The unavailability or lack of capacity thereof could result in the
shut-in of producing wells or the delay or discontinuance of development plans
for properties. Federal and state regulation of oil and gas production and
transportation, general economic conditions and changes in supply and demand all
could adversely affect the Company's ability to produce and market its oil and
natural gas. If market factors were to change dramatically, the financial impact
on the Company could be substantial. The availability of markets and the
volatility of product prices are beyond the control of the Company and represent
a significant risk. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
UNCERTAINTY OF ESTIMATES OF OIL AND GAS RESERVES
This Prospectus contains estimates of the Company's proved oil and gas
reserves and the estimated future net revenues therefrom based upon the
Company's own estimates or on Reserve Reports that rely upon various
assumptions, including assumptions required by the Commission as to oil and gas
prices, drilling and operating expenses, capital expenditures, taxes and
availability of funds. The process of estimating oil and gas reserves is
complex, requiring significant decisions and assumptions in the evaluation of
available geological, geophysical, engineering and economic data for each
reservoir. As a result, such estimates are inherently imprecise. Actual future
production, oil and gas prices, revenues, taxes, development expenditures,
operating expenses and quantities of recoverable oil and gas reserves may vary
substantially from those estimated by the Company or contained in the Reserve
Reports. Any significant variance in these assumptions could materially affect
the estimated quantity and value of reserves set forth in this Prospectus. The
Company's properties may also be susceptible to hydrocarbon drainage from
production by other operators on adjacent properties. In addition, the Company's
proved reserves may be subject to downward or upward revision based upon
production history, results of future exploration and development, prevailing
oil and gas prices, mechanical difficulties, government regulation and other
factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control. Actual production,
revenues, taxes, development expenditures and operating expenses with respect to
the Company's reserves will likely vary from the estimates used, and such
variances may be material.
Data included in this Prospectus regarding the Company's reserves as of
August 1, 1997 have not been reported upon by the Independent Engineers.
Approximately 23% of the Company's total proved reserves at August 1, 1997 were
undeveloped, which are by their nature less certain. Recovery of such reserves
will require significant capital expenditures and successful drilling
operations. The Company's reserve data assume that substantial capital
expenditures by the Company will be required to develop such reserves. Although
cost and reserve estimates attributable to the Company's oil and gas reserves
have been prepared in accordance with industry standards, no assurance can be
given that the estimated costs are accurate, that development will occur as
scheduled or that the results will be as estimated. See "Business -- Oil and Gas
Reserves."
The present value of future net revenues referred to in this Prospectus
should not be construed as the current market value of the estimated oil and gas
reserves attributable to the Company's properties. In accordance with applicable
requirements of the Commission, the estimated discounted future net cash flows
from proved reserves are generally based on prices and costs as of the date of
the estimate, whereas actual future prices and costs may be materially higher or
lower. Actual future net cash flows also will be affected by increases in
consumption by gas and oil purchasers and changes in governmental regulations or
taxation. The timing of actual future net cash flows from proved reserves, and
thus their actual present value, will be affected by the timing of both the
production and the incurrence of expenses in connection with development and
production of oil and gas properties. In addition, the 10% discount factor,
which is required by the Commission to be used in calculating discounted future
net cash flows for reporting purposes, is not necessarily the most appropriate
discount factor based on interest rates in effect from time to time and risks
associated with the Company or the oil and gas industry in general.
SUBSTANTIAL CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
The Company makes, and will continue to make, substantial expenditures for
the development, exploration, acquisition and production of oil and gas
reserves. The Company made capital expenditures
15
<PAGE> 17
of $46 million during 1995 and $79 million during 1996. The Company plans to
make capital expenditures of approximately $144 million in 1997 (which includes
year to date acquisition and development expenditures) and $93 million in 1998,
and none of the amounts budgeted for future expenditures include acquisition
costs. Management believes that the cash provided by operating activities,
borrowings under the Bank Credit Facility and the proceeds from the Offering
will be sufficient to fund planned capital expenditures in 1997 and 1998.
However, if revenues or cash flows from operations decrease as a result of lower
oil and natural gas prices, operating difficulties or other factors, many of
which are beyond the control of the Company, the Company may be limited in its
ability to expend the capital necessary to undertake or complete its drilling
program, or it may be forced to raise additional debt or equity proceeds to fund
such expenditures. There can be no assurance that additional debt or equity
financing or cash generated by operations will be available to meet these
requirements. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
NEED FOR ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT OF ADDITIONAL RESERVES
The Company's future success, as is generally the case in the industry,
depends upon its ability to find, develop or acquire additional oil and gas
reserves that are economically recoverable. Unless the Company acquires
additional properties containing proved reserves or conducts successful
development and exploitation activities on properties it currently owns, the
Company's proved reserves will decline resulting in lower revenues and cash flow
from operations. The successful acquisition of producing properties requires an
assessment of recoverable reserves, future oil and gas prices and operating
costs, potential environmental and other liabilities, title issues and other
factors. Such assessments are necessarily inexact and their accuracy is
inherently uncertain. In addition, any such assessment will not reveal all
existing or potential problems, nor will it permit the Company to become
sufficiently familiar with the properties to assess fully their deficiencies and
capabilities. The inventory of oil and gas properties offered for sale has
declined over the last several years. This reduced availability of properties,
combined with the emergence during the same period of a number of
well-capitalized independent oil and gas companies, has caused an increase in
the prices paid for properties. See "-- Competition" and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
The Company's strategy includes increasing its production and reserves by
the implementation of a carefully designed field-wide development plan that is
formulated prior to acquisition of a property. There can be no assurance,
however, that the Company's development projects will result in significant
additional reserves or that the Company will have success drilling productive
wells at economically viable costs. Furthermore, while the Company's revenues
may increase if prevailing oil and gas prices increase, the Company's finding
costs for additional reserves could also increase. The Company's strategy
includes a significant increase in development activities and related capital
expenditures due to, among other things, its significant acquisitions in 1996
and 1997. There can be no assurance that the Company can effectively manage this
increased activity.
DRILLING RISKS; OPERATING DELAYS
Drilling involves numerous risks, including the risk that no commercially
productive oil or gas reservoirs will be encountered. The cost of drilling and
completing wells is often uncertain, and drilling operations may be curtailed,
delayed or canceled as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are
beyond the Company's control, including unexpected drilling conditions, pressure
or irregularities in formations, equipment failures or accidents, weather
conditions, and shortages or delays in the delivery of equipment. Demand for
drilling rigs, production equipment and related services increased significantly
during 1996 and to date in 1997, and the costs associated with these items are
higher than in 1995. The Company has experienced delays in obtaining such
equipment and services, and in some instances the costs incurred are higher than
originally budgeted. There can be no assurance as to the success of the
Company's future drilling activities. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
16
<PAGE> 18
OPERATING HAZARDS
The oil and gas business involves a variety of operating risks, including
the risk of fire, explosions, blowouts, pipe failure, abnormally pressured
formations and environmental hazards such as oil spills, gas leaks, ruptures or
discharges of toxic gases, the occurrence of any of which could result in
substantial losses to the Company due to injury or loss of life, severe damage
to or destruction of property, natural resources and equipment, pollution or
other environmental damage, clean-up responsibilities, regulatory investigation
and penalties, and suspension of operations. In addition to the foregoing, the
Company's offshore operations are subject to the additional hazards of marine
operations, such as capsizing, collision and adverse weather and sea conditions.
In accordance with customary industry practice, the Company maintains insurance
against some, but not all, of the risks described above. There can be no
assurance that any insurance obtained by the Company will be adequate to cover
any losses or liabilities. The Company cannot predict the continued availability
of insurance or the availability of insurance at premium levels that justify its
purchase.
COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS
Oil and gas operations are subject to various federal, state and local
governmental regulations which may be changed from time to time in response to
economic or political conditions. Matters subject to regulation include
discharge permits for drilling operations, drilling and abandonment bonds or
other financial responsibility requirements, reports concerning operations, the
spacing of wells, unitization and pooling of properties and taxation. From time
to time, regulatory agencies have imposed price controls and limitations on
production by restricting the rate of flow of oil and gas wells below actual
production capacity in order to conserve supplies of oil and gas. The
production, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of oil and gas,
by-products thereof and other substances and materials produced or used in
connection with oil and gas operations are subject to regulation under federal,
state and local laws and regulations primarily relating to protection of human
health and the environment. For example, the Oil Pollution Act of 1990 ("OPA")
requires operators of offshore oil production facilities located in waters of
the United States to establish evidence of financial responsibility to cover
environmental cleanup and restoration costs that could be incurred in connection
with an oil spill, and imposes strict liability on responsible parties, as
defined therein, for such spills, subject to certain limitations. Under OPA and
other environmental protection laws, fines, civil and criminal penalties,
cleanup costs and other damages could be imposed on the Company in connection
with a spill of oil or other pollutants from one of the Company's facilities.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Conditions and Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources -- Regulatory and Litigation
Issues" and "Business -- Regulation."
EFFECTS OF LEVERAGE
As of August 1, 1997, after giving effect to the Offering and the
application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, the Company's long-term
debt would have been $113 million and the Company would have had $45 million of
additional available borrowing capacity under the Bank Credit Facility. See
"Capitalization." In addition, the Indenture allows the Company to incur
significant amounts of additional Indebtedness under certain circumstances.
The Company's level of indebtedness will have several important effects on
its operations, as well as significant consequences to holders of the Exchange
Notes, including (i) a substantial portion of the Company's cash flow from
operations will be dedicated to the payment of interest on its indebtedness and
will not be available for other purposes, (ii) the covenants contained in the
Indenture and the Bank Credit Facility limit its ability to borrow additional
funds or to dispose of assets and may affect the Company's flexibility in
planning for, and reacting to, changes in business conditions, (iii) the
Company's ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working
capital, capital expenditures (including acquisitions), general corporate
purposes or other purposes may be impaired, (iv) the Company's leveraged
financial position may make the Company more vulnerable to economic downturns
and may limit its ability to withstand competitive pressures, (v) to the extent
that the Company incurs any indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facility, which
indebtedness will be at variable rates, the Company may be vulnerable to
increases in interest rates and (vi) the Company's flexibility in planning for
or
17
<PAGE> 19
reacting to changes in market conditions may be limited. Moreover, future
acquisition or development activities may require the Company to alter its
capitalization significantly. These changes in capitalization may significantly
increase the leverage of the Company. The Company's ability to meet its debt
service obligations and to reduce its total indebtedness will be dependent upon
the Company's future performance, which will be subject to general economic
conditions and to financial, business and other factors affecting the operations
of the Company, many of which are beyond its control. If the Company is unable
to generate sufficient cash flow from operations in the future to service its
indebtedness and to meet its other commitments, the Company will be required to
adopt one or more alternatives, such as refinancing or restructuring its
indebtedness, selling material assets or operations or seeking to raise
additional debt or equity capital. There can be no assurance that any of these
actions could be effected on a timely basis or on satisfactory terms or that
these actions would enable the Company to continue to satisfy its capital
requirements. The terms of the Company's indebtedness, including the Bank Credit
Facility and the Indenture, also may prohibit the Company from taking such
actions. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
SUBORDINATION OF NOTES
The Notes will be subordinated in right of payment to all present and
future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including the principal, premium (if
any) and interest with respect to the Bank Credit Facility. The Indenture
limits, but does not prohibit, the incurrence by the Company of additional
Senior Indebtedness and Pari Passu Indebtedness. The amount of such additional
Indebtedness may be substantial. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation,
reorganization or other winding up of the Company, the assets of the Company
will be available to pay the obligations on the Notes only after all Senior
Indebtedness of the Company has been paid in full, and there may not be
sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on the Notes and any other Pari
Passu Indebtedness. In addition, under certain circumstances, no payments may be
made with respect to principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes
if a default exists with respect to any Senior Indebtedness. As of August 1,
1997, after giving effect to the Offering and the application of the estimated
net proceeds therefrom, the Company would have had $55 million of available
borrowing capacity under the Bank Credit Facility, $10 million of which would
have been outstanding, and $3 million of other Senior Indebtedness outstanding.
The terms of the subordination of any Subsidiary Guaranties will be the same as
those for the Notes. See "Description of the Notes -- Subordination."
The Notes are also unsecured and will be effectively subordinated to any
secured indebtedness of the Company. If the Company were unable to repay its
secured borrowings, such lenders could proceed against the collateral. Under
certain circumstances, the lenders under the Bank Credit Facility may require
such facility to be secured by the oil and gas properties of the Company.
PAYMENT UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each holder of the Notes may
require the Company to purchase all or a portion of such holder's Notes at 101%
of the principal amount of the Notes, together with accrued and unpaid interest,
if any, to the date of purchase. Prior to any such repurchase of the Notes, the
Company may be required to (i) repay all or a portion of indebtedness under the
Bank Credit Facility or other indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor or (ii) obtain certain consents to permit the repurchase, including
consents under the Bank Credit Facility. If the Company is unable to repay all
of such indebtedness or is unable to obtain the necessary consents, the Company
would be unable to offer to repurchase the Notes, which would constitute an
Event of Default under the Indenture. There can be no assurance that the Company
will have sufficient funds available at the time of any Change of Control to
make any debt payment (including repurchases of Notes) as described above. See
"Description of the Notes -- Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change
of Control."
The events that constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture may also
be events of default under the Bank Credit Facility or other indebtedness of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor. Such events may permit the lenders under
such debt instruments to reduce the borrowing base thereunder or to accelerate
the debt and, if the debt is not paid, to enforce security interests on, or to
commence
18
<PAGE> 20
litigation that could ultimately result in a sale of, substantially all the
assets of the Company, thereby limiting the Company's ability to raise cash to
repurchase the Notes. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions in the
Indenture would likely prohibit payments to holders of the Notes.
FRAUDULENT CONVEYANCE CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO FUTURE SUBSIDIARY GUARANTIES
Although the Company currently has no Restricted Subsidiaries, the
Company's obligations under the Notes may under certain circumstances be
guaranteed on an unsecured senior subordinated basis by future Restricted
Subsidiaries. Various fraudulent conveyance laws have been enacted for the
protection of creditors and may be utilized by a court of competent jurisdiction
to subordinate or avoid any Subsidiary Guaranty issued by a Subsidiary
Guarantor. It is also possible that under certain circumstances a court could
hold that the direct obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor could be superior to
the obligations under the Subsidiary Guaranty.
To the extent that a court were to find that at the time a Subsidiary
Guarantor entered into a Subsidiary Guaranty either (x) the Subsidiary Guaranty
was incurred by a Subsidiary Guarantor with the intent to hinder, delay or
defraud any present of future creditor or that a Subsidiary Guarantor
contemplated insolvency with a design to favor one or more creditors to the
exclusion in whole or in part of others or (y) the Subsidiary Guarantor did not
receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for issuing the
Subsidiary Guaranty and, at the time it issued the Subsidiary Guaranty, the
Subsidiary Guarantor (i) was insolvent or rendered insolvent by reason of the
issuance of the Subsidiary Guaranty, (ii) was engaged or about to engage in a
business or transaction for which the remaining assets of the Subsidiary
Guarantor constituted unreasonably small capital or (iii) intended to incur, or
believed that it would incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they
matured, the court could avoid or subordinate the Subsidiary Guaranty in favor
or the Subsidiary Guarantor's other creditors. Among other things, a legal
challenge of a Subsidiary Guaranty issued by a Subsidiary Guarantor on
fraudulent conveyance grounds may focus on the benefits, if any, realized by the
Subsidiary Guarantor as a result of the issuance by the Company of the Notes. To
the extent a Subsidiary Guaranty is avoided as a fraudulent conveyance or held
unenforceable for any other reason, the Holders of the Notes would cease to have
any claim in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantor and would be creditors solely
of the Company.
RELIANCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
The Company's operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of key
management and technical personnel. There can be no assurance that such
individuals will remain with the Company for the immediate or foreseeable
future. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of these individuals
could have a detrimental effect on the Company. See "Management."
RISKS OF HEDGING TRANSACTIONS
In order to manage its exposure to price risks in the marketing of its oil
and gas, the Company has in the past and expects to continue to enter into oil
and gas price hedging arrangements with respect to a portion of its expected
production. The Company's hedging policy provides that, without the prior
approval of the Board of Directors, generally not more than 50% of its
production quantities can be hedged, and that any such hedges shall not be
longer than one year in duration. These arrangements may include futures
contracts on the New York Mercantile Exchange ("NYMEX"). While intended to
reduce the effects of volatility of the price of oil and gas, such transactions
may limit potential gains by the Company if oil and gas prices were to rise
substantially over the price established by the hedge. In addition, such
transactions may expose the Company to the risk of financial loss in certain
circumstances, including instances in which (i) production is less than
expected, (ii) there is a widening of price differentials between delivery
points for the Company's production and the delivery point assumed in the hedge
arrangement, (iii) the counterparties to the Company's future contracts fail to
perform the contract or (iv) a sudden, unexpected event materially impacts oil
or gas prices. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."
19
<PAGE> 21
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE NOTES
The Notes will be new securities for which currently there is no trading
market. The Company does not intend to apply for listing of the Notes on any
securities exchange or stock market. The Notes are expected to be eligible for
trading in The Portal Market. Although the Initial Purchasers have informed the
Company that they currently intend to make a market in the Notes, the Initial
Purchasers are not obligated to do so, and any such market making may be subject
to certain limitations and may be discontinued at any time without notice. The
liquidity of any market for the Notes will depend upon the number of holders of
the Notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the Notes
and other factors. Accordingly, there can be no assurance as to the development
or liquidity of any market for the Notes.
If the Notes are traded after their initial issuance, they may trade at a
discount from their initial offering price, depending on prevailing interest
rates, the market for similar securities, general economic conditions and the
financial condition of the Company. Historically, the market for noninvestment
grade debt has been subject to disruptions that have caused substantial
volatility in the prices of securities similar to the Notes. There can be no
assurance that the market, if any, for the Notes will not be subject to similar
disruptions. Any such disruptions may have an adverse effect on the holders of
the Notes.
CONFLICTS OF INTEREST
Certain employees of the Company, including James H. Stone, the Company's
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer, own working interests in
certain of the Company's oil and gas properties acquired prior to 1995 and will
have the opportunity to participate as working interest owners in certain of the
Company's future drilling activities on such properties. In addition, certain
officers of the Company were granted net profits interests in certain of the oil
and gas properties of the Company acquired prior to the Company's initial public
offering in 1993. The recipients of the net profits interests are not required
to pay capital costs incurred on the properties burdened by such interests.
Therefore, a conflict of interest may exist between the Company and such
employees and officers with respect to the drilling of additional wells or other
development operations. The Company and James H. Stone also continue to manage
programs formed prior to 1993, and James H. Stone continues to individually
participate in various oil and gas operations and ventures. It is possible, as a
result of these activities, that conflicts of interest could arise.
CONTROL BY MANAGEMENT
Executive officers and directors of the Company beneficially own
approximately 27.3% of the outstanding Common Stock of the Company (the "Common
Stock"). This percentage ownership is based on the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding at August 11, 1997 and the beneficial ownership of such
persons at such date. As a result, these persons may be in a position to control
the Company through their ability to determine the outcome of elections of the
Company's directors and certain other matters requiring the vote or consent of
the Company's stockholders.
COMPETITION
The Company operates in a highly competitive environment. The Company
competes with major and independent oil and gas companies for the acquisition of
desirable oil and gas properties, as well as for the equipment and labor
required to develop and operate such properties. Many of these competitors have
financial, technical and other resources substantially greater than those of the
Company.
20
<PAGE> 22
PRIVATE PLACEMENT
On September 19, 1997, the Company completed the private sale to the
Initial Purchasers of $100,000,000 principal amount of the Old Notes at a price
of 97.033% of the principal amount thereof in a transaction not registered under
the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The
Initial Purchasers thereupon offered and resold the Old Notes only to qualified
institutional buyers at an initial price to such purchasers of 99.283% of the
principal amount thereof. The net proceeds of $96.9 million received by the
Company in connection with the sale of the Old Notes was used to repay all
borrowings outstanding under the term loan and all except $10 million of the
revolving credit loan outstanding under the Bank Credit Facility. It is
anticipated that the remainder of the net proceeds, if any, will be used for
general corporate purposes.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Company will not receive any cash proceeds from the issuance of the
Exchange Notes offered hereby. In consideration for issuing the Exchange Notes
as contemplated in this Prospectus, the Company will receive in exchange a like
principal amount of Old Notes, the terms of which are identical in all material
respects to the Exchange Notes. The Old Notes surrendered in exchange for the
Exchange Notes will be retired and canceled and cannot be reissued. Accordingly,
issuance of the Exchange Notes will not result in any change in capitalization
of the Company.
21
<PAGE> 23
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth as of June 30, 1997: (i) the historical
capitalization of the Company, (ii) the pro forma capitalization of the Company
after giving effect to the debt incurred to purchase the Vermilion Block 255
Field and (iii) the pro forma as adjusted capitalization of the Company after
giving effect to (ii) above and the Offering and the application of the
estimated net proceeds therefrom as set forth in "Summary -- The Private
Placement and Use of Proceeds." This table should be read in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" and the Financial Statements of the Company and the related notes
thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus. For a description of the Bank
Credit Facility and the borrowing capacity thereunder, see "Description of Bank
Credit Facility."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF JUNE 30, 1997
--------------------------------------
PRO FORMA
HISTORICAL PRO FORMA AS ADJUSTED
---------- --------- -----------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Cash and marketable securities.......................... $ 26,399 $ 26,399 $ 54,209
======== ======== ========
Current portion of long-term debt....................... $ 78 $ 78 $ 78
======== ======== ========
Long-term debt:
Bank Credit Facility.................................. $ 48,073 $ 79,073 $ 10,000
FNBC Loan............................................. 3,064 3,064 3,064
Offered Notes......................................... -- -- 100,000
-------- -------- --------
Total long-term debt.......................... 51,137 82,137 113,064
-------- -------- --------
Stockholders' equity:
Common stock.......................................... 150 150 150
Paid-in capital....................................... 118,502 118,502 118,502
Retained earnings..................................... 30,878 30,878 30,878
-------- -------- --------
Total stockholders' equity.................... 149,530 149,530 149,530
-------- -------- --------
Total capitalization.......................... $200,667 $231,667 $262,594
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
22
<PAGE> 24
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth a summary of selected historical financial
data for the Company for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the
five years ended December 31, 1996. The year end information is derived from the
audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the related notes
thereto. The financial data for the six month periods ended June 30, 1997 and
1996 is unaudited and reflects all adjustments (consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments) which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a
fair presentation of the financial position and operating results for such
interim periods. The results of operations for the six month period ended June
30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of results for the full year. See the
Company's Financial Statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere
in this Prospectus and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------- --------------------------------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
(IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND RATIOS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues:
Oil production revenue......................... $ 14,075 $ 13,091 $ 27,788 $ 24,775 $ 18,482 $17,752 $14,557
Gas production revenue......................... 14,930 15,300 28,051 13,918 12,697 10,718 5,778
Other revenue.................................. 894 1,105 2,126 1,858 1,708 1,252 616
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total revenues........................... 29,899 29,496 57,965 40,551 32,887 29,722 20,951
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Expenses:
Normal lease operating expenses................ 4,362 3,968 8,625 6,294 5,312 4,326 4,164
Major maintenance expenses..................... 486 260 427 446 1,834 822 148
Production taxes............................... 1,499 1,511 3,399 3,057 2,303 2,000 1,557
Depreciation, depletion and amortization....... 11,929 10,334 19,564 15,719 11,569 8,028 5,019
Interest expense............................... 1,103 1,537 3,574 2,191 982 1,499 1,743
Other expense.................................. -- -- -- -- -- 245 365
General and administrative costs............... 1,759 1,662 3,509 3,298 3,099 2,248 1,818
Incentive compensation plan.................... 316 278 928 85 1,358 -- --
Exchange offer expenses........................ -- -- -- -- -- 780 --
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Total expenses........................... 21,454 19,550 40,026 31,090 26,457 19,948 14,814
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net income before income taxes and cumulative
effect of change in accounting principle....... 8,445 9,946 17,939 9,461 6,430 9,774 6,137
Provision for income taxes....................... 3,252 3,829 6,906 3,645 2,410 943 --
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net income before cumulative effect of change in
accounting principle........................... 5,193 6,117 11,033 5,816 4,020 8,831 6,137
Cumulative effect of change in accounting
principle(1)................................... -- -- -- -- -- -- 1,377
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net income....................................... $ 5,193 $ 6,117 $ 11,033 $ 5,816 $ 4,020 $ 8,831 $ 7,514
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= =======
Earnings per common share:
Net income per share before accounting
principle change............................. $ 0.33 $ 0.51 $ 0.89 $ 0.49 $ 0.34 $ 0.88 $ 0.71
Cumulative effect of accounting principle
change(1).................................... -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.16
-------- -------- -------- -------- -------- ------- -------
Net income per common share.................... $ 0.33 $ 0.51 $ 0.89 $ 0.49 $ 0.34 $ 0.88 $ 0.87
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= =======
Average shares outstanding..................... 15,312 11,954 12,356 11,818 11,801 10,087 8,664
======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======= =======
CASH FLOW AND OTHER FINANCIAL DATA:
Net cash provided by operating activities
(excluding working capital changes)............ $ 20,274 $ 20,158 $ 37,295 $ 25,049 $ 17,911 $17,852 $11,156
Net cash provided by operating activities........ 16,714 12,819 32,333 27,499 9,609 13,857 14,417
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(2)............ 8.0x 7.3x 5.9x 5.2x 7.5x 7.5x 4.5x
BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT END OF PERIOD):
Cash and marketable securities................... $ 26,399 $ 23,585 $ 20,195 $ 16,518 $ 20,326 $28,123 $ 7,214
Working capital (deficit)........................ 2,728 6,283 6,683 5,379 4,437 18,421 (6,655)
Oil and gas properties, net...................... 210,159 125,082 171,396 111,248 81,291 60,097 49,722
Total assets..................................... 253,556 162,294 209,406 139,460 109,956 98,770 65,117
Long-term debt, less current portion............. 51,137 52,717 26,172 47,754 22,725 21,620 26,659
Stockholders' equity(3).......................... 149,530 73,078 144,441 66,927 61,045 56,997 2,046
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Represents the adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
109, "Accounting For Income Taxes," effective January 1, 1992.
(2) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
is defined as income of the Company and its subsidiaries before income taxes
and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, including
amortization of financing costs and any discount or premium related to any
indebtedness.
(3) Mandatorily redeemable preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 1992 of
$15,203 is not included in stockholders' equity.
23
<PAGE> 25
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion is intended to assist in an understanding of the
Company's financial position and results of operations for each year of the
three year period ended December 31, 1996 and for the unaudited six month
periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996. The Company's Financial Statements and the
related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus contain detailed
information that should be referred to in conjunction with the following
discussion.
FORMATION OF STONE ENERGY
The Company was formed in March 1993 to become a holding company for The
Stone Petroleum Corporation ("TSPC"), its subsidiaries and certain partnership
interests, and approximately 8.1 million shares of Common Stock were issued to
holders of interests in those entities. The Company is in the process of
liquidating TSPC. In July 1993, the Company also sold approximately 3.7 million
shares of newly issued Common Stock in its initial public offering. In November
1996, the Company completed a secondary offering which resulted in the issuance
of an additional 3.2 million shares of Common Stock.
OPERATING ENVIRONMENT
At present, the Company does not expect that changes in the rates of
overall economic growth or inflation will significantly impact product prices in
the short-term. While gas prices seem most dependent on weather in North America
and corresponding usage, oil prices are more subject to global economic forces
and supply. Because all of these factors are beyond the control of the Company,
its marketing efforts have been devoted to achieving the best price available in
each geographic location. The Company has engaged in a limited amount of fixed
price sales and hedging transactions to take advantage of short-term prices it
believes to be attractive.
Demand for drilling rigs, production equipment and related services
increased significantly during 1996 and to date in 1997, and the costs
associated with these items are higher than in 1995. The Company has experienced
delays in obtaining such equipment and services, and in some instances the costs
incurred are higher than originally budgeted. Despite these changes in the
market for drilling supplies and services, the Company does not expect these
current conditions to have a material impact on the timing or long-term
profitability of its planned activities.
The inventory of oil and gas properties offered for sale has declined over
the last several years. This reduced availability of properties, combined with
the emergence during the same period of a number of well-capitalized independent
oil and gas companies, has caused an increase in the prices paid for properties.
24
<PAGE> 26
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following table sets forth certain operating information with respect
to the oil and gas operations of the Company and summary information with
respect to the Company's estimated proved oil and gas reserves. See
"Business -- Oil and Gas Reserves."
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS ENDED
JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
------------------ -----------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Production:
Oil (MBbls)........................ 694 663 1,356 1,400 1,113
Gas (MMcf)......................... 5,990 6,128 11,331 8,399 6,629
Oil and gas (MBOE)................. 1,692 1,684 3,245 2,800 2,218
Sales data (in thousands):
Total oil sales.................... $14,075 $13,091 $27,788 $24,775 $18,482
Total gas sales.................... 14,930 15,300 28,051 13,918 12,697
Average sales prices:
Oil (per Bbl)...................... $ 20.28 $ 19.75 $ 20.49 $ 17.70 $ 16.61
Gas (per Mcf)...................... 2.49 2.50 2.48 1.66 1.92
Per BOE............................ 17.14 16.86 17.21 13.82 14.06
Average costs (per BOE):
Normal lease operating
expenses(1)..................... $ 2.58 $ 2.36 $ 2.66 $ 2.25 $ 2.39
General and administrative......... 1.04 0.99 1.08 1.18 1.40
Depreciation, depletion and
amortization.................... 6.89 6.06 5.93 5.57 5.15
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Excludes major maintenance expenses.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AS OF DECEMBER 31,
AUGUST 1, -------------------------------
1997(1) 1996 1995 1994
--------- -------- -------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Reserves:
Oil (MBbls)................................ 18,427 12,772 7,985 6,455
Gas (MMcf)................................. 185,572 144,316 81,179 68,285
Oil and gas (MBOE)......................... 49,356 36,825 21,515 17,836
Present value of estimated future net cash
flows before income taxes (in
thousands)(2).............................. $372,314 $448,895 $179,725 $97,391
Prices(3):
Oil (per Bbl).............................. $ 18.94 $ 25.97 $ 19.40 $ 16.74
Gas (per Mcf).............................. 2.26 3.94 2.39 1.72
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The increase in the Company's estimate of its proved reserves as of August
1, 1997, from December 31, 1996, is primarily attributable to the
acquisition of the Vermilion Block 255 Field and the development of South
Pelto Block 23.
(2) The present value of estimated future net cash flows attributable to the
Company's reserves was prepared using constant prices as of the calculation
date, discounted at 10% per annum on a pre-tax basis.
(3) Represents weighted average prices received by the Company (net of effects
of hedging) as of the date indicated, and used in calculating "Present value
of estimated future net cash flows before income taxes."
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30,
1996. For the first six months of 1997, net income was $5.2 million, as compared
to $6.1 million for the comparable 1996 period.
Total oil and gas revenues for the first six months of 1997 were $29.0
million, and were comprised of $14.9 million of gas revenues and $14.1 million
of oil revenues. Overall production quantities were essentially equal to the
levels achieved in the first six months of 1996, as new production from
25
<PAGE> 27
acquisitions and successful development activities offset production declines at
more mature properties. The average oil price received in the first six months
of 1997 of $20.28 per barrel was approximately 2.7% higher than year earlier
levels, and the average gas price of $2.49 per Mcf was essentially the same as
that of the first six months of 1996.
Normal lease operating expenses per BOE for the first six months of 1997
were $2.58, which included unscheduled repairs at South Pelto Block 23 and Lake
Hermitage and unitization expenses at West Weeks Island. Major maintenance
expenses during the first six months of 1997 included the portion of the costs
of a well blowout at South Timbalier Block 8 which was not covered by insurance.
For the first six months of 1997, general and administrative expenses increased
slightly from the same period in 1996 to $1.8 million in total, or to $1.04 per
BOE.
Interest expense decreased to $1.1 million for the six months ended June
30, 1997 from $1.5 million for the comparable 1996 period due to lower levels of
long-term debt. Depreciation, depletion and amortization ("DD&A") expense
attributable to oil and gas properties increased to $11.7 million for the first
half of 1997 from the $10.2 million reported for same period of 1996 primarily
due to higher finding costs.
1996 COMPARED TO 1995. Net income for the year ended December 31, 1996 was
$11.0 million, an increase of 90% from 1995 earnings of $5.8 million. Earnings
per share rose to $0.89 in 1996, as compared to $0.49 in 1995.
For 1996, oil and gas revenues were $55.8 million as compared to $38.7
million in 1995, a 44% increase. Proceeds from sales of production in 1996 were
50% oil and 50% gas, as compared to 64% and 36%, respectively, for 1995.
Production volumes for 1996 were 1.4 MMBbls and 11.3 Bcf of gas. Oil production
volumes for 1996 were essentially the same as for 1995, and gas deliveries
increased 35% from the 1995 amount of 8.4 Bcf of gas.
The increase in oil and gas revenues in 1996 resulted from overall
production growth of 16% for the year and a 25% increase in the average price
received per BOE. The average gas price per Mcf increased 49% to $2.48 in 1996
from the 1995 amount of $1.66, and the average oil price per barrel climbed 16%
from $17.70 in 1995 to $20.49 in 1996.
Normal lease operating expenses for 1996 increased in total to $8.6 million
from $6.3 million in 1995 due to an increased number of properties and higher
production rates. The primary reason for the increase in such costs on a unit of
production basis ($2.66 per BOE in 1996 versus $2.25 per BOE in 1995) was
certain nonrecurring repairs and generally higher costs of services, although
the 1996 unit amount is within the Company's budgeted range for these costs.
DD&A expense attributable to oil and gas properties increased because of
higher production rates and investments in the Company's properties. This
non-cash expense increased to $19.3 million or $5.93 per BOE in 1996 from $15.6
million or $5.57 per BOE in 1995.
During 1996, the Company borrowed funds pursuant to its bank credit
facility to finance a portion of its capital expenditures budget, and interest
expense increased to $3.6 million in 1996 from $2.2 million in 1995. General and
administrative costs also increased in total to $3.5 million in 1996 from $3.3
million in 1995, but on a unit basis declined 9% to $1.08 per BOE in 1996 from
$1.18 per BOE in 1995. Due to higher bonus awards during the year, the expenses
of the Company's incentive compensation plan increased to $0.9 million in 1996
from $0.1 million in 1995.
Pre-tax income increased to $17.9 million in 1996 from $9.5 million in
1995, and therefore the tax provision increased to $6.9 million in 1996 from
$3.6 million in 1995. Except for an estimated minimum tax liability of $0.2
million, the remainder of the tax provision is deferred and does not require
current funding.
The Company's reserves at December 31, 1996 were 36.8 MMBOE and represent
an increase of 71% from the comparable amount one year earlier of 21.5 MMBOE.
Oil reserves increased to 12.8
26
<PAGE> 28
MMBbls at the end of 1996 from 8.0 MMBbls at the beginning of the year, and gas
reserves increased to 144.3 Bcf at December 31, 1996 from 81.2 Bcf at December
31, 1995.
1995 COMPARED TO 1994. Net income for the year ended December 31, 1995 was
$5.8 million or $0.49 per share, an increase of 45% from 1994 earnings of $4.0
million or $0.34 per share. Net cash flow from operations before working capital
changes for 1995 increased 40% to $25.0 million or $2.11 per share, from
comparable 1994 amounts of $17.9 million or $1.51 per share.
For 1995, oil and gas revenues were $38.7 million as compared to $31.2
million in 1994, a 24% increase. Proceeds from sales of production in 1995 were
64% oil and 36% gas, as compared to 59% and 41%, respectively, for 1994.
Production volumes for 1995 were 1.4 MMBbls of oil and 8.4 Bcf of gas. Oil
production was up 26%, and gas deliveries increased 27% from the 1994 amounts of
1.1 MMBbls of oil and 6.6 Bcf of gas. The increase in revenues in 1995 resulted
from overall production growth of 26% for the year, despite a 2% decline in the
average prices received per equivalent barrel. The average gas price per Mcf
decreased by 14% to $1.66 in 1995 from the 1994 amount of $1.92, but the average
oil price per barrel climbed 7% from $16.61 in 1994 to $17.70 in 1995.
Normal lease operating expenses for 1995 increased in total to $6.3 million
from $5.3 million in 1994 due to an increased number of properties and higher
production rates. When stated on a unit basis, such costs were $2.25 per BOE in
1995 and $2.39 per BOE in 1994, a 6% improvement. Major maintenance expenses, or
workover costs of producing zones, were $0.4 million in 1995 as compared to $1.8
million in 1994.
DD&A expense attributable to oil and gas properties increased because of
higher production rates and investments in the Company's properties. This
non-cash expense increased to $15.6 million or $5.57 per BOE in 1995 from $11.4
million or $5.15 per BOE in 1994.
During 1995, the Company borrowed funds pursuant to its bank credit
facility to finance a portion of its capital expenditures budget, and interest
expense increased to $2.2 million in 1995 from $1.0 million in 1994. General and
administrative costs also increased in total to $3.3 million in 1995 from $3.1
million in 1994, but on a unit basis declined 16% to $1.18 per BOE in 1995 from
$1.40 per BOE in 1994. The expenses of the Company's bonus plan declined to $0.1
million in 1995 from $1.4 million in 1994.
Pre-tax income increased to $9.5 million in 1995 from $6.4 million in 1994,
and therefore the tax provision increased to $3.6 million in 1995 from $2.4
million in 1994. Except for an estimated minimum tax liability of $0.1 million,
the remainder of the tax provision is deferred and does not require current
funding.
The Company's reserves at December 31, 1995 were 21.5 MMBOE and represent
an increase of 21% from the comparable amount one year earlier of 17.8 MMBOE.
Oil reserves increased to 8.0 MMBbls at the end of 1995 from 6.5 MMBbls at the
beginning of the year, and gas reserves increased to 81.2 Bcf at December 31,
1995 from 68.3 Bcf at December 31, 1994.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
On August 1, 1997, the Company borrowed $31.0 million under the term loan
portion of the Bank Credit Facility to finance the acquisition of the Vermilion
Block 255 Field. The Company will use the net proceeds of the Offering to repay
all of the term loan and all except $10.0 million of the revolving credit loan
outstanding under the Bank Credit Facility and to finance certain capital
expenditures. The Company believes that its existing working capital (including
the remaining net proceeds of the Offering), combined with expected cash flow
from operations and borrowings under the revolving loan portion of the Bank
Credit Facility, will be sufficient to fund its budgeted operations and
development activities through the end of 1998.
WORKING CAPITAL AND CASH FLOW. Working capital at June 30, 1997 was $2.7
million. Net cash flow from operations before working capital changes for the
first six months of 1997 was $20.3 million.
27
<PAGE> 29
During the first six months of 1997, the Company invested $50.4 million in
its oil and gas properties, as compared to investments of $24.0 million during
the comparable 1996 period. The investments for the first six months of 1997
include $1.2 million of capitalized general and administrative costs.
HEDGING. The Company's production is sold on month-to-month contracts at
prevailing prices. From time to time, however, the Company has entered into
hedging transactions or fixed price sales contracts for its oil and gas
production. The purpose of these transactions is to reduce the Company's
exposure to future oil and gas price declines. This hedging policy provides
that, unless prices change by more than 25% during a quarter, not more than
one-half of the Company's production quantities can be hedged without the
consent of the Company's Board of Directors. Such swap agreements typically
provide for monthly payments by (if prices rise) or to (if prices decline) the
Company based on the difference between the strike price and the average closing
price of the near month NYMEX futures contract for each month of the agreement.
Because its properties are located in the Gulf Coast Basin, the Company believes
that fluctuations in the NYMEX futures prices will closely match changes in the
market prices for its production. As of August 15, 1997, the Company had no
forward positions.
The Company's net losses from hedging transactions were $11,000, $3.8
million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1996 and the
six months ended June 30, 1997, respectively.
HISTORICAL FINANCING SOURCES. From 1990 through the first half of 1993, the
Company financed the acquisition and exploitation of oil and gas properties with
funds provided by mezzanine financing sources, joint ventures with an industry
partner, limited partnerships and cash flow from operations. Since the Company's
initial public offering in July 1993, the Company has financed its activities
with offering proceeds, cash flow from operations, borrowings under its bank
credit facility described below and investments by two partnerships formed
before the initial public offering which had uncommitted funds. All funds of
these partnerships have been committed, and the Company is not required to offer
participation in subsequently acquired properties to these entities, unless such
acquisitions represent additional interests in properties already owned by the
partnerships.
On July 30, 1997, the Company amended its bank credit facility with its
bank group, which is led by NationsBank. The total Bank Credit Facility amount
is $150 million and is comprised of a three-year revolving credit loan and a
term loan due on January 1, 1999. The current weighted average interest rate of
the facility is 7.3% per annum. As of August 1, 1997, the total outstanding
principal balance was $79.1 million and letters of credit totaling $6.5 million
had been issued pursuant to the facility.
The revolver provided for total availability of $100 million with a
limitation on total outstanding borrowings based on a borrowing base amount
established by the banks for the Company's oil and gas properties, which, at the
time of the Offering, was $80 million. The borrowing base was reduced to $55
million after the Offering and will be redetermined at year-end based on a
revaluation of the Company's oil and gas properties. The term loan of $50
million was established to finance the acquisition of the Vermilion Block 255
Field and certain development costs. All of the amounts outstanding under the
term loan were paid in full with net proceeds of the Offering, and the term loan
is no longer available to the Company. See "Description of Bank Credit
Facility."
On November 30, 1995, the Company executed a Term Loan Agreement with First
National Bank of Commerce ("FNBC") in the original principal amount of $3.3
million (the "FNBC Loan") for the purchase of the RiverStone office building, a
portion of which is used by the Company for its Lafayette office. The loan has a
five-year term bearing interest at a rate of 7.45% per annum over the entire
term of the loan. Principal and interest are payable monthly and are based upon
a 20-year amortization period. The indebtedness under the agreement is
collateralized by the building. This loan agreement contains covenants and
restrictions which are similar to those of the Bank Credit Facility.
LONG-TERM FINANCING. Stone Energy has budgeted $237 million for capital
expenditures in 1997 and 1998, which includes $50 million spent in the first
half of 1997. Approximately 54% of the 1997 and 1998 budgeted expenditures has
been allocated to South Pelto Block 23 and the Vermilion Block 255 Field.
Significant investments are also planned for the Vermilion Block 46, Eugene
Island Block 243,
28
<PAGE> 30
Cut Off and Clovelly fields. The planned development operations include projects
which seek to increase cash flow from proved reserves and provide additions to
the Company's reserve base. It is anticipated that these investments will be
funded from a combination of the net proceeds of the Offering, available working
capital, cash flow from operations and borrowings under the Bank Credit
Facility. The Company may seek additional capital to finance development
activities beyond its current plans or future acquisitions.
REGULATORY AND LITIGATION ISSUES. In December 1995, Goodrich Leasehold
L.L.C. and Goodrich Drillers L.L.C. filed a civil action against the Company in
an attempt to set aside a farmout agreement affecting portions of the West Flank
of the Weeks Island Field in Iberia Parish, Louisiana. Management believes that
this claim is without merit and intends to vigorously defend this action.
The Company is also named as a defendant in certain lawsuits and is a party
to certain regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.
These regulatory proceedings include three instances in which the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (the "EPA") has indicated that it believes that
the Company is a potentially responsible party ("PRP") for the cleanup of
oilfield waste facilities. Management does not expect these matters,
individually or in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the
financial condition of the Company.
Since November 26, 1993, new levels of lease and areawide bonds have been
required of lessees taking certain actions with regard to Outer Continental
Shelf ("OCS") leases. Operators in the OCS waters of the Gulf of Mexico,
including the Company, have been or may be required to increase their areawide
bonds and individual lease bonds to $3.0 million and $1.0 million, respectively,
unless exemptions or reduced amounts are allowed by the MMS. The Company
currently has an areawide pipeline bond of $0.3 million and an areawide lease
bond of $3.0 million issued in favor of the MMS for its existing offshore
properties. The MMS also has discretionary authority to require supplemental
bonding in addition to the foregoing required bonding amounts but this authority
is only exercised on a case-by-case basis at the time of filing an assignment of
record title interest for MMS approval. Based upon certain financial parameters,
the Company has been granted exempt status by the MMS, which exempts the Company
from the supplemental bonding requirements. Under certain circumstances, the MMS
may require any Company operations on federal leases to be suspended or
terminated. Any such suspension or termination could materially and adversely
affect the Company's financial condition and operations.
As amended by the Coast Guard Authorization Act of 1996, OPA requires
responsible parties for offshore facilities to provide financial assurance in
the amount of $35 million to cover potential OPA liabilities. This amount is
subject to upward regulatory adjustment up to $150 million. In 1996, the
Statement of Position 96-1 ("SOP 96-1"): Environmental Remediation Liabilities
was issued. The Company will apply SOP 96-1 in 1997. The Company believes
adoption of SOP 96-1 will not have a material effect on its results of
operations or financial position.
The Company operates under numerous state and federal laws enacted for the
protection of the environment. In the ordinary course of business, the Company
conducts an ongoing review of the effects of these various environmental laws on
its business and operations. The estimated cost of continued compliance with
current environmental laws, based upon the information currently available, is
not material to the Company's financial position or results of operations. It is
impossible to determine whether and to what extent the Company's future
performance may be affected by environmental laws; however, management believes
that such laws will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's
financial position or results of operations.
29
<PAGE> 31
BUSINESS
OVERVIEW
Stone Energy Corporation is an independent oil and gas company engaged in
the development, exploration, acquisition and operation of oil and gas
properties onshore and offshore in the Gulf Coast Basin. The Company and its
predecessors have been active in the Gulf Coast Basin since 1973, which gives
the Company extensive geophysical, technical and operational expertise in this
area. As of August 1, 1997, the Company estimated that its proved reserves were
approximately 185.6 Bcf of gas and 18.4 MMBbls of oil, or an aggregate of
approximately 49.4 MMBOE, with a present value of estimated pre-tax future net
cash flows of approximately $372.3 million. The Company serves as operator of
all of its 14 properties.
The Company's business strategy is to increase production, cash flow and
reserves through the acquisition and development of mature properties located in
the Gulf Coast Basin. The Company seeks properties that have an established
production history, proved undeveloped reserves and multiple prospective
reservoirs that provide significant development opportunities and an attractive
price due to low current production levels and properties in which the Company
would have the ability to control operations. Prior to acquiring a property, the
Company performs a thorough geological, geophysical and engineering analysis of
the property to formulate a comprehensive development plan. Through development
activities, the Company seeks to increase cash flow from existing proved
reserves and to establish additional proved reserves. These activities typically
involve the drilling of new wells, workovers and recompletions of existing
wells, and the application of other techniques designed to increase production.
STRATEGY
Acquisition. From 1990 to 1993, the Company acquired its properties by
purchases, primarily from major oil companies. In response to a changing
acquisition environment, the Company has also utilized arrangements other than
the purchase of ownership interests, including farmins and partnering ventures.
The Company's flexibility in structuring transactions allows it to apply its
development capital and technical expertise to properties owned by those major
and independent oil companies that have an inventory of development
opportunities that require resources beyond their budgets and technical staff
dedicated to operations in the Gulf Coast Basin. Although the Company is
currently evaluating several potential property acquisitions, it does not have
any contracts, understandings or other arrangements with respect to any such
acquisitions.
In its acquisition efforts the Company seeks properties with the following
characteristics:
- Gulf Coast Concentration. The Gulf Coast Basin is the Company's primary
area of operations and expertise. This geographic concentration allows
the Company to closely manage costs and to develop detailed geological
and other information relating to its properties, thereby increasing
their exploitation potential. In addition, large offshore blocks are
highly desirable because of the quality and availability of seismic data
and the fact that large areas can be held by production while development
plans are formulated and implemented. The Gulf Coast Basin, both onshore
and in shallow water offshore, has a substantial existing infrastructure,
including gathering systems, platforms, pipelines and drilling and
service companies, which facilitates cost effective operations and the
timely development of discoveries.
- Multiple Reservoirs/Opportunities. Properties with multiple sandstone
reservoirs provide increased potential for return by having a number of
opportunities that, individually or in the aggregate, could make the
properties profitable. Wells drilled in the Gulf Coast Basin frequently
have more than one productive horizon.
- Mature Properties with Established Production History. Properties
discovered in the late 1950s through the early 1970s were frequently
completed in the one or two thickest sands on a property that offered the
highest production rates. These original completions are often depleted
or near
30
<PAGE> 32
depletion, and, in many cases, thinner sands were overlooked or bypassed
completely. Additionally, historical production data is used to project
future rates of production and ultimate recoverable reserves.
- Low Current Production. Low production levels reduce bidding competition
from purchasers who favor proved producing reserves. A low level of cash
flow also increases the likelihood that the current property owner will
consider proposals made by the Company.
- Proved Undeveloped and Nonproducing Reserves. The existence of
significant remaining proved undeveloped and nonproducing reserves
provides the opportunity to increase production significantly through the
drilling of new wells, workovers, recompletions and other non-drilling
activities.
- Lack of Recent Development Activity. The Company often identifies
additional opportunities with respect to properties that have had little
or no recent mapping or consideration for development potential by the
sellers. The Company applies recent advances in well evaluation
techniques and seismic technology and processing that have often not been
applied to mature properties by the sellers.
- Control of Operations. The Company believes that its position as field
operator is essential to control costs and initiate development
operations, including the timing and extent of such operations through
the first phase of development.
Development. In connection with its business strategy, prior to each
property acquisition, the Company performs a thorough geological, geophysical
and engineering analysis of the property, including 3-D seismic surveys in
certain cases. The Company utilizes its geological and engineering assessments
to formulate a comprehensive development plan for the property which typically
involves identification of additional undeveloped formations, the drilling of
new wells in developed and undeveloped formations, the workover or recompletion
of existing wells and the application of other techniques designed to increase
production. As the Company executes its initial development plan for a property,
it frequently identifies incremental opportunities for further development of
the property.
The Company believes that significant additional development potential
exists in its current asset base of 14 properties. For the period from July 1,
1997 through December 31, 1998, the Company has budgeted capital expenditures of
approximately $150 million to fund plans to drill 36 new wells, conduct 24
workovers/recompletions on existing wells and, depending upon the timing and
success of specific development activities, install five new offshore production
platforms. Investments in the properties described below in "-- Properties"
constitute 84% of budgeted 1997 capital expenditures (including actual
expenditures through June 30, 1997) and 85% of budgeted 1998 capital
expenditures.
Results to Date. From the beginning of 1990, when the Company commenced the
implementation of its current business strategy, through June 30, 1997 (giving
effect to the acquisition of the Vermilion Block 255 Field), the Company
invested approximately $289.4 million in new properties and realized $160.1
million of net operating cash flow from these properties. The Company estimated
that the net present value of its proved reserves from these properties was
$372.3 million at August 1, 1997. Proved reserve additions from the beginning of
1990 through August 1, 1997 totaled 58.9 MMBOE and were purchased and developed
for an average finding cost of $6.13 per BOE (including property acquisitions
and incurred and estimated future development costs). Operating costs, including
major maintenance expenses, for these properties since their acquisition
averaged $2.76 per BOE.
31
<PAGE> 33
The Company's strategy has resulted in significantly higher levels of
average net daily production, as shown in the table below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AVERAGE NET DAILY PRODUCTION RATES
------------------------------------
OIL GAS OIL
PRODUCTION PRODUCTION AND GAS
(MBBLS/D) (MMCF/D) (MBOE/D)
---------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
1991............................................. 1.5 4.2 2.2
1992............................................. 2.0 8.1 3.4
1993............................................. 2.8 13.6 5.1
1994............................................. 3.0 18.2 6.1
1995............................................. 3.8 23.0 7.7
1996............................................. 3.7 31.0 8.9
First six months of 1997......................... 3.8 33.1 9.4
</TABLE>
The Company has grown principally through the acquisition and subsequent
development and exploitation of properties purchased from major oil companies.
The Company's proved oil and gas reserves at August 1, 1997 were concentrated in
14 properties, eight of which are in the Gulf of Mexico offshore Louisiana and
six of which are onshore Louisiana. The Company currently manages eight
partnerships formed prior to its initial public offering, and less than 5% of
the Company's assets are owned through these entities.
OIL AND GAS RESERVES
The following table sets forth summary information with respect to the
Company's estimated proved oil and gas reserves. All information in this
Prospectus as of December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996 relating to estimated oil and
gas reserves and the estimated future net cash flows attributable thereto is
based upon the Reserve Reports prepared by the Independent Engineers, except for
the reserves attributed to Eugene Island Block 243 Field at December 31, 1994,
which were estimated by the Company. All information in this Prospectus as of
August 1, 1997 relating to estimated oil and gas reserves and estimated future
net cash flows attributable thereto is based upon estimates by the Company. All
calculations of estimated reserves have been made in accordance with the rules
and regulations of the Commission and, except as otherwise indicated, give no
effect to federal or state income taxes otherwise attributable to estimated
future cash flows from the sale of oil and gas.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF AS OF DECEMBER 31,
AUGUST 1, ------------------------------
1997(1) 1996 1995 1994
--------- -------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Total proved:
Oil (MBbls).......................... 18,427 12,772 7,985 6,455
Gas (MMcf)........................... 185,572 144,316 81,179 68,285
Total (MBOE)......................... 49,356 36,825 21,515 17,836
Proved developed:
Oil (MBbls).......................... 14,927 9,260 7,055 5,840
Gas (MMcf)........................... 139,723 109,628 67,797 52,215
Total (MBOE)......................... 38,214 27,531 18,355 14,543
Estimated future net cash flows before
income taxes (in thousands).......... $544,114 $712,379 $259,478 $145,006
Present value of estimated future net
cash flows before income taxes
(in thousands)(2).................... $372,314 $448,895 $179,725 $ 97,391
Prices(3):
Oil (per Bbl)........................ $ 18.94 $ 25.97 $ 19.40 $ 16.74
Gas (per Mcf)........................ 2.26 3.94 2.39 1.72
</TABLE>
(see footnotes on following page)
32
<PAGE> 34
- ---------------
(1) The increase in the Company's estimate of its proved reserves as of August
1, 1997, from December 31, 1996, is primarily attributable to the
acquisition of the Vermilion Block 255 Field and the development of South
Pelto Block 23.
(2) The present value of estimated future net cash flows attributable to the
Company's reserves was prepared using constant prices as of the calculation
date, discounted at 10% per annum on a pre-tax basis.
(3) Represents weighted average prices received by the Company (net of effects
of hedging) as of the date indicated, and used in calculating "Estimated
future net cash flows before income taxes" and "Present value of estimated
future net cash flows before income taxes."
There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of
proved reserves and in projecting future rates of production and the timing of
development expenditures, including many factors beyond the control of the
Company. The reserve data set forth herein represent only estimates. Reserve
engineering is a subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of
oil and gas that cannot be measured in an exact way, and the accuracy of any
reserve estimate is a function of the quality of available data and of
engineering and geological interpretation and judgment and the existence of
development plans. As a result, estimates of reserves made by different
engineers for the same property will often vary. Results of drilling, testing
and production subsequent to the date of an estimate may justify a revision of
such estimates. Accordingly, reserve estimates are generally different from the
quantities of oil and gas that are ultimately produced. Further, the estimated
future net revenues from proved reserves and the present value thereof are based
upon certain assumptions, including geological success, prices, future
production levels and costs that may not prove to be correct. Predictions about
prices and future production levels are subject to great uncertainty, and the
meaningfulness of such estimates depends on the accuracy of the assumptions upon
which they are based.
As an operator of domestic oil and gas properties, the Company has filed
Department of Energy Form EIA-23, "Annual Survey of Oil and Gas Reserves," as
required by Public Law 93-275. There are differences between the reserves as
reported on Form EIA-23 and as reported herein. The differences are attributable
to the fact that Form EIA-23 requires that an operator report on the total
reserves attributable to wells which are operated by it, without regard to
ownership (i.e., reserves are reported on a gross operated basis, rather than on
a net interest basis).
ACQUISITION, PRODUCTION AND DRILLING ACTIVITY
Acquisition and Development Costs. The following table sets forth certain
information regarding the costs incurred by the Company in its development and
acquisition activities during the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
ENDED -----------------------------
JUNE 30, 1997 1996 1995 1994
------------- ------- ------- -------
(IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Acquisition costs.................... $ 1,362 $26,650 $ 8,074 $11,465
Development costs.................... 27,809 24,090 27,383 22,241
Exploratory costs.................... 20,003 26,339 8,261 4,719
------- ------- ------- -------
Subtotal................... 49,174 77,079 43,718 38,425
General and administrative costs, net
of fees and reimbursements......... 1,247 2,325 1,790 2,749
------- ------- ------- -------
Total costs incurred....... $50,421 $79,404 $45,508 $41,174
======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
33
<PAGE> 35
Productive Well and Acreage Data. The following table sets forth certain
statistics for the Company regarding the number of productive wells and
developed and undeveloped acreage as of December 31, 1996.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROSS NET
--------- ---------
<S> <C> <C>
Productive Wells:
Oil(1).................................................... 52.00 35.07
Gas(2).................................................... 30.00 20.65
--------- ---------
Total............................................. 82.00 55.72
========= =========
Developed Acres:
Onshore................................................... 2,806.60 1,903.49
Offshore.................................................. 7,200.00 4,065.01
--------- ---------
Total............................................. 10,006.60 5,968.50
========= =========
Undeveloped Acres(3):
Onshore Louisiana......................................... 17,606.67 15,320.83
Offshore Louisiana........................................ 27,338.88 17,914.04
--------- ---------
Total............................................. 44,945.55 33,234.87
========= =========
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Four gross wells each have dual completions.
(2) Nine gross wells each have dual completions.
(3) Leases covering approximately 0.99% of the Company's undeveloped acreage
will expire in 1997, 1.93% in 1998, 0.37% in 1999, 7.85% in 2000 and 5.55%
in 2001. Leases covering the remainder of the Company's undeveloped gross
acreage (83.31%) are held by production.
Drilling Activity. The following table sets forth the Company's drilling
activity for the periods indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
GROSS NET
------ -----
<S> <C> <C>
Wells drilled during the years ended December 31,
1996:
Exploratory............................................ 4.00 3.73
Development............................................ 5.00 4.50
1995:
Exploratory............................................ 3.00 2.94
Development............................................ 6.00 4.40
1994:
Exploratory............................................ 2.00 1.75
Development............................................ 12.00 7.64
</TABLE>
All wells drilled were productive except for three gross development wells
(2.34 net) which were drilled in 1994, two gross exploratory wells (1.94 net)
and one gross development well (0.38 net) which were drilled in 1995 and three
gross exploratory wells (2.75 net) and one gross development well (0.76 net)
which were drilled in 1996.
TITLE TO PROPERTIES
The Company has obtained title opinions on substantially all of its
producing properties and believes it has satisfactory title to such properties
in accordance with standards generally accepted in the oil and gas industry. The
Company's properties are subject to customary royalty interests, liens for
current taxes and other burdens which the Company believes do not materially
interfere with the use of or affect the value of such properties. The title
investigation performed by the Company prior to acquiring undeveloped properties
is thorough but less vigorous than that conducted prior to drilling, consistent
with
34
<PAGE> 36
standard practice in the oil and gas industry. Prior to the commencement of
drilling operations, a thorough title examination is conducted and curative work
is performed with respect to significant defects. A thorough title examination
has been performed with respect to substantially all producing properties owned
by the Company.
PROPERTIES
The Company owns and operates a controlling interest in all of its 14
properties, eight of which are offshore and six of which are onshore Louisiana.
The offshore properties contain 25 production platforms and the Company
currently owns an interest in 105 producing wells. Eight of its significant
properties are described below. Production volumes are presented on a gross well
basis, unless otherwise indicated.
SOUTH PELTO BLOCK 23. South Pelto Block 23 is located in federal waters in
the Gulf of Mexico, approximately 80 miles southwest of New Orleans. The Company
owns an approximate 98% working interest in this field, which was purchased from
a major oil company in June 1990. The Company's net revenue interest in the
field currently ranges from approximately 65% to 78%. The Company's investment
in the property through June 30, 1997 was approximately $63.9 million, including
$2.0 million of acquisition and bonding costs and $61.9 million of costs for
field development, facilities enhancements and modifications.
The field was discovered in 1962 and subsequently developed by a major oil
company. Cumulative production from eight sands and 10 wells is over 12 MMBbls
of oil and 13 Bcf of gas since going onstream in 1963. Subsequent to the
acquisition of the field by the Company, the initial phase of development
included three workovers and the drilling of two new wells. In the first six
months of 1997, the field produced at the average daily rate net to the Company
of 586 Bbls of oil and 3.1 MMcf of gas.
The Company's recent development activity is based on the interpretation of
a proprietary 3-D seismic survey obtained in 1994, and the Company made a
significant discovery on the block in 1996. Fourteen new productive sands, as
indicated by electric logs, have been encountered in an area of the leaseblock
and at depths which had not been previously explored. Four wells have been
drilled in this area, all of which the Company believes will be commercially
successful, and the drilling of a fifth well is in progress. Two of the wells
have been placed on production, and the installation of the new "D" production
platform is scheduled for the fourth quarter of 1997 for the production of the
other two wells and, if successful, the fifth well. The Company believes that
the production from the "D" platform has the potential to materially increase
the Company's daily production. The "D" Platform will have a maximum daily
production capacity of 100 MMcf of gas and 15,000 Bbls of oil. Also in 1997, the
Company plans to drill its Swordfish Prospect to 18,500 feet to test multiple
objectives. This well will be drilled from a separate surface location than the
"D" Platform and, if successful, would require additional production facilities.
Total investments for the last half of 1997 at South Pelto Block 23 are
budgeted at approximately $24.0 million. Plans for 1998 include the drilling of
four new wells and the installation of additional facilities, pending the
outcome of the Swordfish Prospect well, at a budgeted cost of approximately
$30.7 million.
VERMILION BLOCK 255. On August 1, 1997, the Company acquired certain
interests in the Vermilion Block 255 Field, which consists of four Vermilion
blocks (255, 256, 267 and 268), for $36.6 million. The working interests
acquired range from 66.7% to 83.3% and the net revenue interests range from
55.6% to 69.4%. Eight platforms and 48 wells presently exist on the field, with
10 wells currently producing at aggregate daily rates of approximately 1,227
Bbls of oil and 12.2 MMcf of gas. The Company has consolidated the operations in
the field which were previously conducted by two operators, and believes that it
will benefit from increased operating and development efficiencies. The
remaining interests in the property are owned by CNG Producing Company.
The Vermilion Block 255 Field was discovered in 1964 and is located
approximately 75 miles offshore Louisiana in water depths ranging from 130 to
175 feet. The field is a major oil and gas complex
35
<PAGE> 37
consisting of both water drive oil and gas reservoirs and pressure depletion gas
reservoirs. Oil and gas accumulations have been encountered in 25 sands in
multiple faults and stratigraphic traps in both normally-pressured and
geopressured reservoirs between 7,500 and 12,300 feet. The field has produced
approximately 15 MMBbls of oil and 360 Bcf of gas since May 1970.
Based on its initial analysis of the field, the Company plans to conduct
significant operations for its further development, targeting both proved and
probable objectives. For 1998, the Company has budgeted $9.6 million for
drilling three wells and two workover operations. In addition, the Company has
arranged to acquire a 3-D seismic survey to more fully evaluate the field's
potential. These planned activities will be reviewed and revised as necessary
during the remainder of 1997.
LAKE HERMITAGE. On August 1, 1996, the Company increased its interest in
approximately 6,500 acres in the Lake Hermitage Field by purchasing the
interests of a group of privately-held companies in the field for $6.5 million.
The Company had previously drilled six successful wells (including four dually
completed wells) on designated areas in the field under a farmout agreement
entered into in 1994 with the prior owners. Pursuant to prior contractual
obligations, the Company assigned a portion of the acquired interest to two
partnerships it manages for a proportionate share of the purchase price. After
giving effect to these transactions, the Company holds an approximate 76%
working interest and an approximate 61% net revenue interest in the field except
for certain deep rights held by a major oil company, which are below the
horizons currently being targeted by the Company.
The Lake Hermitage Field is located onshore in Plaquemines Parish,
Louisiana, approximately 25 miles south southeast of New Orleans. The field is a
salt dome structure discovered in 1928 and has produced significant quantities
of oil and gas from multiple sandstone reservoirs between 3,100 and 14,200 feet.
In August 1997, the field was producing at aggregate daily rates of 289 Bbls of
oil and 9.1 MMcf of gas.
The Company intends to acquire a proprietary 3-D seismic survey in late
1997 at a cost of approximately $4.1 million, and the data from this survey will
be used to plan future field development. In addition to its leasehold position
of 6,500 acres, the Company has another 7,800 acres under option to lease with
plans to drill two wells in this field at a budgeted cost of $2.9 million,
pending evaluation of the new seismic data.
VERMILION BLOCK 46. On September 27, 1996, the Company acquired a 62.5%
working interest in the Vermilion Block 46 Field for $15.4 million. The Company
acquired this interest from a major oil company and became operator of the block
at that time. In a separate transaction with a different company in 1993, the
Company purchased a 37.5% working interest in this field for $3.7 million.
Pursuant to prior contractual obligations, the Company assigned a portion of the
acquired interests to two partnerships it manages in consideration for a pro
rata portion of the purchase price, and the Company retained a 76% working
interest with an approximate 65% net revenue interest in the field.
The Vermilion Block 46 Field is located approximately 10 miles offshore
Louisiana in 30 feet of water. Production was established on the block in 1956,
and cumulative production from the field is approximately 115 Bcf of gas and 1.2
MMBbls of oil. The interests acquired in Vermilion Block 46 consist of
approximately 2,500 acres in the northern half of the block. Productive
reservoirs have historically been encountered between 3,000 and 15,500 feet.
In the remainder of 1997, the Company plans to complete the recently
drilled No. 6 well as a dual completion and install a flowline from it back to
the "A" Platform. First production from the No. 6 well is expected in October
1997. The Company's plans for 1998 include drilling two deep test wells on
prospects identified from a newly acquired 3-D seismic survey covering the
block. Expenditures for 1998 are budgeted at $10.2 million.
VERMILION BLOCK 131. On September 27, 1996, the Company acquired a 50%
working interest with a 41% net revenue interest in the Vermilion Block 131
Field from a major oil company for $5.1 million. In addition to the purchase
price, a letter of credit in the amount of $1.8 million was established to
secure the Company's obligation to plug and abandon the property. The Company is
the operator of the
36
<PAGE> 38
property, and the remaining 50% interest is owned by a major oil company. The
acquisition included interests in six producing wells and six shut-in wells.
The Vermilion Block 131 Field is located approximately 30 miles offshore
Louisiana in 60 feet of water. The field was discovered in 1960 and placed on
production in 1963. Field development has consisted of 19 productive wells and
seven dry holes. A total of 65 commercial completions have been established in
27 sandstone reservoirs between 4,800 and 14,300 feet.
Cumulative production from the property is 488 Bcf of gas and 8.5 MMBbls of
oil. Since acquiring this property in 1996, the Company has conducted workover
operations on two wells and drilled a sidetrack well from an idle wellbore. In
August 1997, the field was producing at aggregate daily rates of 81 Bbls of oil
and 13.3 MMcf of gas. A new evaluation of the property is currently in progress
utilizing the Company's recently acquired 3-D seismic data. The Company plans
another major workover in 1997 at a budgeted cost of $1.1 million.
CUT OFF. The Cut Off Field is located onshore in Lafourche Parish,
Louisiana. The Company owns a 98% working interest in this field, which was
purchased from two major and two independent oil companies in August 1991. The
Company currently has an approximate 61% to 65% net revenue interest in the
field.
The field was discovered in 1953 and is covered by both land and inland
water. Cumulative production from the field at the time of the acquisition was
110 Bcf of gas and 39 MMBbls of oil. Since the Company assumed operations of the
field in 1991, it has produced approximately 2.1 MMBbls of oil and 7.9 Bcf of
gas.
The Cut Off Field is located approximately two miles from the Clovelly
Field, one of the Company's other significant properties which is described
below. Each field is dominated geologically by a prominent salt dome structure.
Although significant development drilling has been conducted at each property
near the salt, a substantial portion of the surrounding acreage has received
little exploration attention.
In order to attempt to better understand the complex fault patterns near
the salt and to evaluate other potential drilling opportunities in this region,
the Company completed a $4.5 million 3-D seismic survey of a 61-square-mile area
which includes the Cut Off Field, the Clovelly Field and a significant amount of
contiguous acreage. The processed data was received by the Company in September
1996. The Company owns or controls through lease options approximately 70% of
the survey area.
Although the future development of the Cut Off Field will be guided by the
interpretation of the 3-D data, one purpose of the survey was the confirmation
of pre-existing development plans derived from more traditional methods. The
Company has drilled one well and worked over two wells during the first half of
1997 and plans to deepen the Jones No. 23 well during the remainder of 1997.
Interpretation of the proprietary 3-D seismic survey acquired over the Cut Off
Field has yielded a number of prospects to be drilled in 1998. Current plans for
1998 include drilling three new wells and one sidetrack well and workover
operations on one well at a budgeted cost of $8.5 million to the Company.
CLOVELLY. In July 1995, the Company acquired for $4.5 million a 100%
working interest and an 89.5% net revenue interest in the Clovelly Field from a
major oil company. The field, located onshore in Lafourche Parish, Louisiana, is
comprised of approximately 3,200 acres on the north and east flanks of a salt
dome structure that has produced in excess of 32 MMBbls of oil and 167 Bcf of
gas since its discovery in 1950. The purchase included interests in seven oil
and two gas producing wells which are operated by the Company. In August 1996,
the Company acquired a 40% working interest in 2,840 acres on the south and west
flanks of the salt dome structure in exchange for 3-D seismic data.
Historically, field production has been derived from wells which developed
multiple sandstone reservoirs trapped against the salt. From the time of the
acquisition through June 30, 1997, the average daily production from the
property net to the Company was 350 Bbls of oil and 1.7 MMcf of gas.
As described in the above discussion of the Cut Off Field, a 3-D seismic
survey over the Cut Off Field, the Clovelly Field and surrounding acreage was
acquired in September 1996. Interpretation of the
37
<PAGE> 39
3-D seismic survey has resulted in several new drilling locations in this field.
The Company is currently adding to existing waterflood injection capacity in the
main field reservoir sand and reviving a waterflood in the southeastern portion
of the field in the No. 37 sand, one of the shallower reservoirs. There is
significant acreage under lease-option to the Company outside of the currently
developed acreage. The Company plans to drill five wells and workover one well
during the second half of 1997 through the end of 1998 at a budgeted cost to the
Company of $11.8 million.
EUGENE ISLAND BLOCK 243. Eugene Island Block 243 consists of two federal
lease blocks located offshore Louisiana in the Gulf of Mexico in approximately
150 feet of water. The Company owns an approximate 58% working interest in this
field, which it acquired for $10.0 million from a major oil company in December
1994. The acquisition included a production platform and five producing wells.
Prior to its acquisition by Stone Energy, the field had produced 65 Bcf of
gas from nine sandstone reservoirs between 3,300 feet and 12,500 feet. At the
time of purchase, five wells were producing intermittently at a rate of
approximately 4 MMcf/d of gas. During the first six months of 1997, average
daily production from the field net to the Company was 96 Bbls of oil and 8.0
MMcf of gas.
Prior to acquiring the property, the Company mapped the entire field area
utilizing 3-D seismic data. The interpretation indicated the presence of
additional reserves and prospective drilling locations. The Company's initial
well, the C-1, was drilled and placed on production in 1995. The well logged gas
pay in three sands thought to be previously depleted and found gas pay in a
deeper sand, which is the currently producing interval.
In late 1996, the Company formed a joint operating area covering portions
of Eugene Island Blocks 224 and 243 with a major oil company. A jointly-owned
well was drilled on Block 224, and this well encountered oil and gas in four
reservoir sands stratigraphically deeper than any pay sands previously
encountered on Blocks 242 and 243. A second jointly-owned well is planned in the
second half of 1997 at an approximate cost of $2.6 million to the Company. Plans
for 1998 include drilling two wells at an estimated cost of $9.9 million.
REGULATION
Regulation of Production. In all areas where the Company conducts
activities, there are statutory provisions regulating the production of oil and
natural gas under which administrative agencies may promulgate rules in
connection with the operation and production of both oil and gas wells,
determine the reasonable market demand for oil and gas, and establish allowable
rates of production. Such regulatory orders may restrict the rate at which the
Company's wells produce oil or gas below the rate at which such wells would be
produced in the absence of such regulatory orders, with the result that the
amount or timing of the Company's revenues could be adversely affected.
Federal Leases. The Company has oil and gas leases in the Gulf of Mexico,
which were granted by the federal government and are administered by the MMS.
Such leases are issued through competitive bidding, contain relatively
standardized terms and require compliance with detailed MMS regulations and
orders pursuant to the Outer Continental Shelves Lands Act ("OCSLA") which are
subject to change by the MMS. For offshore operations, lessees must obtain MMS
approval for exploration plans and development and production plans prior to the
commencement of such operations. In addition to permits required from other
agencies (such as the Coast Guard, the Army Corps of Engineers and the EPA),
lessees must obtain a permit from the MMS prior to the commencement of drilling.
The MMS has promulgated regulations requiring offshore production facilities
located on the OCS to meet stringent engineering and construction
specifications. The MMS proposed additional safety-related regulations
concerning the design and operating procedures for OCS production platforms and
pipelines. These proposed regulations were withdrawn pending further discussions
among interested federal agencies. The MMS also has regulations restricting the
flaring or venting of natural gas, and has proposed to amend such regulations to
prohibit the flaring of liquid hydrocarbons and oil without prior authorization.
Similarly, the MMS has promulgated other regulations governing the plugging and
abandoning of wells located offshore and the removal of all production
facilities. With respect to any Company operations conducted
38
<PAGE> 40
on offshore federal leases, liability may generally be imposed under OCSLA for
costs of clean-up and damages caused by pollution resulting from such
operations, other than damages caused by acts of war or the negligence of third
parties. To cover the various obligations of lessees on the OCS, the MMS
generally requires that lessees post substantial bonds or other acceptable
assurances that such obligations will be met. The cost of such bonds or other
surety can be substantial and there is no assurance that bonds or other surety
can be obtained in all cases.
Since November 26, 1993, new levels of lease and areawide bonds have been
required of lessees taking certain actions with regard to OCS leases. Operators
in the OCS waters of the Gulf of Mexico, including the Company, have been or may
be required to increase their areawide bonds and individual lease bonds to $3.0
million and $1.0 million, respectively, unless exemptions or reduced amounts are
allowed by the MMS. The Company currently has an areawide pipeline bond of $0.3
million and an area-wide lease bond of $3.0 million issued in favor of the MMS
for its existing offshore properties. The MMS also has discretionary authority
to require supplemental bonding in addition to the foregoing required bonding
amounts but this authority is only exercised on a case-by-case basis at the time
of filing an assignment of record title interest for MMS approval. Based upon
certain financial parameters, the Company has been granted exempt status by the
MMS, which exempts the Company from the supplemental bonding requirements. Under
certain circumstances, the MMS may require any Company operations on federal
leases to be suspended or terminated. Any such suspension or termination could
materially and adversely affect the Company's financial condition and
operations.
The MMS issued a notice of proposed rulemaking in which it proposed to
amend its regulations governing the calculation of royalties and the valuation
of crude oil produced from federal leases. The proposed rule would modify the
valuation procedures for both arm's length and non-arm's length crude oil
transactions to decrease reliance on posted prices and assign a value to crude
oil that better reflects market value, establish a new MMS form for collecting
value differential data and amend the valuation procedure for the sale of
federal royalty oil. The Company cannot predict at this stage of the rulemaking
proceeding how it might be affected by this amendment to the MMS regulations.
Oil Price Controls and Transportation Rates. Sales of crude oil, condensate
and gas liquids by the Company are not currently regulated and are made at
negotiated prices. Commencing in October 1993, the U.S. Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (the "FERC") issued a series of rules (Order Nos. 561 and
561-A) establishing an indexing system under which oil pipelines will be able to
change their transportation rates, subject to prescribed ceiling levels. The
indexing system, which allows or may require pipelines to make rate changes to
track changes in the Producer Price Index for Finished Goods, minus one percent,
became effective January 1, 1995. The FERC's decision in this matter was
recently affirmed by the Court. The Company is not able at this time to predict
the effects of Order Nos. 561 and 561-A, if any, on the transportation costs
associated with oil production from the Company's oil producing operations.
Federal Regulation of Sales and Transportation of Natural
Gas. Historically, the transportation and sale for resale of natural gas in
interstate commerce have been regulated pursuant to the Natural Gas Act of 1938
(the "NGA"), the Natural Gas Policy Act of 1978 (the "NGPA") and the regulations
promulgated thereunder by the FERC. In the past, the Federal government has
regulated the prices at which gas could be sold. While sales by producers of
natural gas can currently be made at uncontrolled market prices, Congress could
reenact price controls in the future. Deregulation of wellhead natural gas sales
began with the enactment of the NGPA. In 1989, Congress enacted the Natural Gas
Wellhead Decontrol Act (the "Decontrol Act"). The Decontrol Act removed all NGA
and NGPA price and non-price controls affecting wellhead sales of natural gas
effective January 1, 1993.
Several major regulatory changes have been implemented by the FERC from
1985 to the present that affect the economics of natural gas production,
transportation and sales. In addition, the FERC continues to promulgate
revisions to various aspects of the rules and regulations affecting those
segments of the natural gas industry, most notably interstate natural gas
transmission companies, which remain subject to the FERC's jurisdiction. These
initiatives may also affect the intrastate transportation of
39
<PAGE> 41
gas under certain circumstances. The stated purpose of many of these regulatory
changes is to promote competition among the various sectors of the gas industry.
The ultimate impact of these complex and overlapping rules and regulations, many
of which are repeatedly subjected to judicial challenge and interpretation,
cannot be predicted.
Commencing in April 1992, the FERC issued Order Nos. 636, 636-A, 636-B, and
636-C (collectively, "Order No. 636"), which, among other things, require
interstate pipelines to "restructure" to provide transportation separate, or
"unbundled," from the pipelines' sales of gas. Also, Order No. 636 requires
pipelines to provide open-access transportation on a basis that is equal for all
gas supplies. Order No. 636 has been implemented through negotiated settlements
in individual pipeline service restructuring proceedings. In many instances, the
result of Order No. 636 and related initiatives have been to substantially
reduce or bring to an end the interstate pipelines' traditional roles as
wholesalers of natural gas in favor of providing only storage and transportation
services. The FERC has issued final orders in virtually all pipeline
restructuring proceedings, and has completed a series of one year reviews to
determine whether refinements are required regarding individual pipeline
implementations of Order No. 636.
Although Order No. 636 does not directly regulate natural gas producers
such as the Company, the FERC has stated that Order No. 636 is intended to
foster increased competition within all phases of the natural gas industry. It
is unclear what impact, if any, increased competition within the natural gas
industry under Order No. 636 will have on the Company and its natural gas
marketing efforts. The United States Court of Appeals for the District of
Columbia Circuit (the "Court") recently issued its decision in the appeals of
Order No. 636. The Court largely upheld the basic tenets of Order No. 636,
including the requirements that interstate pipelines "unbundle" their sales of
gas from transportation and that pipelines provide open-access transportation on
a basis that is equal for all gas suppliers. The Court remanded five relatively
narrow issues for further explanation by the FERC. In doing so, the Court made
it clear that the FERC's existing rules on the remanded issues would remain in
effect pending further consideration. The issues remanded for further action do
not appear to materially affect the Company. A number of parties have appealed
the Court's ruling to the United States Supreme Court and proceedings on the
remanded issues are currently ongoing before the FERC following its issuance of
Order No. 636-C in February 1997. It is not possible to predict what effect, if
any, the ultimate outcome of this judicial review process will have on the
Company. Although Order No. 636 could provide the Company with additional market
access and more fairly applied transportation service rates, terms and
conditions, it could also subject the Company to more restrictive pipeline
imbalance tolerances and greater penalties for violations of those tolerances.
The Company does not believe, however, that it will be affected by any action
taken with respect to Order No. 636 materially differently than other natural
gas producers and marketers with which it competes.
The FERC issued a statement of policy and a request for comments concerning
alternatives to its traditional cost-of-service rate making methodology. This
policy statement articulates the criteria that the FERC will use to evaluate
proposals to charge market-based rates for the transportation of natural gas.
The policy statement also provides that the FERC will consider proposals for
negotiated rates for individual shippers of natural gas, so long as a
cost-of-service based rate is available. The FERC requested comments on whether
it should allow gas pipelines the flexibility to negotiate the terms and
conditions of transportation service with prospective shippers. The Company
cannot predict what further action the FERC will take on these matters. However,
the Company does not believe that it will be affected by any action taken
materially differently than other natural gas producers and marketers with which
it competes.
The FERC has announced its intention to re-examine certain of its
transportation-related policies, including the appropriate manner in which
interstate pipelines release transportation capacity under Order No. 636. While
any resulting FERC action would affect the Company only indirectly, any new
rules and policy statements may have the effect of enhancing competition in the
natural gas markets by, among other things, encouraging non-producer natural gas
marketers to engage in certain purchase and sale transactions. The Company
cannot predict what action the FERC will take on these matters, nor can
40
<PAGE> 42
it accurately predict whether the FERC's actions will achieve the goal of
increasing competition in markets in which the Company's natural gas is sold.
However, the Company does not believe that it will be affected by any action
taken materially differently than other natural gas producers and marketers with
which it competes.
The FERC has issued a policy statement on how interstate natural gas
pipelines can recover the costs of new pipeline facilities after Order No. 636.
While the FERC's policy statement on new construction cost recovery affects the
Company only indirectly, the new policy, in its present form, should enhance
competition in natural gas markets and facilitate construction of gas supply
laterals. However, requests for rehearing of this policy statement are currently
pending.
The OCSLA requires that all pipelines operating on or across the OCS
provide open-access, non-discriminatory service. Although the FERC has opted not
to impose the regulations of Order No. 509, in which the FERC implemented the
OCSLA, on gatherers and other non-jurisdictional entities, the FERC has retained
the authority to exercise jurisdiction over those entities if necessary to
permit non-discriminatory access to service on the OCS.
Through a series of orders, the FERC has indicated how it intends to
regulate natural gas gathering facilities owned (or previously owned but either
"spun down" to an affiliate or "spun off" to a nonaffiliate) by interstate
pipeline companies after Order No. 636. As a general matter, gathering is exempt
from the FERC's jurisdiction; however, the courts have held that where the
gathering is performed by the interstate pipelines in association with the
pipeline's jurisdictional transportation activities, the FERC retains regulatory
control over the associated gathering services to prevent abuses. In respect of
interstate pipeline-owned gathering, the FERC has approved the spin down or spin
off by several interstate pipelines of their gathering facilities. These
approvals were given despite the strong protests of a number of producers
concerned that any diminution in FERC's oversight pipeline-related gathering
services might result in a denial of open access or otherwise enhance the
pipeline's monopoly power. While the FERC has stated that it will retain limited
jurisdiction over such gathering facilities and will hear complaints concerning
any denial of access, it is unclear what effect the FERC's new gathering policy
will have on producers such as the Company and the Company cannot predict what
further action the FERC will take on these matters. The new gathering policy
thus far announced by the FERC does not address its jurisdiction over pipelines
operating on or across the OCS pursuant to OCSLA. If the FERC were to apply
Order No. 509 to gatherers in the OCS, eliminate the exemption of gathering
lines, and redefine its jurisdiction over gathering lines, then these acts could
result in a reduction in available pipeline space for existing offshore
shippers, such as the Company.
The FERC has issued a policy statement on how interstate natural gas
pipelines can recover the costs of new pipeline facilities. While the FERC's
policy statement on new construction cost recovery affects the Company only
indirectly, in its present form, the new policy should enhance competition in
natural gas markets and facilitate construction of gas supply laterals. However,
requests for rehearing of this policy statement are currently pending. In
February 1997, the FERC also announced a broad inquiry into issues facing the
natural gas industry to assist the FERC in establishing regulatory goals and
priorities in the post-Order No. 636 environment.
Additional proposals and proceedings that might affect the natural gas
industry are pending before Congress, the FERC and the courts. The natural gas
industry historically has been very heavily regulated; therefore, there is no
assurance that the less stringent regulatory approach recently pursued by the
FERC and Congress will continue. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company does
not anticipate that compliance with existing federal, state and local laws,
rules and regulations will have a material or significantly adverse effect upon
the capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position of the Company.
Environmental Regulations. The Company's operations are subject to numerous
laws and regulations governing the discharge of materials into the environment
or otherwise relating to environmental protection. These laws and regulations,
which impose increasingly strict requirements, may require the acquisition of a
permit before drilling commences, restrict the types, quantities and
concentration of
41
<PAGE> 43
various substances, including naturally occurring radioactive materials, that
can be released into the environment in connection with drilling and production
activities, limit or prohibit drilling activities on certain lands lying within
wilderness, wetlands and other protected areas, and impose substantial
liabilities for pollution resulting from the Company's operations. Legislation
has been proposed in Congress from time to time that would reclassify certain
oil and gas exploration and production wastes as "hazardous wastes," which would
make the reclassified wastes subject to much more stringent handling, disposal
and cleanup requirements. If such legislation were to be enacted, it could have
a significant impact on the operating costs of the Company, as well as the oil
and gas industry in general. Initiatives to further regulate the disposal of oil
and gas wastes are also pending in certain states, and these various initiatives
could have a similar impact on the Company. Management believes that the Company
is in substantial compliance with current applicable environmental laws and
regulations and that continued compliance with existing requirements will not
have a material adverse impact on the Company.
OPA and regulations thereunder impose a variety of requirements on
"responsible parties" related to the prevention of oil spills and liability for
damages resulting from such spills in United States waters. A "responsible
party" includes the owner or operator of a facility or vessel, or the lessee or
permittee of the area in which an offshore facility is located. OPA assigns
liability to each responsible party for oil cleanup costs and a variety of
public and private damages. While liability limits apply in some circumstances,
a party cannot take advantage of liability limits if the spill was caused by
gross negligence or willful misconduct or resulted from violation of a federal
safety, construction or operating regulation. If the party fails to report a
spill or to cooperate fully in the cleanup, liability limits likewise do not
apply. Even if applicable, the liability limits for offshore facilities require
the responsible party to pay all removal costs, plus up to $75 million in other
damages. Few defenses exist to the liability imposed by OPA.
OPA imposes ongoing requirements on a responsible party, including the
preparation of oil spill response plans and proof of financial responsibility to
cover environmental cleanup and restoration costs that could be incurred in
connection with an oil spill. As amended by the Coast Guard Authorization Act of
1996, OPA requires responsible parties for offshore facilities to provide
financial assurance in the amount of $35 million to cover potential OPA
liabilities. This amount can be increased up to $150 million if a formal risk
assessment indicates that an amount higher than $35 million should be required.
On March 25, 1997, the MMS promulgated a proposed rule implementing these OPA
financial responsibility requirements. The Company does not anticipate that it
will experience any difficulty in satisfying the MMS's requirements for
demonstrating financial responsibility for its offshore facilities under the OPA
amendments or the proposed rule.
In 1996, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued its
SOP 96-1, which provides guidance on accounting for environmental remediation
liabilities. SOP 96-1 interprets existing Financial Accounting Standards Board
standards applicable to public companies. The Company will apply SOP 96-1 in
1997. The Company believes adoption of SOP 96-1 will not have a material adverse
effect on its results of operations or financial position.
The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
("CERCLA"), also known as the "Superfund" law, imposes liability, without regard
to fault or the legality of the original conduct, on certain classes of persons
that are considered to be responsible for the release of a "hazardous substance"
into the environment. These persons include the owner or operator of the
disposal site or sites where the release occurred and companies that disposed or
arranged for the disposal of the hazardous substances found at the site. Persons
who are or were responsible for releases of hazardous substances under CERCLA
may be subject to joint and several liability for the costs of cleaning up the
hazardous substances that have been released into the environment and for
damages to natural resources, and it is not uncommon for neighboring landowners
and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage
allegedly caused by the hazardous substances released into the environment. The
Company may be potentially responsible for costs and liabilities associated with
alleged releases of hazardous substances at three Superfund sites. See "Legal
Proceedings -- Environmental."
42
<PAGE> 44
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act ("FWPCA") imposes restrictions and
strict controls regarding the discharge of produced waters and other oil and gas
wastes into navigable waters. Permits must be obtained to discharge pollutants
to waters and to conduct construction activities in waters and wetlands. The
FWPCA and similar state laws provide for civil, criminal and administrative
penalties for any unauthorized discharges of pollutants and unauthorized
discharges of reportable quantities of oil and other hazardous substances. Many
state discharge regulations and the Federal National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System general permits prohibit the discharge of produced water and
sand, drilling fluids, drill cuttings and certain other substances related to
the oil and gas industry to coastal waters. Although the costs to comply with
recently-enacted zero discharge mandates under federal or state law may be
significant, the entire industry is expected to experience similar costs and the
Company believes that these costs will not have a material adverse impact on the
Company's financial condition and operations. In 1992, the EPA adopted
regulations requiring certain oil and gas exploration and production facilities
to obtain permits for storm water discharges. Costs may be associated with the
treatment of wastewater or developing and implementing storm water pollution
prevention plans but management does not expect these costs to have a material
adverse effect on the Company.
EMPLOYEES
At August 1, 1997, the Company had 81 full time employees. The Company
believes that its relationships with its employees are satisfactory. None of the
Company's employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. From time
to time, the Company utilizes the services of independent contractors to perform
various field and other services.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
Environmental. In August 1989, TSPC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company in liquidation, was advised by the EPA that it believed TSPC to be a PRP
for the cleanup of three oil field waste disposal facilities located near
Abbeville, Louisiana, which were included on CERCLA's National Priority List
(the "Superfund List") by the EPA. In addition to TSPC, numerous other parties
were named as potentially responsible for the cleanup of these sites. While the
Company's records do not indicate that any drilling wastes generated by TSPC
were disposed of at these sites, it is possible that one or more waste haulers
contracted by TSPC may have disposed of wastes at these sites. Given the large
number of PRPs at these sites and that the Company is a de minimis PRP at each
site, management does not believe that any liability for these sites would
materially adversely affect the financial condition of the Company. The three
sites are (i) the D.L. Mud Site, (ii) the PAB Oil Site and (iii) the Gulf Coast
Vacuum Services Site. The Company entered into a Settlement Agreement, dated
September 16, 1996, with Dow Chemical Corporation, whose subsidiary is a current
owner of the D.L. Mud Site, and the Company signed an EPA Consent Decree
releasing the Company from any anticipated claims at the D. L. Mud Site. The
Company also executed an EPA Consent Order, dated effective as of November 27,
1995, settling its potential liabilities at the PAB Oil Site. The Company
declined the opportunity to enter into a similar order relative to the Gulf
Coast Vacuum Site because the Company believes that its connection, if any, to
said site is speculative.
Other Proceedings. In December 1995, Goodrich Leasehold L.L.C. and Goodrich
Drillers L.L.C. filed a civil action (No. 95-61313) in the 333rd Judicial
District Court, Harris County, Texas, against the Company in an attempt to set
aside a farmout agreement affecting portions of the West Flank of the Weeks
Island Field in Iberia Parish, Louisiana. Management believes that this claim is
without merit and intends to vigorously defend this action.
The Company is also named as a defendant in certain lawsuits and is a party
to certain regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.
Management does not expect these matters, individually or in the aggregate, to
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.
43
<PAGE> 45
MANAGEMENT
DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth the names, ages and titles of the directors
and executive officers of the Company.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME AGE POSITION
---- --- --------
<S> <C> <C>
James H. Stone 71 Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer
Joe R. Klutts 63 Vice Chairman of the Board
D. Peter Canty 50 President, Chief Operating Officer and
Director
Michael L. Finch 42 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Director
Phillip T. Lalande 48 Vice President -- Engineering
James H. Prince 55 Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and
Controller
Andrew L. Gates, III 50 Secretary and General Counsel
E. J. Louviere 48 Vice President -- Land
Craig L. Glassinger 49 Vice President -- Acquisitions
David R. Voelker 43 Director
John P. Laborde 73 Director
Robert A. Bernhard 68 Director
Raymond B. Gary 68 Director
B. J. Duplantis 58 Director
</TABLE>
The following biographies describe the business experience of the directors
and executive officers of the Company.
James H. Stone has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer of the Company since March 1993, and as Chairman of the Board of TSPC
(the predecessor of the Company and now a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
which is being dissolved) since 1981 and served as President of TSPC from
September 1992 to July 1993. Mr. Stone is a director of Newpark Resources, Inc.
and is a member of the Advisory Committee of the St. Louis Rams Football
Company.
Joe R. Klutts has served as Vice Chairman of the Board since March 1994 and
as a Director since March 1993. He has also served as a Director of TSPC since
1981. He served as President of the Company from March 1993 to February 1994,
and as Executive Vice President -- Exploration and President of TSPC from 1981
to 1993 and from July 1993 to May 1994, respectively.
D. Peter Canty served as an Executive Vice President of the Company from
March 1993 to March 1994, when he was named President of the Company. He has
also served as Chief Operating Officer and as a Director of the Company since
March 1993. Mr. Canty was a Vice President and the Chief Geologist of TSPC from
1987 to May 1994, when he was named President of TSPC.
Michael L. Finch has served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Director since March 1993. From 1988 through July 1993, he was a
partner in the firm of Finch & Pierret, CPAs, which performed a substantial
amount of financial reporting, tax compliance and financial advisory services
for TSPC and its affiliates.
Phillip T. Lalande has served as Vice President -- Engineering of the
Company since March 1995. He served as the Company's Operations Manager from
July 1993 to March 1995, and as a consulting engineer to TSPC from 1988 to July
1993.
James H. Prince has served as Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and
Controller of the Company since March 1993 and as Vice President and Controller
of TSPC since 1981, as Treasurer since 1989, as Secretary from 1989 to 1991 and
as Assistant Secretary since 1992.
44
<PAGE> 46
Andrew L. Gates, III has served as Vice President -- Legal, Secretary and
General Counsel of the Company since August 1995. Prior to joining Stone Energy
in 1995, he was a partner in the law firm of Ottinger, Gates, Hebert & Sikes
from 1987 to August 1995.
E. J. Louviere has served as Vice President -- Land since June 1995. He
served as the Land Manager of TSPC and the Company from July 1981 to June 1995.
Craig L. Glassinger has served as Vice President -- Acquisitions of the
Company since December 1995. He served TSPC and Stone Energy from October 1992
to December 1995 as Acquisitions Manager. Prior to joining TSPC, he was a
division geologist for Forest Oil Corporation for approximately ten years.
David R. Voelker has served as a Director of the Company since March 1993
and as a Director of TSPC since 1991. He is currently engaged in private
investments. He was a partner of Johnson Rice & Company from 1989 to February
1994.
John P. Laborde has served as a Director of the Company since May 1993. He
is currently a consultant to Tidewater Inc. He served as Chief Executive Officer
and Chairman of the Board of Tidewater Inc. from 1956 and 1968, respectively, to
his retirement in October 1994. Mr. Laborde also served as President of
Tidewater Inc. from 1958 to 1981 and from 1988 to his retirement. Mr. Laborde is
currently a director of Tidewater Inc., American Bureau of Shipping and Stolt
Comex Seaway, S.A.
Robert A. Bernhard has served as a Director of the Company since May 1993.
He has also served as Co-Chairman of Munn, Bernhard & Associates, Inc., an
investment advisory firm, since 1990. Mr. Bernhard was formerly Chairman of
Ichor Technology, Inc., a privately-held company that filed for bankruptcy under
Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in February 1993.
Raymond B. Gary has served as a Director of the Company since May 1993. He
has also served as an advisory director of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
since his retirement as a managing director and partner of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated in 1983.
B. J. Duplantis has served as a Director of the Company since May 1993. He
is a senior partner of the law firm Gordon, Arata, McCollam & Duplantis.
45
<PAGE> 47
CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth as of August 11, 1997 certain information
regarding the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by (i) each
director and executive officer of the Company and (ii) all directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group, and the percentage of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock that such shares represent.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME SHARES HELD PERCENTAGE
---- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
James H. Stone(1)......................................... 1,617,815 10.8%
David R. Voelker(2)....................................... 721,153 4.8
Joe R. Klutts............................................. 483,270 3.2
Michael L. Finch.......................................... 380,671 2.5
D. Peter Canty(3)......................................... 379,970 2.5
James H. Prince........................................... 277,522 1.9
Robert A. Bernhard(4)..................................... 158,000 1.1
Raymond B. Gary(5)........................................ 54,259 *
Phillip T. Lalande........................................ 28,100 *
John P. Laborde........................................... 17,000 *
B. J. Duplantis........................................... 16,000 *
E. J. Louviere............................................ 15,300 *
Andrew L. Gates, III...................................... 10,100 *
Craig L. Glassinger....................................... 9,100 *
All directors and executive officers as a group........... 4,168,260 27.3%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* less than one percent
(1) Includes shares owned by two partnerships known as James H. Stone Interests
and James H. Stone Interests II to which Mr. Stone disclaims any pecuniary
interest with respect to 47,017 and 16,234 shares, respectively. Also
includes 6,080 shares held by Mr. Stone as trustee for the benefit of his
two minor children to which Mr. Stone disclaims any pecuniary interest.
(2) Includes 104,347 shares owned by the KGB Trust, of which Mr. Voelker is the
sole trustee, 72,440 shares owned by two trusts for the benefit of Mr.
Stone's minor children, of which Mr. Voelker is a trustee, and 479,570
shares owned by Frantzen/Investments, L.L.C. Mr. Voelker disclaims any
pecuniary interest with respect to the shares owned by the trusts for the
benefit of Mr. Stone's children.
(3) Includes 200 shares owned by Mr. Canty's wife.
(4) Includes 30,000 shares held by the Bernhard Trust "B" of which Mr. Bernhard
is the trustee and a potential beneficiary, and 12,000 shares held by Mr.
Bernhard's wife.
(5) Includes 20,000 shares owned by Mr. Gary's wife.
DESCRIPTION OF BANK CREDIT FACILITY
On July 30, 1997, the Company executed its Third Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement (the "Bank Credit Facility") with NationsBank as agent for a
group of banks which includes NationsBank, First National Bank of Commerce,
Hibernia National Bank and BankBoston, N.A. The total Bank Credit Facility
amount is $150 million and is comprised of a three-year revolving credit loan
and a term loan due on January 1, 1999. The current weighted average interest
rate of the facility is 7.3% per annum. As of August 1, 1997, the total
outstanding principal balance was $79.1 million and letters of credit totaling
$6.5 million have been issued pursuant to the facility.
The revolver provided for total availability of $100 million with a
limitation on total outstanding borrowings based on a borrowing base amount
established by the banks for the Company's oil and gas properties, which, at the
time of the Offering, was $80 million. In connection with the Offering, the
Company repaid all except $10 million of the revolving credit loan outstanding
under the Bank Credit
46
<PAGE> 48
Facility. The borrowing base was reduced to $55 million after the Offering and
will be redetermined at year-end based on a revaluation of the Company's oil and
gas properties. The Company may reborrow amounts available under the revolving
credit portion of the Bank Credit Facility to fund the Company's ongoing capital
expenditure program and for general working capital purposes. A commitment fee
of 0.375% per annum is payable quarterly on the unused portion of the revolving
commitment. The term loan of $50 million was established to finance the
acquisition of the Vermilion Block 255 Field and certain development costs. All
of the amounts outstanding under the term loan were paid in full with proceeds
of the Offering, and the term loan is no longer available to the Company. See
"Use of Proceeds."
Under certain circumstances, the lenders under the Bank Credit Facility may
require the facility to be secured by the oil and gas properties of the Company.
The Bank Credit Facility requires the Company to comply with various customary
covenants including, but not limited to, negative covenants regarding (i) liens,
(ii) debt, guaranties and other obligations, (iii) mergers and consolidations,
(iv) asset sales and (v) speculative hedging. Events of default under the Bank
Credit Facility include (i) failure to make payments under the Bank Credit
Facility, (ii) false representations and warranties, (iii) breach of certain
covenants, (iv) failure to make payments on other debt of the Company in the
amount of $500,000 or more and (vi) a change of control of the Company. Upon the
occurrence of such a default, the obligations of the Company may be accelerated
by the lenders under the Bank Credit Facility. The Bank Credit Facility includes
provisions for optional repayment, and for mandatory repayment of term advances
with the proceeds of any debt issuance by the Company.
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
GENERAL
In connection with the sale of the Old Notes, the purchasers thereof became
entitled to the benefits of certain registration rights under the Registration
Agreement. The Exchange Notes are being offered hereunder in order to satisfy
the obligations of the Company under the Registration Agreement. See "Exchange
Offer; Registration Rights."
For each $1,000 principal amount of Old Notes surrendered to the Company
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the holder of such Old Notes will receive $1,000
principal amount of Exchange Notes. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions
set forth in this Prospectus and in the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, the
Company will accept all Old Notes properly tendered prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date. Holders may tender some or all of their Old
Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer in integral multiples of $1,000 principal
amount.
Under existing interpretations of the staff of the SEC, including Exxon
Capital Holdings Corporation, SEC No-Action Letter (available April 13, 1989),
the Morgan Stanley Letter and Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc., SEC No-Action Letter
(available June 5, 1991), the Company believes that the Exchange Notes would in
general be freely transferable after the Exchange Offer without further
registration under the Securities Act by the respective holders thereof (other
than a "Restricted Holder," being (i) a broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes
exchanged for such Exchange Notes directly from the Company to resell pursuant
to Rule 144A or any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (ii) a
person that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 under
the Securities Act), without compliance with the registration and prospectus
delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided that such Exchange Notes are
acquired in the ordinary course of such holder's business and such holder is not
participating in, and has no arrangement with any person to participate in, the
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of such Exchange Notes.
Eligible holders wishing to accept the Exchange Offer must represent to the
Company that such conditions have been met. Any holder of Old Notes who tenders
in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the
Exchange Notes could not rely on the interpretation by the staff of the SEC
enunciated in the Morgan Stanley Letter and similar no-action letters, and must
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.
47
<PAGE> 49
Each holder of Old Notes who wishes to exchange Old Notes for Exchange
Notes in the Exchange Offer will be required to make certain representations,
including that (i) it is neither an affiliate of the Company nor a broker-dealer
tendering Old Notes acquired directly from the Company for its own account, (ii)
any Exchange Notes to be received by it are being acquired in the ordinary
course of its business and (iii) it is not participating in, and it has no
arrangement with any person to participate in, the distribution (within the
meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes. Each broker-dealer (a
"Participating Broker-Dealer") that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
in exchange for Old Notes, where such Old Notes were acquired by such
broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading
activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection
with any resale of such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution." The staff of
the SEC has taken the position in no-action letters issued to third parties
including Shearman & Sterling, SEC No-Action Letter (available July 2, 1993),
that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery
requirements with respect to the Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an
unsold allotment from the original sale of Old Notes) with this Prospectus, as
it may be amended or supplemented from time to time. Under the Registration
Agreement, the Company is required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers to use
this Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, in
connection with the resale of such Exchange Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."
The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been consummated upon the
earlier to occur of (i) the Company having exchanged Exchange Notes for all
outstanding Old Notes (other than Old Notes held by a Restricted Holder)
pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the Company having exchanged, pursuant
to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Notes for all Old Notes that have been tendered
and not withdrawn on the date that is 30 days following the commencement of the
Exchange Offer. In such event, holders of Old Notes seeking liquidity in their
investment would have to rely on exemptions to registration requirements under
the securities laws, including the Securities Act.
As of the date of this Prospectus, $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of Old Notes are issued and outstanding. In connection with the issuance of the
Old Notes, the Company arranged for the Old Notes to be eligible for trading in
The Portal Market, the National Association of Securities Dealers' screen based,
automated market trading of securities eligible for resale under Rule 144A.
The Company shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange validly tendered
Old Notes when, as and if the Company has given oral or written notice thereof
to the Exchange Agent. See "-- Exchange Agent." The Exchange Agent will act as
agent for the tendering holders of Old Notes for the purpose of receiving
Exchange Notes from the Company and delivering Exchange Notes to such holders.
If any tendered Old Notes are not accepted for exchange because of an invalid
tender or the occurrence of certain other events set forth herein, certificates
for any such unaccepted Old Notes will be returned, without expense, to the
tendering holder thereof as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
Holders of Old Notes who tender in the Exchange Offer will not be required to
pay brokerage commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter
of Transmittal, transfer taxes with respect to the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer. The Company will pay all charges and expenses,
other than certain applicable taxes, in connection with the Exchange Offer. See
"-- Fees and Expenses."
This Prospectus, together with the accompanying Letter of Transmittal, is
being sent to all registered holders as of the date of this Prospectus.
EXPIRATION DATE; EXTENSIONS; AMENDMENTS
The term "Expiration Date" shall mean , 1997 unless the
Company, in its sole discretion, extends the Exchange Offer, in which case the
term "Expiration Date" shall mean the latest date to which the Exchange Offer is
extended. In order to extend the Expiration Date, the Company will notify the
Exchange Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the
record holders of Old Notes an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m.,
New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled
Expiration Date. Such announcement may state that the Company is extending the
48
<PAGE> 50
Exchange Offer for a specified period of time. The Company reserves the right
(i) to delay acceptance of any Old Notes, to extend the Exchange Offer or to
terminate the Exchange Offer and to refuse to accept Old Notes not previously
accepted, if any of the conditions set forth herein under "-- Termination" shall
have occurred and shall not have been waived by the Company (if permitted to be
waived by the Company), by giving oral or written notice of such delay,
extension or termination to the Exchange Agent, and (ii) to amend the terms of
the Exchange Offer in any manner deemed by it to be advantageous to the holders
of the Old Notes. Any such delay in acceptance, extension, termination or
amendment will be followed as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice
thereof. If the Exchange Offer is amended in a manner determined by the Company
to constitute a material change, the Company will promptly disclose such
amendment in a manner reasonably calculated to inform the holders of the Old
Notes of such amendment. Without limiting the manner in which the Company may
choose to make public announcements of any delay in acceptance, extension,
termination or amendment of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall have no
obligation to publish, advertise, or otherwise communicate any such public
announcement, other than by making a timely release to the Dow Jones News
Service.
INTEREST ON THE EXCHANGE NOTES
The Exchange Notes will bear interest payable semi-annually on March 15 and
September 15 of each year, commencing March 15, 1998. Holders of Exchange Notes
of record on March 1, 1998 will receive interest on March 15, 1998 from the date
of issuance of the Exchange Notes, plus an amount equal to the accrued interest
on the Old Notes from the date of issuance of the Old Notes, September 19, 1997,
to the date of exchange thereof. Consequently, assuming the Exchange Offer is
consummated prior to the record date in respect of the March 15, 1998 interest
payment for the Old Notes, holders who exchange their Old Notes for Exchange
Notes will receive the same interest payment on March 15, 1998 that they would
have received had they not accepted the Exchange Offer. Interest on the Old
Notes accepted for exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the Exchange
Notes.
PROCEDURES FOR TENDERING
To tender in the Exchange Offer, a holder must complete, sign and date the
Letter of Transmittal, or a facsimile thereof, have the signatures thereon
guaranteed if required by the Letter of Transmittal, and mail or otherwise
deliver such Letter of Transmittal or such facsimile, or an Agent's Message,
together with the Old Notes and any other required documents, to the Exchange
Agent prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date. In
addition, either (i) the certificates for such Old Notes must be received by the
Exchange Agent along with the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) a timely
confirmation of a book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry Confirmation") of such Old
Notes, if such procedure is available, into the Exchange Agent's account at The
Depository Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the
procedure for book-entry transfer described below, must be received by the
Exchange Agent along with an Agent's Message prior to the Expiration Date or
(iii) the Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery procedures described
below. The tender by a holder of Old Notes will constitute an agreement between
such holder and the Company in accordance with the terms and subject to the
conditions set forth herein and in the Letter of Transmittal. Delivery of all
documents must be made to the Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein.
Holders may also request that their respective brokers, dealers, commercial
banks, trust companies or nominees effect such tender for such holders.
The term "Agent's Message" means a message, transmitted by the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility to, and received by, the Exchange Agent and forming a part of
a Book-Entry Confirmation, which states that such Book-Entry Transfer Facility
has received an express acknowledgment from the participant in such Book-Entry
Transfer Facility tendering Old Notes which are the subject of such Book-Entry
Confirmation that such participant has received and agrees to be bound by the
terms of the Letter of Transmittal, and that the Company may enforce such
agreement against such participant.
The method of delivery of Old Notes and the Letter of Transmittal and all
other required documents to the Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of
the holders. Instead of delivery by mail, it is recommended that holders use an
overnight or hand delivery service. In all cases, sufficient time should
49
<PAGE> 51
be allowed to assure timely delivery. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes
should be sent to the Company. Only a holder of Old Notes may tender such Old
Notes in the Exchange Offer. The term "holder" with respect to the Exchange
Offer means any person in whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of
the Company or any other person who has obtained a properly completed stock
power from the registered holder.
Any beneficial holder whose Old Notes are registered in the name of such
holder's broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who
wishes to tender should contact such registered holder promptly and instruct
such registered holder to tender on behalf of the registered holder. If such
beneficial holder wishes to tender directly, such beneficial holder must, prior
to completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering his Old
Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the Old
Notes in such holder's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from the
registered holder. The transfer of record ownership may take considerable time.
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by the record holder(s) of the Old Notes
tendered thereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) written on the
face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change whatsoever.
If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a participant in Depositary Trust
Company ("DTC"), the signature must correspond with the name as it appears on
the security position listing as the holder of the Old Notes. Signatures on a
Letter of Transmittal or a notice of withdrawal, as the case may be, must be
guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange or of
the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., a commercial bank or trust
company having an office or correspondent in the United States or an "eligible
guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange Act
(an "Eligible Institution") unless the Old Notes tendered pursuant thereto are
tendered (i) by a registered holder (or by a participant in DTC whose name
appears on a security position listing as the owner) who has not completed the
box entitled "Special Issuance Instructions" or "Special Delivery Instructions"
on the Letter of Transmittal and the Exchange Notes are being issued directly to
such registered holder (or deposited into the participant's account at DTC) or
(ii) for the account of an Eligible Institution. If the Letter of Transmittal is
signed by a person other than the registered holder of any Old Notes listed
therein, such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond
powers which authorize such person to tender the Old Notes on behalf of the
registered holder, in either case signed as the name of the registered holder or
holders appears on the Old Notes. If the Letter of Transmittal or any Old Notes
or bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and
unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their
authority to so act must be submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.
A tender will be deemed to have been received as of the date when the
tendering holder's duly signed Letter of Transmittal accompanied by Old Notes
(or a timely confirmation received of a book-entry transfer of Old Notes into
the Exchange Agent's account at DTC with an Agent's Message) or a Notice of
Guaranteed Delivery from an Eligible Institution is received by the Exchange
Agent. Issuances of Exchange Notes in exchange for Old Notes tendered pursuant
to a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery by an Eligible Institution will be made only
against delivery of the Letter of Transmittal (and any other required documents)
and the tendered Old Notes (or a timely confirmation received of a book-entry
transfer of Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC with an Agent's
Message) with the Exchange Agent.
All questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of
receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of the tendered Old Notes will be determined
by the Company in its sole discretion, which determination will be final and
binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any and all Old Notes
not properly tendered or any Old Notes the Company's acceptance of which would,
in the opinion of the Company or its counsel, be unlawful. The Company also
reserves the absolute right to waive any conditions of the Exchange Offer or
defects or irregularities in tender as to particular Old Notes. The Company's
interpretation of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the
instructions in the Letter of Transmittal) shall be final and binding on all
parties. Unless waived, any defects or
50
<PAGE> 52
irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be cured within such
time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor
any other person shall be under any duty to give notification of defects or
irregularities with respect to tenders of Old Notes nor shall any of them incur
any liability for failure to give such notification. Tenders of Old Notes will
not be deemed to have been made until such irregularities have been cured or
waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange Agent that are not properly
tendered and as to which the defects or irregularities have not been cured or
waived will be returned without cost by the Exchange Agent to the tendering
holder of such Old Notes unless otherwise provided in the Letter of Transmittal,
as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date. In addition, the Company
reserves the right in its sole discretion to (i) purchase or make offers for any
Old Notes that remain outstanding subsequent to the Expiration Date, or, as set
forth under "-- Termination," to terminate the Exchange Offer and (ii) to the
extent permitted by applicable law, purchase Old Notes in the open market, in
privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. The terms of any such purchases
or offers may differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER
The Exchange Agent will establish an account with respect to the Old Notes
at DTC within two business days after the date of this Prospectus, and any
financial institution which is a participant in DTC may make book-entry delivery
of the Old Notes by causing DTC to transfer such Old Notes into the Exchange
Agent's account in accordance with DTC's procedure for such transfer. Although
delivery of Old Notes may be effected through book-entry transfer into the
Exchange Agent's account at DTC, an Agent's Message must be transmitted to and
received by the Exchange Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date at one of its
addresses set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent", or the guaranteed delivery
procedure described below must be complied with. DELIVERY OF DOCUMENTS TO DTC
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE DELIVERY TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT. All references in this
Prospectus to deposit or delivery of Old Notes shall be deemed to include DTC's
book-entry delivery method.
GUARANTEED DELIVERY PROCEDURES
Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes and whose Old Notes are not
immediately available or who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other required documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, or who cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on
a timely basis and deliver an Agent's Message, may effect a tender if: (i) the
tender is made by or through an Eligible Institution; (ii) prior to the
Expiration Date, the Exchange Agent receives from such Eligible Institution a
properly completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the
holder of the Old Notes, the registration number or numbers of such Old Notes
(if applicable), and the total principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating
that the tender is being made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five
business days after the Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal, together
with the Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or a confirmation of a
book-entry transfer into the Exchange Agent's account at DTC with an Agent's
Message) and any other documents required by the Letter of Transmittal, will be
deposited by the Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and (iii) such
properly completed and executed Letter of Transmittal, together with the
certificate(s) representing all tendered Old Notes in proper form for transfer
(or a confirmation of such a book-entry transfer) and all other documents
required by the Letter of Transmittal are received by the Exchange Agent within
five business days after the Expiration Date.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
The Letter of Transmittal contains, among other things, certain terms and
conditions which are summarized below and are part of the Exchange Offer.
Each holder who participates in the Exchange Offer will be required to
represent that any Exchange Notes received by it will be acquired in the
ordinary course of its business, that such holder is not
51
<PAGE> 53
participating in, and has no arrangement with any person to participate in, the
distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Notes,
and that such holder is not a Restricted Holder.
Old Notes tendered in exchange for Exchange Notes (or a timely confirmation
of a book-entry transfer of such Old Notes into the Exchange Agent's account at
DTC) must be received by the Exchange Agent, with the Letter of Transmittal or
an Agent's Message and any other required documents, by the Expiration Date or
within the time periods set forth above pursuant to a Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery from an Eligible Institution. Each holder tendering the Old Notes for
exchange sells, assigns and transfers the Old Notes to the Exchange Agent, as
agent of the Company, and irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Exchange
Agent as the holder's agent and attorney-in-fact to cause the Old Notes to be
transferred and exchanged. The holder warrants that it has full power and
authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the Old Notes and to
acquire the Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of such tendered Old
Notes, that the Exchange Agent, as agent of the Company, will acquire good and
unencumbered title to the tendered Old Notes, free and clear of all liens,
restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and that the Old Notes tendered for
exchange are not subject to any adverse claims when accepted by the Exchange
Agent, as agent of the Company. The holder also warrants and agrees that it
will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents deemed by the
Company or the Exchange Agent to be necessary or desirable to complete the
exchange, sale, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes. All authority
conferred or agreed to be conferred in the Letter of Transmittal by the holder
will survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the holder and any
obligation of the holder shall be binding upon the heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns of such holder.
WITHDRAWAL OF TENDERS
Except as otherwise provided herein, tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day prior to
the Expiration Date, unless previously accepted for exchange. To withdraw a
tender of Old Notes in the Exchange Offer, a written or facsimile transmission
notice of withdrawal must be received by the Exchange Agent at its address set
forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the business day prior
to the Expiration Date and prior to acceptance for exchange thereof by the
Company. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of the person
having deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn (the "Depositor"), (ii) identify
the Old Notes to be withdrawn (including, if applicable, the registration number
or numbers and total principal amount of such Old Notes), (iii) be signed by the
Depositor in the same manner as the original signature on the Letter of
Transmittal by which such Old Notes were tendered (including any required
signature guarantees) or be accompanied by documents of transfer sufficient to
permit the Trustee with respect to the Old Notes to register the transfer of
such Old Notes into the name of the Depositor withdrawing the tender, (iv)
specify the name in which any such Old Notes are to be registered, if different
from that of the Depositor and (v) if applicable because the Old Notes have been
tendered pursuant to the book-entry procedures, specify the name and number of
the participant's account at DTC to be credited, if different than that of the
Depositor. All questions as to the validity, form and eligibility (including
time of receipt) of such withdrawal notices will be determined by the Company,
whose determination shall be final and binding on all parties. Any Old Notes so
withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for purposes of the
Exchange Offer and no Exchange Notes will be issued with respect thereto unless
the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly retendered. Any Old Notes which have been
tendered but which are not accepted for exchange will be returned to the holder
thereof without cost to such holder as soon as practicable after withdrawal,
rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer. Properly withdrawn Old
Notes may be retendered by following one of the procedures described above under
"-- Procedures for Tendering" at any time prior to the Expiration Date.
TERMINATION
Notwithstanding any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company will not
be required to accept for exchange any Old Notes not theretofore accepted for
exchange, and may terminate the Exchange
52
<PAGE> 54
Offer if it determines that the Exchange Offer violates any applicable law or
interpretation of the staff of the SEC.
If the Company determines that it may terminate the Exchange Offer, as set
forth above, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes and return any
Old Notes that have been tendered to the holders thereof, (ii) extend the
Exchange Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the Expiration of the
Exchange Offer, subject to the rights of such holders of tendered Old Notes to
withdraw their tendered Old Notes or (iii) waive such termination event with
respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly tendered Old Notes that
have not been withdrawn. If such waiver constitutes a material change in the
Exchange Offer, the Company will disclose such change by means of a supplement
to this Prospectus that will be distributed to each registered holder of Old
Notes, and the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for a period of five to
ten business days, depending upon the significance of the waiver and the manner
of disclosure to the registered holders of the Old Notes, if the Exchange Offer
would otherwise expire during such period. Holders of Old Notes will have
certain rights against the Company under the Registration Rights Agreement
should the Company fail to consummate the Exchange Offer.
EXCHANGE AGENT
Texas Commerce Bank National Association, the trustee under the Indenture,
has been appointed as Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer. Questions and
requests for assistance and requests for additional copies of this Prospectus or
of the Letter of Transmittal should be directed to the Exchange Agent addressed
as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
By Mail: By Hand or Overnight Courier:
Texas Commerce Bank National Association Texas Commerce Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services Corporate Trust Services
P.O. Box 2320 1201 Main Street, 18th Floor
Dallas, Texas 75221-2320 Dallas, Texas 75202
Facsimile Transmission: (214) 672-5746
Confirm by Telephone: (214) 672-5125
(800) 275-2048
</TABLE>
FEES AND EXPENSES
The expenses of soliciting tenders pursuant to the Exchange Offer will be
borne by the Company. The principal solicitation for tenders pursuant to the
Exchange Offer is being made by mail. Additional solicitations may be made by
officers and regular employees of the Company and its affiliates in person, by
telegraph or telephone. The Company will not make any payments to brokers,
dealers or other persons soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The
Company, however, will pay the Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for
its services and will reimburse the Exchange Agent for its reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith. The Company may also pay
brokerage houses and other custodians, nominees and fiduciaries the reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding copies of this Prospectus,
Letters of Transmittal and related documents to the beneficial owners of the Old
Notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.
The other expenses incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer,
including fees and expenses of the Exchange Agent and Trustee and accounting and
legal fees, will be paid by the Company. The Company will pay all transfer
taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange
Offer. If, however, Exchange Notes or Old Notes not tendered or accepted for
exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued in the name
of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes tendered, or if
tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any person other than the
person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer tax is imposed for
any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed on the registered
holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering holder.
53
<PAGE> 55
If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or exemption therefrom is not
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will
be billed directly to such tendering holder.
ACCOUNTING TREATMENT
No gain or loss for accounting purposes will be recognized by the Company
upon the consummation of the Exchange Offer. The expenses of the Exchange Offer
will be amortized by the Company over the term of the Exchange Notes under
generally accepted accounting principles.
54
<PAGE> 56
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
The Exchange Notes will be issued and the Old Notes were issued under an
indenture (the "Indenture") to be entered into among the Company and Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as trustee (the "Trustee").
The terms of the Notes will include those stated in the Indenture and those
made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the
"1939 Act"). The following summary of certain terms and provisions of the Notes
and the Indenture does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its
entirety by reference to the 1939 Act, the Notes and the Indenture. A copy of
the Indenture and the form of Notes are available upon request to the Company at
the address set forth below under "Available Information."
The Indenture provides for the issuance of up to $100.0 million of Old
Notes and additional Notes (as part of the same or an additional series) in an
aggregate principal amount of not more than $50.0 million. All the Notes will be
identical in all respects other than issue price and issuance date.
The definitions of certain capitalized terms used in the following summary
are set forth below under "Certain Definitions." Capitalized terms used in this
summary and not otherwise defined below have the meanings assigned to them in
the Indenture. For purposes of this "Description of the Notes," references to
the "Company" shall mean Stone Energy Corporation, excluding its subsidiaries.
GENERAL
The Notes will mature on September 15, 2007, and will be limited to an
aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million. The Old Notes were issued in an
aggregate principal amount of $100.0 million. The Old Notes bear interest at
8 3/4% per annum from September 19, 1997, or from the most recent interest
payment date to which interest has been paid, payable semiannually on March 15
and September 15 of each year, beginning on March 15, 1998, to the Person in
whose name the Note (or any predecessor Note) is registered at the close of
business on the immediately preceding March 1 or September 1, as the case may
be. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve
30-day months.
Principal of, premium, if any, on and interest on the Notes will be
payable, and the Notes will be exchangeable and transferable, at an office or
agency of the Company, one of which will be maintained for such purpose in The
City of New York (which initially will be an office of the Trustee) or such
other office or agency permitted under the Indenture. At the option of the
Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the person entitled
thereto as shown on the Security Register. The Notes will be issued in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
The interest rate on the Notes is subject to increase in certain
circumstances (such additional interest being referred to as "Special Interest")
if the Company does not file a registration statement relating to the Exchange
Offer on a timely basis, if such registration statement is not declared
effective on a timely basis or if certain other conditions are not satisfied,
all as further described under "Exchange Offer; Registration Rights." All
references herein to interest shall include such Special Interest, if
appropriate.
Under the circumstances described below, the obligations of the Company
under the Notes will in the future be unconditionally guaranteed on an unsecured
senior subordinated basis by Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company. See
"-- Subsidiary Guaranties."
SUBORDINATION
The Notes are unsecured senior subordinated obligations of the Company. The
payment of the principal of, premium, if any, on and interest on the Notes will
be subordinated in right of payment, as set forth in the Indenture, to the
payment when due of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company. The Notes rank
subordinate in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness
of the Company, pari passu with any future Pari Passu Indebtedness of the
Company and senior to any future Subordinated
55
<PAGE> 57
Indebtedness of the Company. The Subsidiary Guaranty of any Subsidiary Guarantor
will rank subordinate in right of payment to all existing and future Senior
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor, pari passu with any future Pari Passu
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor and senior to any future Subordinated
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor.
In connection with the Offering, the Company repaid all except $10 million
of the revolving credit loan outstanding under the Bank Credit Facility. The
borrowing base was reduced to $55 million after the Offering and will be
redetermined at year-end based on a revaluation of the Company's oil and gas
properties. An additional $3.0 million of other Senior Indebtedness is
outstanding. Borrowings under the Bank Credit Facility constitute Senior
Indebtedness. As of such date, the Company would have had no outstanding Pari
Passu Indebtedness or Subordinated Indebtedness (other than the Old Notes).
Although the Indenture contains limitations on the amount of additional
Indebtedness that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur, the
amounts of such Indebtedness could be substantial and such Indebtedness may be
Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu Indebtedness. In addition, the Subsidiary
Guaranties could be effectively subordinated to all the obligations of any
Subsidiary Guarantors under certain circumstances. The Notes and any Subsidiary
Guaranties will also be effectively subordinated to any secured debt of the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors that is not otherwise Senior Indebtedness.
See "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness," "Risk
Factors -- Subordination of Notes" and "-- Fraudulent Conveyance Considerations
Relating to Future Subsidiary Guaranties" and "Description of Bank Credit
Facility."
The Company may not pay principal of, premium, if any, on or interest on,
the Notes or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture
described under "-- Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance" and may not repurchase,
redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, "pay the Notes") if (i) any
principal, premium, interest or other amounts due in respect of any Senior
Indebtedness of the Company is not paid within any applicable grace period
(including at maturity) or (ii) any other default on Senior Indebtedness of the
Company occurs and the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in
accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the default has been cured or
waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Senior Indebtedness
has been paid in full; provided, however, that the Company may pay the Notes
without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written
notice approving such payment from the Representative of each issue of
Designated Senior Indebtedness. During the continuance of any default (other
than a default described in clause (i) or clause (ii) of the preceding sentence)
with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the
maturity thereof may be accelerated immediately without further notice (except
such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration), the Company may not
pay the Notes for a period (a "Payment Blockage Period") commencing upon the
receipt by the Company and the Trustee of written notice of such default from
the Representative of the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness
specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period (a "Payment Blockage
Notice") and ending 179 days after receipt of such notice by the Company and the
Trustee unless earlier terminated (a) by written notice to the Company and the
Trustee from the Representative which gave such Payment Blockage Notice, (b)
because such default is no longer continuing or (c) because such Designated
Senior Indebtedness has been repaid in full. Notwithstanding the provisions
described in the immediately preceding sentence, unless the holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders have
accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness and not
rescinded such acceleration, the Company may (unless otherwise prohibited as
described in the first sentence of this paragraph) resume payments on the Notes
after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. No more than one Payment Blockage
Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period regardless of the number
of defaults with respect to one or more issues of Senior Indebtedness.
Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company upon a total
or partial liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or in a
bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership, or similar proceeding
relating to the Company or its property, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of
the Company will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash before the
Holders of the Notes are entitled to receive any payment of principal of, or
premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes. In addition, until the
56
<PAGE> 58
Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full, any distribution made by or
on behalf of the Company to which Holders of Notes would be entitled but for the
subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of the Senior
Indebtedness of the Company, except that Holders of Notes may receive and retain
shares of stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior
Indebtedness of the Company to at least the same extent as the Notes.
The Subsidiary Guaranty of any Subsidiary Guarantor will be subordinated to
Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor to the same extent and in the
same manner as the Notes are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company.
The Indenture provides that the subordination provisions of the Indenture
applicable to the Notes and any Subsidiary Guaranties may not be amended, waived
or modified in a manner that would adversely affect the rights of the holders of
any Designated Senior Indebtedness unless the holders of such Indebtedness
consent in writing (in accordance with the provisions of such Indebtedness) to
such amendment, waiver or modification.
SUBSIDIARY GUARANTIES
Under the circumstances described below under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Future Subsidiary Guarantors," the Company's payment obligations
under the Notes will in the future be jointly and severally guaranteed by one or
more Subsidiary Guarantors. The Subsidiary Guaranty of any Subsidiary Guarantor
will be an unsecured senior subordinated obligation of such Subsidiary
Guarantor. See "-- Subordination."
Certain mergers, consolidations and dispositions of Property may result in
the addition of additional Subsidiary Guarantors or the release of Subsidiary
Guarantors. See "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Issuance and Sale of
Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries" and "-- Merger, Consolidation and Sale
of Substantially All Assets." In addition, any Subsidiary Guarantor that is
designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture shall be released from and relieved of its obligations under its
Subsidiary Guaranty upon execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture
satisfactory to the Trustee.
Each of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors will agree to contribute
to any other Subsidiary Guarantor which makes payments pursuant to its
Subsidiary Guaranty an amount equal to the Company's or such Subsidiary
Guarantor's proportionate share of such payment, based on the net worth of the
Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor relative to the aggregate net worth of the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors.
OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
Except as provided in the next succeeding paragraph, the Notes are not
redeemable prior to September 15, 2002. At any time on or after September 15,
2002, the Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part
(equal to $1,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof), on not
less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice, at the following redemption
prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on
September 15 of the years indicated below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
REDEMPTION
YEAR PRICE
- ----------------------------------------------- ----------
<S> <C>
2002........................................... 104.375%
2003........................................... 102.917%
2004........................................... 101.458%
2005 and thereafter............................ 100.000%
</TABLE>
57
<PAGE> 59
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to September 15, 2000 the Company may,
at any time or from time to time, redeem up to 33 1/3% of the aggregate
principal amount of the Notes originally issued at a redemption price of
108.750% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the
relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment
date), with the net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company,
provided that at least 66 2/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes
originally issued remains outstanding after the occurrence of such redemption
and provided, further, that such redemption shall occur not later than 90 days
after the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering. The redemption shall
be made in accordance with procedures set forth in the Indenture.
If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, selection of
Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the
Notes are listed, or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by
lot or by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.
SINKING FUND
There will be no mandatory sinking fund payments for the Notes.
REPURCHASE AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL
Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes shall have
the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000
in principal amount or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Notes
pursuant to the offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at a
purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus
accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the
right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due
on the relevant interest payment date (the "Change of Control Payment").
Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Company shall mail a
notice to each Holder stating, among other things: (i) that a Change of Control
has occurred and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to the
Indenture and that all Notes (or portions thereof) properly tendered will be
accepted for payment; (ii) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall
be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, no fewer than 30
days nor more than 60 days from the date the Company mails such notice (the
"Change of Control Payment Date"); (iii) that any Note (or portion thereof)
accepted for payment (and duly paid on the Change of Control Payment Date)
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the
Change of Control Payment Date; (iv) that any Notes (or portions thereof) not
properly tendered will continue to accrue interest; (v) a description of the
transaction or transactions constituting the Change of Control; (vi) the
procedures that Holders of Notes must follow in order to tender their Notes (or
portions thereof) for payment and the procedures that Holders of Notes must
follow in order to withdraw an election to tender Notes (or portions thereof)
for payment; and (vii) all other instructions and materials necessary to enable
Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the purchase of Notes in connection with a Change of Control. To the extent
that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the
provisions relating to the Change of Control Offer, the Company will comply with
the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have
breached its obligations described above by virtue thereof.
If a Change of Control were to occur, there can be no assurance that the
Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors would have sufficient financial resources,
or would be able to arrange financing, to pay the purchase price for all Notes
tendered by the Holders thereof. In addition, as of the Issue Date the existing
Bank Credit Facility will, and any future Bank Credit Facilities or other
agreements relating to indebtedness (including Senior Indebtedness or Pari Passu
Indebtedness) to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor becomes a party
may, contain restrictions on the purchase of Notes. If a Change of
58
<PAGE> 60
Control occurs at a time when the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors are
unable to purchase the Notes (due to insufficient financial resources,
contractual prohibition or otherwise), such failure to purchase tendered Notes
would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture, which would, in turn,
constitute a default under the existing Bank Credit Facility and may constitute
a default under the terms of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantors then outstanding. In such circumstances, the subordination
provisions in the Indenture would likely prohibit payments to Holders of Notes.
The provisions under the Indenture related to the Company's obligation to make
an offer to repurchase the Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be
waived or modified (at any time prior to the occurrence of such Change of
Control) with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Notes. See "-- Subordination."
The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a
Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the
manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth
in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and
purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of
Control Offer.
A "Change of Control" shall be deemed to occur if (i) any "person" or
"group" (within the meaning of Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange
Act or any successor provision to either of the foregoing, including any group
acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities within
the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more
Permitted Holders, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and
13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person will be deemed to have
"beneficial ownership" of all shares that any such Person has the right to
acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage
of time) of 50 percent or more of the total voting power of all classes of the
Voting Stock of the Company or currently exercisable warrants or options to
acquire such Voting Stock, (ii) the sale, lease, conveyance or transfer of all
or substantially all the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries
taken as a whole (other than to any Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall have
occurred, (iii) the shareholders of the Company shall have approved any plan of
liquidation or dissolution of the Company, (iv) the Company consolidates with or
merges into another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or any
Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) consolidates with or merges
into the Company in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the
outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged for
cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (a)
the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged
for Voting Stock of the surviving corporation that is Capital Stock and (b)
either (x) the holders of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to
such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the
Voting Stock of the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction in
substantially the same proportion as before the transaction or (y) within 25
days after the closing of any such transaction both Moody's and S&P shall have
expressly affirmed credit ratings for the Notes (after giving effect to such
transaction) that are as high or higher than the highest such ratings for the
Notes given by such services, respectively, at any time during the 90 days
immediately prior to the public announcement of such transaction and such
expressly affirmed ratings are at least "Ba3" from Moody's and "BB" from S&P or
(v) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning
of such period constituted the Company's Board of Directors (together with any
new directors whose election or appointment by such Board or whose nomination
for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by a vote of a
majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the
beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was
previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the
Company's Board of Directors then in office. "Permitted Holders" means James H.
Stone, D. Peter Canty, Michael L. Finch and Joe R. Klutts and their respective
estates, spouses, ancestors, and lineal descendants, the legal representatives
of any of the foregoing and the trustees of any bona fide trusts of which the
foregoing are the sole beneficiaries or the grantors, or any Person of which the
foregoing "beneficially owns" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the
Exchange Act) voting securities representing at least 66 2/3% of the total
voting power of all classes of Voting Stock of such Person (exclusive of any
matters as to which class voting rights exist).
59
<PAGE> 61
The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale,
lease, conveyance or transfer of "all or substantially all" the Company's
assets. The Indenture will be governed by New York law, and there is no
established quantitative definition under New York law of "substantially all"
the assets of a corporation. Accordingly, if the Company and any Subsidiary
Guarantors were to engage in a transaction in which they disposed of less than
all the assets of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantors taken as a whole, a
question of interpretation could arise as to whether such disposition was of
"substantially all" their assets and whether the Company was required to make a
Change of Control Offer.
Except as described above with respect to a Change of Control, the
Indenture does not contain any other provisions that permit the Holders of the
Notes to require that the Company repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of
a takeover, recapitalization or similar restructuring.
BOOK-ENTRY SYSTEM
The Notes will initially be issued in the form of one or more Global
Securities held in book-entry form. The Notes will be deposited with the Trustee
as custodian for The Depository Trust Company (the "Depository"), and the
Depository or its nominee will initially be the sole registered holder of the
Notes for all purposes under the Indenture. Except as set forth below, a Global
Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee
of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository.
Upon the issuance of a Global Security, the Depository or its nominee will
credit, on its internal system, the accounts of persons holding through it with
the respective principal amounts of the individual beneficial interests
represented by such Global Security purchased by such persons in the Offering.
Such accounts shall initially be designated by the Initial Purchasers with
respect to Notes placed by the Initial Purchasers for the Company. Ownership of
beneficial interests in a Global Security will be limited to persons that have
accounts with the Depository ("participants") or persons that may hold interests
through participants. Any Person acquiring an interest in a Global Security
through an offshore transaction in reliance on Regulation S of the Securities
Act may hold such interest through Cedel or Euroclear. Ownership of beneficial
interests by participants in a Global Security will be shown on, and the
transfer of that ownership interest will be effected only through, records
maintained by the Depository or its nominee for such Global Security. Ownership
of beneficial interests in such Global Security by persons that hold through
participants will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership interest
within such participant will be effected only through, records maintained by
such participant. The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain purchasers
of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such
limits and such laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in
a Global Security.
Payment of principal of, premium, if any, on and interest on Notes
represented by any such Global Security will be made to the Depository or its
nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of
the Notes represented thereby for all purposes under the Indenture. None of the
Company, the Trustee, any agent of the Company or the Initial Purchasers will
have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the Depository's reports
relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in a
Global Security representing any Notes or for maintaining, supervising or
reviewing any of the Depository's records relating to such beneficial ownership
interests.
The Company has been advised by the Depository that upon receipt of any
payment of principal of, premium, if any, on or interest on any Global Security,
the Depository will immediately credit, on its book-entry registration and
transfer system, the accounts of participants with payments in amounts
proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal or face
amount of such Global Security, as shown on the records of the Depository. The
Company expects that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests
in a Global Security held through such participants will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices as is now the case with securities held for
customer accounts registered in "street name" and will be the sole
responsibility of such participants.
60
<PAGE> 62
So long as the Depository or its nominee is the registered owner or holder
of such Global Security, the Depository or such nominee, as the case may be,
will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Notes represented by such
Global Security for the purposes of receiving payment on the Notes, receiving
notices and for all other purposes under the Indenture and the Notes. Beneficial
interests in Notes will be evidenced only by, and transfers thereof will be
effected only through, records maintained by the Depository and its
participants. Except as provided above, owners of beneficial interests in a
Global Security will not be entitled to and will not be considered the holders
of such Global Security for any purposes under the Indenture. Accordingly, each
person owning a beneficial interest in a Global Security must rely on the
procedures of the Depository and, if such person is not a participant, on the
procedures of the participant through which such person owns its interest, to
exercise any rights of a holder under the Indenture. The Company understands
that under existing industry practices, if the Company requests any action of
holders or that an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Security desires
to give or take any action that a Holder is entitled to give or take under the
Indenture, the Depository would authorize the participants holding the relevant
beneficial interest to give or take such action, and such participants would
authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants to give or take
such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners
owning through them.
The Depository has advised the Company that it will take any action
permitted to be taken by a Holder of Notes (including the presentation of Notes
for exchange as described below) only at the direction of one or more
participants to whose account with the Depository interests in a Global Security
are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes as to which such participant or participants has or have
given such direction.
The Depository has advised the Company that the Depository is a
limited-purpose trust company organized under the Banking Law of the State of
New York, a "banking organization" within the meaning of New York Banking Law, a
member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency"
registered under the Exchange Act. The Depository was created to hold the
securities of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of
securities transactions among its participants in such securities through
electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby
eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. The
Depository's participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the
Initial Purchasers), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain
other organizations some of whom (or their representatives) own the Depository.
Access to the Depository's book-entry system is also available to others, such
as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly.
CERTIFICATED NOTES
The Notes represented by a Global Security are exchangeable for
certificated Notes only if (i) the Depository notifies the Company that it is
unwilling or unable to continue as a depository for such Global Security or if
at any time the Depository ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the
Exchange Act, and a successor depository is not appointed by the Company within
90 days, (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a notice that
such Global Security shall be so transferable, registrable and exchangeable, and
such transfer shall be registrable, or (iii) there shall have occurred and be
continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes represented
by such Global Security. Any Global Security that is exchangeable for
certificated Notes pursuant to the preceding sentence will be transferred to,
and registered and exchanged for, certificated Notes in authorized denominations
and registered in such names as the Depository or its nominee holding such
Global Security may direct. Subject to the foregoing, a Global Security is not
exchangeable, except for a Global Security of like denomination to be registered
in the name of the Depository or its nominee. If a Global Security becomes
exchangeable for certificated Notes, (i) certificated Notes will be issued only
in fully registered form in denominations of $1,000 or an integral multiple
thereof, (ii) payment of principal of, and premium, any repurchase price and
interest on, the certificated Notes will be payable, and the transfer of the
certificated Notes will be registrable, at the office or agency of the Company
maintained for
61
<PAGE> 63
such purposes and (iii) no service charge will be made for any issuance of the
certificated Notes, although the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any transfer tax, assessment or similar governmental charge imposed in
connection therewith. In addition, such certificates will bear the legend
referred to under "Notice to Investors" (unless the Company determines otherwise
in accordance with applicable law) subject, with respect to such Notes, to the
provisions of such legend.
CERTAIN COVENANTS
Limitation on Indebtedness. The Indenture provides that the Company will
not, and it will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness unless, after giving pro forma effect to the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds
thereof, no Default or Event of Default would occur as a consequence of, or be
continuing following, such Incurrence and application and either (a) after
giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence and application, the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio would exceed 2.5 to 1.0 or (b) such Indebtedness is
Permitted Indebtedness.
"Permitted Indebtedness" means any and all of the following: (i)
Indebtedness arising under the Indenture with respect to the Offered Notes and
any Subsidiary Guaranties relating thereto; (ii) Indebtedness under the Bank
Credit Facilities, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all
Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facilities, together with all Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to clause (x) of this paragraph in respect of Indebtedness
previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (ii), at any one time outstanding
does not exceed the greater of (a) $100.0 million, which amount shall be
permanently reduced by the amount of Net Available Cash from Asset Sales used to
permanently repay Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facilities and not
subsequently reinvested in Additional Assets or used to permanently reduce other
Indebtedness to the extent permitted pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture
described under "-- Limitation on Asset Sales," and (b) an amount equal to the
sum of (1) $25.0 million and (2) 20.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets determined as of the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness; (iii)
Indebtedness to the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary by any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries (but only so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company
or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary); (iv) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance,
reimbursement or surety obligations issued by or for the account of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, including
guaranties and letters of credit functioning as or supporting such bid,
performance, reimbursement or surety obligations (in each case other than for an
obligation for money borrowed); (v) Indebtedness under Permitted Hedging
Agreements; (vi) in-kind obligations relating to oil or gas balancing positions
arising in the ordinary course of business; (vii) Indebtedness outstanding on
the Issue Date not otherwise permitted in clauses (i) through (vi) above; (viii)
Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness; (ix) Indebtedness not otherwise
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this paragraph (excluding any Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to clause (a) of the immediately preceding paragraph),
provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred
pursuant to this clause (ix), together with all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant
to clause (x) of this paragraph in respect of Indebtedness previously Incurred
pursuant to this clause (ix), at any one time outstanding does not exceed $30.0
million, (x) Indebtedness Incurred in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are
used to refinance, (a) Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (vii),
(viii) and (ix) of this paragraph (including Indebtedness previously Incurred
pursuant to this clause (x)) and (b) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause
(a) of the immediately preceding paragraph, provided that, in the case of each
of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), such Indebtedness is Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness; and (xi) Indebtedness consisting of obligations in respect of
purchase price adjustments, indemnities or Guarantees of the same or similar
matters in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Property.
Limitation on Liens. The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and
will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter
into, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on or with respect to
any Property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, whether owned on the
Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any interest therein or any
income or profits therefrom, unless the Notes or any Subsidiary Guaranty of such
Restricted Subsidiary are secured equally and
62
<PAGE> 64
ratably with (or prior to) any and all other obligations secured by such Lien,
except that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into, create,
Incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens securing Senior Indebtedness and
Permitted Liens.
Limitation on Restricted Payments.
(a) The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any
Restricted Payment if, at the time of and after giving effect to the proposed
Restricted Payment, (i) any Default or Event of Default would have occurred and
be continuing, (ii) the Company could not Incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) of the first paragraph under "-- Limitation
on Indebtedness" or (iii) the aggregate amount expended or declared for all
Restricted Payments from the Issue Date would exceed the sum (without
duplication) of the following:
(A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the Company
accrued on a cumulative basis commencing on the last day of the fiscal
quarter immediately preceding the Issue Date, and ending on the last day of
the fiscal quarter ending on or immediately preceding the date of such
proposed Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate Consolidated Net Income
shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss), plus
(B) the aggregate net cash proceeds, or the Fair Market Value of
Property other than cash, received by the Company on or after the Issue
Date from the issuance or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company)
of Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or rights to
purchase Capital Stock of the Company, plus
(C) the aggregate net cash proceeds, or the Fair Market Value of
Property other than cash, received by the Company as capital contributions
to the Company (other than from a Subsidiary of the Company) on or after
the Issue Date, plus
(D) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company from the
issuance or sale (other than to any Subsidiary of the Company) on or after
the Issue Date of convertible Indebtedness that has been converted into or
exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company, together with the aggregate
cash received by the Company at the time of such conversion or exchange or
received by the Company from any conversion or exchange of convertible
Senior Indebtedness or convertible Pari Passu Indebtedness issued or sold
(other than to any Subsidiary of the Company) prior to the Issue Date, plus
(E) to the extent not otherwise included in the Company's Consolidated
Net Income, an amount equal to the net reduction in Investments made by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries subsequent to the Issue Date in any
Person resulting from (1) payments of interest on debt, dividends,
repayments of loans or advances or other transfers or distributions of
Property, in each case to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any
Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and in an amount
not to exceed the book value of such Investments previously made in such
Person that were treated as Restricted Payments, or (2) the designation of
any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, and in an amount
not to exceed the lesser of (x) the book value of all Investments
previously made in such Unrestricted Subsidiary that were treated as
Restricted Payments and (y) the Fair Market Value of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary, plus
(F) $15.0 million.
(b) The limitations set forth in paragraph (a) above will not prevent the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from making the following Restricted
Payments so long as, at the time thereof, no Default or
63
<PAGE> 65
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (except in the case of
clause (i) below under which the payment of a dividend is permitted):
(i) the payment of any dividend on Capital Stock or Redeemable Stock
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after the
declaration thereof, if at such declaration date such dividend could have
been paid in compliance with paragraph (a) above;
(ii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries held
by any current or former officers, directors or employees of the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the terms of agreements (including
employment agreements) or plans approved by the Company's Board of
Directors, including any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or
retirement of shares of such Capital Stock that is deemed to occur upon the
exercise of stock options or similar rights if such shares represent all or
a portion of the exercise price or are surrendered in connection with
satisfying Federal income tax obligations; provided, however, that the
aggregate amount of such repurchases, redemptions, acquisitions and
retirements shall not exceed the sum of (a) $1.0 million in any
twelve-month period and (b) the aggregate net proceeds, if any, received by
the Company during such twelve-month period from any issuance of such
Capital Stock pursuant to such agreements or plans;
(iii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for
value of any Capital Stock or Redeemable Stock of the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary, in exchange for, or out of the aggregate net cash
proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale (other than to a
Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or trust
established by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, for the benefit of
their employees) of Capital Stock of the Company;
(iv) the making of any principal payment on or the repurchase,
redemption, legal defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value,
prior to any scheduled principal payment, scheduled sinking fund payment or
maturity, of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Redeemable Stock) in
exchange for, or out of the aggregate net cash proceeds of, a substantially
concurrent issuance and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or
an employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, for the benefit of their employees) of Capital Stock
of the Company;
(v) the making of any principal payment on or the repurchase,
redemption, legal defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value
of Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the aggregate net
cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent Incurrence (other than a sale
to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Subordinated Indebtedness so long as
such new Indebtedness is Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness and (A) has an
Average Life that is longer than the Average Life of the Notes and (B) has
a Stated Maturity for its final scheduled principal payment that is more
than one year after the Stated Maturity of the final scheduled principal
payment of the Notes; and
(vi) loans made to officers, directors or employees of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary approved by the Board of Directors (or a duly
authorized officer), the net cash proceeds of which are used solely (A) to
purchase common stock of the Company in connection with a restricted stock
or employee stock purchase plan, or to exercise stock options received
pursuant to an employee or director stock option plan or other incentive
plan, in a principal amount not to exceed the exercise price of such stock
options or (B) to refinance loans, together with accrued interest thereon,
made pursuant to item (A) of this clause (vi).
The actions described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (b) shall be
included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments. The actions
described in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (b) shall be
excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments, provided that
the net cash proceeds from any issuance or sale of Capital Stock of the Company
pursuant to such clause (iii), (iv) or (vi) shall be excluded from any
calculations pursuant to clause (B) or (C) under the immediately preceding
paragraph (a).
64
<PAGE> 66
Limitation on Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Indenture provides that the Company will not (i) permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to sell or otherwise issue any Capital Stock other than to
the Company or one of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (ii) permit any Person
other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to own any Capital Stock or
of any other Restricted Subsidiary, except, in each case, for (a) directors'
qualifying shares, (b) the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary owned by a
Person at the time such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or
acquired by such Person in connection with the formation of such Restricted
Subsidiary, or transfers thereof, or (c) a sale of all the Capital Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or its Subsidiaries effected in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture described under "-- Limitation
on Asset Sales." In the event of the consummation of a sale of all the Capital
Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the foregoing clause (c) and the
execution and delivery of a supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the
Trustee, any such Restricted Subsidiary that is also a Subsidiary Guarantor
shall be released from all its obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty.
Limitation on Asset Sales. The Indenture provides that the Company will
not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale
unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be,
receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair
Market Value of the Property subject to such Asset Sale and (ii) all of the
consideration paid to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with such Asset Sale is in the form of cash, cash equivalents, Liquid
Securities, Exchanged Properties or the assumption by the purchaser of
liabilities of the Company (other than liabilities of the Company that are by
their terms subordinated to the Notes) or liabilities of any Subsidiary
Guarantor that made such Asset Sale (other than liabilities of a Subsidiary
Guarantor that are by their terms subordinated to such Subsidiary Guarantor's
Subsidiary Guaranty), in each case as a result of which the Company and its
remaining Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such liabilities
("Permitted Consideration"); provided, however, that the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to receive Property other than
Permitted Consideration, so long as the aggregate Fair Market Value of all such
Property other than Permitted Consideration received from Asset Sales and held
by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at any one time shall not exceed
10.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
The Net Available Cash from Asset Sales by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary may be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, to the
extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the
terms of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor), to
(i) prepay, repay or purchase Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor (in each case excluding Indebtedness owed to the Company or an
Affiliate of the Company), (ii) to reinvest in Additional Assets (including by
means of an Investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with Net
Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) or
(iii) purchase Notes or purchase both Notes and one or more series or issues of
other Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata basis (excluding Notes and Pari
Passu Indebtedness owned by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company).
Any Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in accordance with
the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of such Asset Sale shall
constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds
exceeds $10.0 million, the Company will be required to make an offer to purchase
Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate amount of
Excess Proceeds (the "Prepayment Offer") at a purchase price equal to 100% of
the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to
the Purchase Date (as defined) in accordance with the procedures (including
prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in the Indenture, but, if
the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness require that a Pari Passu Offer be made
contemporaneously with the Prepayment Offer, then the Excess Proceeds shall be
prorated between the Prepayment Offer and such Pari Passu Offer in accordance
with the aggregate outstanding principal amounts of the Notes and such Pari
Passu Indebtedness, and the aggregate principal amount of Notes for which the
Prepayment Offer is made shall be reduced accordingly. If the aggregate
principal amount of Notes tendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of
available Excess Proceeds, then such Excess Proceeds will be allocated pro rata
according to the principal amount of the Notes tendered and the
65
<PAGE> 67
Trustee will select the Notes to be purchased in accordance with the Indenture.
To the extent that any portion of the amount of Excess Proceeds remains after
compliance with the second sentence of this paragraph and provided that all
Holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for
purchase as described in the following paragraph in accordance with the
Indenture, the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may use such remaining
amount for purposes permitted by the Indenture and the amount of Excess Proceeds
will be reset to zero.
Within 30 days after the 365th day following the date of an Asset Sale, the
Company shall, if it is obligated to make an offer to purchase the Notes
pursuant to the preceding paragraph, send a written Prepayment Offer notice, by
first-class mail, to the Holders of the Notes (the "Prepayment Offer Notice"),
accompanied by such information regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries as
the Company believes will enable such Holders of the Notes to make an informed
decision with respect to the Prepayment Offer. The Prepayment Offer Notice will
state, among other things, (i) that the Company is offering to purchase Notes
pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, (ii) that any Note (or any portion
thereof) accepted for payment (and duly paid on the Purchase Date) pursuant to
the Prepayment Offer shall cease to accrue interest on the Purchase Date, (iii)
that any Notes (or portions thereof) not properly tendered will continue to
accrue interest, (iv) the purchase price and purchase date, which shall be,
subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, no less than 30 days nor
more than 60 days after the date the Prepayment Offer Notice is mailed (the
"Purchase Date"), (v) the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be purchased,
(vi) a description of the procedure which Holders of Notes must follow in order
to tender their Notes and the procedures that Holders of Notes must follow in
order to withdraw an election to tender their Notes for payment and (vii) all
other instructions and materials necessary to enable Holders to tender Notes
pursuant to the Prepayment Offer.
The Company will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of
Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the purchase of Notes as described above. To the extent that the provisions
of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions relating to
the Prepayment Offer, the Company will comply with the applicable securities
laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations
described above by virtue thereof.
Incurrence of Layered Indebtedness. The Indenture provides that (i) the
Company will not Incur any Indebtedness which is subordinated or junior in right
of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company unless such Indebtedness
constitutes Indebtedness which is junior to, or pari passu with, the Notes in
right of payment and (ii) no Subsidiary Guarantor will Incur any Indebtedness
that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of
such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness constitutes Indebtedness
which is junior to, or pari passu with, such Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary
Guaranty in right of payment.
Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates. The Indenture provides that the
Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, conduct any business or enter into any transaction or
series of transactions (including the sale, transfer, disposition, purchase,
exchange or lease of Property, the making of any Investment, the giving of any
Guarantee or the rendering of any service) with or for the benefit of any
Affiliate of the Company (other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary),
unless (i) such transaction or series of transactions is on terms no less
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that could be
obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a Person that is not an
Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) with respect to
a transaction or series of transactions involving aggregate payments by or to
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary having a Fair Market Value equal to or
in excess of (a) $1.0 million but less than $5.0 million, an officer of the
Company certifies that such transaction or series of transactions complies with
clause (i) of this paragraph, as evidenced by an Officer's Certificate delivered
to the Trustee, (b) $5.0 million but less than $20.0 million, the Board of
Directors of the Company (including a majority of the disinterested members of
such Board of Directors) approves such transaction or series of transactions and
certifies that such transaction or series of transactions complies with clause
(i) of this paragraph, as evidenced by a certified resolution delivered to the
Trustee, or
66
<PAGE> 68
(c) $20.0 million, (1) the Company receives from an independent, nationally
recognized investment banking firm or appraisal firm, in either case
specializing or having a specialty in the type and subject matter of the
transaction (or series of transactions) at issue, a written opinion that such
transaction (or series of transactions) is fair, from a financial point of view,
to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) such Board of Directors
(including a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of
the Company) approves such transaction or series of transactions and certifies
that such transaction or series of transactions complies with clause (i) of this
paragraph, as evidenced by a certified resolution delivered to the Trustee.
The limitations of the preceding paragraph do not apply to (i) the payment
of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries who are not employees of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) indemnities of officers and directors of the
Company or any Subsidiary consistent with such Person's charter, bylaws and
applicable statutory provisions, (iii) any issuance of securities, or other
payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the
funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans
approved by the Board of Directors of the Company, (iv) loans made (a) to
officers, directors or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
approved by the Board of Directors (or by a duly authorized officer) of the
Company, the proceeds of which are used solely to purchase common stock of the
Company in connection with a restricted stock or employee stock purchase plan,
or to exercise stock options received pursuant to an employee or director stock
option plan or other incentive plan, in a principal amount not to exceed the
exercise price of such stock options, or (b) to refinance loans, together with
accrued interest thereon, made pursuant to this clause (iv), (v) advances and
loans to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Subsidiary in
the ordinary course of business, provided such loans and advances (excluding
loans or advances made pursuant to the preceding clause (iv)) do not exceed $2.0
million at any one time outstanding, (vi) any Restricted Payment permitted to be
paid pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture described under "-- Limitations
on Restricted Payments," (vii) any transaction or series of transactions between
the Company and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, provided that no
more than 10% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of any such
Restricted Subsidiary is owned by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary) and (viii) any transaction or series of transactions
pursuant to any agreement or obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in effect on the Issue Date.
Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries. The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or
otherwise cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual
encumbrance or restriction on the legal right of any Restricted Subsidiary to
(i) pay dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or
in respect of its Capital Stock or Redeemable Stock, or pay any Indebtedness or
other obligation owed, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii)
make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or
(iii) transfer any of its Property to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary. Such limitation will not apply (a) with respect to clauses (i), (ii)
and (iii), to encumbrances and restrictions (1) in the Bank Credit Facilities
and other agreements and instruments, in each case as in effect on the Issue
Date, (2) relating to Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary and existing at
the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary if such encumbrance or restriction
was not created in anticipation of or in connection with the transactions
pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary or
(3) which result from the renewal, refinancing, extension or amendment of an
agreement that is the subject of clause (a)(1) or (2) above or clause (b)(1) or
(2) below, provided that such encumbrance or restriction is not materially less
favorable to the Holders of Notes than those under or pursuant to the agreement
so renewed, refinanced, extended or amended, and (b) with respect to clause
(iii) only, to (1) any restriction on the sale, transfer or other disposition of
Property relating to Indebtedness that is permitted to be Incurred and secured
under the provisions of the Indenture described under "-- Limitation on
Indebtedness" and "-- Limitation on Liens," (2) any encumbrance or restriction
applicable to Property at the time it is acquired by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates solely to the
Property so
67
<PAGE> 69
acquired and was not created in anticipation of or in connection with such
acquisition, (3) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of
leases and customary provisions in other agreements that restrict assignment of
such agreements or rights thereunder and (4) customary restrictions contained in
asset sale agreements limiting the transfer of such assets pending the closing
of such sale.
Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company shall cause each Restricted
Subsidiary that (i) Incurs Indebtedness following the Issue Date or (ii) has
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock outstanding on the date on which such Restricted
Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, to execute and deliver to the
Trustee a Subsidiary Guaranty at the time such Restricted Subsidiary Incurs such
Indebtedness or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that such
Restricted Subsidiary shall not be required to deliver a Subsidiary Guaranty if
the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, together with all
other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding among Restricted
Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, is less than $10.0 million.
Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries. Unless defined or designated as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be classified as a Restricted
Subsidiary subject to the provisions of the next paragraph. The Company may
designate a Subsidiary (including a newly formed or newly acquired Subsidiary)
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary if (i) such Subsidiary does not at such time own any Capital Stock or
Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property of, the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Subsidiary does not at such time have any
Indebtedness or other obligations which, if in default, would result (with the
passage of time or notice or otherwise) in a default on any Indebtedness of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (iii)(a) such designation is effective
immediately upon such Subsidiary becoming a Subsidiary of the Company or of a
Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets
of $1,000 or less or (c) if such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, then
such redesignation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary is deemed to constitute a
Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company's
direct and indirect ownership interest in such Subsidiary, and such Restricted
Payment would be permitted to be made at the time of such designation under
"-- Limitation on Restricted Payments." Except as provided in the immediately
preceding sentence, no Restricted Subsidiary may be redesignated as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary. The designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or
removal of such designation shall be made by the Board of Directors of the
Company or a committee thereof pursuant to a certified resolution delivered to
the Trustee and shall be effective as of the date specified in the applicable
certified resolution, which shall not be prior to the date such certified
resolution is delivered to the Trustee.
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, take any action or enter into any transaction or series of
transactions that would result in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary
(whether through an acquisition or otherwise) unless, after giving effect to
such action, transaction or series of transactions, on a pro forma basis, (i)
the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
clause (a) of the first paragraph under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness" and (ii)
no Default or Event of Default would occur or be continuing.
MERGER, CONSOLIDATION AND SALE OF SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS
The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or
convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all
or substantially all its Property, unless: (i) the resulting, surviving or
transferee person (the "Successor Company") shall be a Person organized or
existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or
the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) shall
expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental thereto, executed and delivered
to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the obligations of the
Company under the Notes and the Indenture; (ii) in the case of a conveyance,
transfer or lease of all or substantially all the Company's Property, such
Property shall have been so conveyed, transferred or leased as an entirety or
virtually as an entirety to one Person; (iii) immediately after giving effect to
such transaction (and treating, for purposes of this clause (iii) and clauses
(iv) and (v) below, any
68
<PAGE> 70
Indebtedness which becomes or is anticipated to become an obligation of the
Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction
as having been Incurred by such Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing; (iv) immediately after giving effect to such
transaction, the Successor Company would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) of the first paragraph under "-- Limitation
on Indebtedness;" (v) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the
Successor Company shall have Consolidated Net Worth in an amount that is not
less than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to such
transaction; and (vi) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an
Officer's Certificate, stating that such consolidation, merger or transfer and
such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.
The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with
or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a
series of transactions, all or substantially all its Property to, any Person
(other than the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor), unless: (a) the
Successor Company (if not such Subsidiary) shall be a person organized and
existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or
the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not such Subsidiary)
shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, in form satisfactory to the
Trustee, all the obligations of such Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guaranty;
(b) in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all
the Property of such Subsidiary Guarantor, such Property shall have been so
conveyed, transferred or leased as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to
one Person; (c) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and
treating, for purposes of this clause (c) and clauses (d) and (e) below, any
Indebtedness which becomes or is anticipated to become an obligation of the
Successor Company or the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary as a result
of such transaction as having been Incurred by such Person at the time of such
transaction), no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing; (d) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Company
would be able to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to clause
(a) of the first paragraph under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness;" (e)
immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the Company shall have
Consolidated Net Worth in an amount that is not less than the Consolidated Net
Worth of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; and (f) the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate, stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any)
comply with the Indenture. The provisions of clauses (a), (b), (d), (e) and (f)
above shall not apply to any transactions which constitute an Asset Sale if the
Company has complied with the provisions of the Indenture described under
"-- Limitation on Asset Sales."
The Successor Company shall be the successor to the Company (or the
applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be) and shall succeed to, and
be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under
the Indenture (or of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guaranty),
but the predecessor Company in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease shall
not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the
Notes.
REPORTS
The Indenture provides that, whether or not required by the rules and
regulations of the Commission, so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company
will file with the Commission and furnish to the Holders of Notes all quarterly
and annual financial information required to be contained in a filing with the
Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K, including a "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and, with respect to
the annual consolidated financial statements only, a report thereon by the
Company's independent auditors.
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Set forth below is a summary of certain of the defined terms used in the
Indenture. Reference is made to the Indenture for the full definition of all
such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used herein for which no
definition is provided.
69
<PAGE> 71
"Additional Assets" means (i) any Property (other than cash, Permitted
Short-Term Investments or securities) used in the Oil and Gas Business or any
business ancillary thereto, (ii) Investments in any other Person engaged in the
Oil and Gas Business or any business ancillary thereto (including the
acquisition from third parties of Capital Stock of such Person) as a result of
which such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in compliance with the
provisions of the Indenture described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted
and Unrestricted Subsidiaries," (iii) the acquisition from third parties of
Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) Permitted Business Investments.
"Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means (without duplication), as
of the date of determination, the remainder of:
(i) the sum of (a) discounted future net revenues from proved oil and
gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries calculated in
accordance with Commission guidelines before any state, federal or foreign
income taxes, as estimated by the Company and confirmed by a nationally
recognized firm of independent petroleum engineers in a reserve report
prepared as of the end of the Company's most recently completed fiscal year
for which audited financial statements are available, as increased by, as
of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues
from (1) estimated proved oil and gas reserves acquired since such
year-end, which reserves were not reflected in such year-end reserve
report, and (2) estimated oil and gas reserves attributable to upward
revisions of estimates of proved oil and gas reserves since such year-end
due to exploration, development or exploitation activities, in each case
calculated in accordance with Commission guidelines (utilizing the prices
utilized in such year-end reserve report), and decreased by, as of the date
of determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues from (3)
estimated proved oil and gas reserves produced or disposed of since such
year-end and (4) estimated oil and gas reserves attributable to downward
revisions of estimates of proved oil and gas reserves since such year-end
due to changes in geological conditions or other factors which would, in
accordance with standard industry practice, cause such revisions, in each
case calculated in accordance with Commission guidelines (utilizing the
prices utilized in such year-end reserve report); provided that, in the
case of each of the determinations made pursuant to clauses (1) through
(4), such increases and decreases shall be as estimated by the Company's
petroleum engineers, unless there is a Material Change as a result of such
acquisitions, dispositions or revisions, in which event the discounted
future net revenues utilized for purposes of this clause (i)(a) shall be
confirmed in writing by a nationally recognized firm of independent
petroleum engineers, (b) the capitalized costs that are attributable to oil
and gas properties of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to which
no proved oil and gas reserves are attributable, based on the Company's
books and records as of a date no earlier than the date of the Company's
latest annual or quarterly financial statements, (c) the Net Working
Capital on a date no earlier than the date of the Company's latest annual
or quarterly financial statements and (d) the greater of (1) the net book
value on a date no earlier than the date of the Company's latest annual or
quarterly financial statements and (2) the appraised value, as estimated by
independent appraisers, of other tangible assets (including, without
duplication, Investments in unconsolidated Restricted Subsidiaries) of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the date no earlier than the
date of the Company's latest audited financial statements, minus
(ii) the sum of (a) minority interests, (b) any net gas balancing
liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries reflected in the
Company's latest audited financial statements, (c) to the extent included
in (i)(a) above, the discounted future net revenues, calculated in
accordance with Commission guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in the
Company's year-end reserve report), attributable to reserves which are
required to be delivered to third parties to fully satisfy the obligations
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Volumetric
Production Payments (determined, if applicable, using the schedules
specified with respect thereto) and (d) the discounted future net revenues,
calculated in accordance with Commission guidelines, attributable to
reserves subject to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments which, based on
the estimates of production and price assumptions included in determining
the discounted future net
70
<PAGE> 72
revenues specified in (i)(a) above, would be necessary to fully satisfy the
payment obligations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with
respect to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments (determined, if
applicable, using the schedules specified with respect thereto). If the
Company changes its method of accounting from the full cost method to the
successful efforts method or a similar method of accounting, "Adjusted
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" will continue to be calculated as if the
Company were still using the full cost method of accounting.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person (i) which
directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person or (ii)
which beneficially owns or holds directly or indirectly 10% or more of any class
of the Voting Stock of such specified Person or of any Subsidiary of such
specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control," when used with
respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management and
policies of such Person directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of
Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
"Asset Sale" means, with respect to any Person, any transfer, conveyance,
sale, lease or other disposition (collectively, "dispositions," and including
dispositions pursuant to any consolidation or merger) by such Person or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries in any single transaction or series of transactions
of (i) shares of Capital Stock or other ownership interests of another Person
(including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries) or (ii) any other Property of such Person or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the term "Asset Sale" shall not include:
(a) the disposition of Permitted Short-Term Investments, inventory, accounts
receivable, surplus or obsolete equipment or other Property (excluding the
disposition of oil and gas in place and other interests in real property unless
made in connection with a Permitted Business Investment) in the ordinary course
of business; (b) the abandonment, assignment, lease, sublease or farmout of oil
and gas properties, or the forfeiture or other disposition of such properties
pursuant to standard form operating agreements, in each case in the ordinary
course of business in a manner that is customary in the Oil and Gas Business;
(c) the disposition of Property received in settlement of debts owing to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of foreclosure, perfection or
enforcement of any Lien or debt, which debts were owing to the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary; (d) any disposition that constitutes a Restricted Payment
made in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture described under
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Restricted Payments;" (e) when used with
respect to the Company, any disposition of all or substantially all of the
Property of the Company permitted pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture
described under "-- Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Substantially All Assets;"
(f) the disposition of any Property by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to
the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary; (g) the disposition of any asset with
a Fair Market Value of less than $2.0 million; or (h) any Production Payments
and Reserve Sales, provided that any such Production Payments and Reserve Sales,
other than incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably
customary in the Oil and Gas Business for geologists, geophysicists and other
providers of technical services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, shall
have been created, Incurred, issued, assumed or Guaranteed in connection with
the financing of, and within 60 days after the acquisition of, the Property that
is subject thereto.
"Average Life" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, at any date of
determination, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of
(a) the number of years (and any portion thereof) from the date of determination
to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal payment (including
any sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment requirements) of such
Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such principal payment by (ii)
the sum of all such principal payments.
"Bank Credit Facilities" means, with respect to any Person, one or more
debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other institutional
lenders (including pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement,
dated as of July 31, 1997, among the Company, NationsBank of Texas, N.A.,
71
<PAGE> 73
as agent, and the lenders referred to therein and the Term Loan Agreement dated
as of November 30, 1995, between the Company and First National Bank of
Commerce) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables
financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to
special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such
receivables) or trade letters of credit.
"Capital Lease Obligation" means any obligation which is required to be
classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation in accordance with
GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the
capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with GAAP, and
the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment date of rent
or any other amount due in respect of such obligation.
"Capital Stock" in any Person means any and all shares, interests,
participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however designated)
in such Person and any rights (other than debt securities convertible into an
equity interest), warrants or options to subscribe for or to acquire an equity
interest in such Person; provided, however, that "Capital Stock" shall not
include Redeemable Stock.
"Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio" means, as of the date of the
transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date"), the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount
of EBITDA of the Company and its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries for the
four full fiscal quarters immediately prior to the Transaction Date for which
financial statements are available to (ii) the aggregate Consolidated Interest
Expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is anticipated to
accrue during a period consisting of the fiscal quarter in which the Transaction
Date occurs and the three fiscal quarters immediately subsequent thereto (based
upon the pro forma amount and maturity of, and interest payments in respect of,
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries expected by the
Company to be outstanding on the Transaction Date), assuming for the purposes of
this measurement the continuation of market interest rates prevailing on the
Transaction Date and base interest rates in respect of floating interest rate
obligations equal to the base interest rates on such obligations in effect as of
the Transaction Date; provided, that if the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries is a party to any Interest Rate Protection Agreement which would
have the effect of changing the interest rate on any Indebtedness of the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such four quarter period (or a portion
thereof), the resulting rate shall be used for such four quarter period or
portion thereof; provided further that any Consolidated Interest Expense with
respect to Indebtedness Incurred or retired by the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries during the fiscal quarter in which the Transaction Date
occurs shall be calculated as if such Indebtedness was so Incurred or retired on
the first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Transaction Date occurs. In
addition, if since the beginning of the four full fiscal quarter period
preceding the Transaction Date, (a) the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale, EBITDA for such period shall
be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive), or increased by an
amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable to the assets
which are the subject of such Asset Sale for such period calculated on a pro
forma basis as if such Asset Sale and any related retirement of Indebtedness had
occurred on the first day of such period or (b) the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall have acquired any material assets, EBITDA shall be
calculated on a pro forma basis as if such asset acquisitions had occurred on
the first day of such four fiscal quarter period.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any Person for any
period, without duplication, (i) the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of cash and
noncash interest expense (including capitalized interest) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a consolidated basis in
accordance with GAAP in respect of Indebtedness (including (1) any amortization
of debt discount, (2) net costs associated with Interest Rate Protection
Agreements (including any amortization of discounts), (3) the interest portion
of any deferred payment obligation, (4) all accrued interest and (5) all
commissions, discounts, commitment fees, origination fees and other fees and
charges owed with respect to the Bank Credit Facilities and other Indebtedness)
paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during such period; (b)
Redeemable Stock dividends of such Person (and of its Restricted Subsidiaries if
paid to a Person other than such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries) and
Preferred Stock dividends of such Person's Restricted Subsidiaries if paid to a
Person
72
<PAGE> 74
other than such Person or its other Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) the portion of
any rental obligation of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect
of any Capital Lease Obligation allocable to interest expense in accordance with
GAAP; (d) the portion of any rental obligation of such Person or its Restricted
Subsidiaries in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction that is
Indebtedness allocable to interest expense (determined as if such obligation
were treated as a Capital Lease Obligation); and (e) to the extent any
Indebtedness of any other Person (other than Restricted Subsidiaries) is
Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate
amount of interest paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued by such
other Person during such period attributable to any such Indebtedness; less (ii)
to the extent included in (i) above, amortization or write-off of deferred
financing costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such
period; in the case of both (i) and (ii) above, after elimination of
intercompany accounts among such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and as
determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Net Income" of any Person means, for any period, the
aggregate net income (or net loss, as the case may be) of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined in
accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom, without
duplication: (i) items classified as extraordinary gains or losses net of tax
(less all fees and expenses relating thereto); (ii) any gain or loss net of
taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized on the sale or
other disposition of Property, including the Capital Stock of any other Person
(but in no event shall this clause (ii) apply to any gains or losses on the sale
in the ordinary course of business of oil, gas or other hydrocarbons produced or
manufactured); (iii) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of such
specified Person to the extent the transfer to that Person of that income is
restricted by contract or otherwise, except for any cash dividends or cash
distributions actually paid by such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person during
such period; (iv) the net income (or loss) of any other Person in which such
specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has an interest (which
interest does not cause the net income of such other Person to be consolidated
with the net income of such specified Person in accordance with GAAP or is an
interest in a consolidated Unrestricted Subsidiary), except to the extent of the
amount of cash dividends or other cash distributions actually paid to such
Person or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person during
such period; (v) for the purposes of "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on
Restricted Payments" only, the net income of any Person acquired by such
specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a pooling-of-interests
transaction for any period prior to the date of such acquisition; (vi) any gain
or loss, net of taxes, realized on the termination of any employee pension
benefit plan; (vii) any adjustments of a deferred tax liability or asset
pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109 which result
from changes in enacted tax laws or rates; (viii) the cumulative effect of a
change in accounting principles; (ix) any write-downs of non-current assets,
provided that any ceiling limitation write-downs under Commission guidelines
shall be treated as capitalized costs, as if such write-downs had not occurred;
and (x) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance
shares, stock options or stock awards to officers, directors and employees of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the stockholders' equity of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with GAAP, less (to the extent included in stockholders'
equity) amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock of such Person or its
Restricted Subsidiaries.
"Default" means any event, act or condition the occurrence of which is, or
after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (i) the Bank Credit Facilities and
(ii) any other Senior Indebtedness of the Company which has, at the time of
determination, an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $10.0
million that is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing such Senior
Indebtedness and is designated in a notice delivered by the Company to the
holders or a Representative of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and the
Trustee as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" of the Company.
73
<PAGE> 75
"Dollar-Denominated Production Payments" means production payment
obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, together with all
undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.
"EBITDA" means with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated
Net Income of such Person for such period, plus (i) the sum of, to the extent
reflected in the consolidated income statement of such Person and its Restricted
Subsidiaries for such period from which Consolidated Net Income is determined
and deducted in the determination of such Consolidated Net Income, without
duplication: (a) income tax expense (but excluding income tax expense relating
to sales or other dispositions of Property, including the Capital Stock of any
other Person, the gains from which are excluded in the determination of such
Consolidated Net Income), (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, (c) depreciation
and depletion expense, (d) amortization expense, (e) exploration expense (if
applicable to the Company after the Issue Date) and (f) any other noncash
charges including unrealized foreign exchange (excluding, however, any such
other noncash charge which requires an accrual of or reserve for cash charges
for any future period) less (ii) the sum of, to the extent reflected in the
consolidated income statement of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for
such period from which Consolidated Net Income is determined and added in the
determination of such Consolidated Net Income, without duplication (a) income
tax recovery (excluding, however, income tax recovery relating to sales or other
dispositions of Property, including the Capital Stock of any other Person, the
losses from which are excluded in the determination of such Consolidated Net
Income) and (b) unrealized foreign exchange gains.
"Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten sale to the public of
common stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement (other than a
Form S-8 or any other form relating to securities issuable under any employee
benefit plan of the Company) that is declared effective by the Commission
following the Issue Date.
"Exchanged Properties" means properties or assets used or useful in the Oil
and Gas Business received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in trade or
as a portion of the total consideration for other such properties or assets.
"Exchange Rate Contract" means, with respect to any Person, any currency
swap agreements, forward exchange rate agreements, foreign currency futures or
options, exchange rate collar agreements, exchange rate insurance and other
agreements or arrangements, or any combination thereof, entered into by such
Person in the ordinary course of its business for the purpose of limiting or
managing exchange rate risks to which such Person is subject.
"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any assets to be transferred
pursuant to any Asset Sale or Sale and Leaseback Transaction or any noncash
consideration or property transferred or received by any Person, the fair market
value of such consideration or other property as determined by (i) any officer
of the Company if such fair market value is less than $5.0 million and (ii) the
Board of Directors of the Company as evidenced by a certified resolution
delivered to the Trustee if such fair market value is equal to or in excess of
$5.0 million.
"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in
effect on the date of the Indenture, unless stated otherwise.
"Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of
such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any
Indebtedness of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in any manner, whether
directly or indirectly, and including any Lien on the assets of such Person
securing obligations to pay Indebtedness of the primary obligor and any
obligation of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for
the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase (or to advance or
supply funds for the purchase or payment of) any security for the payment of
such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase Property, securities or services for the
purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness of the payment of such
Indebtedness or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or other
financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary
74
<PAGE> 76
obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness (and
"Guaranteed", "Guaranteeing" and "Guarantor" shall have meanings correlative to
the foregoing); provided, however, that a Guarantee by any Person shall not
include (a) endorsements by such Person for collection or deposit, in either
case, in the ordinary course of business or (b) a contractual commitment by one
Person to invest in another Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably
expected to constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (ii) of the
definition of Permitted Investments.
"Holder" means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the
Securities Register.
"Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other obligation of any
Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or otherwise), assume,
Guarantee or become liable in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation
or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or otherwise, of any such
Indebtedness or obligation on the balance sheet of such Person (and
"Incurrence", "Incurred", "Incurrable" and "Incurring" shall have meanings
correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in GAAP that
results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and is not
theretofore classified as Indebtedness, becoming Indebtedness shall not be
deemed an Incurrence of such Indebtedness. For purposes of this definition,
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary held by a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary in the event such Wholly Owned Subsidiary ceases to be a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary or in the event such Indebtedness is transferred to a Person other
than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary. For purposes of this definition,
any non-interest bearing or other discount Indebtedness shall be deemed to have
been Incurred (in an amount equal to its aggregate principal amount at its
Stated Maturity) only on the date of original issue thereof.
"Indebtedness" means at any time (without duplication), with respect to any
Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person,
and whether or not contingent, (i) any obligation of such Person for borrowed
money, (ii) any obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes,
Guarantees or other similar instruments, including any such obligations Incurred
in connection with the acquisition of Property, assets or businesses, (iii) any
reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to letters of credit,
bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of such
Person, (iv) any obligation of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred
purchase price of Property or services (other than Trade Accounts Payable), (v)
any Capital Lease Obligation of such Person, (vi) the maximum fixed redemption
or repurchase price of Redeemable Stock of such Person at the time of
determination, (vii) any payment obligation of such Person under Exchange Rate
Contracts, Interest Rate Protection Agreements, Oil and Gas Hedging Contracts or
under any similar agreements or instruments, (viii) any obligation to pay rent
or other payment amounts of such Person with respect to any Sale and Leaseback
Transaction to which such Person is a party and (ix) any obligation of the type
referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of this paragraph of another Person
and all dividends of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such
Person has Guaranteed or is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as
obligor, Guarantor or otherwise; provided, however, that Indebtedness shall not
include Production Payments and Reserve Sales. For purposes of this definition,
the maximum fixed repurchase price of any Redeemable Stock that does not have a
fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such
Redeemable Stock as if such Redeemable Stock were repurchased on any date on
which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture;
provided, however, that if such Redeemable Stock is not then permitted to be
repurchased, the repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable
Stock. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the
outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described
above and the maximum liability at such date in respect of any contingent
obligations described above.
"Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means, with respect to any Person, any
interest rate swap agreement, forward rate agreement, interest rate cap or
collar agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement entered into by
such Person in the ordinary course of its business for the purpose of limiting
or managing interest rate risks to which such Person is subject.
75
<PAGE> 77
"Investment" means, with respect to any Person (i) any amount paid by such
Person, directly or indirectly, to any other Person for Capital Stock or other
Property of, or as a capital contribution to, any other Person or (ii) any
direct or indirect loan or advance to any other Person (other than accounts
receivable of such Person arising in the ordinary course of business); provided,
however, that Investments shall not include (a) in the case of clause (i) as
used in the definition of "Restricted Payments" only, any such amount paid
through the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company and (b) in the case of
clause (i) or (ii), extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable terms
in accordance with normal trade practices and any increase in the equity
ownership in any Person resulting from retained earnings of such Person.
"Issue Date" means the date on which the Offered Notes first were issued
under the Indenture.
"Lien" means, with respect to any Property, any mortgage or deed of trust,
pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security interest, lien
(statutory or other), charge, easement, encumbrance, preference, priority or
other security or similar agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or
nature whatsoever on or with respect to such Property (including any conditional
sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic
effect as any of the foregoing). For purposes of the provisions of the Indenture
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Liens," a Capital Lease
Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the property being leased.
"Liquid Securities" means securities (i) of an issuer that is not an
Affiliate of the Company, (ii) that are publicly traded on the New York Stock
Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market and (iii) as
to which the Company is not subject to any restrictions on sale or transfer
(including any volume restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or
any other restrictions imposed by the Securities Act) or as to which a
registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale thereof is
in effect for as long as the securities are held; provided that securities
meeting the requirements of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be treated
as Liquid Securities from the date of receipt thereof until and only until the
earlier of (x) the date on which such securities are sold or exchanged for cash
or Permitted Short-Term Investments and (y) 150 days following the date of
receipt of such securities. If such securities are not sold or exchanged for
cash or Permitted Short-Term Investments within 120 days of receipt thereof, for
purposes of determining whether the transaction pursuant to which the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary received the securities was in compliance with the
provisions of the Indenture described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation
on Asset Sales," such securities shall be deemed not to have been Liquid
Securities at any time.
"Material Change" means an increase or decrease (except to the extent
resulting from changes in prices) of more than 30% during a fiscal quarter in
the estimated discounted future net revenues from proved oil and gas reserves of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated in accordance with
clause (i)(a) of the definition of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;
provided, however, that the following will be excluded from the calculation of
Material Change: (i) any acquisitions during the quarter of oil and gas reserves
with respect to which the Company's estimate of the discounted future net
revenues from proved oil and gas reserves has been confirmed by independent
petroleum engineers; and (ii) any dispositions of Properties during such quarter
that were disposed of in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture
described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Asset Sales."
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
"Net Available Cash" from an Asset Sale means cash proceeds received
therefrom (including (i) any cash proceeds received by way of deferred payment
of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only
as and when received and (ii) the Fair Market Value of Liquid Securities and
Permitted Short-Term Investments, and excluding (a) any other consideration
received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or
other obligations relating to the Property that is the subject of such Asset
Sale and (b) except to the extent subsequently converted to cash, Liquid
Securities or Permitted Short-Term Investments within 240 days after such Asset
Sale, consideration constituting Exchanged Properties or consideration other
than as identified in the immediately preceding clauses (i) and (ii)), in each
case net of (a) all legal, title and recording expenses, commissions and
76
<PAGE> 78
other fees and expenses incurred, and all federal, state, foreign and local
taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under GAAP as a consequence
of such Asset Sale, (b) all payments made on any Indebtedness (but specifically
excluding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries assumed in
connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale) which is secured by any
assets subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon
such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary
consent to such Asset Sale or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds
from such Asset Sale, provided that such payments are made in a manner that
results in the permanent reduction in the balance of such Indebtedness and, if
applicable, a permanent reduction in any outstanding commitment for future
incurrences of Indebtedness thereunder, (c) all distributions and other payments
required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint
ventures as a result of such Asset Sale and (d) the deduction of appropriate
amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP,
against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset
Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset
Sale; provided, however, that if any consideration for an Asset Sale (which
would otherwise constitute Net Available Cash) is required to be held in escrow
pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment will be made, such
consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Available Cash only at
such time as it is released to such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries from
escrow.
"Net Working Capital" means (i) all current assets of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries, less (ii) all current liabilities of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries, except current liabilities included in
Indebtedness, in each case as set forth in consolidated financial statements of
the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP.
"Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness (other than
Capital Lease Obligations) of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor incurred
in connection with the acquisition by the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor
in the ordinary course of business of fixed assets used in the Oil and Gas
Business (including office buildings and other real property used by the Company
or such Subsidiary Guarantor in conducting its operations) with respect to which
(i) the holders of such Indebtedness agree that they will look solely to the
fixed assets so acquired which secure such Indebtedness, and neither the Company
nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) is directly or indirectly liable for such
Indebtedness or (b) provides credit support, including any undertaking,
Guarantee, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness (other
than the grant of a Lien on such acquired fixed assets), and (ii) no default or
event of default with respect to such Indebtedness would cause, or permit (after
notice or passage of time or otherwise), any holder of any other Indebtedness of
the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor to declare a default or event of default
on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to any scheduled principal payment, scheduled
sinking fund payment or maturity.
"Oil and Gas Business" means the business of exploiting, exploring for,
developing, acquiring, operating, producing, processing, gathering, marketing,
storing, selling, hedging, treating, swapping, refining and transporting
hydrocarbons and other related energy businesses.
"Oil and Gas Hedging Contract" means, with respect to any Person, any
agreement or arrangement, or any combination thereof, relating to oil and gas or
other hydrocarbon prices, transportation or basis costs or differentials or
other similar financial factors, that is customary in the Oil and Gas Business
and is entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of its business for
the purpose of limiting or managing risks associated with fluctuations in such
prices, costs, differentials or similar factors.
"Oil and Gas Liens" means (i) Liens on any specific property or any
interest therein, construction thereon or improvement thereto to secure all or
any part of the costs incurred for surveying, exploration, drilling, extraction,
development, operation, production, construction, alteration, repair or
improvement of, in, under or on such property and the plugging and abandonment
of wells located thereon (it being understood that, in the case of oil and gas
producing properties, or any interest therein, costs incurred for "development"
shall include costs incurred for all facilities relating to such properties or
to projects,
77
<PAGE> 79
ventures or other arrangements of which such properties form a part or which
relate to such properties or interests); (ii) Liens on an oil or gas producing
property to secure obligations incurred or guarantees of obligations incurred in
connection with or necessarily incidental to commitments for the purchase or
sale of, or the transportation or distribution of, the products derived from
such property; (iii) Liens arising under partnership agreements, oil and gas
leases, overriding royalty agreements, net profits agreements, production
payment agreements, royalty trust agreements, incentive compensation programs
for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, master limited partnership agreements,
farmout agreements, farmin agreements, division orders, contracts for the sale,
purchase, exchange, transportation, gathering or processing of oil, gas or other
hydrocarbons, unitizations and pooling designations, declarations, orders and
agreements, development agreements, operating agreements, production sales
contracts, area of mutual interest agreements, gas balancing or deferred
production agreements, injection, repressuring and recycling agreements, salt
water or other disposal agreements, seismic or geophysical permits or
agreements, and other agreements which are customary in the Oil and Gas
Business; provided, however, in all instances that such Liens are limited to the
assets that are the subject of the relevant agreement, program, order or
contract; (iv) Liens arising in connection with Production Payments and Reserve
Sales; and (v) Liens on pipelines or pipeline facilities that arise by operation
of law.
"Pari Passu Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the Company (or a
Subsidiary Guarantor) that is pari passu in right of payment to the Notes (or a
Subsidiary Guaranty, as appropriate).
"Pari Passu Offer" means an offer by the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor
to purchase all or a portion of Pari Passu Indebtedness to the extent required
by the indenture or other agreement or instrument pursuant to which such Pari
Passu Indebtedness was issued.
"Permitted Business Investments" means Investments and expenditures made in
the ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall have become customary
in, the Oil and Gas Business as a means of actively engaging therein through
agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements which permit one to share
risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local ownership or
satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct of Oil and Gas
Business jointly with third parties, including (i) ownership interests in oil
and gas properties or gathering, transportation, processing, storage or related
systems and (ii) Investments and expenditures in the form of or pursuant to
operating agreements, processing agreements, farmin agreements, farmout
agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements,
unitization agreements, pooling arrangements, joint bidding agreements, service
contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or
limited) and other similar agreements (including for limited liability
companies) with third parties, excluding, however, Investments in corporations
other than Restricted Subsidiaries.
"Permitted Hedging Agreements" means (i) Exchange Rate Contracts and Oil
and Gas Hedging Contracts and (ii) Interest Rate Protection Agreements but only
to the extent that the stated aggregate notional amount thereunder does not
exceed 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness of the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary covered by such Interest Rate Protection Agreements
at the time such agreements were entered into.
"Permitted Investments" means any and all of the following: (i) Permitted
Short-Term Investments; (ii) Investments in property, plant and equipment used
in the ordinary course of business and Permitted Business Investments; (iii)
Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary in the Company; (iv) Investments by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Restricted Subsidiary; (v)
Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in (a) any Person that
will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or (b)
any Person if as a result of such Investment such Person is merged or
consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its
Property to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) Investments in the
form of securities received from Asset Sales, provided that such Asset Sales are
made in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture described under
"-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Asset Sales;" (vii) Investments in
negotiable instruments held for collection; lease, utility and other similar
deposits; and stock, obligations or other securities
78
<PAGE> 80
received in settlement of debts (including under any bankruptcy or other similar
proceeding) owing to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a
result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Liens or Indebtedness,
in each of the foregoing cases in the ordinary course of business of the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary; (viii) relocation allowances for, and advances
and loans to, officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business; provided such
items do not exceed in the aggregate $2.0 million at any one time outstanding;
(ix) Investments intended to promote the Company's strategic objectives in the
Oil and Gas Business in an amount not to exceed 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net
Tangible Assets (determined as of the date of the making of any such Investment)
at any one time outstanding (which Investments shall be deemed to be no longer
outstanding only upon the return of capital thereof); (x) Investments made
pursuant to Permitted Hedging Agreements of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and (xi) Investments pursuant to any agreement or obligation of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect on the Issue Date
(other than Investments described in clauses (i) through (x) above).
"Permitted Liens" means any and all of the following: (i) Liens existing as
of the Issue Date; (ii) Liens securing the Notes, any Subsidiary Guaranties and
other obligations arising under the Indenture; (iii) any Lien existing on any
Property of a Person at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or
into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary
(and not incurred in anticipation of or in connection with such transaction),
provided that such Liens are not extended to other Property of the Company or
the Restricted Subsidiaries; (iv) any Lien existing on any Property at the time
of the acquisition thereof (and not incurred in anticipation of or in connection
with such transaction), provided that such Liens are not extended to other
Property of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries; (v) any Lien incurred in
the ordinary course of business incidental to the conduct of the business of the
Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the ownership of their Property
(including (a) easements, rights of way and similar encumbrances, (b) rights or
title of lessors under leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations), (c) rights
of collecting banks having rights of setoff, revocation, refund or chargeback
with respect to money or instruments of the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiaries on deposit with or in the possession of such banks, (d) Liens
imposed by law, including Liens under workers' compensation or similar
legislation and mechanics', carriers', warehousemen's, materialmen's, suppliers'
and vendors' Liens, (e) Liens incurred to secure performance of obligations with
respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money
bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and incurred in a
manner consistent with industry practice and (f) Oil and Gas Liens), in each
case which are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the
obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of
Property (other than Trade Accounts Payable); (vi) Liens for taxes, assessments
and governmental charges not yet due or the validity of which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, promptly instituted and
diligently conducted, and for which adequate reserves have been established to
the extent required by GAAP as in effect at such time; (vii) Liens incurred to
secure appeal bonds and judgment and attachment Liens, in each case in
connection with litigation or legal proceedings that are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings so long as reserves have been established to
the extent required by GAAP as in effect at such time and so long as such Liens
do not encumber assets by an aggregate amount (together with the amount of any
unstayed judgments against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary but
excluding any such Liens to the extent securing insured or indemnified judgments
or orders) in excess of $20.0 million; (viii) Liens securing Permitted Hedging
Agreements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as such
Permitted Hedging Agreements are permitted under the provisions of the Indenture
described under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness;" (ix) Liens securing Purchase
Money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations, provided that such Liens attach
only to the Property acquired with the proceeds of such Purchase Money
Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations; (x) Liens securing Non-recourse
Purchase Money Indebtedness granted in connection with the acquisition by the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in the ordinary course of business of fixed
assets used in the Oil and Gas Business (including office buildings and other
real property used by the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor in conducting its
operations), provided that
79
<PAGE> 81
(a) such Liens attach only to the fixed assets acquired with the proceeds of
such Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness and (b) such Non-recourse Purchase
Money Indebtedness is not in excess of the purchase price of such fixed assets;
(xi) Liens resulting from the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in
trust for the purpose of decreasing or legally defeasing Indebtedness of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries so long as such deposit of funds is permitted
by the provisions of the Indenture described under "-- Limitation on Restricted
Payments;" (xii) Liens resulting from a pledge of Capital Stock of a Person that
is not a Restricted Subsidiary to secure obligations of such Person and any
refinancings thereof; (xiii) Liens to secure any permitted extension, renewal,
refinancing, refunding or exchange (or successive extensions, renewals,
refinancings, refundings or exchanges), in whole or in part, of or for any
Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv),
(ix) and (x) above; provided, however, that (a) such new Lien shall be limited
to all or part of the same Property (including future improvements thereon and
accessions thereto) subject to the original Lien and (b) the Indebtedness
secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than
the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, the committed
amount of the Indebtedness secured by such original Lien immediately prior to
such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or exchange and (2) an amount
necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such
refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; (xiv) Liens in favor
of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and (xv) Liens not otherwise
permitted by clauses (i) through (xiv) above incurred in the ordinary course of
business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and encumbering Property
having an aggregate Fair Market Value not in excess of $5.0 million at any one
time. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the contrary, the term
"Permitted Liens" does not include Liens resulting from the creation,
incurrence, issuance, assumption or Guarantee of any Production Payments and
Reserve Sales other than (a) any such Liens existing as of the Issue Date, (b)
Production Payments and Reserve Sales in connection with the acquisition of any
Property after the Issue Date, provided that any such Lien created in connection
therewith is created, incurred, issued, assumed or guaranteed in connection with
the financing of, and within 60 days after the acquisition of, such Property,
(c) Production Payments and Reserve Sales, other than those described in clauses
(a) and (b) of this sentence, to the extent such Production Payments and Reserve
Sales constitute Asset Sales made pursuant to and in compliance with the
provisions of the Indenture described under "-- Limitation on Asset Sales" and
(d) incentive compensation programs for geologists, geophysicists and other
providers of technical services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that, in the case of the immediately foregoing clauses (a),
(b), (c) and (d), any Lien created in connection with any such Production
Payments and Reserve Sales shall be limited to the Property that is the subject
of such Product Payments and Reserve Sales.
"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness ("new
Indebtedness") Incurred in exchange for, or proceeds of which are used to
refinance, other Indebtedness ("old Indebtedness"); provided, however, that (i)
such new Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of the
sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the old
Indebtedness (or, if such old Indebtedness provides for an amount less than the
principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of
acceleration thereof, such lesser amount as of the date of determination), and
(b) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums,
related to such exchange or refinancing, (ii) such new Indebtedness has a Stated
Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the old Indebtedness, (iii) such
new Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such new Indebtedness is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the old
Indebtedness at such time, (iv) such new Indebtedness is subordinated in right
of payment to the Notes (or, if applicable, the Subsidiary Guaranties) to at
least the same extent, if any, as the old Indebtedness and (v) if such old
Indebtedness is Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness or Indebtedness that
refinanced Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness
satisfies clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of "Non-recourse Purchase Money
Indebtedness."
"Permitted Short-Term Investments" means (i) Investments in U.S. Government
Obligations maturing within one year of the date of acquisition thereof, (ii)
Investments in demand accounts, time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit,
bankers' acceptances and money market deposits maturing within one
80
<PAGE> 82
year of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust company which
is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof
or the District of Columbia that is a member of the Federal Reserve System
having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in excess of $500.0
million and whose long-term Indebtedness is rated "A" (or higher) according to
Moody's, (iii) Investments in deposits available for withdrawal on demand with
any commercial bank that is organized under the laws of any country in which the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an office or is engaged in the
Oil and Gas Business, provided that (a) all such deposits have been made in such
accounts in the ordinary course of business and (b) such deposits do not at any
one time exceed $15.0 million in the aggregate, (iv) repurchase and reverse
repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying
securities of the types described in clause (i) entered into with a bank meeting
the qualifications described in clause (ii), (v) Investments in commercial paper
or notes, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued
by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in
existence under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or
the District of Columbia with a short-term rating at the time as of which any
Investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-1"
(or higher) according to S&P or a long-term rating at the time as of which any
Investment is made of "A3" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-" (or higher)
according to S&P, (vi) Investments in any money market mutual fund having assets
in excess of $250.0 million all of which consist of other obligations of the
types described in clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) hereof and (vii) Investments
in asset-backed securities maturing within one year of the date of acquisition
thereof with a long-term rating at the time as of which any Investment therein
is made of "A3" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-" (or higher) according
to S&P.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company, unlimited liability company, trust, estate,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.
"Preferred Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person of any
class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior, as to the payment of
dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares of Capital
Stock of any other class of such Person; provided, however, that "Preferred
Stock" shall not include Redeemable Stock.
"Principal" of any Indebtedness (including the Notes) means the principal
amount of such Indebtedness plus the premium, if any, on such Indebtedness.
"Production Payments and Reserve Sales" means the grant or transfer by the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any Person of a royalty, overriding
royalty, net profits interest, production payment (whether volumetric or dollar
denominated), partnership or other interest in oil and gas properties, reserves
or the right to receive all or a portion of the production or the proceeds from
the sale of production attributable to such properties where the holder of such
interest has recourse solely to such production or proceeds of production,
subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to operate and maintain,
or cause the subject interests to be operated and maintained, in a reasonably
prudent manner or other customary standard or subject to the obligation of the
grantor or transferor to indemnify for environmental, title or other matters
customary in the Oil and Gas Business, including any such grants or transfers
pursuant to incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably
customary in the Oil and Gas Business for geologists, geophysicists and other
providers of technical services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
"Property" means, with respect to any Person, any interest of such Person
in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible
or intangible, including Capital Stock and other securities issued by any other
Person (but excluding Capital Stock or other securities issued by such first
mentioned Person).
"Redeemable Stock" of any Person means any equity security of such Person
that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise (including on the happening of an
event), is or could become required to be redeemed for cash or other
81
<PAGE> 83
Property or is or could become redeemable for cash or other Property at the
option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes; or is or could become
exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Indebtedness at any time in
whole or in part, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of
the Notes; provided, however, that Redeemable Stock shall not include any
security by virtue of the fact that it may be exchanged or converted at the
option of the holder for Capital Stock of the Company having no preference as to
dividends or liquidation over any other Capital Stock of the Company.
"Representative" means the trustee, agent or representative expressly
authorized to act in such capacity, if any, for an issue of Senior Indebtedness.
"Restricted Payment" means (i) a dividend or other distribution declared or
paid on the Capital Stock or Redeemable Stock of the Company or to the Company's
shareholders (other than dividends, distributions or payments made solely in
Capital Stock of the Company or in options, warrants or other rights to purchase
or acquire Capital Stock), or declared and paid to any Person other than the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and, if such Restricted
Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such
Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis) on the Capital Stock or Redeemable
Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a payment made by the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary) to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital Stock or
Redeemable Stock, or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire Capital
Stock or Redeemable Stock, of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) a
payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to redeem,
repurchase, legally defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including
pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), prior to any scheduled maturity,
scheduled sinking fund or scheduled mandatory redemption, any Indebtedness of
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which is subordinate (whether pursuant to
its terms or by operation of law) in right of payment to the Notes or the
relevant Subsidiary Guaranty, as the case may be, provided that this clause
(iii) shall not include any such payment with respect to (a) any such
subordinated Indebtedness to the extent of Excess Proceeds remaining after
compliance with the provisions of the Indenture described under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Asset Sales" and to the extent required by the
indenture or other agreement or instrument pursuant to which such subordinated
Indebtedness was issued or (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of
any such subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a
scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or scheduled mandatory redemption, in
each case due within one year of the date of acquisition, or (iv) an Investment
(other than a Permitted Investment) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
any Person.
"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that has not
been designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the provision of the
Indenture described under "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries."
"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.
"Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means, with respect to any Person, any
direct or indirect arrangement (excluding, however, any such arrangement between
such Person and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person or between one or more
Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person) pursuant to which Property is sold or
transferred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person and is
thereafter leased back from the purchaser or transferee thereof by such Person
or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"Senior Indebtedness" when used with respect to the Company means the
obligations of the Company with respect to Indebtedness of the Company, whether
outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter created, Incurred or
assumed, and any renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement or extension
thereof, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument
creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding
expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of
payment to the Notes; provided, however, that Senior
82
<PAGE> 84
Indebtedness of the Company shall not include (i) Indebtedness of the Company to
a Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) amounts owed for goods, materials or services
purchased in the ordinary course of business, (iii) Indebtedness Incurred in
violation of the Indenture, (iv) amounts payable or any other Indebtedness to
employees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (v) any liability for
federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (vi) any
Indebtedness of the Company that, when Incurred and without regard to any
election under Section 1111(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, was without
recourse to the Company, (vii) Pari Passu or Subordinated Indebtedness of the
Company, (viii) Indebtedness of the Company that is represented by Redeemable
Stock, (ix) Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes and (x) in-kind obligations
relating to net oil and gas balancing positions. "Senior Indebtedness" of any
Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning.
"Significant Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination, any
Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "Significant Subsidiary" of the Company
within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the
Commission.
"Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any security or any
installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified
in such security as the fixed date on which the principal of such security or
such installment of principal or interest is due and payable, including pursuant
to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for
the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the
happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company (or a
Subsidiary Guarantor) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to the
Notes (or a Subsidiary Guaranty, as appropriate) pursuant to a written agreement
to that effect.
"Subsidiary" of a Person means (i) another Person which is a corporation a
majority of whose Voting Stock is at the time, directly or indirectly, owned or
controlled by (a) the first Person, (b) the first Person and one or more of its
Subsidiaries or (c) one or more of the first Person's Subsidiaries or (ii)
another Person which is not a corporation (x) at least 50% of the ownership
interest of which and (y) the power to elect or direct the election of a
majority of the directors or other governing body of which are controlled by
Persons referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above.
"Subsidiary Guarantors" means, unless released from their Subsidiary
Guaranties as permitted by the Indenture, any Restricted Subsidiary that becomes
a guarantor of the Notes in compliance with the provisions of the Indenture and
executes a supplemental indenture agreeing to be bound by the terms of the
Indenture.
"Subsidiary Guaranty" means an unconditional, unsecured senior subordinated
guaranty of the Notes given by any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms
of the Indenture.
"Trade Accounts Payable" means accounts payable or other obligations of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to trade creditors created or assumed by
the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business in
connection with the obtaining of goods or services.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) each Subsidiary of the Company that the
Company has designated pursuant to the provision of the Indenture described
under "-- Certain Covenants -- Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries" as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"U.S. Government Obligations" means securities that are (i) direct
obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of which its
full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or
supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of
America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full
faith and credit obligation by the United States of America which, in either
case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and
shall also include a depository receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section
3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian, with respect to any such U.S.
Government Obligation
83
<PAGE> 85
or a specific payment of principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government
Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of such
depository receipt; provided, however, that (except as required by law) such
custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the
holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian in
respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal
of or interest on the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository
receipt.
"Volumetric Production Payments" means production payment obligations
recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with all
undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.
"Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such Person which
ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing
similar functions) of such Person whether at all times or only so long as no
senior class of securities has such voting power by reason of any contingency.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means, at any time, a Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company all the Voting Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying
shares) is at such time owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company and its
other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
The Indenture provides that the Company will be discharged from its
obligations with respect to the Notes (except for certain obligations to
exchange or register the transfer of Notes, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated
Notes, to maintain paying agencies and to hold moneys for payment in trust) upon
the deposit in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of money or
U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, which, through the
payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest in respect thereof in
accordance with their terms, will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay
the principal of and any premium and interest on the Notes at Stated Maturity
thereof or on earlier redemption in accordance with the terms of the Indenture
and the Notes. Such defeasance or discharge may occur only if, among other
things, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by,
the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) since the date of
the Indenture there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law,
in either case to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize gain
or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance
and discharge and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount, in
the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such
deposit, defeasance and discharge were not to occur; and that the resulting
trust will not be an "Investment Company" within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 unless such trust is qualified thereunder or exempt from
regulation thereunder.
The Indenture provides that if the Company takes the actions described
below, it may omit to comply with certain covenants, including those described
under "-- Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control,"
"-- Certain Covenants" and in clauses (iv) and (v) under the first paragraph and
in the second paragraph of "-- Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Substantially
All Assets," and the occurrence of the Events of Default described below in
clauses (iii) and (iv) (with respect to such covenants) and clauses (v), (vi),
(vii) (with respect to Significant Subsidiaries) and (viii) under "-- Events of
Default and Notice" will be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default.
The Company, in order to exercise such option, will be required to deposit, in
trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, money or U.S. Government
Obligations, or a combination thereof, which, through the payment of principal,
premium, if any, and interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms,
will provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of and any
premium and interest on the Notes at Stated Maturity thereof or on earlier
redemption in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the Notes. The
Company will also be required, among other things, to deliver to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize
gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and
defeasance of certain obligations and will be subject to federal income tax on
the same amount, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the
case if such deposit and defeasance were not to occur; and that the resulting
trust will not be an "Investment Company" within the meaning of the Investment
Company Act of 1940 unless such trust is
84
<PAGE> 86
qualified thereunder or exempt from regulation thereunder. If the Company were
to exercise this option and the Notes were declared due and payable because of
the occurrence of any Event of Default, the amount of money and U.S. Government
Obligations so deposited in trust would be sufficient to pay amounts due on the
Notes at the time of their Stated Maturity but may not be sufficient to pay
amounts due on the Notes upon any acceleration resulting from such Event of
Default. In such case, the Company would remain liable for such payments.
If the Company exercises either of the options described above, each
Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, will be released from all its obligations under
its Subsidiary Guaranty.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND NOTICE
The following are summaries of Events of Default under the Indenture with
respect to the Notes: (i) failure to pay any interest on the Notes when due,
continued for 30 days; (ii) failure to pay principal of (or premium, if any, on)
the Notes when due; (iii) failure to comply with the provisions of the Indenture
described under "Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Substantially All Assets;"
(iv) failure to perform any other covenant of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor in the Indenture, continued for 60 days after written notice to the
Company from the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes; (v) a default by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary under any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Non-recourse
Purchase Money Indebtedness) which results in acceleration of the maturity of
such Indebtedness, or failure to pay any such Indebtedness at maturity, in an
amount greater than $5.0 million if such Indebtedness is not discharged or such
acceleration is not rescinded or annulled within 10 days after written notice as
provided in the Indenture; (vi) one or more final judgments or orders by a court
of competent jurisdiction are entered against the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary in an uninsured or unindemnified aggregate amount outstanding at any
time in excess of $5.0 million and such judgments or orders are not discharged,
waived, stayed, satisfied or bonded for a period of 60 consecutive days; (vii)
certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or (viii) a Subsidiary Guaranty ceases to
be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture and such Subsidiary Guaranty) or a Subsidiary Guarantor denies or
disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty.
The Indenture provides that if an Event of Default (other than an Event of
Default described in clause (vii) above) with respect to the Notes at the time
outstanding shall occur and be continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of
at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice as
provided in the Indenture may declare the principal amount of the Notes to be
due and payable immediately. If an Event of Default described in clause (vii)
above with respect to the Notes at the time outstanding shall occur, the
principal amount of all the Notes will automatically, and without any action by
the Trustee or any Holder, become immediately due and payable. After any such
acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the Holders
of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes
may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all
Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of accelerated principal (or other
specified amount), have been cured or waived as provided in the Indenture.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee
will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of the Notes, unless
such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to
such provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee, the Holders of at least
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes will have the
right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on
the Trustee with respect to the Notes.
No Holder of Notes will have any right to institute any proceeding with
respect to the Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee, or
for any other remedy thereunder, unless (i) such Holder has previously given to
the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the
Notes,
85
<PAGE> 87
(ii) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the
outstanding Notes have made written request, and such Holder or Holders have
offered reasonable indemnity, to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as
trustee and (iii) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding and has
not received from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the outstanding Notes a direction inconsistent with such request,
within 60 days after such notice, request and offer. However, such limitations
do not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of Notes for the enforcement of
payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on such Notes on or after
the applicable due date specified in such Notes.
MODIFICATION OF THE INDENTURE; WAIVER
The Indenture provides that modifications and amendments of the Indenture
may be made by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee without
the consent of any Holders of Notes in certain limited circumstances, including
(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide
for the assumption of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture upon
the merger, consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially
all the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole
and certain other events specified in the provisions of the Indenture described
under "Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Substantially All Assets," (iii) to
provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated
Notes, (iv) to comply with any requirement of the Commission in order to effect
or maintain the qualification of the Indenture under the 1939 Act, (v) to make
any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of Notes in
any material respect, (vi) to add or remove Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to
the procedure set forth in the Indenture and (vii) certain other modifications
and amendments as set forth in the Indenture.
The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Company, any Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Trustee, with the written consent of the Holders of not less
than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, to
execute supplemental indentures or amendments adding any provisions to or
changing or eliminating any of the provisions of the Indenture or modifying the
rights of the Holders of the Notes, except that no such supplemental indenture,
amendment or waiver may, without the consent of all the Holders of outstanding
Notes, among other things, (i) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose
Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver, (ii) reduce the rate of or
change the time for payment of interest on any Notes, (iii) change the currency
in which any amount due in respect of the Notes is payable, (iv) reduce the
principal of or any premium on or change the Stated Maturity of any Notes or
alter the redemption or repurchase provisions with respect thereto, (v) reduce
the relative ranking of any Notes, (vi) release any security that may have been
granted to the Trustee in respect of the Notes, (vii) at any time after a Change
of Control has occurred, change the time at which the Change of Control Offer
relating thereto must be made or at which the Notes must be repurchased pursuant
to such Change of Control Offer or (viii) make certain other significant
amendments or modifications as specified in the Indenture.
The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding
Notes may waive compliance by the Company with certain restrictive provisions of
the Indenture. The Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Notes may waive any past default under the Indenture, except a
default in the payment of principal, premium or interest and certain covenants
and provisions of the Indenture which cannot be amended without the consent of
the Holders of each outstanding Note.
NOTICES
Notices to Holders of the Notes will be given by mail to the addresses of
such Holders as they may appear in the Security Register.
GOVERNING LAW
The Indenture and the Notes are governed by and construed in accordance
with the internal laws of the State of New York without reference to principles
of conflicts of law.
86
<PAGE> 88
TRUSTEE
Texas Commerce Bank National Association is the Trustee under the
Indenture. The Trustee maintains normal banking relationships with the Company
and its Subsidiaries and may perform certain services for and transact other
business with the Company and its Subsidiaries from time to time in the ordinary
course of business.
EXCHANGE OFFER; REGISTRATION RIGHTS
The Company agreed pursuant to a registration agreement (the "Registration
Agreement") with the Initial Purchasers, for the benefit of the Holders, that
the Company will, at its cost, use its reasonable best efforts to (i) not later
than 60 days after the date of original issuance of the Old Notes, file a
registration statement (the "Exchange Offer Registration Statement") with the
Commission with respect to a registered offer (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange
the Old Notes for new notes of the Company (the "Exchange Notes") having terms
substantially identical in all material respects to the Old Notes (except that
the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions)
and (ii) cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be declared
effective under the Securities Act not later than 120 days after the date of
original issuance of the Old Notes. Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, the Company will offer the Exchange Notes in exchange
for surrender of the Old Notes. The Company will use its reasonable best efforts
to keep the Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days (or longer if required
by applicable law) after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to the
Holders. For each Note surrendered to the Company pursuant to the Exchange
Offer, the Holder of such Note will receive an Exchange Note having a principal
amount equal to that of the surrendered Note. Interest on each Exchange Note
will accrue from the last interest payment date on which interest was paid on
the Note surrendered in exchange therefor or, if no interest has been paid on
such Note, from the date of its original issue. Under existing Commission
interpretations, the Exchange Notes would be freely transferable by Holders
other than affiliates of the Company after the Exchange Offer without further
registration under the Securities Act if the holder of the Exchange Notes
represents that it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of its
business, that it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes and that it is not an
affiliate of the Company, as such terms are interpreted by the Commission,
provided that broker-dealers ("Participating Broker-Dealers") receiving Exchange
Notes in the Exchange Offer will have a prospectus delivery requirement with
respect to resales of such Exchange Notes. The Commission has taken the position
that Participating Broker-Dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery
requirements with respect to Exchange Notes (other than a resale of an unsold
allotment from the original sale of the Offered Notes) with the prospectus
contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Under the Registration
Agreement, the Company is required to allow Participating Broker-Dealers and
other persons, if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements to use the
prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection
with the resale of such Exchange Notes.
A Holder of Old Notes (other than certain specified Holders) who wishes to
exchange such Notes for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer will be required to
represent that any Exchange Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the
ordinary course of its business and that at the time of the commencement of the
Exchange Offer it has no arrangement or understanding with any person to
participate in the distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of
the Exchange Notes and that it is not an "affiliate" of the Company, as defined
in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, or if it is an affiliate, that it will
comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the
Securities Act to the extent applicable.
If (i) changes in law or applicable interpretations of the Commission staff
do not permit the Company to effect such an Exchange Offer, (ii) for any other
reason the Exchange Registration Statement is not declared effective within 120
days after the date of original issuance of the Old Notes or the Exchange Offer
is not consummated within 150 days after the date of original issuance of the
Old Notes, (iii) the Initial Purchasers so request with respect to Old Notes not
eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes
87
<PAGE> 89
in the Exchange Offer or (iv) any Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) is
not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer or does not receive freely
tradeable Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer other than by reason of such
Holder being an affiliate of the Company (it being understood that the
requirement that a Participating Broker-Dealer deliver the prospectus contained
in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in connection with sales of
Exchange Notes shall not result in such Exchange Notes being not "freely
tradeable"), the Company will, at its cost, use its reasonable best efforts to
(i) as promptly as practicable, file a resale shelf registration statement (the
"Shelf Registration Statement") covering resales of the Old Notes or the
Exchange Notes, as the case may be, (ii) cause the Shelf Registration Statement
to be declared effective under the Securities Act and (iii) keep the Shelf
Registration Statement effective until two years after its effective date (or
until one year after such effective date if such Shelf Registration Statement is
filed at the request of an Initial Purchaser). The Company will, in the event a
Shelf Registration Statement is filed, among other things, provide to each
Holder for whom such Shelf Registration Statement was filed copies of the
prospectus that is a part of the Shelf Registration Statement, notify each such
Holder when the Shelf Registration Statement has become effective and take
certain other actions as are required to permit unrestricted resales of the Old
Notes or the Exchange Notes, as the case may be. A Holder who sells such Old
Notes or Exchange Notes pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement generally
will be required to be named as a selling security holder in the related
prospectus and to deliver a prospectus to purchasers, will be subject to certain
of the civil liability provisions of the Securities Act in connection with such
sales and will be bound by the provisions of the Registration Agreement which
are applicable to such Holder (including certain indemnification obligations).
If (i) on or prior to the 60th day following the date of original issuance
of the Old Notes, neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the
Shelf Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission, (ii) on or
prior to the 120th day following the date of original issuance of the Old Notes,
neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration
Statement has been declared effective, (iii) on or prior to the 150th day
following the date of original issuance of the Old Notes, neither the Exchange
Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf Registration Statement has been
declared effective or (iv) after either the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement has been declared effective, such
Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or usable (subject to
certain exceptions) in connection with resales of Old Notes or Exchange Notes in
accordance with and during the periods specified in the Registration Agreement
(each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a "Registration
Default"), interest ("Special Interest") will accrue on the Old Notes and the
Exchange Notes (in addition to the stated interest on the Offered Notes and the
Exchange Notes) from and including the date on which the first such Registration
Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all Registration Defaults
have been cured. Special Interest will accrue at a rate of 0.5% per annum during
the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first such
Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each
subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such rate exceed 1.50% per
annum.
All accrued Special Interest shall be paid to Holders in the same manner in
which payments of other interest are made pursuant to the Indenture. See
"Description of the Notes -- General."
The summary herein of certain provisions of the Registration Agreement does
not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety
by reference to, all the provisions of the Registration Agreement, a copy of
which is available upon request to the Company.
88
<PAGE> 90
CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
The following discussion of the material United Stated Federal income tax
consequences of the Exchange Offer is for general information only. It is based
on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof (the
"Code"), existing and proposed Treasury regulations, and judicial and
administrative determinations, all of which are subject to change at any time,
possibly on a retroactive basis. The following relates only to the Old Notes,
and the Exchange Notes received therefor, that are held as "capital assets"
within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. It does not discuss state, local
or foreign tax consequences, nor, except as otherwise noted, does it discuss tax
consequences to categories of holders that are subject to special rules, such as
foreign persons, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies, banks and
dealers in stocks and securities. Tax consequences may vary depending on the
particular status of an investor. No rulings will be sought from the Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS") with respect to the Federal income tax consequences of
the Exchange Offer.
THIS SECTION DOES NOT PURPORT TO DEAL WITH ALL ASPECTS OF FEDERAL INCOME
TAXATION THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO AN INVESTOR'S DECISION TO PURCHASE THE NOTES.
EACH INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT WITH ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR CONCERNING THE APPLICATION
OF THE FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS AND OTHER TAX LAWS TO ITS PARTICULAR SITUATION
BEFORE DETERMINING WHETHER TO PURCHASE THE NOTES.
PAYMENT OF INTEREST AND SPECIAL INTEREST
Interest on an Old Note, including Special Interest payable to U.S. Holders
of Old Notes under the circumstances described under "Exchange Offer;
Registration Rights," and interest on an Exchange Note generally will be
includable in the income of a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time such
interest is received or accrued, in accordance with such U.S. Holder's method of
accounting for United States federal income tax purposes. The Old Notes were not
issued with original issue discount ("OID") within the meaning of the Code.
Because there is only a remote possibility that a Registration Default will
occur, the Company believes that any Special Interest payable to U.S. Holders as
a result of a Registration Default will not cause the Old Notes to be considered
issued with OID and that any Special Interest will be taken into account by each
U.S. Holder as ordinary income only to the extent and at such time that the
interest becomes fixed or is actually paid.
SALE, EXCHANGE OR REDEMPTION
Subject to the discussion of the Exchange Offer below and the market
discount rules, upon the sale, exchange or redemption of an Old Note or Exchange
Note, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the
difference between (i) the amount of cash proceeds and the fair market value of
any property received on the sale, exchange or redemption (except to the extent
such amount is attributable to accrued interest income or market discount not
previously included in income which is taxable as ordinary income) and (ii) such
U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in the Old Note or Exchange Offered Note. A
U.S. Holder's adjusted tax basis in an Old Note or Exchange Note generally will
equal the cost of the Old Note or Exchange Note to such U.S. Holder increased by
the amount of any market discount previously taken into income by the U.S.
Holder, and reduced by the amount of any bond premium amortized by the U.S.
Holder with respect to the Old Notes or Exchange Notes. Capital gain recognized
by an individual generally will be subject to a maximum United States federal
income tax rate of (i) 39.6% if the U.S. Holder held the asset for not more than
one year, (ii) 28% if the U.S. Holder held the asset for more than one year but
not more than eighteen months and (iii) 20% if the U.S. Holder held the asset
for more than eighteen months.
AMORTIZABLE BOND PREMIUM
Generally, the excess of a U.S. Holder's tax basis in an Old Note or
Exchange Note over the amount payable at maturity is bond premium that the U.S.
Holder may elect to amortize under Section 171 of the Code on a yield to
maturity basis over the period from the U.S. Holder's acquisition date to the
maturity
89
<PAGE> 91
date of the Old Note or Exchange Note. The amortizable bond premium is treated
as an offset to interest income on the Old Note or Exchange Note for United
States federal income tax purposes. A U.S. Holder who elects to amortize bond
premium must reduce its tax basis in the Old Note or Exchange Note by the
deductions allowable for amortizable bond premium. An election to amortize bond
premium is revocable only with the consent of the IRS and applies to all
obligations owned or acquired by the U.S. Holder on or after the first day of
the taxable year to which the election applies.
An Old Note or Exchange Note may be called or submitted for redemption at a
premium prior to maturity. See "Description of the Notes -- Optional
Redemption." An earlier call date is treated as the maturity date of the Old
Note or Exchange Note and the amount of bond premium is determined by treating
the amount payable on such call date as the amount payable at maturity, if such
a calculation produces a smaller bond premium than the method described in the
preceding paragraph. If a U.S. Holder is required to amortize and deduct the
bond premium by reference to a certain call date, the Old Note or Exchange Note
will be treated as maturing on that date for the amount then payable. If the Old
Note or Exchange Note is not redeemed on that call date, the Old Note or
Exchange Note will be treated as reissued on that date for the amount of the
call price on that date. If an Old Note or Exchange Note purchased at a premium
is redeemed prior to its maturity, a U.S. Holder who has elected to deduct the
bond premium may be permitted to deduct any remaining unamortized bond premium
as an ordinary loss in the taxable year of the redemption.
MARKET DISCOUNT
The resale of Old Notes or Exchange Notes may be affected by the market
discount provisions of the Code. A U.S. Holder has market discount if an Old
Note or Exchange Note is purchased (other than at original issue) at an amount
below the stated redemption price at maturity of the Old Note or Exchange Note.
A de minimis amount of market discount is ignored. A U.S. Holder of an Old Note
or Exchange Note with market discount must either elect to include market
discount in income as it accrues or treat a portion of the gain recognized on
the disposition or retirement of the Old Note or Exchange Note as ordinary
income. The amount of gain treated as ordinary income would equal the lesser of
(i) the gain recognized (or the appreciation, in the case of a nontaxable
transaction such as a gift) or (ii) the portion of the market discount that
accrued on a ratable basis (or, if elected, on a constant interest rate basis)
while the Old Note or Exchange Note was held by the U.S. Holder.
A U.S. Holder who acquires an Old Note or Exchange Note at a market
discount also may be required to defer a portion of any interest expense that
otherwise may be deductible on any indebtedness incurred or maintained to
purchase or carry such Old Note or Exchange Note until the U.S. Holder disposes
of the Old Note or Exchange Note in a taxable transaction. Moreover, to the
extent of any accrued market discount on such Old Note or Exchange Note, any
partial principal payment with respect to an Old Note or Exchange Note will be
includible as ordinary income upon receipt, as will the fair market value of the
Old Note or Exchange Note on certain otherwise non-taxable transfers (such as
gifts).
A U.S. Holder of Old Notes or Exchange Notes acquired at a market discount
may elect for United States federal income tax purposes to include market
discount in gross income as the discount accrues, either on a straight-line
basis or on a constant interest rate basis. This current inclusion election,
once made, applies to all market discount obligations acquired by the U.S.
Holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election
applies, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a U.S. Holder
of Old Notes or Exchange Notes makes such an election, the foregoing rules with
respect to the recognition of ordinary income on sales and other dispositions of
such debt instruments and on any partial principal payment with respect to the
Old Notes or Exchange Notes, and the deferral of interest deductions on
indebtedness incurred or maintained to purchase or carry such debt instruments,
would not apply.
90
<PAGE> 92
THE EXCHANGE OFFER
Pursuant to recently issued Treasury regulations, the exchange of Old Notes
for Exchange Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer should not constitute a
significant modification of the terms of the Old Notes and, accordingly, such
exchange should not be treated as a taxable event for federal income tax
purposes. Therefore, such exchange should have no federal income tax
consequences to U.S. Holders of Old Notes, and each U.S. Holder of Exchange
Notes would continue to be required to include interest on the Exchange Notes in
its gross income in accordance with its method of accounting for federal income
tax purposes.
NON-U.S. HOLDERS
Under present United States federal income and estate tax law and subject
to the discussion of backup withholding below:
(a) Payments of interest on the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes by the
Company or any agent of the Company to any holder of an Old Note or an
Exchange Note that is not a U.S. Holder (a "Non-U.S. Holder") will not be
subject to United States federal withholding tax, provided that such
interest income is not effectively connected with a United States trade or
business of the Non-U.S. Holder and provided that (i) the Non-U.S. Holder
does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Company entitled to vote; (ii)
the Non-U.S. Holder is not a controlled foreign corporation that is related
to the Company through stock ownership; and (iii) either (A) the beneficial
owner of the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes certifies (by submitting to
the Company or its agent a Form W-8 (or a suitable substitute form)) in
compliance with applicable laws and regulations to the Company or its
agent, under penalties of perjury, that it is not a "United States person"
as defined in the Code and provides its name and address or (B) a
securities clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that
holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business
(a "financial institution"), and holds the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes
on behalf of the beneficial owner, provides a statement to the Company or
its agent in which it certifies that a Form W-8 (or a suitable substitute
form) has been received from the beneficial owner by it or by a financial
institution between it and the beneficial owner and furnishes the payor
with a copy thereof. A Non-U.S. Holder that is not exempt from tax under
these rules will be subject to United States federal income tax withholding
at a rate of 30% unless the interest is effectively connected with the
conduct of a United States trade or business, in which case the interest
will be subject to the United States federal income tax on net income that
applies to United States persons generally. Non-U.S. Holders should consult
applicable income tax treaties, which may include different rules.
(b) A Non-U.S. Holder will generally not be subject to United States
federal income or withholding tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or
redemption of an Old Note or an Exchange Note unless (i) the gain is
effectively connected with a United States trade or business of the Non-
U.S. Holder, (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder who is an individual,
such Holder is present in the United States for a period or periods
aggregating 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition and
certain other conditions are met or (iii) the Holder is subject to tax
pursuant to the provisions of the Code applicable to certain United States
expatriates. The amount withheld in accordance with these rules will be
creditable against the Non-U.S. Holder's United States federal income tax
liability and may entitle the Non-U.S. Holder to a refund upon furnishing
the required information to the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders should consult
applicable income tax treaties, which may provide different rules.
(c) An Old Note or an Exchange Note held by an individual who at the
time of death is not a citizen or resident of the United States for United
States federal estate tax purposes will not be subject to United States
federal estate tax as a result of such individual's death if, at the time
of such death, the individual did not actually or constructively own 10% or
more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the
Company entitled to vote and the income on the Old Notes or the
91
<PAGE> 93
Exchange Notes would not have been effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business by the individual in the United States.
Recently proposed Treasury regulations that would be effective January 1,
1998, provide for several alternative methods for Non-U.S. Holders or "qualified
intermediaries" who hold the Old Notes or the Exchange Notes on behalf of
Non-U.S. Holders to obtain an exemption from withholding on interest payments.
The proposed Treasury regulations also would require, in the case of Old Notes
or Exchange Notes held by a foreign partnership, that (i) the certification
described in clause (a) (iii) of the preceding paragraph be provided by the
partners rather than by the foreign partnership and (ii) the partnership provide
certain information to the payor, including a United States taxpayer
identification number. A look-through rule would apply in the case of tiered
partnerships. There can be no assurance as to whether the proposed Treasury
regulations will be adopted or as to the provisions that they will include if
and when adopted in temporary or final form.
Except to the extent that an applicable treaty otherwise provides, a
Non-U.S. Holder generally will be taxed in the same manner as a U.S. Holder with
respect to interest if the interest income is effectively connected with a
United States trade or business of the Non-U.S. Holder. Effectively connected
interest received by a corporate Non-U.S. Holder may also, under certain
circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate
(or, if applicable, a lower treaty rate). Even though such effectively connected
interest is subject to income tax, and may be subject to the branch profits tax,
it is not subject to withholding tax if the Non-U.S. Holder delivers a properly
executed IRS Form 4224 to the payor.
INFORMATION REPORTING AND BACKUP WITHHOLDING TAX
In general, information reporting requirements may apply to principal and
interest payments on an Old Note or Exchange Note and to payments of the
proceeds of the sale of an Old Note or Exchange Note. A 31% backup withholding
tax may apply to such payments unless the Holder (i) is a corporation, Non-U.S.
Holder or comes within certain other exempt categories and, when required,
demonstrates its exemption, or (ii) provides a correct taxpayer identification
number, certifies as to no loss of exemption from backup withholding and
otherwise complies with applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules.
A Holder of an Old Note or Exchange Note who does not provide the Company with
the Holder's correct taxpayer identification number may be subject to penalties
imposed by the IRS. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from
a payment to a Holder will be allowed as a credit against such Holder's United
States federal income tax, provided that the required information is furnished
to the IRS.
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account
pursuant to the Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in
exchange for Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business 180
days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such
resale. A broker-dealer that delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in
connection with such resales will be subject to certain of the civil liability
provisions under the Securities Act and will be bound by the provisions of the
Registration Agreement (including certain indemnification rights and
obligations). In addition, until , , all dealers effecting
transactions in the Exchange Notes may be required to deliver a prospectus.
92
<PAGE> 94
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes
by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time in one or
more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions,
through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such
methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices
related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated prices. Any such resale
may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may
receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such
broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any
broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own
account pursuant to the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that
participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any
such resale of Exchange Notes and any commissions or concessions received by any
such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities
Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that by acknowledging that it will deliver
and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that
it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.
For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed in the Registration
Agreement to pay all expenses incident to the Exchange Offer other than
commissions or concessions of any brokers or dealers and to indemnify the
holders of the Old Notes (including any broker-dealers) against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS ON OLD NOTES
OFFERING AND SALES BY THE INITIAL PURCHASERS
The Old Notes were not registered under the Securities Act and may not be
offered or sold in the United States or to, or for the account or benefit of,
U.S. persons except in accordance with an applicable exemption from the
registration requirements thereof. Accordingly, the Old Notes were offered and
sold only (i) in the United States to QIBs under Rule 144A under the Securities
Act and (ii) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons ("foreign
purchasers") in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act. Each
foreign purchaser that is a purchaser of Old Notes from the Initial Purchasers
(an "Initial Foreign Purchaser") was required to sign a certificate in the form
provided by the Initial Purchasers.
INVESTOR REPRESENTATIONS AND RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE
Each purchaser of the Old Notes was deemed to have represented and agreed
as follows:
(1) it is acquiring the Old Notes for its own account or for an
account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion, and
that it or such account is a QIB or a foreign purchaser outside the United
States;
(2) it acknowledges that the Old Notes have not been registered under
the Securities Act and may not be sold except as permitted below;
(3) it understands and agrees (x) that such Old Notes are being
offered only in a transaction not involving any public offering within the
meaning of the Securities Act, and (y) that (A) if within two years after
the date of original issuance of the Old Notes or if within three months
after it ceases to be an affiliate (within the meaning of Rule 144 under
the Securities Act) of the Company, it decides to resell, pledge or
otherwise transfer such Old Notes on which the legend set forth below
appears, such Old Notes may be resold, pledged or transferred only (i) to
the Company, (ii) so long as such security is eligible for resale pursuant
to Rule 144A, to a person whom the seller reasonably believes is a QIB that
purchases for its own account or for the account of a QIB to whom notice is
93
<PAGE> 95
given that the resale, pledge or transfer is being made in reliance on Rule
144A (as indicated by the box checked by the transferor on the Certificate
of Transfer on the reverse of the Old Note if such Old Note is not in
book-entry form), (iii) in an offshore transaction in accordance with
Regulation S (as indicated by the box checked by the transferor on the
Certificate of Transfer on the reverse of the Old Note if such Old Note is
not in book-entry form), (iv) to an Institutional Accredited Investor, as
defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act (as
indicated by the box checked by the transferor on the Certificate of
Transfer on the reverse of the Old Note if such Old Note is not in
book-entry form), that is acquiring the Old Notes for investment purposes
and not for distribution, and a certificate which may be obtained from the
Company or the Trustee is delivered by the transferee to the Company and
the Trustee, (v) pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 144 (if applicable)
under the Securities Act or (vi) pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act, in each case in accordance with any
applicable securities laws of any state of the United States, (B) the
purchaser will, and each subsequent holder is required to, notify any
purchaser of Old Notes from it of the resale restrictions referred to in
(A) above, if then applicable, and (C) with respect to any transfer of Old
Notes by an Institutional Accredited Investor, such holder will deliver to
the Company and the Trustee such certificates and other information as they
may reasonably require to confirm that the transfer by it complies with the
foregoing restrictions.
(4) it understands that the notification requirement referred to in
(3) above will be satisfied, in the case only of transfers by physical
delivery of certificated Old Notes other than a Global Security, by virtue
of the fact that the following legend will be placed on the Old Notes
unless otherwise agreed to by the Company:
"THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS
SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT THIS SECURITY MAY
NOT BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE SECOND
ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR A PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR
(Y) BY ANY HOLDER THAT WAS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME
DURING THE THREE MONTHS PRECEDING THE DATE OF SUCH TRANSFER, IN EITHER
CASE OTHER THAN (1) TO THE COMPANY, (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS
ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT
("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A PURCHASING
FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER
IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED
BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS
SECURITY), (3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION
S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE
TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS
SECURITY), (4) TO AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS
DEFINED IN RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS
INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF
TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY) THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS
SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION, AND A
CERTIFICATE WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE IS
DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEREE TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, (5) PURSUANT
TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
RULE 144 (IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE
IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE
UNITED STATES. AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR HOLDING THIS
SECURITY AGREES IT WILL FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SUCH
CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONA-
94
<PAGE> 96
BLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT ANY TRANSFER BY IT OF THIS SECURITY COMPLIES
WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS
SECURITY, REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT
IS (1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A
OR (2) AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN
RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THAT IT IS
HOLDING THIS SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION
OR (3) A NON-U.S. PERSON OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF
(OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH (o)(2) OF RULE
902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT."
(5) it (i) is able to fend for itself in the transactions contemplated
by the Offering Memorandum; (ii) has such knowledge and experience in
financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits
and risks of its prospective investment in the Old Notes; and (iii) has the
ability to bear the economic risks of its prospective investment and can
afford the complete loss of such investment;
(6) it has received a copy of the Offering Memorandum and acknowledges
that it has had access to such financial and other information and has been
afforded the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and receive
answers thereto, as it deemed necessary in connection with its decision to
purchase the Old Notes; and
(7) it understands that the Company, the Initial Purchasers and others
will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing acknowledgments,
representations and agreements and agrees that if any of the
acknowledgments, representations and agreements deemed to have been made by
its purchase of the Old Notes are no longer accurate, it shall promptly
notify the Company and the Initial Purchasers; and if it is acquiring the
Old Notes as a fiduciary or agent for one or more investor accounts, it
represents that it has sole investment discretion with respect to each such
account and it has full power to make the foregoing acknowledgments,
representations and agreements on behalf of such account.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the issuance of the Exchange Notes offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Company by Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas.
95
<PAGE> 97
EXPERTS
Information appearing in this Prospectus regarding the gross quantities of
reserves of the oil and gas properties owned by the Company and the future cash
flows and the present values thereof from such reserves, other than all such
information as of August 1, 1997 and the reserves attributed to Eugene Island
Block 243 Field at December 31, 1994, which information is based on estimates
prepared by the Company, is based on estimates of such reserves and present
values prepared by Atwater Consultants, Ltd. and Cawley, Gillespie & Associates,
Inc., both independent petroleum engineers.
The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of December 31,
1996 and 1995, and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996,
included elsewhere in this registration statement have been audited by Arthur
Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as indicated in their report with
respect thereto, and are included herein in reliance upon the authority of said
firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports. With respect
to the unaudited interim financial information as of and for the three and six
months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, Arthur Andersen LLP has applied limited
procedures in accordance with professional standards for review of that
information. However, their separate reports thereon state that they did not
audit and they do not express an opinion on that interim financial information.
Accordingly, the degree of reliance on their report on that information should
be restricted in light of the limited nature of the review procedures applied.
In addition, the accountants are not subject to the liability provisions of
Section 11 of the Securities Act for their report on the unaudited interim
financial information because that report is not a "report" or a "part" of the
registration statement prepared or certified by the accountants within the
meaning of Sections 7 and 11 of the Securities Act.
96
<PAGE> 98
GLOSSARY OF OIL AND GAS TERMS
The definitions set forth below shall apply to the indicated terms as used
in this Offering Memorandum. All volumes of natural gas referred to herein are
stated at the legal pressure base of the state or area where the reserves exist
and at 60 degrees Fahrenheit and in most instances are rounded to the nearest
major multiple.
Bbl. One stock tank barrel, or 42 U.S. gallons liquid volume, used herein
in reference to crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.
Bbls/d. Barrels of crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons per day.
Bcf. Billion cubic feet.
BOE. Barrels of oil equivalent, determined using the ratio of six Mcf of
natural gas to one Bbl of crude oil, condensate or natural gas liquids.
Btu. British thermal unit, which is the heat required to raise the
temperature of a one-pound mass of water from 58.5 to 59.5 degrees Fahrenheit.
Completion. The installation of permanent equipment for the production of
oil or natural gas, or in the case of a dry hole, the reporting of abandonment
to the appropriate agency.
Developed acreage. The number of acres that are allocated or assignable to
producing wells or wells capable of production.
Development well. A well drilled within the proved area of an oil or
natural gas reservoir to the depth of a stratigraphic horizon known to be
productive.
Dry hole or well. A well found to be incapable of producing hydrocarbons in
sufficient quantities such that proceeds from the sale of such production exceed
production expenses and taxes.
Exploratory well. A well drilled to find and produce oil or natural gas
reserves not classified as proved, to find a new reservoir in a field previously
found to be productive of oil or natural gas in another reservoir or to extend a
known reservoir.
Farmin or farmout agreement. An agreement whereunder the owner of a working
interest in an oil and gas lease assigns the working interest or a portion
thereof to another party who desires to drill on the leased acreage. Generally,
the assignee is required to drill one or more wells in order to earn its
interest in the acreage. The assignor usually retains a royalty or reversionary
interest in the lease. The interest received by an assignee is a "farmin" while
the interest transferred by the assignor is a "farmout."
Field. An area consisting of a single reservoir or multiple reservoirs all
grouped on or related to the same individual geological structural feature
and/or stratigraphic condition.
Finding costs. Costs associated with acquiring and developing proved oil
and gas reserves which are capitalized by the Company pursuant to generally
accepted accounting principles, excluding any capitalized general and
administrative expenses.
Gross acreage or gross wells. The total acres or wells, as the case may be,
in which a working interest is owned.
Liquids. Crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids.
MBbls. One thousand barrels of crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.
MBbls/d. One thousand barrels of crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons per
day.
MBOE. One thousand barrels of oil equivalent.
MBOE/d. One thousand barrels of oil equivalent per day.
Mcf. One thousand cubic feet.
97
<PAGE> 99
Mcf/d. One thousand cubic feet per day.
MMBbls. One million barrels of crude oil or other liquid hydrocarbons.
MMBOE. One million barrels of oil equivalent.
MMBtu. One million Btus.
MMcf. One million cubic feet.
MMcf/d. One million cubic feet per day.
MMS. Mineral Management Service of the United States Department of the
Interior.
Net acres or net wells. The sum of the fractional working interests owned
in gross acres or gross wells, as the case may be.
Oil. Crude oil and condensate.
Present value. When used with respect to oil and natural gas reserves, the
estimated future gross revenue to be generated from the production of proved
reserves, net of estimated production and future development costs, using prices
and costs in effect as of the date indicated, without giving effect to non-
property related expenses such as general and administrative expenses, debt
service and future income tax expenses or to depreciation, depletion and
amortization, discounted using an annual discount rate of 10%.
Productive well. A well that is found to be capable of producing
hydrocarbons in sufficient quantities such that proceeds from the sale of such
production exceed production expenses and taxes.
Proved developed nonproducing reserves. Proved developed reserves expected
to be recovered from zones behind casing in existing wells.
Proved developed producing reserves. Proved developed reserves that are
expected to be recovered from completion intervals currently open in existing
wells and capable of production to market.
Proved reserves. The estimated quantities of oil, natural gas and natural
gas liquids that geological and engineering data demonstrate with reasonable
certainty to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing
economic and operating conditions.
Proved undeveloped reserves. Reserves that are expected to be recovered
from new wells on developed acreage where the subject reserves cannot be
recovered without drilling additional wells.
Recompletion. The completion for production of an existing well bore in
another formation from that in which the well has been previously completed.
Reservoir. A porous and permeable underground formation containing a
natural accumulation of producible oil and/or natural gas that is confined by
impermeable rock or water barriers and is individual and separate from other
reservoirs.
Royalty interest. An interest in an oil and natural gas property entitling
the owner to a share of oil or natural gas production free of costs of
production.
Undeveloped acreage. Lease acreage on which wells have not been drilled or
completed to a point that would permit the production of commercial quantities
of oil and natural gas regardless of whether such acreage contains proved
reserves.
Working interest. The operating interest that gives the owner the right to
drill, produce and conduct operating activities on the property and a share of
production.
Workover. Operations on a producing well to restore or increase production.
98
<PAGE> 100
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PAGE
----
<S> <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants.................... F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheet of Stone Energy Corporation as of
June 30, 1997 and December 31, 1996 and 1995.............. F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations of Stone Energy
Corporation for six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996
and the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994...... F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows of Stone Energy
Corporation for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and
1996 and the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994...................................................... F-5
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity of Stone Energy
Corporation for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the
years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.............. F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................. F-7
</TABLE>
F-1
<PAGE> 101
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
To the Stockholders of
Stone Energy Corporation:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Stone
Energy Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiary as of December 31,
1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Stone Energy Corporation and
subsidiary as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations
and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
New Orleans, Louisiana
February 28, 1997
F-2
<PAGE> 102
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, --------------------
1997 1996 1995
----------- -------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS,
EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents............................ $ 10,396 $ 9,864 $ 6,286
Marketable securities, at market..................... 16,003 10,331 10,232
Accounts receivable.................................. 11,247 12,466 7,247
Unbilled accounts receivable......................... 196 470 89
Other current assets................................. 432 94 612
-------- -------- --------
Total current assets......................... 38,274 33,225 24,466
Oil and gas properties -- full cost method of
accounting:
Proved, net of accumulated depreciation, depletion
and amortization of $137,192, $125,533 and
$106,277, respectively............................ 207,013 167,562 108,820
Unevaluated.......................................... 3,146 3,834 2,428
Building and land, net of accumulated depreciation of
$122, $79 and $0, respectively....................... 3,606 3,390 3,284
Other assets, net of accumulated depreciation and
amortization of $2,268, $2,058 and $4,177,
respectively......................................... 1,517 1,395 462
-------- -------- --------
Total assets................................. $253,556 $209,406 $139,460
======== ======== ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term loans................... $ 78 $ 76 $ 69
Advance payments..................................... 279 354 373
Accounts payable to vendors.......................... 27,620 17,651 10,980
Undistributed oil and gas proceeds................... 6,057 4,567 5,228
Other accrued liabilities............................ 1,512 3,894 2,437
-------- -------- --------
Total current liabilities.................... 35,546 26,542 19,087
Long-term loans........................................ 51,137 26,172 47,754
Deferred tax liability................................. 15,264 12,112 5,413
Other long-term liabilities............................ 2,079 139 279
-------- -------- --------
Total liabilities............................ 104,026 64,965 72,533
-------- -------- --------
Commitments and Contingencies (see Note 9)
Common Stock, $.01 par value; authorized 25,000,000
shares; issued and outstanding 15,015,408, 15,015,408
and 11,792,349 shares, respectively.................. 150 150 118
Paid-in capital........................................ 118,502 118,606 52,157
Retained earnings...................................... 30,878 25,685 14,652
-------- -------- --------
Total equity................................. 149,530 144,441 66,927
-------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and equity................. $253,556 $209,406 $139,460
======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated balance sheet.
F-3
<PAGE> 103
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE 30, YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------- ---------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
(UNAUDITED)
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Revenues:
Oil and gas production............... $29,005 $28,391 $55,839 $38,693 $31,179
Overhead reimbursements and
management fees................... 255 365 814 522 444
Other income......................... 639 740 1,312 1,336 1,264
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total revenues............... 29,899 29,496 57,965 40,551 32,887
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Expenses:
Normal lease operating expenses...... 4,362 3,968 8,625 6,294 5,312
Major maintenance expenses........... 486 260 427 446 1,834
Production taxes..................... 1,499 1,511 3,399 3,057 2,303
Depreciation, depletion and
amortization...................... 11,929 10,334 19,564 15,719 11,569
Interest............................. 1,103 1,537 3,574 2,191 982
Salaries and other employee costs
.................................. 1,047 951 2,062 1,663 1,566
Incentive compensation plan.......... 316 278 928 85 1,358
General and administrative costs .... 712 711 1,447 1,635 1,533
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total expenses............... 21,454 19,550 40,026 31,090 26,457
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net income before income taxes......... 8,445 9,946 17,939 9,461 6,430
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Provision for income taxes:
Current.............................. 100 122 208 131 --
Deferred............................. 3,152 3,707 6,698 3,514 2,410
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Total income taxes........... 3,252 3,829 6,906 3,645 2,410
------- ------- ------- ------- -------
Net income............................. $ 5,193 $ 6,117 $11,033 $ 5,816 $ 4,020
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Earnings per common share (see Note 1):
Net income per share................. $ 0.33 $ 0.51 $ 0.89 $ 0.49 $ 0.34
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Net income per share assuming full
dilution.......................... $ 0.33 $ 0.51 $ 0.88 $ 0.49 $ 0.34
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Average shares outstanding........... 15,312 11,954 12,356 11,818 11,801
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
Average shares outstanding assuming
full dilution..................... 15,327 11,954 12,486 11,847 11,870
======= ======= ======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.
F-4
<PAGE> 104
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SIX MONTHS
ENDED JUNE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
-------------------- --------------------------------
1997 1996 1996 1995 1994
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
(UNAUDITED)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
) (DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income.......................................... $ 5,193 $ 6,117 $ 11,033 $ 5,816 $ 4,020
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization ......... 11,929 10,334 19,564 15,719 11,569
Provision for deferred income taxes............... 3,152 3,707 6,698 3,514 2,410
Gain on sale of other assets...................... -- -- -- -- (88)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
20,274 20,158 37,295 25,049 17,911
(Increase) decrease in marketable securities........ (5,672) (5,760) (99) 4,964 (15,196)
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable ......... 1,493 (1,835) (5,600) 426 850
(Increase) decrease in other current assets ........ (356) (28) 518 (370) 904
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities ......... (967) 300 777 (2,260) 5,586
Deferred financing costs............................ -- -- (418) (151) (128)
Other............................................... 1,942 (16) (140) (159) (318)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by operating activities............. 16,714 12,819 32,333 27,499 9,609
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Investment in oil and gas properties................ (40,453) (16,321) (72,733) (48,122) (41,174)
Sale of reserves in place........................... -- -- -- -- 2,011
Proceeds from sale of other assets.................. -- -- -- -- 179
Purchase of building and land, building additions
and renovations................................... (260) -- (185) (3,284) --
Other asset additions............................... (332) (191) (743) (101) (148)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash used in investing activities................. (41,045) (16,512) (73,661) (51,507) (39,132)
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from borrowings............................ 25,000 9,000 49,000 30,098 22,725
Repayment of debt................................... (33) (4,034) (70,575) (5,000) (16,223)
Sale of common stock................................ (104) -- 66,446 -- --
Exercise of stock options........................... -- 34 35 66 28
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net cash provided by financing activities............. 24,863 5,000 44,906 25,164 6,530
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
equivalents......................................... 532 1,307 3,578 1,156 (22,993)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year.......... 9,864 6,286 6,286 5,130 28,123
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year................ $ 10,396 $ 7,593 $ 9,864 $ 6,286 $ 5,130
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest (net of amount capitalized).............. $ 1,003 $ 1,496 $ 3,672 $ 1,927 $ 1,053
Income taxes...................................... 100 44 145 216 --
-------- -------- -------- -------- --------
$ 1,103 $ 1,540 $ 3,817 $ 2,143 $ 1,053
======== ======== ======== ======== ========
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.
F-5
<PAGE> 105
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
COMMON PAID-IN RETAINED
STOCK CAPITAL EARNINGS
------ -------- --------
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS)
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Balance, December 31, 1993................................. $118 $ 52,063 $ 4,816
Net income............................................... -- -- 4,020
Exercise of stock options................................ 28 --
---- -------- -------
Balance, December 31, 1994................................. 118 52,091 8,836
Net income............................................... -- -- 5,816
Exercise of stock options................................ 66 --
---- -------- -------
Balance, December 31, 1995................................. 118 52,157 14,652
Net income............................................... -- -- 11,033
Sale of common stock..................................... 32 66,414 --
Exercise of stock options................................ 35 --
---- -------- -------
Balance, December 31, 1996................................. 150 118,606 25,685
Net income............................................... -- -- 5,193
Expenses for sale of common stock........................ -- (104) --
---- -------- -------
Balance, June 30, 1997 (unaudited)......................... $150 $118,502 $30,878
==== ======== =======
</TABLE>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this consolidated statement.
F-6
<PAGE> 106
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
Stone Energy Corporation (the "Company" or "Stone Energy") is an
independent oil and gas company primarily engaged in the acquisition,
exploitation and operation of producing oil and gas properties located in the
Gulf Coast Basin. The Company's business strategy is focused on the acquisition
of mature properties with established production history that have significant
exploitation and development potential. Since implementing its present business
strategy in 1989, Stone Energy has acquired 14 properties, net of dispositions,
that comprise its asset base -- eight offshore and six onshore Louisiana. The
Company is headquartered in Lafayette, Louisiana, with additional offices in New
Orleans and Houston.
The Company was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware in March
1993 to become a holding company for The Stone Petroleum Corporation ("TSPC")
and its subsidiaries and interests in certain partnerships (the "Acquisition
Partnerships").
A summary of significant accounting policies followed in the preparation of
the accompanying consolidated financial statements is set forth below:
Consolidation:
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its proportionate share of the Acquisition Partnerships; TSPC, a
wholly-owned subsidiary organized in June 1981 and TSPC's proportionate share of
managed limited partnerships. In December 1996, TSPC adopted a plan of
dissolution whereby a majority of its assets are to be transferred to the
Company. Any assets necessary to satisfy any known liabilities will remain in
TSPC. In December 1994, Cut Off Corporation ("Cut Off"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of TSPC organized in May 1991, was merged into TSPC. The accounts of
Cut Off were included in the consolidated financial statements prior to the
merger. In December 1993, The Stone Programs Corporation ("Programs"), a
wholly-owned subsidiary of TSPC organized in March 1976 as a broker dealer, was
liquidated and The Stone Properties Corporation ("Properties"), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of TSPC organized in August 1990, was merged into TSPC. Prior to such
liquidation and merger, the accounts of both Programs and Properties were
included in the consolidated financial statements. Both Properties and Cut Off
were organized for the purpose of purchasing certain oil and gas properties and
conducting related development and operational activities. All intercompany
balances and transactions are eliminated.
Use of Estimates:
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates
are used primarily when accounting for depreciation, depletion and amortization,
taxes and contingencies.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments:
Fair value of cash, cash equivalents, net accounts receivable, accounts
payable and debt approximates book value at December 31, 1996.
F-7
<PAGE> 107
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
Oil and Gas Properties:
The Company follows the full cost method of accounting for oil and gas
properties. Under this method, all acquisition, exploration and development
costs, including certain related employee costs and general and administrative
costs (less any reimbursements for such costs), incurred for the purpose of
finding oil and gas are capitalized. Such amounts include the cost of drilling
and equipping productive wells, dry hole costs, lease acquisition costs, delay
rentals and other costs related to such activities. Employee, general and
administrative costs that are capitalized include salaries and all related
fringe benefits paid to employees directly engaged in the acquisition,
exploration and development of oil and gas properties, as well as all other
directly identifiable general and administrative costs associated with such
activities, such as rentals, utilities and insurance. Fees received from managed
partnerships for providing such services are accounted for as a reduction of
capitalized costs. Employee, general and administrative costs associated with
production operations and general corporate activities are expensed in the
period incurred.
The Company amortizes its investment in oil and gas properties using the
future gross revenue method, a unit of production method, whereby the annual
provision for depreciation, depletion and amortization is computed by dividing
revenue produced during the period by future gross revenues at the beginning of
the period, and applying the resulting rate to the cost of oil and gas
properties, including estimated future development, restoration, dismantlement
and abandonment costs. Additionally, the capitalized costs of oil and gas
properties cannot exceed the present value of the estimated net cash flow from
its proved reserves, together with the lower of cost or estimated fair value of
its unevaluated properties (the full cost ceiling). Transactions involving sales
of reserves in place, unless extraordinarily large portions of reserves are
involved, are recorded as adjustments to the reserves for accumulated
depreciation, depletion and amortization.
Oil and gas properties include $3,834 and $2,428 of unevaluated properties
and related costs that are not being amortized at December 31, 1996 and 1995,
respectively. These costs are associated with the acquisition and evaluation of
unproved properties and major development projects expected to entail
significant costs to ascertain quantities of proved reserves. The unevaluated
costs at December 31, 1996 relate to acquisition and development costs incurred
during 1996, and at December 31, 1995 relate to acquisition costs incurred in
1994. The Company currently believes that the unevaluated properties at December
31, 1996 will be evaluated within one to 24 months. The excluded costs and
related proved reserves will be included in the amortization base as the
properties are evaluated and proved reserves are established or impairment is
determined. Interest capitalized on unevaluated properties during the years
ended December 31, 1996 and 1995 was $90 and $246, respectively.
In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 121 ("SFAS No. 121"),
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and For Long-Lived Assets to
be Disposed of." The Company adopted SFAS No. 121 in 1996. The effect of
adopting SFAS No. 121 was not material.
Cash and Cash Equivalents:
The Company considers all highly liquid investments in overnight securities
through its commercial bank accounts, which result in available funds on the
next business day, to be cash and cash equivalents.
F-8
<PAGE> 108
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
Marketable Securities:
The Company has retained a third-party investment firm to manage its
portfolio of short-term marketable securities, which are actively and frequently
bought and sold with the primary objective of generating profits on the
short-term differences in prices. Thus, the related security investments are
classified as trading securities, which are marked to market in accordance with
SFAS No. 115. All realized and unrealized gains and losses are included in
current operating results. The securities included in the portfolio are
primarily U.S. Treasury obligations and mortgage-backed securities with an
average maturity of not more than 180 days.
Income Taxes:
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109.
Provisions for income taxes include deferred taxes resulting primarily from
temporary differences due to different reporting methods for oil and gas
properties for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. For
financial reporting purposes, all exploratory and development expenditures are
capitalized and depreciated, depleted and amortized on the future gross revenue
method. For income tax purposes, only the equipment and leasehold costs relative
to successful wells are capitalized and recovered through depreciation or
depletion. Generally, most other exploratory and development costs are charged
to expense as incurred; however, the Company uses certain provisions of the
Internal Revenue Code which allow capitalization of intangible drilling costs
where management deems appropriate. Other financial and income tax reporting
differences occur as a result of statutory depletion, different reporting
methods for sales of oil and gas reserves in place, and different reporting
periods used in accounting for income and costs arising from oil and gas
operations conducted through tax partnerships.
Gas Production Revenues:
The Company records as revenue only that portion of gas production sold and
allocable to its ownership interest in the related well. Any gas production
proceeds received in excess of its ownership interest are reflected as a
liability in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. Revenues
relating to gas production to which the Company is entitled but for which the
Company has not received payment are not recorded in the consolidated financial
statements until compensation is received.
Net under-balanced production positions at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are
immaterial.
Earnings Per Common Share:
Earnings per share for each of the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996
and the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, was computed by dividing
net earnings by the sum of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the
Company, plus Common Stock Equivalents, thereby reflecting the dilutive effect
of stock options granted to outside directors and certain employees on various
dates through December 31, 1996 (see Note 10).
In February 1997, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 128 ("SFAS No. 128"), "Earnings Per Share," which simplifies the
computation of earnings per share (EPS). SFAS No. 128 is effective for financial
statements issued for periods ending after December 15, 1997, and requires
restatement for all prior period EPS data presented. Pro forma EPS and EPS
assuming dilution calculated in accordance with SFAS No. 128 totaled $0.35 and
$0.34 per share, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 1997, and $0.52
and $0.51 per share, respectively, for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
F-9
<PAGE> 109
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
Building and Land:
The Company records building and land at cost. The Company's office
building is being depreciated for financial statement purposes on the
straight-line method over its estimated useful life.
Hedging Activities:
From time to time, the Company has utilized futures and hedging activities
in order to reduce the effect of product price volatility. The resulting gains
or losses on hedging contracts are accounted for as revenues from oil and gas
production in the financial statements.
NOTE 2 -- ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND ADVANCE PAYMENTS:
In its capacity as operator, manager and/or sponsor for its partners and
other co-venturers, the Company incurs drilling and other costs and receives
payment for advance billings for drilling, all of which are billed to the
respective parties. Accounts receivable and advance payments were comprised of
the following amounts:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------
1996 1995
------- -------
<S> <C> <C>
Accounts Receivable --
Managed partnerships...................................... $ 1,687 $ 447
Other co-venturers........................................ 1,136 1,364
Trade..................................................... 9,637 5,432
Officers and employees.................................... 6 4
------- -------
$12,466 $ 7,247
======= =======
Advance Payments --
Managed partnerships...................................... $ -- $ 216
Other co-venturers........................................ 256 56
Trade..................................................... 98 101
------- -------
$ 354 $ 373
======= =======
</TABLE>
Costs incurred but not yet billed to the managed partnerships and other
co-venturers at December 31, 1996 and 1995 amounted to $470 and $89,
respectively.
F-10
<PAGE> 110
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
NOTE 3 -- INVESTMENT IN OIL AND GAS PROPERTIES:
The following table discloses certain financial data relative to the
Company's oil and gas producing activities, which are located onshore and
offshore the continental United States:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------
1996 1995 1994
--------- --------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Costs incurred during year:
Capitalized --
Acquisition costs:
Proved......................................... $ 24,522 $ 8,104 $ 6,711
Unevaluated.................................... 2,065 -- 5,080
Investments posted as performance bonds.......... 63 (30) (326)
Exploratory drilling............................. 26,339 8,261 4,719
Development drilling:
Proved......................................... 22,321 27,383 18,345
Unevaluated.................................... 1,769 -- 3,896
General and administrative costs................. 3,238 2,743 3,708
Less: overhead reimbursements, management fees
and repromotion income......................... (913) (953) (959)
--------- --------- --------
$ 79,404 $ 45,508 $ 41,174
========= ========= ========
Charged to expenses --
Operating costs:
Normal lease operating expenses................ $ 8,625 $ 6,294 $ 5,312
Major maintenance expenses..................... 427 446 1,834
--------- --------- --------
Total operating costs............................ 9,052 6,740 7,146
Production taxes................................. 3,399 3,057 2,303
--------- --------- --------
$ 12,451 $ 9,797 $ 9,449
========= ========= ========
Depreciation, depletion and amortization.............. $ 19,256 $ 15,551 $ 11,420
========= ========= ========
Oil and gas properties --
Balance, beginning of year.......................... $ 217,525 $ 172,017 $130,843
Additions........................................... 79,404 45,508 41,174
--------- --------- --------
Balance, end of year................................ 296,929 217,525 172,017
--------- --------- --------
Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization--
Balance, beginning of year.......................... (106,277) (90,726) (70,746)
Provision for depreciation, depletion and
amortization..................................... (19,256) (15,551) (11,420)
Sale of reserves.................................... -- -- (2,011)
Cancellation of loan................................ -- -- (1,126)
Cancellation of production payment loan............. -- -- (5,423)
--------- --------- --------
Balance, end of year................................ (125,533) (106,277) (90,726)
--------- --------- --------
Net capitalized costs (proved and unevaluated)........ $ 171,396 $ 111,248 $ 81,291
========= ========= ========
</TABLE>
In November 1994, the Company sold to Nuevo Energy Company ("Nuevo") all of
the interests in 11 oil and gas fields located in Louisiana, Mississippi and
Oklahoma owned by the Company and certain of its affiliates. The Company
received $2,011 of the total of $9,480 of sales proceeds, the balance of
F-11
<PAGE> 111
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
which was attributable to the interests of other participants in limited
partnerships and joint ventures formed during the period of 1980 through 1985.
The proved reserves of the properties sold comprised approximately 3% of the
Company's total estimated proved reserves as of December 31, 1994. Therefore,
the sale was recorded as an adjustment to the reserve for accumulated
depreciation, depletion and amortization.
In addition to the cash received, the Company's obligation of $5,423 with
respect to a production payment owed to Energy Assets International Corporation
("EAI"), an affiliate of Nuevo, was terminated. The transaction was recorded as
an adjustment to the reserve for accumulated depreciation, depletion and
amortization.
NOTE 4 -- INCOME TAXES:
The Company follows the provisions of SFAS No. 109, "Accounting For Income
Taxes," which provides for recognition of a deferred tax asset for deductible
temporary timing differences, operating loss carryforwards, statutory depletion
carryforwards and tax credit carryforwards net of a "valuation allowance." An
analysis of the Company's deferred tax liability follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
--------------------
1996 1995
-------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
Net operating loss carryforwards............................ $ 1,224 $ 5,335
Statutory depletion carryforward............................ 4,463 3,857
Investment tax credit carryforward.......................... 887 1,967
Alternative minimum tax credit.............................. 447 239
Temporary differences:
Oil and gas properties -- full cost....................... (18,794) (15,223)
Other..................................................... (339) (487)
-------- --------
(12,112) (4,312)
Valuation allowance......................................... 0 (1,101)
-------- --------
$(12,112) $ (5,413)
======== ========
</TABLE>
For tax reporting purposes, the Company had operating loss carryforwards of
$3,180 and investment tax credit carryforwards of $887 at December 31, 1996. If
not utilized, such carryforwards would begin expiring in 1997 and would
completely expire by the year 2007. Because of tax rules relating to changes in
corporate ownership and computations required to be made on a separate entity
basis, the utilization by the Company of these benefit carryforwards in reducing
its tax liability is restricted. Additionally, the Company had available for tax
reporting purposes $11,592 in statutory depletion deductions that may be carried
forward indefinitely. Recognition of a deferred tax asset associated with these
carryforwards is dependent upon the Company's evaluation that it is more likely
than not that the asset will ultimately be realized. As of December 31, 1995,
the valuation allowance was increased due to revised estimates of investment tax
credits that the Company believed more likely than not would expire prior to
their utilization. The valuation allowance was eliminated at December 31, 1996
as the corresponding investment tax credits expired unutilized.
F-12
<PAGE> 112
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
Reconciliations between the statutory federal income tax expense (benefit)
rate and the Company's effective income tax expense rate as a percentage of
income before income taxes were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1996 1995 1994
---- ---- ----
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Income taxes computed at the statutory federal income
tax rate.............................................. 35% 35% 35%
Changes in valuation allowance.......................... -- -- 9
State tax and other..................................... 4 4 (7)
--- --- ---
Effective income tax rate............................... 39% 39% 37%
=== === ===
</TABLE>
NOTE 5 -- LONG-TERM LOANS:
Long-term loans consisted of the following at:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
JUNE 30, ------------------
1997 1996 1995
-------- ------- -------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Unsecured revolving credit facility with NationsBank
of Texas, N.A. ("NationsBank") (described
below)............................................ $48,073 $23,073 $44,573
Term Loan Agreement with First National Bank of
Commerce ("FNBC") with interest at 7.45%.......... 3,142 3,175 3,250
Less: portion due within one year................... (78) (76) (69)
------- ------- -------
Total long-term loans..................... $51,137 $26,172 $47,754
======= ======= =======
</TABLE>
Aggregate minimum principal payments at December 31, 1996 for the next five
years are as follows: 1997 -- $76, 1998 -- $81, 1999 -- $23,161, 2000 -- $94 and
2001 -- $2,843.
On July 30, 1997, the Company executed its Third Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement with NationsBank, as agent for a group of banks. The total
facility amount of $150,000 is comprised of a three-year revolving credit loan
and a term loan due on January 1, 1999. Current availability of the facility is
$130,000, and the current weighted average interest rate of the facility is 7.3%
per annum. As of August 1, 1997, the total outstanding principal balance was
$79,073 and letters of credit totaling $6,522 have been issued pursuant to the
facility.
The revolver provides for total availability of $100,000, with a limitation
on total outstanding borrowings based on a borrowing base amount established by
the banks for the Company's oil and gas properties, which currently is $80,000.
The term loan of $50,000 was established to finance the acquisition of the
Vermilion Block 255 Field and certain development costs. If the term loan is
outstanding on March 1, 1998, the banks have the right to redetermine the
borrowing base of the facility which could result in an acceleration of the
payments due under the term loan.
On November 30, 1995, the Company executed a term loan agreement with FNBC
in the original principal amount of $3,250 to finance the purchase of the
Company's office building (see Note 6). The loan has a five-year term bearing
interest at the rate of 7.45% over the entire term of the loan. Payments of $26
are due monthly and are based upon a 20-year amortization period. The
indebtedness under the agreement is collateralized by the building.
F-13
<PAGE> 113
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
The terms of the NationsBank and FNBC agreements contain, among other
provisions, requirements for maintaining defined levels of working capital and
tangible net worth.
NOTE 6 -- TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES:
The Company receives certain fees as a result of its function as managing
partner of certain partnerships. For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994, the Company generated management fees and overhead reimbursements from
partnerships amounting to $744, $851 and $637, respectively, the majority of
which was treated as a reduction of the investment in oil and gas properties.
The Company collects and distributes production revenues as managing
partner for the partnerships' interests in oil and gas properties. At December
31, 1995, $858 was included in undistributed oil and gas proceeds that was
identified as distributable to partners in the partnerships.
TSPC leased office space in a building owned by RiverStone Associates, an
affiliate, from 1982 through November 30, 1995, on which date the building and
related land were purchased by the Company. The entire purchase price of $3,250
was paid to the holder of the first mortgage on the property. RiverStone
Associates and its partners did not receive any of the sales proceeds, nor were
any such parties relieved of any personal liability as a result of the sale.
James H. Stone and Joe R. Klutts, each an officer and director of the Company,
are partners in RiverStone Associates. The sale was approved by the
disinterested members of the Board of Directors. The Company and TSPC incurred
net rent expense of $633 and $702, respectively, during the years ended December
31, 1995 and 1994.
In December 1994, the Company sold a residential townhouse located in
Houston, Texas to Frantzen/Voelker Investments, L.L.C. ("Frantzen/Voelker") for
$77. David Voelker, a director of the Company, is a principal of
Frantzen/Voelker. The sales price was based upon an appraisal of the property by
an independent third party and the sale was approved by the disinterested
members of the Board of Directors.
The Company's interests in certain oil and gas properties are burdened by
various net profit interests granted at the time of acquisition to certain
officers and other employees of the Company. Such net profit interest owners do
not receive any cash distributions until the Company has recovered all of its
acquisition, development, financing and operating costs. Management believes the
estimated value of such interests at the time of acquisition is not material to
the Company's financial position or results of operations.
Certain officers and directors are working interest owners in properties
operated by the Company and are billed and pay their proportionate share of
drilling and operating costs in the normal course of business.
NOTE 7 -- HEDGING ACTIVITIES:
In order to reduce its exposure to the possibility of declining oil and gas
prices, the Company hedges with third parties certain of its crude oil and
natural gas production in various swap agreement contracts. The crude oil
contracts are tied to the price of NYMEX light sweet crude oil futures and are
settled monthly based on the differences between contract prices and the average
NYMEX prices for that month applied to the related contract volumes. Settlement
for gas swap contracts is based on the average of the last three days of trade
on the NYMEX for each month of the swap.
F-14
<PAGE> 114
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
As of February 28, 1997, the Company's forward position was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OIL GAS
---------------- -------------------
AVERAGE AVERAGE
PRICE PRICE
MBBLS ($/BBL) BBTU ($/MMBTU)
----- ------- ------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1997........................................ 165 $20.76 2,865 $ 2.556
</TABLE>
The fair market value of the hedging contracts was ($434) at December 31,
1996. For the six months ended June 30, 1997 and the years ended December 31,
1996 and 1995, net oil and gas hedging losses of $726, $3,801 and $11,
respectively, were treated as a reduction of revenues from oil and gas
production. As of August 15, 1997, the Company had no forward positions.
NOTE 8 -- COMMON STOCK:
On November 19, 1996, the Company completed an underwritten public offering
of 3,680,000 shares of Common Stock at a price to the public of $21.75 per
share. The shares offered included 3,221,159 shares sold by the Company (480,000
shares of which represented the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment
option) and 458,841 shares sold by certain selling stockholders. This offering
resulted in the receipt by the Company of cash proceeds (net of $217 of offering
costs) totaling approximately $66,446. The Company used a portion of the
proceeds to retire a term loan incurred to finance the cost of acquisitions and
certain development projects performed in the third quarter of 1996 (see Note
5), and the remainder was used to repay a portion of the outstanding
indebtedness under its revolving bank credit facility.
NOTE 9 -- COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
The Company leases office facilities in New Orleans, Louisiana under the
terms of a long-term non-cancelable lease expiring on March 15, 1998. Office
facilities in Lafayette, Louisiana were leased through November 30, 1995, on
which date the Company purchased the building (see Note 6). Additionally, the
Company leases automobiles under terms of non-cancelable leases expiring at
various dates through 1999. The minimum net annual commitments under all leases,
subleases and contracts noted above at December 31, 1996 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
1997........................................................ $100
1998........................................................ 40
1999........................................................ 14
</TABLE>
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was
approximately $114, $727 and $793, respectively.
The Company is the managing general partner of eight partnerships and is
contingently liable for any recourse debts and other liabilities that result
from their operations. Management currently is not aware of the existence of any
such liabilities that would have a material impact on the future operations of
the Company.
In August 1989, the Company was advised by the EPA that it believed the
Company to be a potentially responsible party (a "PRP") for the cleanup of an
oil field waste disposal facility located near Abbeville, Louisiana, which was
included on CERCLA's National Priority List (the "Superfund List") by the EPA in
March 1989. In addition to the Company, approximately 370 other companies have
been named as being potentially responsible for the cleanup of the site. While
the Company's records do not
F-15
<PAGE> 115
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
indicate that any drilling wastes generated by the Company were disposed of at
this site, it is possible that one or more waste haulers contracted by the
Company may have disposed of wastes at this site. Given the extremely large
number of PRPs at this site, management does not believe that any liability for
this site would materially adversely affect the financial condition of the
Company.
In August 1989, the Company was advised by the EPA that it believed the
Company to be a PRP for the cleanup of an oil field waste disposal facility
located adjacent to the site described above. This site is presently owned by a
subsidiary of Dow Chemical Corporation that performed remediation activities at
this site in 1987 before it was placed on the Superfund List by the EPA in
October 1989. The Company entered into a settlement agreement with Dow Chemical
Corporation on September 16, 1996, releasing the Company from any anticipated
claims at this site. The Company paid Dow $50 in connection with such
settlement.
In December 1995, Goodrich Leasehold L.L.C. and Goodrich Drillers L.L.C.
filed a civil action in the 333rd Judicial District Court, Harris County, Texas,
against the Company in an attempt to set aside a Farmout Agreement affecting
portions of the West Flank of the Weeks Island field in Iberia Parish,
Louisiana. Management believes that this claim is without merit and intends to
vigorously defend this action.
The Company is contingently liable to a surety insurance company in the
aggregate amount of $12,174 relative to bonds issued on its behalf to the U.S.
Minerals Management Service ("MMS") and certain third parties from which it
purchased oil and gas working interests. The bonds represent guarantees by the
surety insurance company that the Company will operate offshore in accordance
with MMS rules and regulations and perform certain plugging and abandonment
obligations as specified by the applicable working interest purchase and sale
contracts.
The Company is also named as a defendant in certain lawsuits and is a party
to certain regulatory proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business.
Management does not expect these matters, individually or in the aggregate, to
have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company.
OPA imposes ongoing requirements on a responsible party, including the
preparation of oil spill response plans and proof of financial responsibility to
cover environmental cleanup and restoration costs that could be incurred in
connection with an oil spill. As amended by the Coast Guard Authorization Act of
1996, OPA requires responsible parties for offshore facilities to provide
financial assurance in the amount of $35,000 cover potential OPA liabilities.
This amount can be increased up to $150,000 if a formal risk assessment
indicates that an amount higher than $35,000 should be required. The Company
does not anticipate that it will experience any difficulty in satisfying the
MMS's requirements for demonstrative financial responsibility under OPA.
In 1996, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants issued its
Statement of Position 96-1 ("SOP 96-1"), which provides guidance on accounting
for environmental remediation liabilities. SOP 96-1 interprets existing
Financial Accounting Standards Board standards applicable to public companies.
The Company will apply SOP 96-1 starting in 1997. The Company believes adoption
of SOP 96-1 will not have a material effect on its results of operations or
financial position.
NOTE 10 -- EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS:
The Company entered into deferred compensation and disability agreements
with certain of its employees whereby the Company has purchased split-dollar
life insurance policies to provide certain
F-16
<PAGE> 116
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
retirement and death benefits for the employees and death benefits payable to
the Company. The aggregate death benefit of the policies is $3,473 at December
31, 1996, of which $2,400 is payable to employees or their beneficiaries and
$1,073 is payable to the Company. Total cash surrender value of the policies,
net of related surrender charges at December 31, 1996, was approximately $748.
Additionally, the benefits under the deferred compensation agreements vest after
certain periods of employment, and at December 31, 1996, the liability for such
vested benefits was approximately $710. The difference between the actuarial
determined liability for retirement benefits or the vested amounts, where
applicable, and the net cash surrender value has been recorded as an other
long-term liability and is being amortized over the remaining term of the
various deferred compensation agreements.
The Company has adopted a series of incentive compensation plans designed
to align the interests of the executives and employees with those of its
stockholders. The following is a brief description of each of the plans.
i. The Annual Incentive Compensation Program provides for an annual
incentive bonus that ties incentives to the annual return on the
Company's Common Stock and also a comparison of the price performance
of the Common Stock to the average annual return on the shares of
stock of a peer group of companies with which the Company competes and
to the growth in net earnings, net cash flow and net asset value of
the Company. Incentive bonuses are awarded to participants based upon
individual performance factors.
ii. The Nonemployee Directors' Stock Option Plan provides for the
issuance of up to 250,000 shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of
such options granted pursuant to such plan. Generally, options
outstanding under the Nonemployee Directors' Stock Option Plan: (a)
are granted at prices that equate to the fair market value of the
Common Stock on date of grant, (b) vest ratably over a three year
service vesting period, and (c) expire five years subsequent to
award.
iii. The Company's Stock Option Plan provides for 850,000 shares of Common
Stock to be reserved for issuance pursuant to such plan. Under this
plan, the Company may grant both incentive stock options qualifying
under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and options that are
not qualified as incentive stock options. All such options: (a) must
have an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of the
Common Stock on the date of grant, (b) vest ratably over a five year
service vesting period, and (c) expire ten years subsequent to award.
iv. The 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan provides eligible employees with the
option to defer receipt of a portion of their compensation and the
Company may, at its discretion, match a portion or all of the
employee's deferral. The amounts held under the plan are invested in
various investment funds maintained by a third party in accordance
with the directions of each employee. An employee is 20% vested in the
Company's matching contributions (if any) for each year of service and
is fully vested upon five years of service with the Company. For the
years ended December 1996, 1995 and 1994, the Company contributed
$169, $168 and $134, respectively, to the plan.
In October 1995, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation," which became effective with respect to the Company in 1996. Under
SFAS No. 123, companies can either record expense based on the fair value of
stock-based compensation upon issuance or elect to remain under the current
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25") method whereby no
compensation cost is recognized upon grant if certain requirements are met. The
Company is continuing
F-17
<PAGE> 117
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
to account for its stock-based compensation under APB 25. However, pro forma
disclosures as if the Company adopted the cost recognition requirements under
SFAS No. 123 are presented below.
If the compensation cost for the Company's 1996 and 1995 grants for
stock-based compensation plans had been determined consistent with SFAS No. 123,
the Company's net income and earnings per common share for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1995 would have approximated the pro forma amounts below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
----------------------------------------------
1996 1995
--------------------- ---------------------
AS AS
REPORTED PRO FORMA REPORTED PRO FORMA
-------- --------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net income.............................. $11,033 $10,639 $5,816 $5,749
Earnings per common share:
Primary............................... $ 0.89 $ 0.86 $ 0.49 $ 0.49
Fully-diluted......................... $ 0.88 $ 0.85 $ 0.49 $ 0.49
</TABLE>
The effects of applying SFAS No. 123 in this pro forma disclosure are not
indicative of future amounts. SFAS No. 123 does not apply to grants prior to
1995, and additional awards in the future are anticipated.
A summary of the Company's stock options as of December 31, 1996 and 1995
and changes during the years ended on those dates is presented below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
------------------------------------------------------------
1996 1995 1994
------------------ ------------------ ------------------
WEIGHTED WEIGHTED WEIGHTED
NUMBER AVERAGE NUMBER AVERAGE NUMBER AVERAGE
OF EXERCISE OF EXERCISE OF EXERCISE
OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE OPTIONS PRICE
------- -------- ------- -------- ------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Outstanding at beginning of
year......................... 420,000 $12.33 248,000 $12.24 195,000 $12.37
Granted........................ 317,000 20.27 195,000 12.45 55,000 11.80
Expired........................ -- -- (18,000) 12.38 -- --
Exercised...................... (2,000) 12.38 (5,000) 12.38 (2,000) 12.38
------- ------- -------
Outstanding at end of year..... 735,000 $15.76 420,000 $12.33 248,000 $12.24
Options exercisable at
year-end..................... 180,667 $12.29 86,997 $12.23 37,665 $12.36
Options available for future
grant........................ 338,000 655,000 850,000
Weighted average fair value of
options granted during the
year......................... $ 12.95 $ 7.83
</TABLE>
The fair value of each option granted during the periods presented is
estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with
the following assumptions: (a) dividend yield of 0%, (b) expected volatility of
42.83% and 46.86% in the years 1996 and 1995, respectively, (c) risk-free
interest rate of 6.41% and 5.55% in the years 1996 and 1995, respectively, and
(d) expected life of 10 years for employee options and five years for director
options.
F-18
<PAGE> 118
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding
at December 31, 1996:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
OPTIONS OUTSTANDING
------------------------------------------------- OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
WEIGHTED ------------------------------
RANGE OF NUMBER AVERAGE NUMBER
EXERCISE OUTSTANDING REMAINING WEIGHTED AVERAGE EXERCISABLE WEIGHTED AVERAGE
PRICES AT 12/31/96 CONTRACTUAL LIFE EXERCISE PRICE AT 12/31/96 EXERCISE PRICE
-------- ----------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------- ----------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$11 -- $15........... 418,000 9.0 $12.33 180,667 $12.29
15 -- 19........... 25,000 5.0 17.81 -- --
19 -- 24........... 292,000 10.0 20.48 -- --
------- -------
735,000 9.3 15.76 180,667 12.29
======= =======
</TABLE>
NOTE 11 -- OIL AND GAS RESERVE INFORMATION -- UNAUDITED:
A majority of the Company's net proved oil and gas reserves at December 31,
1996 has been estimated by independent petroleum consultants in accordance with
guidelines established by the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC").
Accordingly, the following reserve estimates are based upon existing economic
and operating conditions at the respective dates.
There are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of
proved reserves and in providing the future rates of production and timing of
development expenditures. The following reserve data represents estimates only
and should not be construed as being exact. In addition, the present values
should not be construed as the current market value of the Company's oil and gas
properties or the cost that would be incurred to obtain equivalent reserves.
F-19
<PAGE> 119
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth an analysis of the Company's estimated
quantities of net proved and proved developed oil (including condensate) and
gas, all located onshore and offshore the continental United States:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NATURAL
OIL IN GAS
MBBLS IN MMCF
------ -------
<S> <C> <C>
Proved reserves as of December 31, 1993..................... 6,080 58,491
Revisions of previous estimates........................... (50) (7,579)
Extensions, discoveries and other additions............... 1,454 14,877
Purchase of producing properties.......................... 235 11,304
Sale of reserves.......................................... (151) (2,179)
Production................................................ (1,113) (6,629)
------ -------
Proved reserves as of December 31, 1994..................... 6,455 68,285
Revisions of previous estimates........................... 476 1,208
Extensions, discoveries and other additions............... 399 13,478
Purchase of producing properties.......................... 2,054 6,607
Production................................................ (1,399) (8,399)
------ -------
Proved reserves as of December 31, 1995..................... 7,985 81,179
Revisions of previous estimates........................... (783) (4,025)
Extensions, discoveries and other additions............... 5,526 37,175
Purchase of producing properties.......................... 1,400 41,318
Production................................................ (1,356) (11,331)
------ -------
Proved reserves as of December 31, 1996..................... 12,772 144,316
====== =======
Proved developed reserves:
as of December 31, 1994................................... 5,840 52,215
====== =======
as of December 31, 1995................................... 7,055 67,797
====== =======
as of December 31, 1996................................... 9,260 109,628
====== =======
</TABLE>
F-20
<PAGE> 120
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
The following tables present the standardized measure of future net cash
flows related to proved oil and gas reserves together with changes therein, as
defined by the FASB. The oil, condensate and gas price structure utilized to
project future net cash flows reflects current prices at each year end and has
been escalated only where known and determinable price changes are provided by
contracts and law. Future production and development costs are based on current
costs with no escalations. Estimated future cash flows net of future income
taxes have been discounted to their present values based on a 10% annual
discount rate.
Crude oil and natural gas prices have declined from year-end 1996 to
February 28, 1997. Accordingly, the discounted future net cash flows would be
reduced if the standardized measure was calculated at the latter date. As a
result of the continued volatility in oil and natural gas markets, future prices
received from oil, condensate and natural gas sales may be higher or lower than
current levels.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
STANDARDIZED MEASURE
DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------
1996 1995 1994
--------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Future cash flows............................ $ 894,418 $347,796 $225,345
Future production and development costs...... (187,715) (89,739) (80,339)
Future income taxes.......................... (198,637) (56,146) (26,629)
--------- -------- --------
Future net cash flows........................ 508,066 201,911 118,377
10% annual discount.......................... (178,728) (57,121) (35,309)
--------- -------- --------
Standardized measure of discounted future net
cash flows................................ $ 329,338 $144,790 $ 83,068
========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CHANGES IN STANDARDIZED MEASURE
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
---------------------------------
1996 1995 1994
--------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Standardized measure at beginning of year...... $ 144,790 $ 83,068 $ 84,404
Sales and transfers of oil and gas produced,
net of production costs...................... (43,389) (28,897) (21,730)
Changes in price, net of future production
costs........................................ 81,428 39,592 (15,388)
Extensions and discoveries, net of future
production and development costs............. 156,804 25,927 24,318
Changes in estimated future development costs,
net of development costs incurred during the
period....................................... (13,214) 6,717 (95)
Revisions of quantity estimates................ (19,372) 5,867 (7,745)
Accretion of discount.......................... 17,837 9,739 10,471
Net change in income taxes..................... (80,443) (19,257) 5,986
Purchase of reserves in place.................. 105,035 22,039 8,382
Sale of reserves in place...................... -- -- (4,994)
Changes in production rates (timing) and
other........................................ (20,138) (5) (541)
--------- -------- --------
Standardized measure at end of year............ $ 329,338 $144,790 $ 83,068
========= ======== ========
</TABLE>
F-21
<PAGE> 121
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
NOTE 12 -- SUMMARIZED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION -- UNAUDITED:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FULLY
PRIMARY DILUTED
EARNINGS EARNINGS
NET PER PER
REVENUES EXPENSES INCOME SHARE SHARE
-------- -------- ------- -------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
1996
First Quarter................................ $15,093 $11,831 $ 3,262 $0.27 $0.27
Second Quarter............................... 14,403 11,548 2,855 0.24 0.24
Third Quarter................................ 13,251 11,230 2,021 0.17 0.17
Fourth Quarter............................... 15,218 12,323 2,895 0.21 0.20
------- ------- ------- ----- -----
$57,965 $46,932 $11,033 $0.89 $0.88
======= ======= ======= ===== =====
1995
First Quarter................................ $ 8,176 $ 7,340 $ 836 $0.07 $0.07
Second Quarter............................... 10,278 8,693 1,585 0.13 0.13
Third Quarter................................ 10,656 9,060 1,596 0.14 0.14
Fourth Quarter............................... 11,441 9,642 1,799 0.15 0.15
------- ------- ------- ----- -----
$40,551 $34,735 $ 5,816 $0.49 $0.49
======= ======= ======= ===== =====
</TABLE>
NOTE 13 -- NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS:
In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income" and SFAS No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and
Related Information." SFAS No. 130 establishes standards for reporting and
display of comprehensive income in the financial statements. Comprehensive
income is the total of net income and all other nonowner changes in equity. SFAS
No. 131 requires that companies disclose segment data based on how management
makes decisions about allocating resources to segments and measuring their
performance. SFAS Nos. 130 and 131 are effective for 1998. Adoption of these
standards is not expected to have an effect on the Company's financial
statements, financial position or results of operations.
NOTE 14 -- SUBSEQUENT EVENTS:
The Company purchased certain interests in Vermilion Block 255 Field for
$36,600 on August 1, 1997. The field consists of interests in four Vermilion
blocks (255, 256, 267 and 268), and the working interests acquired range from
66.7% to 83.3%. The effective date of the acquisition was April 1, 1997, and net
cash flow from the property from April through July 1997, estimated at $2,400,
will be recorded as a reduction of the investment in the property. In addition
to the purchase price, the Company provided a bond in the amount of $8,800 to
secure abandonment obligations.
On August 8, 1997, the Company purchased for $1,500 the 80% working
interest of Nuevo Energy Company in its South Timbalier Block 8 Field, offshore
Louisiana, giving the Company a 98% working interest in approximately 1,592
acres in this field. The effective date of the transaction was June 1, 1997.
F-22
<PAGE> 122
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
(DOLLAR AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
(INFORMATION SUBSEQUENT TO DECEMBER 31, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
NOTE 15 -- UNAUDITED INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS:
The unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial
information and Rule 10.01 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include
all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting
principles for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all
adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary
for a fair presentation have been included. Operation results for the six months
ended June 30, 1997, are not necessarily indicative of results for the full
year.
F-23
<PAGE> 123
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS
ITEM 20. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
The Registrant has authority under Section 145 of the General Corporation
Law of the State of Delaware to indemnify its officers, directors, employees and
agents to the extent provided in such statute. Article VI of the Registrant's
Bylaws, referenced as Exhibit 3.2 hereto, provides for indemnification of the
Registrant's officers, directors, employees and agents.
Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits the limitation
of directors' personal liability to the Registrant or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director except in certain
situations including the breach of a director's duty of loyalty or acts or
omissions not made in good faith. Article Ninth of the Registrant's Certificate
of Incorporation limits directors' personal liability to the extent permitted by
Section 102.
Article VI of the Registrant's Bylaws provides that the Registrant may
maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any of its directors,
officers, employees or agents or any person serving at the request of the
Registrant as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any expense,
liability or loss, whether or not the Registrant would have the power to
indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware
General Corporation Law.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") may be permitted to directors,
officers or persons controlling the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, the Registrant has been informed that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy
as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
ITEM 21. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL SCHEDULES
The following instruments and documents are included as Exhibits to this
Registration Statement. Exhibits incorporated by reference are so indicated by
parenthetical information.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. EXHIBIT
----------- -------
<C> <S> <C>
3.1 -- Certificate of Incorporation of Registration, as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-62362))
3.2 -- Restated Bylaws of Registrant (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-62362))
*4.1 -- Indenture dated as of September 19, 1997 among the Company,
as issuer, and Texas Commerce Bank National Association, as
trustee
*4.2 -- Registration Agreement dated September 19, 1997 by and among
the Company and Salomon Brothers Inc, Credit Suisse First
Boston Corporation, Howard, Weil, Labouisse, Friedrichs
Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and
NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
*5.1 -- Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
*10.1 -- Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among the
Company and NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as agent for a group
of banks named therein
*10.2 -- Form of Exchange Agreement between the Company and Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as Exchange Agent
*23.1 -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
</TABLE>
II-1
<PAGE> 124
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. EXHIBIT
----------- -------
<C> <S> <C>
*23.2 -- Consent of Atwater Consultants, Ltd.
*23.3 -- Consent of Cawley Gillespie & Associates
*23.4 -- Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
*25.1 -- Statement of Eligibility of Texas Commerce Bank National
Association
*99.1 -- Form of Letter of Transmittal
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Filed herewith.
ITEM 22. UNDERTAKINGS
The Company hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any
liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Company's annual report
pursuant to section 13(a) or section 15(d) of the Exchange Act (and, where
applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan's annual report pursuant to
section 15(d) of the Exchange Act) that is incorporated by reference in the
Registration Statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement
relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Company
pursuant to the provisions described under Item 15 above, or otherwise, the
Company has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the
registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling
person of the Company in the successful defense of any action, suit or
proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless, in
the opinion of its counsel, the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether
such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for
information that is incorporated by reference into the Prospectus pursuant to
Item 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this form, within one business day of receipt of
such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or
other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents
filed subsequent to the effective date of the Registration Statement through the
date of responding to the request.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of a
post-effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the
company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and
included in the Registration Statement when it became effective.
II-2
<PAGE> 125
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Lafayette, the State of
Louisiana on October 22, 1997.
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ D. PETER CANTY
------------------------------------
D. Peter Canty
President and
Chief Operating Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME TITLE DATE
---- ----- ----
<C> <S> <C>
/s/ JAMES H. STONE Chairman of the Board and Chief October 22, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------- Executive Officer (Principal
James H. Stone Executive Officer)
/s/ JOE R. KLUTTS Vice Chairman of the Board October 22, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
Joe R. Klutts
/s/ D. PETER CANTY President, Chief Operating Officer October 22, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------- and Director
D. Peter Canty
/s/ MICHAEL L. FINCH Executive Vice President, Chief October 22, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------- Financial Officer and Director
Michael L. Finch (Principal Financial Officer)
/s/ JAMES H. PRINCE Vice President, Chief October 22, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------------- Accounting Officer and
James H. Prince Controller (Principal Accounting
Officer)
/s/ DAVID R. VOELKER Director October 22, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
David R. Voelker
/s/ JOHN P. LABORDE Director October 22, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
John P. Laborde
/s/ ROBERT A. BERNHARD Director October 22, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
Robert A. Bernhard
/s/ RAYMOND B. GARY Director October 22, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
Raymond B. Gary
/s/ B. J. DUPLANTIS Director October 22, 1997
- -----------------------------------------------------
B. J. Duplantis
</TABLE>
II-3
<PAGE> 126
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO. EXHIBIT
----------- -------
<C> <S> <C>
3.1 -- Certificate of Incorporation of Registration, as amended
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 33-62362))
3.2 -- Restated Bylaws of Registrant (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (Registration No. 33-62362))
*4.1 -- Indenture dated as of September 19, 1997 among the Company,
as issuer, and Texas Commerce Bank National Association, as
trustee
*4.2 -- Registration Agreement dated September 19, 1997 by and among
the Company and Salomon Brothers Inc, Credit Suisse First
Boston Corporation, Howard, Weil, Labouisse, Friedrichs
Incorporated, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated and
NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
*5.1 -- Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
*10.1 -- Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among the
Company and NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as agent for a group
of banks named therein
*10.2 -- Form of Exchange Agreement between the Company and Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as Exchange Agent
*23.1 -- Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
*23.2 -- Consent of Atwater Consultants, Ltd.
*23.3 -- Consent of Cawley Gillespie & Associates
*23.4 -- Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
*25.1 -- Statement of Eligibility of Texas Commerce Bank National
Association
*99.1 -- Form of Letter of Transmittal
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* Filed herewith.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4.1
EXECUTION COPY
================================================================================
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
___________________________________________
INDENTURE
Dated as of September 19, 1997
__________________________________________
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
Trustee
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE 1
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
SECTION 1.01. Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference
of Trust Indenture Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
ARTICLE 2
The Securities
SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities; Issuable in
Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
SECTION 2.06. Securityholder Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SECTION 2.09. Temporary Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SECTION 2.10. Cancelation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
ARTICLE 3
Redemption
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities To Be
Redeemed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 3
Contents, p. 2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SECTION 4.02. SEC Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Restrictions on
Distributions from Restricted
Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
SECTION 4.06. Limitation on Asset Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SECTION 4.08. Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital Stock of
Restricted Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
SECTION 4.09. Change of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SECTION 4.11. Compliance Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SECTION 4.12. Further Instruments and Acts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SECTION 4.13. Future Subsidiary Guarantors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SECTION 4.14. Incurrence of Layered Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
SECTION 4.15. Restricted and Unrestricted
Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
ARTICLE 5
Successor Company
SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer
Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
SECTION 5.02. When a Subsidiary Guarantor May
Merge or Transfer Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 4
Contents, p. 3
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE 6
Defaults and Remedies
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive
Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
SECTION 6.10. Priorities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
ARTICLE 7
Trustee
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
SECTION 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection
of Claims Against Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
ARTICLE 8
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securi-
ties; Defeasance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 5
Contents, p. 4
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government
Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
ARTICLE 9
Amendments
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of
Consents and Waivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of
Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ARTICLE 10
Subordination
SECTION 10.01. Agreement To Subordinate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
SECTION 10.03. Default on Senior Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of
Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
SECTION 10.06. Subrogation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired
by Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to
Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
SECTION 10.11. Article 10 Not To Prevent Events
of Default or Limit Right To
Accelerate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
SECTION 10.14. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders
of Senior Indebtedness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior
Indebtedness on Subordination
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 6
Contents, p. 5
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE 11
Subsidiary Guaranties
SECTION 11.01. Guaranties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
SECTION 11.02. Contribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SECTION 11.03. Successors and Assigns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SECTION 11.04. No Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
SECTION 11.05. Modification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
SECTION 11.06. Execution of Supplemental
Indenture for Future Subsidiary
Guarantors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
ARTICLE 12
Subordination of Subsidiary Guaranties
SECTION 12.01. Agreement To Subordinate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
SECTION 12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
SECTION 12.03. Default on Senior Indebtedness of
Subsidiary Guarantor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
SECTION 12.04. Demand for Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SECTION 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SECTION 12.06. Subrogation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SECTION 12.07. Relative Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
SECTION 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired
by Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
SECTION 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to
Representative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SECTION 12.11. Article 12 Not To Prevent
Defaults Under a Subsidiary
Guaranty or Limit Right To
Demand Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SECTION 12.12. Trustee Entitled To Rely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SECTION 12.13. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
SECTION 12.14. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders
of Senior Indebtedness of Subsidiary Guarantor . . . . . . . . 92
SECTION 12.15. Reliance by Holders of Senior
Indebtedness on Subordination
Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 7
Contents, p. 6
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
----
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE 13
Miscellaneous
SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
SECTION 13.02. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
SECTION 13.03. Communication by Holders with
Other Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to
Conditions Precedent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in
Certificate or Opinion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
SECTION 13.06. When Securities Disregarded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and
Registrar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SECTION 13.09. Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SECTION 13.11. Successors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Appendix A Provisions Relating to Initial
Securities and Exchange Securities
Exhibit 1 to
Appendix A Form of Initial Security
Exhibit A Form of Exchange Security
Exhibit B Form of Supplemental Indenture
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 8
CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TIA Indenture
Section Section
- ------- ---------
<S> <C>
310(a)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
(a)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10
(a)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(a)(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.08; 7.10
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
311(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.11
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
312(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.06
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.03
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.03
313(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.06
(b)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(b)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.06
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.02
(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.06
314(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.02; 4.11; 13.02
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(c)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.04
(c)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.04
(c)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.05
(f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.11
315(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.01
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.05; 13.02
(c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.01
(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.01
(e) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11
316(a)
(last
sentence) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.06
(a)(1)(A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.05
(a)(1)(B) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.04
(a)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . N.A.
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.07
317(a)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.08
(a)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.09
(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.05
318(a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.01
</TABLE>
N.A. Means Not Applicable.
__________________________
Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purposes, be deemed to be
part of this Indenture.
<PAGE> 9
INDENTURE dated as of September 19, 1997,
between STONE ENERGY CORPORATION, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), and Texas Commerce Bank
National Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee").
Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other
party and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Company's 8
3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007, to be issued, from time to time, in
one or more series as in this Indenture provided (the "Initial Securities")
and, if and when issued pursuant to a registered or private exchange for the
Initial Securities, the Company's 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
(the "Exchange Securities" and, together with the Initial Securities, the
"Securities"):
ARTICLE 1
Definitions and Incorporation by Reference
SECTION 1.01. Definitions.
"Additional Assets" means (i) any Property (other than cash,
Permitted Short-Term Investments or securities) used in the Oil and Gas
Business or any business ancillary thereto, (ii) Investments in any other
Person engaged in the Oil and Gas Business or any business ancillary thereto
(including the acquisition from third parties of Capital Stock of such Person)
as a result of which such other Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary in
compliance with Section 4.15, (iii) the acquisition from third parties of
Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary or (iv) Permitted Business
Investments.
"Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" means (without
duplication), as of the date of determination, the remainder of:
(i) the sum of (a) discounted future net revenues from proved
oil and gas reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
calculated in accordance with Commission guidelines before any state,
federal or foreign income taxes, as estimated by the Company and
confirmed by a nationally recognized firm of independent petroleum
engineers in a reserve report prepared as of the end of the Company's
most recently completed fiscal year for which audited financial
<PAGE> 10
2
statements are available, as increased by, as of the date of
determination, the estimated discounted future net revenues from (1)
estimated proved oil and gas reserves acquired since such year-end,
which reserves were not reflected in such year-end reserve report, and
(2) estimated oil and gas reserves attributable to upward revisions of
estimates of proved oil and gas reserves since such year-end due to
exploration, development or exploitation activities, in each case
calculated in accordance with Commission guidelines (utilizing the
prices utilized in such year-end reserve report), and decreased by, as
of the date of determination, the estimated discounted future net
revenues from (3) estimated proved oil and gas reserves produced or
disposed of since such year-end and (4) estimated oil and gas reserves
attributable to downward revisions of estimates of proved oil and gas
reserves since such year-end due to changes in geological conditions
or other factors which would, in accordance with standard industry
practice, cause such revisions, in each case calculated in accordance
with Commission guidelines (utilizing the prices utilized in such
year-end reserve report); provided that, in the case of each of the
determinations made pursuant to clauses (1) through (4), such
increases and decreases shall be as estimated by the Company's
petroleum engineers, unless there is a Material Change as a result of
such acquisitions, dispositions or revisions, in which event the
discounted future net revenues utilized for purposes of this clause
(i)(a) shall be confirmed in writing by a nationally recognized firm
of independent petroleum engineers, (b) the capitalized costs that are
attributable to oil and gas properties of the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries to which no proved oil and gas reserves are
attributable, based on the Company's books and records as of a date no
earlier than the date of the Company's latest annual or quarterly
financial statements, (c) the Net Working Capital on a date no earlier
than the date of the Company's latest annual or quarterly financial
statements and (d) the greater of (1) the net book value on a date no
earlier than the date of the Company's latest annual or quarterly
financial statements and (2) the appraised value, as estimated by
independent appraisers, of other tangible assets (including, without
duplication, Investments in unconsolidated Restricted Subsidiaries) of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as of the date no earlier
than the date of the Company's latest audited financial statements,
minus
<PAGE> 11
3
(ii) the sum of (a) minority interests, (b) any net gas
balancing liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
reflected in the Company's latest audited financial statements, (c) to
the extent included in (i)(a) above, the discounted future net
revenues, calculated in accordance with Commission guidelines
(utilizing the prices utilized in the Company's year-end reserve
report), attributable to reserves which are required to be delivered
to third parties to fully satisfy the obligations of the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Volumetric Production
Payments (determined, if applicable, using the schedules specified
with respect thereto) and (d) the discounted future net revenues,
calculated in accordance with Commission guidelines, attributable to
reserves subject to Dollar-Denominated Production Payments which,
based on the estimates of production and price assumptions included in
determining the discounted future net revenues specified in (i)(a)
above, would be necessary to fully satisfy the payment obligations of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to
Dollar-Denominated Production Payments (determined, if applicable,
using the schedules specified with respect thereto). If the Company
changes its method of accounting from the full cost method to the
successful efforts method or a similar method of accounting, "Adjusted
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets" shall continue to be calculated as
if the Company were still using the full cost method of accounting.
"Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person (i)
which directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, or is
controlled by, or is under common control with, such specified Person or (ii)
which beneficially owns or holds directly or indirectly 10% or more of any class
of the Voting Stock of such specified Person or of any Subsidiary of such
specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control," when used
with respect to any specified Person, means the power to direct the management
and policies of such Person directly or indirectly, whether through the
ownership of Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling"
and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
"Asset Sale" means, with respect to any Person, any transfer,
conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition (collectively, "dispositions," and
including dispositions pursuant to any consolidation or merger) by such Person
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any single transaction
<PAGE> 12
4
or series of transactions of (i) shares of Capital Stock or other ownership
interests of another Person (including Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries
and Unrestricted Subsidiaries) or (ii) any other Property of such Person or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the term "Asset Sale"
shall not include: (a) the disposition of Permitted Short-Term Investments,
inventory, accounts receivable, surplus or obsolete equipment or other Property
(excluding the disposition of oil and gas in place and other interests in real
property unless made in connection with a Permitted Business Investment) in the
ordinary course of business; (b) the abandonment, assignment, lease, sublease
or farmout of oil and gas properties, or the forfeiture or other disposition of
such properties pursuant to standard form operating agreements, in each case in
the ordinary course of business in a manner that is customary in the Oil and
Gas Business; (c) the disposition of Property received in settlement of debts
owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of foreclosure,
perfection or enforcement of any Lien or debt, which debts were owing to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business of the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; (d) any disposition that constitutes a
Restricted Payment made in compliance with Section 4.04; (e) when used with
respect to the Company, any disposition of all or substantially all of the
Property of the Company permitted pursuant to Article 5; (f) the disposition of
any Property by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary; (g) the disposition of any asset with a Fair Market
Value of less than $2,000,000; or (h) any Production Payments and Reserve
Sales, provided that any such Production Payments and Reserve Sales other than
incentive compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the
Oil and Gas Business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of
technical services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, shall have been
created, Incurred, issued, assumed or Guaranteed in connection with the
financing of, and within 60 days after the acquisition of, the Property that is
subject thereto.
"Average Life" means, with respect to any Indebtedness, at any
date of determination, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the
products of (a) the number of years (and any portion thereof) from the date of
determination to the date or dates of each successive scheduled principal
payment (including any sinking fund or mandatory redemption payment
requirements) of such Indebtedness multiplied by (b) the amount of each such
principal payment by (ii) the sum of all such principal payments.
<PAGE> 13
5
"Bank Credit Facilities" means, with respect to any Person,
one or more debt facilities or commercial paper facilities with banks or other
institutional lenders (including pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1997, among the Company, NationsBank of
Texas, N.A., as agent, and the lenders referred to therein and the Term Loan
Agreement dated as of November 30, 1995, between the Company and First National
Bank of Commerce) providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables
financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to
special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such
receivables) or trade letters of credit.
"Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the
Company or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such
Board.
"Business Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.
"Capital Lease Obligation" means any obligation which is
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease obligation in
accordance with GAAP, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such
obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in
accordance with GAAP, and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the
last payment date of rent or any other amount due in respect of such
obligation.
"Capital Stock" in any Person means any and all shares,
interests, participations or other equivalents in the equity interest (however
designated) in such Person and any rights (other than debt securities
convertible into an equity interest), warrants or options to subscribe for or
to acquire an equity interest in such Person; provided, however, that "Capital
Stock" shall not include Redeemable Stock.
"Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the
following events:
(i) any "person" or "group" (within the meaning of Sections
13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision
to either of the foregoing, including any group acting for the purpose
of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities within the meaning of
Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more
Permitted Holders, becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rules
13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a Person
<PAGE> 14
6
shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all shares that any
such Person has the right to acquire, whether such right is
exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) of 50
percent or more of the total voting power of all classes of the Voting
Stock of the Company or currently exercisable warrants or options to
acquire such Voting Stock;
(ii) the sale, lease, conveyance or transfer of all or
substantially all the assets of the Company and the Restricted
Subsidiaries taken as a whole (other than to any Wholly Owned
Subsidiary) shall have occurred;
(iii) the shareholders of the Company shall have approved any
plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company;
(iv) the Company consolidates with or merges into another
Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or any Person (other
than one or more Permitted Holders) consolidates with or merges into
the Company in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the
outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or
exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such
transaction where (a) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is
reclassified into or exchanged for Voting Stock of the surviving
corporation that is Capital Stock and (b) either (x) the holders of
the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction
own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting
Stock of the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction
in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction or (y)
within 25 days after the closing of any such transaction both Moody's
and S&P shall have expressly affirmed credit ratings for the
Securities (after giving effect to such transaction) that are as high
or higher than the highest such ratings for the Securities given by
such services, respectively, at any time during the 90 days
immediately prior to the public announcement of such transaction and
such expressly affirmed ratings are at least "Ba3" from Moody's and
"BB" from S&P; or
(v) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals
who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors
(together with any new directors whose election or appointment by such
Board or whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the
Company was approved by a vote of a
<PAGE> 15
7
majority of the directors then still in office who were either
directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or
nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any
reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in
office.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
"Company" means the party named as such in this Indenture
until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and,
thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of any provision contained
herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on the indenture securities.
"Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio" means, as of the date
of the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio (the "Transaction Date"), the ratio of (i) the
aggregate amount of EBITDA of the Company and its consolidated Restricted
Subsidiaries for the four full fiscal quarters immediately prior to the
Transaction Date for which financial statements are available to (ii) the
aggregate Consolidated Interest Expense of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries that is anticipated to accrue during a period consisting of the
fiscal quarter in which the Transaction Date occurs and the three fiscal
quarters immediately subsequent thereto (based upon the pro forma amount and
maturity of, and interest payments in respect of, Indebtedness of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries expected by the Company to be outstanding on
the Transaction Date), assuming for the purposes of this measurement the
continuation of market interest rates prevailing on the Transaction Date and
base interest rates in respect of floating interest rate obligations equal to
the base interest rates on such obligations in effect as of the Transaction
Date; provided that if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a
party to any Interest Rate Protection Agreement which would have the effect of
changing the interest rate on any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such four quarter period (or a portion thereof),
the resulting rate shall be used for such four quarter period or portion
thereof; provided further that any Consolidated Interest Expense with respect
to Indebtedness Incurred or retired by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries during the fiscal quarter in which the Transaction Date occurs
shall be calculated as if such Indebtedness was so Incurred or retired on the
first day of the fiscal quarter in which the Transaction Date occurs. In
<PAGE> 16
8
addition, if since the beginning of the four full fiscal quarter period
preceding the Transaction Date, (a) the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries shall have engaged in any Asset Sale, EBITDA for such period shall
be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive), or increased by an
amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable to the assets
which are the subject of such Asset Sale for such period calculated on a pro
forma basis as if such Asset Sale and any related retirement of Indebtedness
had occurred on the first day of such period or (b) the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries shall have acquired any material assets, EBITDA shall
be calculated on a pro forma basis as if such asset acquisitions had occurred
on the first day of such four fiscal quarter period.
"Consolidated Interest Expense" means, with respect to any
Person for any period, without duplication, (i) the sum of (a) the aggregate
amount of cash and noncash interest expense (including capitalized interest) of
such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP in respect of Indebtedness
(including (1) any amortization of debt discount, (2) net costs associated with
Interest Rate Protection Agreements (including any amortization of discounts),
(3) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation, (4) all accrued
interest and (5) all commissions, discounts, commitment fees, origination fees
and other fees and charges owed with respect to the Bank Credit Facilities and
other Indebtedness) paid, accrued or scheduled to be paid or accrued during
such period; (b) Redeemable Stock dividends of such Person (and of its
Restricted Subsidiaries if paid to a Person other than such Person or its
Restricted Subsidiaries) and Preferred Stock dividends of such Person's
Restricted Subsidiaries if paid to a Person other than such Person or its other
Restricted Subsidiaries; (c) the portion of any rental obligation of such
Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Capital Lease
Obligation allocable to interest expense in accordance with GAAP; (d) the
portion of any rental obligation of such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries
in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction that is Indebtedness allocable
to interest expense (determined as if such obligation were treated as a Capital
Lease Obligation); and (e) to the extent any Indebtedness of any other Person
(other than Restricted Subsidiaries) is Guaranteed by such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount of interest paid, accrued or
scheduled to be paid or accrued by such other Person during such period
attributable to any such Indebtedness; less (ii) to the extent included in (i)
above, amortization or write-off of deferred
<PAGE> 17
9
financing costs of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such
period; in the case of both (i) and (ii) above, after elimination of
intercompany accounts among such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries and as
determined in accordance with GAAP.
"Consolidated Net Income" of any Person means, for any period,
the aggregate net income (or net loss, as the case may be) of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis, determined
in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded therefrom,
without duplication: (i) items classified as extraordinary gains or losses net
of tax (less all fees and expenses relating thereto); (ii) any gain or loss net
of taxes (less all fees and expenses relating thereto) realized on the sale or
other disposition of Property, including the Capital Stock of any other Person
(but in no event shall this clause (ii) apply to any gains or losses on the
sale in the ordinary course of business of oil, gas or other hydrocarbons
produced or manufactured); (iii) the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of
such specified Person to the extent the transfer to that Person of that income
is restricted by contract or otherwise, except for any cash dividends or cash
distributions actually paid by such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person during
such period; (iv) the net income (or loss) of any other Person in which such
specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has an interest (which
interest does not cause the net income of such other Person to be consolidated
with the net income of such specified Person in accordance with GAAP or is an
interest in a consolidated Unrestricted Subsidiary), except to the extent of
the amount of cash dividends or other cash distributions actually paid to such
Person or its consolidated Restricted Subsidiaries by such other Person during
such period; (v) for the purposes of Section 4.04 only, the net income of any
Person acquired by such specified Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
in a pooling-of-interests transaction for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition; (vi) any gain or loss, net of taxes, realized on the termination
of any employee pension benefit plan; (vii) any adjustments of a deferred tax
liability or asset pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
109 which result from changes in enacted tax laws or rates; (viii) the
cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles; (ix) any write-downs
of noncurrent assets, provided that any ceiling limitation write-downs under
Commission guidelines shall be treated as capitalized costs, as if such
write-downs had not occurred; and (x) any noncash compensation expense realized
for grants of performance shares, stock options or stock awards to
<PAGE> 18
10
officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries.
"Consolidated Net Worth" of any Person means the stockholders'
equity of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, less (to the extent included in
stockholders' equity) amounts attributable to Redeemable Stock of such Person
or its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"Default" means any event, act or condition the occurrence of
which is, or after notice or the passage of time or both would be, an Event of
Default.
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (i) the Bank Credit
Facilities and (ii) any other Senior Indebtedness of the Company which has, at
the time of determination, an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at
least $10,000,000 that is specifically designated in the instrument evidencing
such Senior Indebtedness and is designated in a notice delivered by the Company
to the holders or a Representative of the holders of such Senior Indebtedness
and the Trustee as "Designated Senior Indebtedness" of the Company.
"Dollar-Denominated Production Payments" means production
payment obligations recorded as liabilities in accordance with GAAP, together
with all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.
"EBITDA" means, with respect to any Person for any period, the
Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period, plus (i) the sum of, to
the extent reflected in the consolidated income statement of such Person and
its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period from which Consolidated Net Income
is determined and deducted in the determination of such Consolidated Net
Income, without duplication: (a) income tax expense (but excluding income tax
expense relating to sales or other dispositions of Property, including the
Capital Stock of any other Person, the gains from which are excluded in the
determination of such Consolidated Net Income), (b) Consolidated Interest
Expense, (c) depreciation and depletion expense, (d) amortization expense, (e)
exploration expense (if applicable to the Company after the Issue Date) and (f)
any other noncash charges including unrealized foreign exchange (excluding,
however, any such other noncash charge which requires an accrual of or reserve
for cash charges for any future period) less (ii) the sum of, to the extent
reflected in the consolidated income statement of such Person and its
Restricted Subsidiaries for such period from which
<PAGE> 19
11
Consolidated Net Income is determined and added in the determination of such
Consolidated Net Income, without duplication (a) income tax recovery (excluding,
however, income tax recovery relating to sales or other dispositions of
Property, including the Capital Stock of any other Person, the losses from which
are excluded in the determination of such Consolidated Net Income) and (b)
unrealized foreign exchange gains.
"Equity Offering" means a bona fide underwritten sale to the
public of common stock of the Company pursuant to a registration statement
(other than a Form S-8 or any other form relating to securities issuable under
any employee benefit plan of the Company) that is declared effective by the
Commission following the Issue Date.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
"Exchanged Properties" means properties or assets used or
useful in the Oil and Gas Business received by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary in trade or as a portion of the total consideration for other such
properties or assets.
"Exchange Rate Contract" means, with respect to any Person,
any currency swap agreements, forward exchange rate agreements, foreign
currency futures or options, exchange rate collar agreements, exchange rate
insurance and other agreements or arrangements, or any combination thereof,
entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of its business for the
purpose of limiting or managing exchange rate risks to which such Person is
subject.
"Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any assets to be
transferred pursuant to any Asset Sale or Sale and Leaseback Transaction or any
noncash consideration or property transferred or received by any Person, the
fair market value of such consideration or other property as determined by (i)
any officer of the Company if such fair market value is less than $5,000,000
and (ii) the Board of Directors as evidenced by a certified resolution
delivered to the Trustee if such fair market value is equal to or in excess of
$5,000,000.
"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting
principles as in effect on the date of this Indenture, unless stated otherwise.
<PAGE> 20
12
"Guarantee" by any Person means any obligation, contingent or
otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of
guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the "primary obligor") in
any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any Lien on the
assets of such Person securing obligations to pay Indebtedness of the primary
obligor and any obligation of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or
supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or to purchase
(or to advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) any security for
the payment of such Indebtedness, (ii) to purchase Property, securities or
services for the purpose of assuring the holder of such Indebtedness of the
payment of such Indebtedness or (iii) to maintain working capital, equity
capital or other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary
obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness (and
"Guaranteed", "Guaranteeing" and "Guarantor" shall have meanings correlative to
the foregoing); provided, however, that a Guarantee by any Person shall not
include (a) endorsements by such Person for collection or deposit, in either
case, in the ordinary course of business or (b) a contractual commitment by one
Person to invest in another Person for so long as such Investment is reasonably
expected to constitute a Permitted Investment under clause (ii) of the
definition of Permitted Investments.
"Holder" or "Securityholder" means the Person in whose name a
Security is registered on the Security Register.
"Incur" means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other
obligation of any Person, to create, issue, incur (by conversion, exchange or
otherwise), assume, Guarantee or become liable in respect of such Indebtedness
or other obligation or the recording, as required pursuant to GAAP or
otherwise, of any such Indebtedness or obligation on the balance sheet of such
Person (and "Incurrence", "Incurred", "Incurrable" and "Incurring" shall have
meanings correlative to the foregoing); provided, however, that a change in
GAAP that results in an obligation of such Person that exists at such time, and
is not theretofore classified as Indebtedness, becoming Indebtedness shall not
be deemed an Incurrence of such Indebtedness. For purposes of this definition,
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary held by a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary in the event such Wholly Owned Subsidiary ceases to be a Wholly
Owned Subsidiary or in the event such Indebtedness is transferred to a Person
other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary. For purposes of this
definition, any non-interest bearing or other discount Indebtedness shall be
deemed to have been Incurred (in an amount equal to its
<PAGE> 21
13
aggregate principal amount at its Stated Maturity) only on the date of original
issue thereof.
"Indebtedness" means at any time (without duplication), with
respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of
such Person, and whether or not contingent, (i) any obligation of such Person
for borrowed money, (ii) any obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds,
debentures, notes, Guarantees or other similar instruments, including any such
obligations Incurred in connection with the acquisition of Property, assets or
businesses, (iii) any reimbursement obligation of such Person with respect to
letters of credit, bankers' acceptances or similar facilities issued for the
account of such Person, (iv) any obligation of such Person issued or assumed as
the deferred purchase price of Property or services (other than Trade Accounts
Payable), (v) any Capital Lease Obligation of such Person, (vi) the maximum
fixed redemption or repurchase price of Redeemable Stock of such Person at the
time of determination, (vii) any payment obligation of such Person under
Exchange Rate Contracts, Interest Rate Protection Agreements, Oil and Gas
Hedging Contracts or under any similar agreements or instruments, (viii) any
obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts of such Person with respect to
any Sale and Leaseback Transaction to which such Person is a party and (ix) any
obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (viii) of this
paragraph of another Person and all dividends of another Person the payment of
which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed or is responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, as obligor, Guarantor or otherwise; provided, however,
that Indebtedness shall not include Production Payments and Reserve Sales. For
purposes of this definition, the maximum fixed repurchase price of any
Redeemable Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be
calculated in accordance with the terms of such Redeemable Stock as if such
Redeemable Stock were repurchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be
required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture; provided, however, that
if such Redeemable Stock is not then permitted to be repurchased, the
repurchase price shall be the book value of such Redeemable Stock. The amount
of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at
such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum
liability at such date in respect of any contingent obligations described
above.
"Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented
from time to time.
<PAGE> 22
14
"Interest Rate Protection Agreement" means, with respect to
any Person, any interest rate swap agreement, forward rate agreement, interest
rate cap or collar agreement or other financial agreement or arrangement
entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of its business for the
purpose of limiting or managing interest rate risks to which such Person is
subject.
"Investment" means, with respect to any Person (i) any amount
paid by such Person, directly or indirectly, to any other Person for Capital
Stock or other Property of, or as a capital contribution to, any other Person
or (ii) any direct or indirect loan or advance to any other Person (other than
accounts receivable of such Person arising in the ordinary course of business);
provided, however, that Investments shall not include (a) in the case of clause
(i) as used in the definition of "Restricted Payments" only, any such amount
paid through the issuance of Capital Stock of the Company and (b) in the case
of clause (i) or (ii), extensions of trade credit on commercially reasonable
terms in accordance with normal trade practices and any increase in the equity
ownership in any Person resulting from retained earnings of such Person.
"Issue Date" means the date on which the Original Securities
first were issued under this Indenture.
"Lien" means, with respect to any Property, any mortgage or
deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security
interest, lien (statutory or other), charge, easement, encumbrance, preference,
priority or other security or similar agreement or preferential arrangement of
any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such Property (including
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially
the same economic effect as any of the foregoing). For purposes of Section
4.10, a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to be secured by a Lien on the
property being leased.
"Liquid Securities" means securities (i) of an issuer that is
not an Affiliate of the Company, (ii) that are publicly traded on the New York
Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq National Market and
(iii) as to which the Company is not subject to any restrictions on sale or
transfer (including any volume restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities
Act or any other restrictions imposed by the Securities Act) or as to which a
registration statement under the Securities Act covering the resale thereof is
in effect for as long as the securities are held; provided that securities
meeting the
<PAGE> 23
15
requirements of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above shall be treated as Liquid
Securities from the date of receipt thereof until and only until the earlier of
(x) the date on which such securities are sold or exchanged for cash or
Permitted Short-Term Investments and (y) 150 days following the date of receipt
of such securities. If such securities are not sold or exchanged for cash or
Permitted Short-Term Investments within 120 days of receipt thereof, for
purposes of determining whether the transaction pursuant to which the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary received the securities was in compliance with
Section 4.06, such securities shall be deemed not to have been Liquid
Securities at any time.
"Material Change" means an increase or decrease (except to the
extent resulting from changes in prices) of more than 30% during a fiscal
quarter in the estimated discounted future net revenues from proved oil and gas
reserves of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, calculated in
accordance with clause (i)(a) of the definition of Adjusted Consolidated Net
Tangible Assets; provided, however, that the following shall be excluded from
the calculation of Material Change: (i) any acquisitions during the quarter of
oil and gas reserves with respect to which the Company's estimate of the
discounted future net revenues from proved oil and gas reserves has been
confirmed by independent petroleum engineers; and (ii) any dispositions of
Properties during such quarter that were disposed of in compliance with Section
4.06.
"Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc. and its
successors.
"Net Available Cash" from an Asset Sale means cash proceeds
received therefrom (including (i) any cash proceeds received by way of deferred
payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise,
but only as and when received, and (ii) the Fair Market Value of Liquid
Securities and Permitted Short-Term Investments, and excluding (a) any other
consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring Person of
Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the Property that is the subject
of such Asset Sale and (b) except to the extent subsequently converted to cash,
Liquid Securities or Permitted Short-Term Investments within 240 days after
such Asset Sale, consideration constituting Exchanged Properties or
consideration other than as identified in the immediately preceding clauses (i)
and (ii)), in each case net of (a) all legal, title and recording expenses,
commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all federal, state,
foreign and local taxes required to be paid or accrued as a liability under
GAAP as a consequence of such Asset Sale,
<PAGE> 24
16
(b) all payments made on any Indebtedness (but specifically excluding
Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries assumed in
connection with or in anticipation of such Asset Sale) which is secured by any
assets subject to such Asset Sale, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon
such assets, or which must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary
consent to such Asset Sale or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds
from such Asset Sale, provided that such payments are made in a manner that
results in the permanent reduction in the balance of such Indebtedness and, if
applicable, a permanent reduction in any outstanding commitment for future
incurrences of Indebtedness thereunder, (c) all distributions and other payments
required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint
ventures as a result of such Asset Sale and (d) the deduction of appropriate
amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP,
against any liabilities associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset
Sale and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset
Sale; provided, however, that if any consideration for an Asset Sale (which
would otherwise constitute Net Available Cash) is required to be held in escrow
pending determination of whether a purchase price adjustment shall be made, such
consideration (or any portion thereof) shall become Net Available Cash only at
such time as it is released to such Person or its Restricted Subsidiaries from
escrow.
"Net Working Capital" means (i) all current assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, less (ii) all current liabilities of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, except current liabilities included
in Indebtedness, in each case as set forth in consolidated financial statements
of the Company prepared in accordance with GAAP.
"Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness" means Indebtedness
(other than Capital Lease Obligations) of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor incurred in connection with the acquisition by the Company or such
Subsidiary Guarantor in the ordinary course of business of fixed assets used in
the Oil and Gas Business (including office buildings and other real property
used by the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor in conducting its operations)
with respect to which (i) the holders of such Indebtedness agree that they shall
look solely to the fixed assets so acquired which secure such Indebtedness, and
neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary (a) is directly or indirectly
liable for such Indebtedness or (b) provides credit support, including any
undertaking, Guarantee, agreement or instrument that would constitute
Indebtedness (other than
<PAGE> 25
17
the grant of a Lien on such acquired fixed assets), and (ii) no default or event
of default with respect to such Indebtedness would cause, or permit (after
notice or passage of time or otherwise), any holder of any other Indebtedness of
the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor to declare a default or event of default
on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment, repurchase, redemption,
defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value thereof to be
accelerated or payable prior to any scheduled principal payment, scheduled
sinking fund payment or maturity.
"Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive
Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the President, any Vice President, the
Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company.
"Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two
Officers at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer,
principal accounting officer or principal financial officer of the Company.
"Oil and Gas Business" means the business of exploiting,
exploring for, developing, acquiring, operating, producing, processing,
gathering, marketing, storing, selling, hedging, treating, swapping, refining
and transporting hydrocarbons and other related energy businesses.
"Oil and Gas Hedging Contract" means, with respect to any
Person, any agreement or arrangement, or any combination thereof, relating to
oil and gas or other hydrocarbon prices, transportation or basis costs or
differentials or other similar financial factors, that is customary in the Oil
and Gas Business and is entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of
its business for the purpose of limiting or managing risks associated with
fluctuations in such prices, costs, differentials or similar factors.
"Oil and Gas Liens" means (i) Liens on any specific property
or any interest therein, construction thereon or improvement thereto to secure
all or any part of the costs incurred for surveying, exploration, drilling,
extraction, development, operation, production, construction, alteration, repair
or improvement of, in, under or on such property and the plugging and
abandonment of wells located thereon (it being understood that, in the case of
oil and gas producing properties, or any interest therein, costs incurred for
"development" shall include costs incurred for all facilities relating to such
properties or to projects, ventures or other arrangements of
<PAGE> 26
18
which such properties form a part or which relate to such properties or
interests); (ii) Liens on an oil or gas producing property to secure obligations
incurred or guarantees of obligations incurred in connection with or necessarily
incidental to commitments for the purchase or sale of, or the transportation or
distribution of, the products derived from such property; (iii) Liens arising
under partnership agreements, oil and gas leases, overriding royalty agreements,
net profits agreements, production payment agreements, royalty trust agreements,
incentive compensation programs for geologists, geophysicists and other
providers of technical services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary,
master limited partnership agreements, farmout agreements, farmin agreements,
division orders, contracts for the sale, purchase, exchange, transportation,
gathering or processing of oil, gas or other hydrocarbons, unitizations and
pooling designations, declarations, orders and agreements, development
agreements, operating agreements, production sales contracts, area of mutual
interest agreements, gas balancing or deferred production agreements, injection,
repressuring and recycling agreements, salt water or other disposal agreements,
seismic or geophysical permits or agreements, and other agreements which are
customary in the Oil and Gas Business; provided, however, in all instances that
such Liens are limited to the assets that are the subject of the relevant
agreement, program, order or contract; (iv) Liens arising in connection with
Production Payments and Reserve Sales; and (v) Liens on pipelines or pipeline
facilities that arise by operation of law.
"Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal
counsel who is acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or
counsel to the Company or the Trustee.
"Pari Passu Indebtedness" means any Indebtedness of the
Company (or a Subsidiary Guarantor) that is pari passu in right of payment to
the Securities (or a Subsidiary Guaranty, as appropriate).
"Pari Passu Offer" means an offer by the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor to purchase all or a portion of Pari Passu Indebtedness to
the extent required by the indenture or other agreement or instrument pursuant
to which such Pari Passu Indebtedness was issued.
"Permitted Business Investments" means Investments and
expenditures made in the ordinary course of, and of a nature that is or shall
have become customary in, the Oil and Gas Business as a means of actively
engaging therein
<PAGE> 27
19
through agreements, transactions, interests or arrangements which permit one to
share risks or costs, comply with regulatory requirements regarding local
ownership or satisfy other objectives customarily achieved through the conduct
of Oil and Gas Business jointly with third parties, including (i) ownership
interests in oil and gas properties or gathering, transportation, processing,
storage or related systems and (ii) Investments and expenditures in the form of
or pursuant to operating agreements, processing agreements, farmin agreements,
farmout agreements, development agreements, area of mutual interest agreements,
unitization agreements, pooling arrangements, joint bidding agreements, service
contracts, joint venture agreements, partnership agreements (whether general or
limited) and other similar agreements (including for limited liability
companies) with third parties, excluding, however, Investments in corporations
other than Restricted Subsidiaries.
"Permitted Hedging Agreements" means (i) Exchange Rate
Contracts and Oil and Gas Hedging Contracts and (ii) Interest Rate Protection
Agreements but only to the extent that the stated aggregate notional amount
thereunder does not exceed 100% of the aggregate principal amount of the
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary covered by such Interest
Rate Protection Agreements at the time such agreements were entered into.
"Permitted Holders" means James H. Stone, D. Peter Canty,
Michael L. Finch and Joe R. Klutts, and their respective estates, spouses,
ancestors, and lineal descendants, the legal representatives of any of the
foregoing and the trustees of any bona fide trusts of which the foregoing are
the sole beneficiaries or the grantors, or any Person of which the foregoing
"beneficially owns" (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange
Act) voting securities representing at least 66-2/3% of the total voting power
of all classes of Voting Stock of such Person (exclusive of any matters as to
which class voting rights exist).
"Permitted Indebtedness" means any and all of the following:
(i) Indebtedness arising under this Indenture with respect to the Original
Securities and any Subsidiary Guaranties relating thereto; (ii) Indebtedness
under the Bank Credit Facilities, provided that the aggregate principal amount
of all Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facilities, together with all
Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (x) of this paragraph in respect of
Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (ii), at any one time
outstanding does not exceed the greater of (a) $100,000,000, which amount shall
be permanently reduced by
<PAGE> 28
20
the amount of Net Available Cash from Asset Sales used to permanently repay
Indebtedness under the Bank Credit Facilities and not subsequently reinvested in
Additional Assets or used to permanently reduce other Indebtedness to the extent
permitted pursuant to Section 4.06, and (b) an amount equal to the sum of (1)
$25,000,000 and (2) 20.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets
determined as of the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness; (iii)
Indebtedness to the Company or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary by any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries or Indebtedness of the Company to any of its Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries (but only so long as such Indebtedness is held by the Company
or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary); (iv) Indebtedness in respect of bid, performance,
reimbursement or surety obligations issued by or for the account of the Company
or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, including
guaranties and letters of credit functioning as or supporting such bid,
performance, reimbursement or surety obligations (in each case other than for an
obligation for money borrowed); (v) Indebtedness under Permitted Hedging
Agreements; (vi) in-kind obligations relating to oil or gas balancing positions
arising in the ordinary course of business; (vii) Indebtedness outstanding on
the Issue Date not otherwise permitted in clauses (i) through (vi) above; (viii)
Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness; (ix) Indebtedness not otherwise
permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this paragraph (excluding any Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to clause (a) of Section 4.03), provided that the aggregate
principal amount of all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (ix),
together with all Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (x) of this paragraph
in respect of Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause (ix), at
any one time outstanding does not exceed $30,000,000; (x) Indebtedness Incurred
in exchange for, or the proceeds of which are used to refinance, (a)
Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of this
paragraph (including Indebtedness previously Incurred pursuant to this clause
(x)) and (b) Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to clause (a) of Section 4.03,
provided that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (a) and (b), such
Indebtedness is Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; and (xi) Indebtedness
consisting of obligations in respect of purchase price adjustments, indemnities
or Guarantees of the same or similar matters in connection with the acquisition
or disposition of Property.
"Permitted Investments" means any and all of the following:
(i) Permitted Short-Term Investments; (ii) Investments in property, plant and
equipment used in the
<PAGE> 29
21
ordinary course of business and Permitted Business Investments; (iii)
Investments by any Restricted Subsidiary in the Company; (iv) Investments by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Restricted Subsidiary; (v)
Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in (a) any Person that
shall, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary or (b)
any Person if as a result of such Investment such Person is merged or
consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its
Property to, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; (vi) Investments in the
form of securities received from Asset Sales, provided that such Asset Sales are
made in compliance with Section 4.06; (vii) Investments in negotiable
instruments held for collection; lease, utility and other similar deposits; and
stock, obligations or other securities received in settlement of debts
(including under any bankruptcy or other similar proceeding) owing to the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as a result of foreclosure,
perfection or enforcement of any Liens or Indebtedness, in each of the foregoing
cases in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary; (viii) relocation allowances for, and advances and loans to,
officers, directors and employees of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries made in the ordinary course of business; provided such items do not
exceed in the aggregate $2,000,000 at any one time outstanding; (ix) Investments
intended to promote the Company's strategic objectives in the Oil and Gas
Business in an amount not to exceed 5% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets (determined as of the date of the making of any such Investment) at any
one time outstanding (which Investments shall be deemed to be no longer
outstanding only upon the return of capital thereof); (x) Investments made
pursuant to Permitted Hedging Agreements of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries; and (xi) Investments pursuant to any agreement or obligation of
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as in effect on the Issue Date
(other than Investments described in clauses (i) through (x) above).
"Permitted Liens" means any and all of the following: (i)
Liens existing as of the Issue Date; (ii) Liens securing the Securities, any
Subsidiary Guaranties and other obligations arising under this Indenture; (iii)
any Lien existing on any Property of a Person at the time such Person is merged
or consolidated with or into the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes a
Restricted Subsidiary (and not incurred in anticipation of or in connection with
such transaction), provided that such Liens are not extended to other Property
of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries; (iv) any Lien existing on any
Property at the
<PAGE> 30
22
time of the acquisition thereof (and not incurred in anticipation of or in
connection with such transaction), provided that such Liens are not extended to
other Property of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries; (v) any Lien
incurred in the ordinary course of business incidental to the conduct of the
business of the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries or the ownership of their
Property (including (a) easements, rights of way and similar encumbrances, (b)
rights or title of lessors under leases (other than Capital Lease Obligations),
(c) rights of collecting banks having rights of setoff, revocation, refund or
chargeback with respect to money or instruments of the Company or the Restricted
Subsidiaries on deposit with or in the possession of such banks, (d) Liens
imposed by law, including Liens under workers' compensation or similar
legislation and mechanics', carriers', warehousemen's, materialmen's, suppliers'
and vendors' Liens, (e) Liens incurred to secure performance of obligations with
respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance or return-of-money
bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and incurred in a
manner consistent with industry practice and (f) Oil and Gas Liens), in each
case which are not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the
obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase price of
Property (other than Trade Accounts Payable); (vi) Liens for taxes, assessments
and governmental charges not yet due or the validity of which are being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, promptly instituted and
diligently conducted, and for which adequate reserves have been established to
the extent required by GAAP as in effect at such time; (vii) Liens incurred to
secure appeal bonds and judgment and attachment Liens, in each case in
connection with litigation or legal proceedings that are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings so long as reserves have been established to
the extent required by GAAP as in effect at such time and so long as such Liens
do not encumber assets by an aggregate amount (together with the amount of any
unstayed judgments against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary but
excluding any such Liens to the extent securing insured or indemnified judgments
or orders) in excess of $20,000,000; (viii) Liens securing Permitted Hedging
Agreements of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; (ix) Liens securing
Purchase Money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations, provided that such
Liens attach only to the Property acquired with the proceeds of such Purchase
Money Indebtedness or Capital Lease Obligations; (x) Liens securing Non-recourse
Purchase Money Indebtedness granted in connection with the acquisition by the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in the ordinary course of business of fixed
assets used in the
<PAGE> 31
23
Oil and Gas Business (including office buildings and other real property used by
the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor in conducting its operations), provided
that (a) such Liens attach only to the fixed assets acquired with the proceeds
of such Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness and (b) such Non-recourse
Purchase Money Indebtedness is not in excess of the purchase price of such fixed
assets; (xi) Liens resulting from the deposit of funds or evidences of
Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of decreasing or legally defeasing
Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries so long as such deposit
of funds is permitted by Section 4.04; (xii) Liens resulting from a pledge of
Capital Stock of a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary to secure
obligations of such Person and any refinancings thereof; (xiii) Liens to secure
any permitted extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or exchange (or
successive extensions, renewals, refinancings, refundings or exchanges), in
whole or in part, of or for any Indebtedness secured by Liens referred to in
clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (ix) and (x) above; provided, however, that (a)
such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same Property (including
future improvements thereon and accessions thereto) subject to the original Lien
and (b) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to
any amount greater than the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount or, if
greater, the committed amount of the Indebtedness secured by such original Lien
immediately prior to such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or exchange
and (2) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums,
related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; (xiv)
Liens in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and (xv) Liens not
otherwise permitted by clauses (i) through (xiv) above incurred in the ordinary
course of business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries and
encumbering Property having an aggregate Fair Market Value not in excess of
$5,000,000 at any one time. Notwithstanding anything in this paragraph to the
contrary, the term "Permitted Liens" shall not include Liens resulting from the
creation, incurrence, issuance, assumption or Guarantee of any Production
Payments and Reserve Sales other than (a) any such Liens existing as of the
Issue Date, (b) Production Payments and Reserve Sales in connection with the
acquisition of any Property after the Issue Date, provided that any such Lien
created in connection therewith is created, incurred, issued, assumed or
guaranteed in connection with the financing of, and within 60 days after the
acquisition of, such Property, (c) Production Payments and Reserve Sales, other
than those described in clauses (a) and (b) of this sentence, to the extent such
Production Payments and Reserve Sales constitute
<PAGE> 32
24
Asset Sales made pursuant to and in compliance with Section 4.06 and (d)
incentive compensation programs for geologists, geophysicists and other
providers of technical services to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
provided, however, that, in the case of the immediately foregoing clauses (a),
(b), (c) and (d), any Lien created in connection with any such Production
Payments and Reserve Sales shall be limited to the Property that is the subject
of such Product Payments and Reserve Sales.
"Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness" means Indebtedness ("new
Indebtedness") Incurred in exchange for, or proceeds of which are used to
refinance, other Indebtedness ("old Indebtedness"); provided, however, that (i)
such new Indebtedness is in an aggregate principal amount not in excess of the
sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount then outstanding of the old
Indebtedness (or, if such old Indebtedness provides for an amount less than the
principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon a declaration of
acceleration thereof, such lesser amount as of the date of determination), and
(b) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums,
related to such exchange or refinancing, (ii) such new Indebtedness has a Stated
Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the old Indebtedness, (iii) such
new Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such new Indebtedness is
Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the old
Indebtedness at such time, (iv) such new Indebtedness is subordinated in right
of payment to the Securities (or, if applicable, the Subsidiary Guaranties) to
at least the same extent, if any, as the old Indebtedness and (v) if such old
Indebtedness is Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness or Indebtedness that
refinanced Non-recourse Purchase Money Indebtedness, such new Indebtedness
satisfies clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition of "Non-recourse Purchase Money
Indebtedness."
"Permitted Short-Term Investments" means (i) Investments in
U.S. Government Obligations maturing within one year of the date of acquisition
thereof, (ii) Investments in demand accounts, time deposit accounts,
certificates of deposit, bankers' acceptances and money market deposits maturing
within one year of the date of acquisition thereof issued by a bank or trust
company which is organized under the laws of the United States of America or any
State thereof or the District of Columbia that is a member of the Federal
Reserve System having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating in
excess of $500,000,000 and whose long-term Indebtedness is rated "A" (or higher)
according to Moody's, (iii) Investments in deposits available for withdrawal on
demand with any commercial bank
<PAGE> 33
25
that is organized under the laws of any country in which the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary maintains an office or is engaged in the Oil and Gas
Business, provided that (a) all such deposits have been made in such accounts in
the ordinary course of business and (b) such deposits do not at any one time
exceed $15,000,000 in the aggregate, (iv) repurchase and reverse repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of
the types described in clause (i) entered into with a bank meeting the
qualifications described in clause (ii), (v) Investments in commercial paper or
notes, maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition, issued by
a corporation (other than an Affiliate of the Company) organized and in
existence under the laws of the United States of America or any State thereof or
the District of Columbia with a short-term rating at the time as of which any
Investment therein is made of "P-1" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-1"
(or higher) according to S&P or a long-term rating at the time as of which any
Investment is made of "A3" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-" (or higher)
according to S&P, (vi) Investments in any money market mutual fund having assets
in excess of $250,000,000 all of which consist of other obligations of the types
described in clauses (i), (ii), (iv) and (v) hereof and (vii) Investments in
asset-backed securities maturing within one year of the date of acquisition
thereof with a long-term rating at the time as of which any Investment therein
is made of "A3" (or higher) according to Moody's or "A-" (or higher) according
to S&P.
"Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint
venture, limited liability company, unlimited liability company, trust, estate,
unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.
"Preferred Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such
Person of any class or classes (however designated) that ranks prior to, as to
the payment of dividends or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary
or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of such Person, to shares
of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person; provided however, that
"Preferred Stock" shall not include Redeemable Stock.
"principal" of any Indebtedness (including the Securities)
means the principal amount of such Indebtedness plus the premium, if any, on
such Indebtedness.
"Production Payments and Reserve Sales" means the grant or
transfer by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
<PAGE> 34
26
to any Person of a royalty, overriding royalty, net profits interest, production
payment (whether volumetric or dollar denominated), partnership or other
interest in oil and gas properties, reserves or the right to receive all or a
portion of the production or the proceeds from the sale of production
attributable to such properties where the holder of such interest has recourse
solely to such production or proceeds of production, subject to the obligation
of the grantor or transferor to operate and maintain, or cause the subject
interests to be operated and maintained, in a reasonably prudent manner or other
customary standard or subject to the obligation of the grantor or transferor to
indemnify for environmental, title or other matters customary in the Oil and Gas
Business, including any such grants or transfers pursuant to incentive
compensation programs on terms that are reasonably customary in the Oil and Gas
Business for geologists, geophysicists and other providers of technical services
to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary.
"Property" means, with respect to any Person, any interest of
such Person in any kind of property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed,
or tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock and other securities issued
by any other Person (but excluding Capital Stock or other securities issued by
such first mentioned Person).
"Redeemable Stock" of any Person means any equity security of
such Person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is
convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or otherwise (including on the
happening of an event), is or could become required to be redeemed for cash or
other Property or is or could become redeemable for cash or other Property at
the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the first
anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Securities; or is or could become
exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof for Indebtedness at any time
in whole or in part, on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated
Maturity of the Securities; provided, however, that Redeemable Stock shall not
include any security by virtue of the fact that it may be exchanged or
converted at the option of the holder for Capital Stock of the Company having
no preference as to dividends or liquidation over any other Capital Stock of
the Company.
"Representative" means the trustee, agent or representative
expressly authorized to act in such capacity, if any, for an issue of Senior
Indebtedness.
<PAGE> 35
27
"Restricted Payment" means (i) a dividend or other
distribution declared or paid on the Capital Stock or Redeemable Stock of the
Company or to the Company's shareholders (other than dividends, distributions or
payments made solely in Capital Stock of the Company or in options, warrants or
other rights to purchase or acquire Capital Stock), or declared and paid to any
Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (and, if
such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to the other
shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis) on the Capital
Stock or Redeemable Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a payment made by
the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than to the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary) to purchase, redeem, acquire or retire any Capital
Stock or Redeemable Stock, or any options, warrants or other rights to acquire
Capital Stock or Redeemable Stock, of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary,
(iii) a payment made by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to
redeem, repurchase, legally defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value
(including pursuant to mandatory repurchase covenants), prior to any scheduled
maturity, scheduled sinking fund or scheduled mandatory redemption, any
Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which is subordinate
(whether pursuant to its terms or by operation of law) in right of payment to
the Securities or the relevant Subsidiary Guaranty, as the case may be, provided
that this clause (iii) shall not include any such payment with respect to (a)
any such subordinated Indebtedness to the extent of Excess Proceeds remaining
after compliance with Section 4.06 and to the extent required by the indenture
or other agreement or instrument pursuant to which such subordinated
Indebtedness was issued or (b) the purchase, repurchase or other acquisition of
any such subordinated Indebtedness purchased in anticipation of satisfying a
scheduled maturity, scheduled sinking fund or scheduled mandatory redemption, in
each case due within one year of the date of acquisition, or (iv) an Investment
(other than a Permitted Investment) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in
any Person.
"Restricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company
that has not been designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section
4.15.
"S&P" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Service, a division of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and its successors.
<PAGE> 36
28
"Sale and Leaseback Transaction" means, with respect to any
Person, any direct or indirect arrangement (excluding, however, any such
arrangement between such Person and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of such Person or
between one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of such Person) pursuant to which
Property is sold or transferred by such Person or a Restricted Subsidiary of
such Person and is thereafter leased back from the purchaser or transferee
thereof by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Senior Indebtedness" when used with respect to the Company
means the obligations of the Company with respect to Indebtedness of the
Company, whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created, Incurred
or assumed, and any renewal, refunding, refinancing, replacement or extension
thereof, unless, in the case of any particular Indebtedness, the instrument
creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding
expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of
payment to the Securities; provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness of the
Company shall not include (i) Indebtedness of the Company to a Subsidiary of
the Company, (ii) amounts owed for goods, materials or services purchased in
the ordinary course of business, (iii) Indebtedness Incurred in violation of
this Indenture, (iv) amounts payable or any other Indebtedness to employees of
the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (v) any liability for federal,
state, local or other taxes owed or owing by the Company, (vi) any Indebtedness
of the Company that, when Incurred and without regard to any election under
Section 1111(b) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, was without recourse to
the Company, (vii) Pari Passu or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company,
(viii) Indebtedness of the Company that is represented by Redeemable Stock,
(ix) Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities and (x) in-kind obligations
relating to net oil and gas balancing positions. "Senior Indebtedness" of any
Subsidiary Guarantor has a correlative meaning, provided that clause (i) above
shall be deemed to refer to Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor to the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.
"Significant Subsidiary" means, at any date of determination,
any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a "Significant Subsidiary" of the
Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the
SEC.
"Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any security or
any installment of principal thereof or interest
<PAGE> 37
29
thereon, means the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which
the principal of such security or such installment of principal or interest is
due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but
excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the
option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such
contingency has occurred).
"Subordinated Indebtedness" means Indebtedness of the Company
(or a Subsidiary Guarantor) that is subordinated or junior in right of payment
to the Securities (or a Subsidiary Guaranty, as appropriate) pursuant to a
written agreement to that effect.
"Subsidiary" of a Person means (i) another Person which is a
corporation a majority of whose Voting Stock is at the time, directly or
indirectly, owned or controlled by (a) the first Person, (b) the first Person
and one or more of its Subsidiaries or (c) one or more of the first Person's
Subsidiaries or (ii) another Person which is not a corporation (x) at least 50%
of the ownership interest of which and (y) the power to elect or direct the
election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of which are
controlled by Persons referred to in clause (a), (b) or (c) above.
"Subsidiary Guarantors" means, unless released from their
Subsidiary Guaranties as permitted by this Indenture, any Restricted Subsidiary
that becomes a guarantor of the Securities in compliance with the provisions of
this Indenture and executes a supplemental indenture agreeing to be bound by
the terms of this Indenture, until a successor replaces such Restricted
Subsidiary pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and, thereafter, means
the successor.
"Subsidiary Guaranty" means an unconditional, unsecured senior
subordinated guaranty of the Securities given by any Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
"TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C.
Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture except as
required by Section 9.03 hereof; provided that in the event the Trust Indenture
Act of 1939 is amended after such date, "Trust Indenture Act" means, to the
extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as so
amended.
<PAGE> 38
30
"Trade Accounts Payable" means accounts payable or other
obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to trade creditors
created or assumed by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary
course of business in connection with the obtaining of goods or services.
"Trustee" means the party named as such in this Indenture
until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.
"Trust Officer" means the Chairman of the Board, the President
or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the
Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.
"Uniform Commercial Code" means the New York Uniform
Commercial Code as in effect from time to time.
"Unrestricted Subsidiary" means (i) each Subsidiary of the
Company that the Company has designated pursuant to Section 4.15 as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
"U.S. Government Obligations" means securities that are (i)
direct obligations of the United States of America for the timely payment of
which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) obligations of a Person
controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the
United States of America, the timely payment of which is unconditionally
guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of
America which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the option of
the issuer thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by a
bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act), as custodian, with
respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of
principal of or interest on any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such
custodian for the account of the holder of such depository receipt; provided,
however, that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to
make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depository
receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S.
Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal of or interest on
the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.
"Volumetric Production Payments" means production payment
obligations recorded as deferred revenue in accordance with GAAP, together with
all undertakings and obligations in connection therewith.
<PAGE> 39
31
"Voting Stock" of any Person means Capital Stock of such
Person which ordinarily has voting power for the election of directors (or
persons performing similar functions) of such Person whether at all times or
only so long as no senior class of securities has such voting power by reason
of any contingency.
"Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means, at any time, a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company all the Voting Stock of which (other than directors'
qualifying shares) is at such time owned, directly or indirectly, by the
Company and its other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.
SECTION 1.02. Other Definitions.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Defined in
Term Section
---- -------
<S> <C>
"Bankruptcy Law" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.01
"Change of Control Offer" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.09
"Change of Control Payment" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.09
"Change of Control Payment Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.09
"Claiming Guarantor" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.02
"Contributing Party" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.02
"covenant defeasance option" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.01(b)
"Custodian" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.01
"Event of Default" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.01
"Excess Proceeds" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.06
"Global Security" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Appendix A
"legal defeasance option" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.01(b)
"Legal Holiday" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.08
"Obligations" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.01
"Offer Amount" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.06
"Offer Period" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.06
"OID" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.01
"Original Securities" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.01
"pay its Subsidiary Guaranty" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12.03
"pay the Securities" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.03
"Paying Agent" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.04
"Payment Blockage Notice" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.03
"Payment Blockage Period" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.03
"Permitted Consideration" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.06
"Prepayment Offer" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.06
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 40
32
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
"Prepayment Offer Notice" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.06
"Purchase Date" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.06
"Registrar" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.04
"Successor Company" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.01
</TABLE>
SECTION 1.03. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture
Act. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA which
are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The
following TIA terms have the following meanings:
"Commission" means the SEC.
"indenture securities" means the Securities.
"indenture security holder" means a Securityholder.
"indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.
"indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the
Trustee.
"obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company, each
Subsidiary Guarantor and any other obligor on the indenture securities.
All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by
the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule
have the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.
SECTION 1.04. Rules of Construction. Unless the context
otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(3) "or" is not exclusive;
(4) "including" means including without limitation;
(5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the
plural include the singular;
<PAGE> 41
33
(6) unsecured Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be
subordinate or junior to secured Indebtedness merely by virtue of its
nature as unsecured Indebtedness;
(7) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other
discount security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof
that would be shown on a balance sheet of the issuer dated such date
prepared in accordance with GAAP; and
(8) the principal amount of any Preferred Stock shall be the
greater of (i) the maximum liquidation value of such Preferred Stock
or (ii) the maximum mandatory redemption or mandatory repurchase price
with respect to such Preferred Stock.
ARTICLE 2
The Securities
SECTION 2.01. Amount of Securities; Issuable in Series. The
aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is $150,000,000. All Securities shall be
identical in all respects other than issue price and issuance dates. The
Securities may be issued in one or more series; provided, however, that any
Securities issued with original issue discount ("OID") for Federal income tax
purposes shall not be issued as part of the same series as any Securities that
are issued with a different amount of OID or are not issued with OID. All
Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical except as to
denomination.
Subject to Section 2.03, the Trustee shall authenticate
Securities for original issue on the Issue Date in the aggregate principal
amount of $100,000,000 (the "Original Securities"). With respect to any
Securities issued after the Issue Date (except for Securities authenticated and
delivered upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of,
other Securities pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09 or 3.06 or Appendix A),
there shall be established in or pursuant to a resolution of the Board of
Directors and, subject to Section 2.03, set forth or determined in the manner
provided in an Officer's Certificate, or established in one or more indentures
supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance of such Securities:
<PAGE> 42
34
(1) whether such Securities shall be issued as part of a new
or existing series of Securities and the title of such Securities
(which shall distinguish the Securities of the series from Securities
of any other series);
(2) the aggregate principal amount of such Securities which
may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, which shall
be in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000 (except
for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of
transfer of, or in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of
the same series pursuant to Section 2.07, 2.08, 2.09 or 3.06 or
Appendix A and except for Securities which, pursuant to Section 2.03,
are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder);
(3) the issue price and issuance date of such Securities,
including the date from which interest on such Securities shall
accrue;
(4) if applicable, that such Securities shall be issuable in
whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in
such case, the respective depositories for such Global Securities, the
form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by any such Global
Security in addition to or in lieu of that set forth in Exhibit 1 to
Appendix A and any circumstances in addition to or in lieu of those
set forth in Section 2.3 of Appendix A in which any such Global
Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities
registered, and any transfer of such Global Security in whole or in
part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than the
depository for such Global Security or a nominee thereof; and
(5) if applicable, that such Securities shall not be issued in
the form of Initial Securities subject to Appendix A, but shall be
issued in the form of Exchange Securities as set forth in Exhibit A.
If any of the terms of any series are established by action
taken pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, a copy of an
appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or any
Assistant Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to
the delivery of the Officers' Certificate or the trust indenture supplementary
thereto setting forth the terms of the series.
<PAGE> 43
35
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section or
otherwise in this Indenture, any additional issuance of Securities after the
Issue Date, whether such Securities are of the same or a different series than
the Original Securities, shall be in a principal amount greater than or equal
to $25,000,000.
SECTION 2.02. Form and Dating. Provisions relating to the
Initial Securities of each series and the Exchange Securities are set forth in
Appendix A, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this
Indenture. The Initial Securities of each series and the Trustee's certificate
of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 to Appendix A
which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture.
The Exchange Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall
be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, which is hereby incorporated in and
expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Securities of each series may
have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule,
agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or usage, provided that any
such notation, legend or endorsement is in a form reasonably acceptable to the
Company. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The
terms of the Securities of each series set forth in Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and
Exhibit A are part of the terms of this Indenture.
SECTION 2.03. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers
shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature.
The Company's seal shall be impressed, affixed, imprinted or reproduced on the
Securities and may be in facsimile form.
If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds
that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security
shall be valid nevertheless.
At any time and from time to time after the execution and
delivery of this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series
executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a
written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and either
an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company for the
authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee in accordance
with such written order of the Company shall authenticate and deliver such
Securities.
<PAGE> 44
36
A Security shall not be valid until an authorized officer of
the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security.
The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been
authenticated under this Indenture.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent reasonably
acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Securities. Unless limited by
the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate
Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to
authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or
agent for service of notices and demands.
SECTION 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Company shall
maintain an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration
of transfer or for exchange (the "Registrar") and an office or agency where
Securities may be presented for payment (the "Paying Agent"). The Registrar
shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange.
The Company may have one or more co-registrars and one or more additional
paying agents. The term "Paying Agent" includes any additional paying agent.
The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement
with any Registrar, Paying Agent or co-registrar not a party to this
Indenture, which shall incorporate the terms of the TIA. The agreement shall
implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The
Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If
the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall
act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant
to Section 7.07. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar, co-registrar or transfer
agent.
The Company initially appoints the Trustee as Registrar and
Paying Agent in connection with the Securities.
SECTION 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money in Trust. Prior to
each due date of the principal and interest on any Security, the Company shall
deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal and
interest when so becoming due. The Company shall require each Paying Agent
(other than the Trustee) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold
in trust for the benefit of
<PAGE> 45
37
Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the
payment of principal of or interest on the Securities and shall notify the
Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. If the
Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate
the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold it as a separate trust fund. The
Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to
the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed by the Paying Agent. Upon
complying with this Section, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability
for the money delivered to the Trustee.
SECTION 2.06. Securityholder Lists. The Trustee shall
preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list
available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee
is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee, in writing at
least five Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other
times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such
date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of
Securityholders.
SECTION 2.07. Replacement Securities. If a mutilated
Security is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a Security claims
that such Security has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company
shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Security if the
requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met and the
Holder satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the Trustee. If required
by the Trustee or the Company, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond
sufficient in the judgment of the Company and the Trustee to protect the
Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any co-registrar from
any loss which any of them may suffer if a Security is replaced. The Company
and the Trustee may charge the Holder for their expenses in replacing a
Security.
Every replacement Security is an additional obligation of the
Company.
SECTION 2.08. Outstanding Securities. Securities outstanding
at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee except for those
canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancelation and those described in
this Section as not outstanding. A Security does not cease to be outstanding
because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.
<PAGE> 46
38
If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07, it ceases
to be outstanding unless the Trustee and the Company receive proof satisfactory
to them that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser.
If the Paying Agent segregates and holds in trust, in
accordance with this Indenture, on a redemption date or maturity date money
sufficient to pay all principal and interest payable on that date with respect
to the Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed or maturing, as the case
may be, and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the
Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on
and after that date such Securities (or portions thereof) cease to be
outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.
SECTION 2.09. Temporary Securities. Until definitive
Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee shall
authenticate temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially
in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company
considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the
Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate definitive Securities
and deliver them in exchange for temporary Securities.
SECTION 2.10. Cancelation. The Company at any time may
deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancelation. The Registrar and the Paying
Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Securities surrendered to them for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else
shall cancel and destroy (subject to the record retention requirements of the
Exchange Act) all Securities surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange,
payment or cancelation and shall, upon written request, deliver a certificate of
such destruction to the Company unless the Company directs the Trustee to
deliver canceled Securities to the Company. The Company may not issue new
Securities to replace Securities it has redeemed, paid or delivered to the
Trustee for cancelation.
SECTION 2.11. Defaulted Interest. If the Company defaults in
a payment of interest on the Securities, the Company shall pay defaulted
interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest to the extent lawful) in any
lawful manner. The Company may pay the defaulted interest to the persons who
are Securityholders on a subsequent special record date. The Company shall fix
or cause to be fixed any such special record date and payment date to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee and shall promptly mail to each
<PAGE> 47
39
Securityholder a notice that states the special record date, the payment date
and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.
SECTION 2.12. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the
Securities may use "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the
Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to
Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no
representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed
on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that
reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the
Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers.
ARTICLE 3
Redemption
SECTION 3.01. Notices to Trustee. If the Company elects to
redeem Securities pursuant to paragraph 5 of the Securities, it shall notify
the Trustee in writing of the redemption date, the principal amount of
Securities to be redeemed and that such redemption is being made pursuant to
paragraph 5 of the Securities.
The Company shall give each notice to the Trustee provided for
in this Section at least 45 days before the redemption date unless the Trustee
consents to a shorter period. Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel from the Company to the effect that such
redemption will comply with the conditions herein.
SECTION 3.02. Selection of Securities To Be Redeemed. If
less than all the Securities are to be redeemed at any time, selection of
Securities for redemption may be made by the Trustee in compliance with the
requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which
the Securities are listed, or, if the Securities are not so listed, on a pro
rata basis, by lot or by such other method that the Trustee shall deem fair and
appropriate. The Trustee shall make the selection from outstanding Securities
not previously called for redemption. The Trustee may select for redemption
portions of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than
$1,000. Securities and portions of them the Trustee selects shall be in
amounts of $1,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000. Provisions of this Indenture
that apply to Securities called
<PAGE> 48
40
for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. The
Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of the Securities or portions of
Securities to be redeemed.
SECTION 3.03. Notice of Redemption. At least 30 days but not
more than 60 days before a date for redemption of Securities, the Company shall
mail a notice of redemption by first-class mail to each Holder of Securities to
be redeemed.
The notice shall identify the Securities to be redeemed and
shall state:
(1) the redemption date;
(2) the redemption price;
(3) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(4) that Securities called for redemption must be surrendered
to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(5) if fewer than all the outstanding Securities are to be
redeemed, the identification and principal amounts of the particular
Securities to be redeemed;
(6) that, unless the Company defaults in making such
redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such
payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest on
Securities (or portion thereof) called for redemption ceases to accrue
on and after the redemption date; and
(7) that no representation is made as to the correctness or
accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed
on the Securities.
At the Company's request, the Trustee shall give the notice of
redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. In such event,
the Company shall provide the Trustee with the information required by this
Section.
SECTION 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of
redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable
on the redemption date and at the redemption price stated in the notice. Upon
surrender to the Paying Agent, such Securities shall be paid at the redemption
price stated in the notice, plus accrued interest to the redemption date
(subject to the right of
<PAGE> 49
41
Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the
relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption).
Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not
affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
SECTION 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. Prior to the
redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or, if the
Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and
hold in trust) money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued
interest (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date
to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or
prior to the date of redemption) on all Securities to be redeemed on that date
other than Securities or portions of Securities called for redemption which
have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancelation.
SECTION 3.06. Securities Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender of
a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Company's expense) a new Security
equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security
surrendered.
ARTICLE 4
Covenants
SECTION 4.01. Payment of Securities. The Company shall
promptly pay the principal of and interest on the Securities on the dates and
in the manner provided in the Securities and in this Indenture. Principal and
interest shall be considered paid on the date due if on such date the Trustee
or the Paying Agent holds in accordance with this Indenture money sufficient to
pay all principal and interest then due and the Trustee or the Paying Agent, as
the case may be, is not prohibited from paying such money to the
Securityholders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.
The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the
rate specified therefor in the Securities, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
SECTION 4.02. SEC Reports. Notwithstanding that the Company
may not be required to remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section
13 or 15(d) of the
<PAGE> 50
42
Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and
Holders of Securities with the annual reports and the information, documents and
other reports which are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
and, with respect to the annual consolidated financial statements only, a report
thereon by the Company's independent auditors; provided, however, that the
Company shall not be so obligated to file such information, documents and
reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filings. The Company also
shall comply with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture
Act.
SECTION 4.03. Limitation on Indebtedness. The Company shall
not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or
indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness unless, after giving pro forma effect to the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness and the receipt and application of the proceeds
thereof, no Default or Event of Default would occur as a consequence of, or be
continuing following, such Incurrence and application and either (a) after
giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence and application, the Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio would exceed 2.5 to 1.0 or (b) such Indebtedness is
Permitted Indebtedness.
SECTION 4.04. Limitation on Restricted Payments. (a) The
Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
directly or indirectly, make any Restricted Payment if, at the time of and
after giving effect to the proposed Restricted Payment, (i) any Default or
Event of Default would have occurred and be continuing, (ii) the Company could
not Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) of
Section 4.03 or (iii) the aggregate amount expended or declared for all
Restricted Payments from the Issue Date would exceed the sum (without
duplication) of the following:
(A) 50% of the aggregate Consolidated Net Income of the
Company accrued on a cumulative basis commencing on the last day of
the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the Issue Date, and ending on
the last day of the fiscal quarter ending on or immediately preceding
the date of such proposed Restricted Payment (or, if such aggregate
Consolidated Net Income shall be a loss, minus 100% of such loss),
plus
(B) the aggregate net cash proceeds, or the Fair Market Value
of Property other than cash, received by the Company on or after the
Issue Date from the issuance or sale (other than to a Subsidiary of
the
<PAGE> 51
43
Company) of Capital Stock of the Company or any options, warrants or
rights to purchase Capital Stock of the Company, plus
(C) the aggregate net cash proceeds, or the Fair Market Value
of Property other than cash, received by the Company as capital
contributions to the Company (other than from a Subsidiary of the
Company) on or after the Issue Date, plus
(D) the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Company
from the issuance or sale (other than to any Subsidiary of the
Company) on or after the Issue Date of convertible Indebtedness that
has been converted into or exchanged for Capital Stock of the Company,
together with the aggregate cash received by the Company at the time
of such conversion or exchange or received by the Company from any
conversion or exchange of convertible Senior Indebtedness or
convertible Pari Passu Indebtedness issued or sold (other than to any
Subsidiary of the Company) prior to the Issue Date, plus
(E) to the extent not otherwise included in the Company's
Consolidated Net Income, an amount equal to the net reduction in
Investments made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
subsequent to the Issue Date in any Person resulting from (1) payments
of interest on debt, dividends, repayments of loans or advances or
other transfers or distributions of Property, in each case to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Person other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and in an amount not to exceed the
book value of such Investments previously made in such Person that
were treated as Restricted Payments, or (2) the designation of any
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, and in an amount
not to exceed the lesser of (x) the book value of all Investments
previously made in such Unrestricted Subsidiary that were treated as
Restricted Payments and (y) the Fair Market Value of such Unrestricted
Subsidiary, plus
(F) $15,000,000.
(b) The limitations set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not prevent
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from making the following Restricted
Payments so long as, at the time thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing (except in the case of clause (i) below under
which the payment of a dividend is permitted):
<PAGE> 52
44
(i) the payment of any dividend on Capital Stock or Redeemable
Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary within 60 days after
the declaration thereof, if at such declaration date such dividend
could have been paid in compliance with paragraph (a) above;
(ii) the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock of the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries held by any current or former officers, directors or
employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the
terms of agreements (including employment agreements) or plans approved
by the Board of Directors, including any such repurchase, redemption,
acquisition or retirement of shares of such Capital Stock that is
deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options or similar rights if
such shares represent all or a portion of the exercise price or are
surrendered in connection with satisfying Federal income tax
obligations; provided, however, that the aggregate amount of such
repurchases, redemptions, acquisitions and retirements shall not exceed
the sum of (a) $1,000,000 in any twelve-month period and (b) the
aggregate net proceeds, if any, received by the Company during such
twelve-month period from any issuance of such Capital Stock pursuant to
such agreements or plans;
(iii) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or
retirement for value of any Capital Stock or Redeemable Stock of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, in exchange for, or out of the
aggregate net cash proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance
and sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee
stock ownership plan or trust established by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, for the benefit of their employees) of Capital Stock of
the Company;
(iv) the making of any principal payment on or the repurchase,
redemption, legal defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for
value, prior to any scheduled principal payment, scheduled sinking
fund payment or maturity, of any Subordinated Indebtedness (other than
Redeemable Stock) in exchange for, or out of the aggregate net cash
proceeds of, a substantially concurrent issuance and sale (other than
to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or
trust established by the Company or
<PAGE> 53
45
any of its Subsidiaries, for the benefit of their employees) of Capital
Stock of the Company;
(v) the making of any principal payment on or the repurchase,
redemption, legal defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for
value of Subordinated Indebtedness in exchange for, or out of the
aggregate net cash proceeds of a substantially concurrent Incurrence
(other than a sale to a Subsidiary of the Company) of Subordinated
Indebtedness so long as such new Indebtedness is Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness and (A) has an Average Life that is longer than the
Average Life of the Securities and (B) has a Stated Maturity for its
final scheduled principal payment that is more than one year after the
Stated Maturity of the final scheduled principal payment of the
Securities; and
(vi) loans made to officers, directors or employees of the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary approved by the Board of
Directors (or a duly authorized officer), the net cash proceeds of
which are used solely (A) to purchase common stock of the Company in
connection with a restricted stock or employee stock purchase plan, or
to exercise stock options received pursuant to an employee or director
stock option plan or other incentive plan, in a principal amount not
to exceed the exercise price of such stock options or (B) to
refinance loans, together with accrued interest thereon, made pursuant
to item (A) of this clause (vi).
The actions described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this paragraph (b) shall be
included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments. The actions
described in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of this paragraph (b) shall be
excluded in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments, provided that
the net cash proceeds from any issuance or sale of Capital Stock of the Company
pursuant to such clause (iii), (iv) or (vi) shall be excluded from any
calculations pursuant to clause (B) or (C) under the immediately preceding
paragraph (a).
(c) In computing Consolidated Net Income of the Company under
paragraph (a) above, (1) the Company shall use audited financial statements for
the portions of the relevant period for which audited financial statements are
available on the date of determination and unaudited financial statements and
other current financial data based on the books and records of the Company for
the remaining portion of such period and (2) the Company shall be permitted to
rely in good faith on the financial statements and other financial data derived
<PAGE> 54
46
from the books and records of the Company that are available on the date of
determination. If the Company makes a Restricted Payment which, at the time of
the making of such Restricted Payment, would in the good faith determination of
the Company be permitted under the requirements of this Indenture, such
Restricted Payment shall be deemed to have been made in compliance with this
Indenture notwithstanding any subsequent adjustments made in good faith to the
Company's financial statements affecting Consolidated Net Income of the Company
for any period.
SECTION 4.05. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions
from Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise
cause or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction on the legal right of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay
dividends, in cash or otherwise, or make any other distributions on or in
respect of its Capital Stock or Redeemable Stock, or pay any Indebtedness or
other obligation owed, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii)
make loans or advances to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary or
(iii) transfer any of its Property to the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary. Such limitation shall not apply (a) with respect to clauses (i),
(ii) and (iii), to encumbrances and restrictions (1) in the Bank Credit
Facilities and other agreements and instruments, in each case as in effect on
the Issue Date, (2) relating to Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary and
existing at the time it became a Restricted Subsidiary if such encumbrance or
restriction was not created in anticipation of or in connection with the
transactions pursuant to which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary or (3) which result from the renewal, refinancing, extension or
amendment of an agreement that is the subject of clause (a)(1) or (2) above or
clause (b)(1) or (2) below, provided that such encumbrance or restriction is
not materially less favorable to the Holders of Securities than those under or
pursuant to the agreement so renewed, refinanced, extended or amended, and (b)
with respect to clause (iii) only, to (1) any restriction on the sale, transfer
or other disposition of Property relating to Indebtedness that is permitted to
be Incurred and secured under Sections 4.03 and 4.10, (2) any encumbrance or
restriction applicable to Property at the time it is acquired by the Company or
a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such encumbrance or restriction relates
solely to the Property so acquired and was not created in anticipation of or in
connection with such acquisition, (3) customary provisions restricting
subletting or assignment of leases and customary provisions
<PAGE> 55
47
in other agreements that restrict assignment of such agreements or rights
thereunder and (4) customary restrictions contained in asset sale agreements
limiting the transfer of such assets pending the closing of such sale.
SECTION 4.06. Limitation on Asset Sales. (a) The Company
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to,
consummate any Asset Sale unless (i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at
least equal to the Fair Market Value of the Property subject to such Asset Sale
and (ii) all of the consideration paid to the Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary in connection with such Asset Sale is in the form of cash, cash
equivalents, Liquid Securities, Exchanged Properties or the assumption by the
purchaser of liabilities of the Company (other than liabilities of the Company
that are by their terms subordinated to the Securities) or liabilities of any
Subsidiary Guarantor that made such Asset Sale (other than liabilities of a
Subsidiary Guarantor that are by their terms subordinated to such Subsidiary
Guarantor's Subsidiary Guaranty), in each case as a result of which the Company
and its remaining Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such
liabilities ("Permitted Consideration"); provided, however, that the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to receive Property other
than Permitted Consideration, so long as the aggregate Fair Market Value of all
such Property other than Permitted Consideration received from Asset Sales and
held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary at any one time shall not
exceed 10.0% of Adjusted Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
The Net Available Cash from Asset Sales by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary may be applied by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, to the
extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects (or is required by the
terms of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor), to
(i) prepay, repay or purchase Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor (in each case excluding Indebtedness owed to the Company
or an Affiliate of the Company), (ii) to reinvest in Additional Assets
(including by means of an Investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted
Subsidiary with Net Available Cash received by the Company or another
Restricted Subsidiary) or (iii) purchase Securities or purchase both Securities
and one or more series or issues of other Pari Passu Indebtedness on a pro rata
basis (excluding Securities and Pari Passu Indebtedness owned by the Company or
an Affiliate of the Company). Pending any reinvestment pursuant to clause (ii)
in the preceding sentence, the Company may
<PAGE> 56
48
temporarily prepay, repay or purchase Senior Indebtedness of the Company or a
Subsidiary Guarantor.
(b) Any Net Available Cash from an Asset Sale not applied in
accordance with the preceding paragraph within 365 days from the date of such
Asset Sale shall constitute "Excess Proceeds." When the aggregate amount of
Excess Proceeds exceeds $10,000,000, the Company shall be required to make an
offer to purchase Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the
aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds (the "Prepayment Offer") at a purchase
price equal to 100% of the principal amount of such Securities plus accrued and
unpaid interest, if any, to the Purchase Date (as defined) in accordance with
the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth
herein, but, if the terms of any Pari Passu Indebtedness require that a Pari
Passu Offer be made contemporaneously with the Prepayment Offer, then the
Excess Proceeds shall be prorated between the Prepayment Offer and such Pari
Passu Offer in accordance with the aggregate outstanding principal amounts of
the Securities and such Pari Passu Indebtedness, and the aggregate principal
amount of Securities for which the Prepayment Offer is made shall be reduced
accordingly. If the aggregate principal amount of Securities tendered by
Holders thereof exceeds the amount of available Excess Proceeds, then such
Excess Proceeds shall be allocated pro rata according to the principal amount
of the Securities tendered and the Trustee shall select the Securities to be
purchased in accordance herewith. To the extent that any portion of the amount
of Excess Proceeds remains after compliance with the second sentence of this
paragraph and provided that all Holders of Securities have been given the
opportunity to tender their Securities for purchase as described in the
following paragraph in accordance with this Indenture, the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries may use such remaining amount for purposes permitted by
this Indenture and the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset to zero.
(c) (1) Within 30 days after the 365th day following the date
of an Asset Sale, the Company shall, if it is obligated to make an offer to
purchase the Securities pursuant to the preceding paragraph, send a written
Prepayment Offer notice, by first-class mail, to the Trustee and the Holders of
the Securities (the "Prepayment Offer Notice"), accompanied by such information
regarding the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Company believes shall enable
such Holders of the Securities to make an informed decision with respect to the
Prepayment Offer (which at a minimum shall include (i) the most recently filed
Annual Report on Form 10-K (including audited consolidated financial
<PAGE> 57
49
statements) of the Company, the most recent subsequently filed Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q of the Company and any Current Report on Form 8-K of the Company
filed subsequent to such Quarterly Report, other than Current Reports describing
Asset Sales otherwise described in the offering materials, or corresponding
successor reports (or, during any time that the Company is not subject to the
reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, corresponding
reports prepared pursuant to Section 4.02), (ii) a description of material
developments in the Company's business subsequent to the date of the latest of
such reports and (iii) if material, appropriate pro forma financial
information). The Prepayment Offer Notice shall state, among other things, (i)
that the Company is offering to purchase Securities pursuant to the provisions
of this Indenture, (ii) that any Security (or any portion thereof) accepted for
payment (and duly paid on the Purchase Date) pursuant to the Prepayment Offer
shall cease to accrue interest on the Purchase Date, (iii) that any Securities
(or portions thereof) not properly tendered shall continue to accrue interest,
(iv) the purchase price and purchase date, which shall be, subject to any
contrary requirements of applicable law, no less than 30 days nor more than 60
days after the date the Prepayment Offer Notice is mailed (the "Purchase Date"),
(v) the aggregate principal amount of Securities to be purchased, (vi) a
description of the procedure which Holders of Securities must follow in order to
tender their Securities and the procedures that Holders of Securities must
follow in order to withdraw an election to tender their Securities for payment
and (vii) all other instructions and materials necessary to enable Holders to
tender Securities pursuant to the Prepayment Offer.
(2) Not later than the date upon which written notice of a
Prepayment Offer is delivered to the Trustee as provided above, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate as to (i) the amount of
the Prepayment Offer (the "Offer Amount"), (ii) the allocation of the Net
Available Cash from the Asset Sales pursuant to which such Prepayment Offer is
being made and (iii) the compliance of such allocation with the provisions of
Section 4.06(a). On such date, the Company shall also irrevocably deposit with
the Trustee or with the Paying Agent (or, if the Company or a Wholly Owned
Subsidiary is the Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) in Permitted
Short-Term Investments, maturing on the last day prior to the Purchase Date or
on the Purchase Date if funds are immediately available by open of business, an
amount equal to the Offer Amount to be held for payment in accordance with the
provisions of this Section. Upon the expiration of the period
<PAGE> 58
50
for which the Prepayment Offer remains open (the "Offer Period"), the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee for cancelation the Securities or portions thereof
which have been properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company. The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the Purchase Date, mail or deliver payment
to each tendering Holder in the amount of the purchase price. In the event that
the aggregate purchase price of the Securities delivered by the Company to the
Trustee is less than the Offer Amount, the Trustee or the Paying Agent shall
deliver the excess to the Company immediately after the expiration of the Offer
Period for application in accordance with this Section.
(3) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be
required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to
the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three
Business Days prior to the Purchase Date. Holders shall be entitled to withdraw
their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not later than one
Business Day prior to the Purchase Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile
transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal
amount of the Security which was delivered for purchase by the Holder and a
statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Security
purchased. If at the expiration of the Offer Period the aggregate principal
amount of Securities surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the
Company shall select the Securities to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with
such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only
Securities in denominations of $1,000, or integral multiples thereof, shall be
purchased). Holders whose Securities are purchased only in part shall be issued
new Securities equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the
Securities surrendered.
(4) At the time the Company delivers Securities to the
Trustee which are to be accepted for purchase, the Company shall also deliver
an Officers' Certificate stating that such Securities are to be accepted by the
Company pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.06. A
Security shall be deemed to have been accepted for purchase at the time the
Trustee or the Paying Agent mails or delivers payment therefor to the
surrendering Holder.
(d) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with
the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws or regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are
applicable in connection with the purchase of Securities as
<PAGE> 59
51
described above. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or
regulations conflict with the provisions relating to the Prepayment Offer, the
Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and
shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations described above by virtue
thereof.
SECTION 4.07. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates.
(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, conduct any business or enter into any
transaction or series of transactions (including the sale, transfer,
disposition, purchase, exchange or lease of Property, the making of any
Investment, the giving of any Guarantee or the rendering of any service) with or
for the benefit of any Affiliate of the Company (other than the Company or a
Wholly Owned Subsidiary), unless (i) such transaction or series of transactions
is on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than
those that could be obtained in a comparable arm's-length transaction with a
Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,
and (ii) with respect to a transaction or series of transactions involving
aggregate payments by or to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary having a
Fair Market Value equal to or in excess of (a) $1,000,000 but less than
$5,000,000, an Officer certifies that such transaction or series of transactions
complies with clause (i) of this paragraph, as evidenced by an Officer's
Certificate delivered to the Trustee, (b) $5,000,000 but less than $20,000,000,
the Board of Directors (including a majority of the disinterested members of
such Board of Directors) approves such transaction or series of transactions and
certifies that such transaction or series of transactions complies with clause
(i) of this paragraph, as evidenced by a certified resolution delivered to the
Trustee, or (c) $20,000,000, (1) the Company receives from an independent,
nationally recognized investment banking firm or appraisal firm, in either case
specializing or having a specialty in the type and subject matter of the
transaction (or series of transactions) at issue, a written opinion that such
transaction (or series of transactions) is fair, from a financial point of view,
to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and (2) the Board of Directors
(including a majority of the disinterested members of such Board of Directors)
approves such transaction or series of transactions and certifies that such
transaction or series of transactions complies with clause (i) of this
paragraph, as evidenced by a certified resolution delivered to the Trustee.
<PAGE> 60
52
The limitations of the preceding paragraph do not apply to (i) the
payment of reasonable and customary regular fees to directors of the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries who are not employees of the Company or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (ii) indemnities of officers and directors of
the Company or any Subsidiary consistent with such Person's charter, bylaws and
applicable statutory provisions, (iii) any issuance of securities, or other
payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the
funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and stock ownership plans
approved by the Board of Directors, (iv) loans made (a) to officers, directors
or employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary approved by the Board
of Directors (or by a duly authorized Officer), the proceeds of which are used
solely to purchase common stock of the Company in connection with a restricted
stock or employee stock purchase plan, or to exercise stock options received
pursuant to an employee or director stock option plan or other incentive plan,
in a principal amount not to exceed the exercise price of such stock options,
or (b) to refinance loans, together with accrued interest thereon, made
pursuant to this clause (iv), (v) advances and loans to officers, directors and
employees of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business,
provided such loans and advances (excluding loans or advances made pursuant to
the preceding clause (iv)) do not exceed $2,000,000 at any one time
outstanding, (vi) any Restricted Payment permitted to be paid pursuant to
Section 4.04, (vii) any transaction or series of transactions between the
Company and one or more Restricted Subsidiaries or between two or more
Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, provided that no
more than 10% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of any such
Restricted Subsidiary is owned by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary) and (viii) any transaction or series of transactions
pursuant to any agreement or obligation of the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries in effect on the Issue Date.
SECTION 4.08. Limitation on the Issuance and Sale of Capital
Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries. The Company shall not (i) permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to sell or otherwise issue any Capital Stock other than
to the Company or one of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries or (ii) permit any
Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary to own any Capital
Stock or of any other Restricted Subsidiary, except, in each case, for (a)
directors' qualifying shares, (b) the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
owned by a Person at the time such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted
Subsidiary or acquired by such Person in connection with the formation of
<PAGE> 61
53
such Restricted Subsidiary, or transfers thereof, or (c) a sale of all the
Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company or its
Subsidiaries effected in accordance with Section 4.06. In the event of the
consummation of a sale of all the Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary
pursuant to the foregoing clause (c) and the execution and delivery of a
supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, any such Restricted
Subsidiary that is also a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from all its
obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty.
SECTION 4.09. Change of Control. (a) Upon the occurrence of
a Change of Control each Holder of Securities shall have the right to require
the Company to repurchase all or any part (equal to $1,000 in principal amount
or an integral multiple thereof) of such Holder's Securities pursuant to the
offer described below (the "Change of Control Offer") at a purchase price in
cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the date of purchase, subject to the right of holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date (the "Change of Control Payment").
(b) Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the
Company shall mail a notice to each Holder stating: (i) that a Change of
Control has occurred and a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to
this Indenture and that all Securities (or portions thereof) properly tendered
shall be accepted for payment; (ii) the purchase price and the purchase date,
which shall be, subject to any contrary requirements of applicable law, no
fewer than 30 days nor more than 60 days from the date the Company mails such
notice (the "Change of Control Payment Date"); (iii) that any Security (or
portion thereof) accepted for payment (and duly paid on the Change of Control
Payment Date) pursuant to the Change of Control Offer shall cease to accrue
interest on the Change of Control Payment Date; (iv) that any Securities (or
portions thereof) not properly tendered shall continue to accrue interest; (v)
a description of the transaction or transactions constituting the Change of
Control; (vi) the procedures that Holders of Securities must follow in order to
tender their Securities (or portions thereof) for payment and the procedures
that Holders of Securities must follow in order to withdraw an election to
tender Securities (or portions thereof) for payment; and (vii) all other
instructions and materials necessary to enable Holders to tender Securities
pursuant to the Change of Control Offer.
<PAGE> 62
54
(c) Holders electing to have a Security purchased shall be
required to surrender the Security, with an appropriate form duly completed, to
the Company or its agent at the address specified in the notice at least three
Business Days prior to the Change of Control Payment Date. Holders shall be
entitled to withdraw their election if the Trustee or the Company receives not
later than one Business Day prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, a
telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the
Holder, the principal amount of the Security which was delivered for purchase
by the Holder and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
have such Security purchased. Holders whose Securities are purchased only in
part shall be issued new Securities equal in principal amount to the
unpurchased portion of the Securities surrendered.
(d) On or prior to the Change of Control Payment Date, the
Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent
(or, if the Company or any of its Wholly Owned Subsidiaries is acting as the
Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust) in cash an amount equal to the
Change of Control Payment payable to the Holders entitled thereto, to be held
for payment in accordance with the provisions of this Section.
(e) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Company shall
deliver to the Trustee the Securities or portions thereof which have been
properly tendered to and are to be accepted by the Company for payment. The
Trustee or the Paying Agent shall, on the Change of Control Payment Date, mail
or deliver payment to each tendering Holder of the Change of Control Payment.
In the event that the aggregate Change of Control Payment is less than the
amount delivered by the Company to the Trustee or the Paying Agent, the Trustee
or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall deliver the excess to the
Company immediately after the Change of Control Payment Date.
(f) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of
Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of
Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the
requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control
Offer made by the Company and purchases all Securities validly tendered and not
withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.
(g) The Company shall comply, to the extent applicable, with
the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities
laws or regulations
<PAGE> 63
55
thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection
with the purchase of Securities pursuant to this Section. To the extent that
the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions
of this Section, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws
and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under
this Section by virtue thereof.
SECTION 4.10. Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not,
and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly,
enter into, create, Incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on or with
respect to any Property of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, whether
owned on the Issue Date or acquired after the Issue Date, or any interest
therein or any income or profits therefrom, unless the Securities or any
Subsidiary Guaranty of such Restricted Subsidiary are secured equally and
ratably with (or prior to) any and all other obligations secured by such Lien,
except that the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may enter into, create,
Incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens securing Senior Indebtedness and
Permitted Liens.
SECTION 4.11. Compliance Certificate. The Company shall
deliver to the Trustee within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the
Company an Officers' Certificate stating that in the course of the performance
by the signers of their duties as Officers of the Company they would normally
have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signers know of any
Default that occurred during such period. If they do, the certificate shall
describe the Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or
proposes to take with respect thereto. The Company also shall comply with TIA
Section 314(a)(4).
SECTION 4.12. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of
the Trustee, the Company shall execute and deliver such further instruments and
do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more
effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
SECTION 4.13. Future Subsidiary Guarantors. The Company
shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that (i) Incurs Indebtedness following
the Issue Date or (ii) has Indebtedness or Preferred Stock outstanding on the
date on which such Restricted Subsidiary becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, to
execute and deliver to the Trustee, at the time such Restricted Subsidiary
Incurs such Indebtedness or becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, a supplemental
indenture in the form of Exhibit B pursuant to which such Subsidiary
<PAGE> 64
56
shall guaranty payment of the Securities as provided in Section 11.07; provided,
however, that such Restricted Subsidiary shall not be required to deliver a
Subsidiary Guaranty if the aggregate amount of such Indebtedness or Preferred
Stock, together with all other Indebtedness and Preferred Stock then outstanding
among Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors, is less than
$10,000,000.
SECTION 4.14. Incurrence of Layered Indebtedness. (i) The
Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness which is subordinated or junior in
right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company unless such
Indebtedness constitutes Indebtedness which is junior to, or pari passu with,
the Securities in right of payment and (ii) no Subsidiary Guarantor shall Incur
any Indebtedness that is subordinated or junior in right of payment to any
Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Indebtedness
constitutes Indebtedness which is junior to, or pari passu with, such Subsidiary
Guarantor's Subsidiary Guaranty in right of payment.
SECTION 4.15. Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Unless defined or designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any Person that
becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall
be classified as a Restricted Subsidiary subject to the provisions of the next
paragraph. The Company may designate a Subsidiary (including a newly formed or
newly acquired Subsidiary) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if (i) such Subsidiary does not at such time own
any Capital Stock or Indebtedness of, or own or hold any Lien on any Property
of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Subsidiary does
not at such time have any Indebtedness or other obligations which, if in
default, would result (with the passage of time or notice or otherwise) in a
default on any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and
(iii)(a) such designation is effective immediately upon such Subsidiary
becoming a Subsidiary of the Company or of a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) the
Subsidiary to be so designated has total assets of $1,000 or less or (c) if
such Subsidiary has assets greater than $1,000, then such redesignation as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary is deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment in an
amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Company's direct and indirect
ownership interest in such Subsidiary, and such Restricted Payment would be
permitted to be made at the time of such designation under Section 4.04.
Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, no Restricted
Subsidiary may be redesignated as an Unrestricted
<PAGE> 65
57
Subsidiary. Upon designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary in compliance with this Section, such Restricted Subsidiary shall, by
delivery of a supplemental indenture in form satisfactory to the Trustee, be
released from any Subsidiary Guaranty previously made by such Subsidiary. The
designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or removal of such designation shall
be made by the Board of Directors pursuant to a certified resolution delivered
to the Trustee and shall be effective as of the date specified in the applicable
certified resolution, which shall not be prior to the date such certified
resolution is delivered to the Trustee.
The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries to, take any action or enter into any transaction or series of
transactions that would result in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary
(whether through an acquisition or otherwise) unless, after giving effect to
such action, transaction or series of transactions, on a pro forma basis, (i)
the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to
clause (a) of Section 4.03 and (ii) no Default or Event of Default would occur
or be continuing.
ARTICLE 5
Successor Company
SECTION 5.01. When Company May Merge or Transfer Assets. The
Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any Person, or convey,
transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or
substantially all its Property, unless:
(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the
"Successor Company") shall be a Person organized or existing under the
laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the
District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company)
shall expressly assume, by a supplemental indenture, executed and
delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the
obligations of the Company under the Securities and this Indenture;
(ii) in the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease of all or
substantially all the Company's Property, such Property shall have
been so conveyed, transferred or leased as an entirety or virtually as
an entirety to one Person; (iii) immediately after giving effect to
such transaction (and treating, for purposes of this clause (iii) and
clauses (iv) and (v) below, any Indebtedness which
<PAGE> 66
58
becomes or is anticipated to become an obligation of the Successor
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as
having been Incurred by such Successor Company or such Restricted
Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iv) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, the Successor Company would be able
to Incur an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) of
Section 4.03; (v) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
the Successor Company shall have Consolidated Net Worth in an amount
that is not less than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company
immediately prior to such transaction; and (vi) the Company shall have
delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate, stating that such
consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if
any) comply with this Indenture.
The Successor Company shall be the successor to the Company
and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and
power of, the Company under this Indenture, but the predecessor Company in the
case of a conveyance, transfer or lease shall not be released from the
obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Securities.
SECTION 5.02. When a Subsidiary Guarantor May Merge or
Transfer Assets. The Company shall not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to
consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one
transaction or series of transactions, all or substantially all of its Property
to, any Person (other than the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor)
unless:
(a) the Successor Company (if not such Subsidiary) shall be a
person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of
America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the
Successor Company (if not such Subsidiary) shall expressly assume, by
a supplemental indenture, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, all the
obligations of such Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guaranty; (b) in
the case of a conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially
all the Property of such Subsidiary Guarantor, such Property shall
have been so conveyed, transferred or leased as an entirety or
virtually as an entirety to one Person; (c) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction (and treating, for purposes of this clause
(c) and clauses (d) and (e) below, any Indebtedness which becomes or
is anticipated to become an obligation
<PAGE> 67
59
of the Successor Company or the Company or any other Restricted
Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by
such Person at the time of such transaction), no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (d) immediately after
giving effect to such transaction, the Company would be able to Incur
an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) of Section
4.03; (e) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, the
Company shall have Consolidated Net Worth in an amount that is not less
than the Consolidated Net Worth of the Company immediately prior to
such transaction; and (f) the Company shall have delivered to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate, stating that such consolidation,
merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with
this Indenture. The provisions of clauses (a), (b), (d), (e) and (f)
above shall not apply to any transactions which constitute an Asset
Sale if the Company has complied with Section 4.06.
The Successor Company shall be the successor to the applicable
Subsidiary Guarantor and shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary
Guaranty, but the predecessor Subsidiary Guarantor in the case of a conveyance,
transfer or lease shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal
of and interest on the Securities.
ARTICLE 6
Defaults and Remedies
SECTION 6.01. Events of Default. The following events shall
be "Events of Default":
(1) the Company defaults in any payment of interest on any
Security when the same becomes due and payable, whether or not such
payment shall be prohibited by Article 10, and such default continues
for a period of 30 days;
(2) the Company defaults in the payment of the principal of
any Security when the same becomes due and payable at its Stated
Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon
declaration or otherwise, whether or not such payment shall be
prohibited by Article 10;
<PAGE> 68
60
(3) the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor fails to comply
with Article 5;
(4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or
warranty of the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or
warranty addressed in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above) and continuance
of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after the notice
specified below;
(5) default by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary under
any Indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Non-recourse Purchase
Money Indebtedness) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which
results in acceleration of the maturity of such Indebtedness, or the
failure to pay such Indebtedness at maturity, in an amount greater
than $5,000,000 or its foreign currency equivalent at the time if such
Indebtedness is not discharged or such acceleration is not rescinded
or annulled within 10 days after the notice specified below;
(6) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or
within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:
(A) commences a voluntary case;
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief
against it in an involuntary case;
(C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it
or for any substantial part of its property; or
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its
creditors;
or takes any comparable action under any foreign laws relating to
insolvency;
(7) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or
decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case;
(B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its
property;
<PAGE> 69
61
(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or
(D) grants any similar relief under any foreign laws;
and in each such case the order or decree remains unstayed and in
effect for 60 days;
(8) one or more final judgments or orders by a court of
competent jurisdiction are entered against the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary in an uninsured or unindemnified aggregate
amount outstanding at any time in excess of $5,000,000 and such
judgments or orders are not discharged, waived, stayed, satisfied or
bonded for a period of 60 consecutive days; or
(9) a Subsidiary Guaranty ceases to be in full force and
effect (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and
such Subsidiary Guaranty) or a Subsidiary Guarantor denies or
disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guaranty.
The foregoing shall constitute Events of Default whatever the
reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary
or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order
of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or
governmental body.
The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11, United States Code,
or any similar Federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term
"Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or
similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.
A Default under clause (4) or (5) is not an Event of Default
until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of the outstanding Securities notify the Company (and in the case of such
notice by Holders, the Trustee) in writing of such Default and the Company does
not cure such Default within the time specified after receipt of such notice.
Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that
such notice is a "Notice of Default."
The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after
the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate
of any Event of Default and any event which with the giving of notice or the
lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what
<PAGE> 70
62
action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 6.02. Acceleration. If an Event of Default (other
than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7)) occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of the Securities by notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may declare the principal of the Securities to be due and payable.
Upon such a declaration, such principal shall be due and payable immediately.
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) occurs, the principal
of the Securities shall automatically and without any action by the Trustee or
any Holder, become immediately due and payable. The Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities by notice to the
Trustee and the Company may rescind any declaration of acceleration if the
rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, and if all existing
Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal or
interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration. No such
rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent
thereto.
SECTION 6.03. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the
payment of principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the
performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not
possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the
proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in
exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not
impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the
Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available
remedies are cumulative.
SECTION 6.04. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities by notice to the
Trustee may waive an existing Default and its consequences except (i) a Default
in the payment of the principal of or interest on a Security or (ii) a Default
in respect of a provision that under Section 9.02 cannot be amended without the
consent of each Securityholder affected. When a Default is waived, it is
deemed cured, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
Default or impair any consequent right.
<PAGE> 71
63
SECTION 6.05. Control by Majority. The Holders of a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the
Securities. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that
conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 7.01, that the
Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Securityholders
or would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided, however, that the
Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not
inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action hereunder, the
Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable indemnity against all losses and
expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
SECTION 6.06. Limitation on Suits. A Securityholder may not
pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities unless:
(1) such Holder shall have previously given to the Trustee
written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount
of the Securities then outstanding shall have made a written request,
and such Holder of or Holders shall have offered reasonable indemnity,
to the Trustee to pursue such proceeding as trustee; and
(3) the Trustee has failed to institute such proceeding and
has not received from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Securities outstanding a direction
inconsistent with such request, within 60 days after such notice,
request and offer.
The foregoing limitations on the pursuit of remedies by a
Securityholder shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder of Securities
for the enforcement of payment of the principal of or interest on such Security
on or after the applicable due date specified in such Security. A
Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another
Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over another
Securityholder.
SECTION 6.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder
to receive payment of principal of and interest on the Securities held by such
Holder,
<PAGE> 72
64
on or after the respective due dates expressed in this Securities, or to bring
suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates,
shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
SECTION 6.08. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of
Default specified in Section 6.01(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust
against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with
interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided
for in Section 7.07.
SECTION 6.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee
may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary
or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Securityholders
allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company, its creditors or
its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote
on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other
Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial
proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee
and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments
directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the
reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee,
its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section
7.07.
SECTION 6.10. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money
or property pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money or property
in the following order:
FIRST: to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 7.07;
SECOND: to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to
the extent required by Article 10;
THIRD: to Securityholders for amounts due and unpaid on the
Securities for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the
Securities for principal and interest, respectively; and
FOURTH: to the Company.
The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any
payment to Securityholders pursuant to this Section.
<PAGE> 73
65
At least 15 days before such record date, the Company shall mail to each
Securityholder and the Trustee a notice that states the record date, the payment
date and amount to be paid.
SECTION 6.11. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the
enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against
the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its
discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may
assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party
litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the
claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a
suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 or a suit by
Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities.
SECTION 6.12. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company
(to the extent it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives
all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede
the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been
enacted.
ARTICLE 7
Trustee
SECTION 7.01. Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default
has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and
powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill
in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such Person's own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:
(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only
such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no
implied covenants or obligations
<PAGE> 74
66
shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the
correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements
of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the
certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to
the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its
own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own wilful
misconduct, except that:
(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b)
of this Section;
(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment
made in good faith by a Trust Officer unless it is proved that the
Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action
it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction
received by it pursuant to Section 6.05.
(d) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates
to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.
(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company.
(f) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law.
(g) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment
of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not
reasonably assured to it.
<PAGE> 75
67
(h) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct
or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.
SECTION 7.02. Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may rely
on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or
presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or
matter stated in the document.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may
require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee shall
not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in
reliance on the Officers' Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.
(c) The Trustee may act through agents and shall not be
responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due
care.
(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its
rights or powers; provided, however, that the Trustee's conduct does not
constitute wilful misconduct or negligence.
(e) The Trustee may consult with counsel, and the advice or
opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and
the Securities shall be full and complete authorization and protection from
liability in respect to any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder
in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.
SECTION 7.03. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in
its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of
Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the
same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Registrar
or co-registrar may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must
comply with Sections 7.10 and 7.11.
SECTION 7.04. Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be
responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of
this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company's
use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for
any statement of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in this Indenture or
in any document
<PAGE> 76
68
issued in connection with the sale of the Securities or in the Securities other
than the Trustee's certificate of authentication.
SECTION 7.05. Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is
continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each
Securityholder notice of the Default within 90 days after it is known to a
Trust Officer or written notice of it is received by the Trustee. Except in
the case of a Default in payment of principal of or interest on any Security,
the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust
Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the
interests of Securityholders.
The Trustee is not required to take notice or deemed to have
notice of any Event of Default with respect to the Securities, except an Event
of Default under Section 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) hereof, unless a Trust Officer
shall have received written notice of such Event of Default from the Company,
any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Securityholder or unless a Trust Officer shall
otherwise have knowledge thereof.
SECTION 7.06. Reports by Trustee to Holders. As promptly as
practicable after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 1998, and in any event
prior to July 15 in each year, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a
brief report dated as of May 15 each year that complies with TIA Section
313(a), if and to the extent required by said subsection. The Trustee also
shall comply with TIA Section 313(b).
A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to
Securityholders shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange (if any) on
which the Securities are listed. The Company agrees to notify promptly the
Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange and of any
delisting thereof.
SECTION 7.07. Compensation and Indemnity. The Company shall
pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its services.
The Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon
request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made by it,
including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and
experts. The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any and all
<PAGE> 77
69
loss, liability or expense (including attorneys' fees) incurred by it in
connection with the acceptance and administration of this trust and the
performance of its duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company
promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee
to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations
hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim and the Trustee may have separate
counsel and the Company shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. The
Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability
or expense incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own wilful misconduct,
negligence or bad faith. The Company need not pay for any settlement made by
the Trustee without the Company's consent, such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld.
To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section,
the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities on all money or property
held or collected by the Trustee other than money or property held in trust to
pay principal of and interest on particular Securities.
The Company's payment obligations pursuant to this Section
shall survive the discharge of this Indenture. When the Trustee incurs
expenses after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7),
the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of administration under the
Bankruptcy Law.
SECTION 7.08. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign
at any time by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Securities may remove the Trustee by so
notifying the Trustee and may appoint a successor Trustee. The Company shall
remove the Trustee if:
(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;
(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent;
(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the
Trustee or its property; or
(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.
If the Trustee resigns, is removed by the Company or by the
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities and such
Holders do not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, or if a vacancy
exists
<PAGE> 78
70
in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being
referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint
a successor Trustee.
A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its
appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the
successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee
under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its
succession to Securityholders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all
property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, subject to the lien
provided for in Section 7.07.
If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days
after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or the
Holders of 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10, any
Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six
months may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the
Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
Notwithstanding the replacement of the Trustee pursuant to
this Section, the Company's obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for
the benefit of the retiring Trustee.
SECTION 7.09. Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee
consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially
all its corporate trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking
association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation or banking
association without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.
In case at the time such successor or successors by merger,
conversion or consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created
by this Indenture any of the Securities shall have been authenticated but not
delivered, any such successor to the Trustee may adopt the certificate of
authentication of any predecessor trustee, and deliver such Securities so
authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Securities shall not have
been authenticated, any such successor to the Trustee may authenticate such
Securities either in the name of any predecessor hereunder
<PAGE> 79
71
or in the name of the successor to the Trustee; and in all such cases such
certificates shall have the full force which it is anywhere in the Securities
or in this Indenture provided that the certificate of the Trustee shall have.
SECTION 7.10. Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee
shall at all times satisfy the requirements of TIA Section 310(a). The
Trustee shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as
set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition. The Trustee
shall comply with TIA Section 310(b), subject to the penultimate paragraph
thereof; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of
TIA Section 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities
or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company
are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA Section
310(b)(1) are met.
SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against
Company. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any
creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has
resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent
indicated.
ARTICLE 8
Discharge of Indenture; Defeasance
SECTION 8.01. Discharge of Liability on Securities;
Defeasance. (a) When (i) the Company delivers to the Trustee all outstanding
Securities (other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07) for
cancelation or (ii) all outstanding Securities have become due and payable,
whether at maturity or as a result of the mailing of a notice of redemption
pursuant to Article 3 and the Company irrevocably deposits with the Trustee
funds sufficient to pay at maturity or upon redemption all outstanding
Securities, including interest thereon to maturity or such redemption date
(other than Securities replaced pursuant to Section 2.07), and if in either
case the Company pays all other sums payable hereunder by the Company, then
this Indenture shall, subject to Sections 8.01(c), cease to be of further
effect. The Trustee shall acknowledge satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture on demand of the Company accompanied by an Officers' Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel and at the cost and expense of the Company.
(b) Subject to Sections 8.01(c) and 8.02, the Company at any
time may terminate (i) all its obligations under the Securities and this
Indenture ("legal defeasance
<PAGE> 80
72
option") or (ii) its obligations under Sections 4.02, 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.06,
4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.13, 4.14 and 4.15, the operation of Sections 6.01(4)
(to the extent relating to such other Sections), 6.01(5), 6.01(6), 6.01(7),
6.01(8) and 6.01(9) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(6) and (7), with respect
only to Significant Subsidiaries), its obligations under Sections 5.01(iv),
5.01(v) and 5.02 and the related operation of Section 6.01(3) ("covenant
defeasance option"). The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option
notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option.
If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment
of the Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. If
the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Securities
may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections
6.01(3) and 6.01(4) (with respect to the provisions of Articles 4 and 5 referred
to in the immediately preceding paragraph) and Sections 6.01(5), 6.01(6),
6.01(7), 6.01(8) and 6.01(9) (but, in the case of Sections 6.01(6) and (7), with
respect only to Significant Subsidiaries). If the Company exercises its legal
defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor,
if any, shall be released from all its obligations under its Subsidiary
Guaranty.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon
request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge
of those obligations that the Company terminates.
(c) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) above, the Company's
obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.06, 2.07, 7.07, 7.08, 8.05 and 8.06 and
Appendix A shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full.
Thereafter, the Company's obligations in Sections 7.07 and 8.05 shall survive.
SECTION 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance. The Company may
exercise its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option only if:
(1) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee
money or U.S. Government Obligations for the payment of principal of
and interest on the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case
may be;
(2) the Company delivers to the Trustee a certificate from a
nationally recognized firm of independent accountants expressing their
opinion that the payments
<PAGE> 81
73
of principal and interest when due and without reinvestment on the
deposited U.S. Government Obligations plus any deposited money without
investment will provide cash at such times and in such amounts as will
be sufficient to pay principal and interest when due on all the
Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be;
(3) 123 days pass after the deposit is made and during the
123-day period no Default specified in Section 6.01(6) or (7) with
respect to the Company occurs which is continuing at the end of the
period;
(4) the deposit does not constitute a default under any other
agreement binding on the Company and is not prohibited by Article 10;
(5) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not
constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under
the Investment Company Act of 1940;
(6) in the case of the legal defeasance option, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel stating that
(i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the
Internal Revenue Service a ruling, or (ii) since the date of this
Indenture there has been a change in the applicable Federal income tax
law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion
of Counsel shall confirm that, the Securityholders will not recognize
income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of
such defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such defeasance had not occurred;
(7) in the case of the covenant defeasance option, the Company
shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the
effect that the Securityholders will not recognize income, gain or
loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such covenant
defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same
amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been
the case if such covenant defeasance had not occurred; and
(8) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers'
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all
conditions precedent to the defeasance
<PAGE> 82
74
and discharge of the Securities as contemplated by this Article 8 have
been complied with.
Before or after a deposit, the Company may make arrangements
satisfactory to the Trustee for the redemption of Securities at a future date
in accordance with Article 3.
SECTION 8.03. Application of Trust Money. The Trustee shall
hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant
to this Article 8. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S.
Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this
Indenture to the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities. Money
and securities so held in trust are not subject to Article 10.
SECTION 8.04. Repayment to Company. The Trustee and the
Paying Agent shall promptly turn over to the Company upon request any excess
money or securities held by them at any time.
Subject to any applicable abandoned property law, the Trustee
and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by
them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two
years, and, thereafter, Securityholders entitled to the money must look to the
Company for payment as general creditors.
SECTION 8.05. Indemnity for Government Obligations. The
Company shall pay and shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other
charge imposed on or assessed against deposited U.S. Government Obligations or
the principal and interest received on such U.S. Government Obligations.
SECTION 8.06. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or Paying Agent
is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with
this Article 8 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or
judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or
otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company's obligations under this
Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article 8 until such time as the Trustee
or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government
Obligations in accordance with this Article 8; provided, however, that, if the
Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Securities
because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated
to the rights of the Holders of such Securities
<PAGE> 83
75
to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by
the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 9
Amendments
SECTION 9.01. Without Consent of Holders. The Company and
the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or
consent of any Securityholder:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;
(2) to comply with Article 5;
(3) to provide for uncertificated Securities in addition to or
in place of certificated Securities;
(4) to make any change in Article 10 or Article 12 that would
limit or terminate the benefits available to any holder of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or
Representatives therefor) under Article 10 or Article 12,
respectively;
(5) to add or to remove Subsidiary Guarantors when permitted
by the terms hereof, or to secure the Securities;
(6) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of
the Holders or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon
the Company;
(7) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection
with qualifying, or maintaining the qualification of, this Indenture
under the TIA; or
(8) to make any change that does not adversely affect the
rights of any Securityholder.
An amendment under this Section may not make any change that
adversely affects the rights under Article 10 or Article 12 of any holder of
Designated Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative) consent in writing to
such change.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to Securityholders a
<PAGE> 84
76
notice briefly describing such amendment. The failure to give such notice to
all Securityholders, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the
validity of an amendment under this Section.
SECTION 9.02. With Consent of Holders. The Company and the
Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any
Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities. However, without the
consent of each Securityholder affected thereby an amendment or waiver may not:
(1) reduce the amount of Securities whose Holders must consent
to an amendment or waiver;
(2) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of
interest on any Security;
(3) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of
any Security;
(4) reduce the amount payable upon the redemption or
repurchase of any Security in accordance with Article 3 or Section
4.06 or 4.09, or change the time at which any Security may be redeemed
in accordance with Article 3;
(5) at any time after a Change of Control or an Asset Sale has
occurred, change the time at which the Change of Control Offer or
Prepayment Offer relating thereto must be made or at which the
Securities must be repurchased pursuant to such Change of Control
Offer or Prepayment Offer;
(6) make any Security payable in a currency other than that
stated in the Security;
(7) make any change in Article 10 or Article 12 that adversely
affects the rights of any Securityholder under Article 10 or Article
12;
(8) make any change in any Subsidiary Guaranty that would
adversely affect the Securityholders;
(9) impair the right of any Holder to institute suit for
enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder's
Securities or any Subsidiary Guaranty;
(10) release any security that may have been granted to the
Trustee in respect of the Securities; or
<PAGE> 85
77
(11) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 or the second
sentence of this Section.
It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under
this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, but it
shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
An amendment under this Section may not make any change that
adversely affects the rights under Article 10 or Article 12 of any holder of
Designated Senior Indebtedness then outstanding unless the holders of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their Representative) consent in writing to
such change.
After an amendment under this Section becomes effective, the
Company shall mail to Securityholders a notice briefly describing such
amendment. The failure to give such notice to all Securityholders, or any
defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of an amendment under
this Section.
SECTION 9.03. Compliance with Trust Indenture Act. Every
amendment to this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as then
in effect.
SECTION 9.04. Revocation and Effect of Consents and Waivers.
A consent to an amendment or a waiver by a Holder of a Security shall bind the
Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Security or portion of the Security
that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if
notation of the consent or waiver is not made on the Security. However, any
such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent or waiver as to such
Holder's Security or portion of the Security if the Trustee receives the notice
of revocation before the date the amendment or waiver becomes effective. After
an amendment or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder.
An amendment or waiver becomes effective upon the execution of such amendment
or waiver by the Trustee.
The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record
date for the purpose of determining the Securityholders entitled to give their
consent or take any other action described above or required or permitted to be
taken pursuant to this Indenture. If a record date is fixed, then
notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph, those Persons who were
Securityholders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and
only those Persons, shall be entitled to give such consent or to revoke any
consent previously given or to take any such
<PAGE> 86
78
action, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record
date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 120 days after
such record date.
SECTION 9.05. Notation on or Exchange of Securities. If an
amendment changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder
of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an
appropriate notation on the Security regarding the changed terms and return it
to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the
Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall
authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make
the appropriate notation or to issue a new Security shall not affect the
validity of such amendment.
SECTION 9.06. Trustee To Sign Amendments. The Trustee shall
sign any amendment authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if such amendment does
not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the
Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may but need not sign it. In signing such
amendment the Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably
satisfactory to it and to receive, and (subject to Section 7.01) shall be fully
protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel
stating that such amendment is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.
SECTION 9.07. Payment for Consent. Neither the Company nor
any Affiliate of the Company shall, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be
paid any consideration, whether by way of interest, fee or otherwise, to any
Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of
the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Securities unless such
consideration is offered to be paid to all Holders that so consent, waive or
agree to amend in the time frame set forth in solicitation documents relating
to such consent, waiver or agreement.
ARTICLE 10
Subordination
SECTION 10.01. Agreement To Subordinate. The Company agrees,
and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that the Indebtedness
evidenced by the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent
and in the manner provided in this Article 10, to the payment when due of all
Senior Indebtedness of the Company and that the subordination is for the
benefit of and
<PAGE> 87
79
enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Securities shall in
all respects rank pari passu with any future Pari Passu Indebtedness of the
Company and senior to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, and
only Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall rank senior to the Securities in
accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article
10 shall be subject to Section 10.12.
SECTION 10.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon
any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a
total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution of the Company
or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar
proceeding relating to the Company or its property:
(1) holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be
entitled to receive payment in full of such Senior Indebtedness before
Securityholders shall be entitled to receive any payment of principal
of or interest on the Securities; and
(2) until such Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, any
distribution made by or on behalf of the Company to which
Securityholders would be entitled but for this Article 10 shall be
made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may
appear, except that all Securityholders may receive and retain shares
of stock and any debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior
Indebtedness of the Company to at least the same extent as the
Securities.
SECTION 10.03. Default on Senior Indebtedness. The Company
may not pay the principal of or interest on the Securities or make any deposit
pursuant to Section 8.01 and may not repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire any
Securities (collectively, "pay the Securities") if (i) any principal, interest
or other amounts due in respect of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company is
not paid within any applicable grace period (including at maturity) or (ii) any
other default on Senior Indebtedness of the Company occurs and the maturity of
such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in
either case, (x) the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration
has been rescinded or (y) such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full;
provided, however, that the Company may pay the Securities without regard to
the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving
such payment from the Representative of each issue of Designated Senior
Indebtedness. During the continuance of any default (other than a default
described in clause (i) or
<PAGE> 88
80
(ii) of the preceding sentence) with respect to any Designated Senior
Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated
immediately without further notice (except such notice as may be required to
effect such acceleration), the Company may not pay the Securities for a period
(a "Payment Blockage Period") commencing upon the receipt by the Company and the
Trustee of written notice of such default from the Representative of the holders
of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a
Payment Blockage Period (a "Payment Blockage Notice") and ending 179 days after
receipt of such notice by the Company and the Trustee unless earlier terminated
(i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Representative who
gave such Payment Blockage Notice, (ii) because such Designated Senior
Indebtedness has been repaid in full or (iii) because the default giving rise to
such Payment Blockage Notice is no longer continuing. Notwithstanding the
provisions described in the immediately preceding sentence, unless the holders
of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders
shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness and
not rescinded such acceleration, the Company may (unless otherwise prohibited as
described in the first sentence of this paragraph) resume payments on the
Securities after such Payment Blockage Period. No more than one Payment
Blockage Notice may be given in any consecutive 360-day period regardless of the
number of defaults with respect to one or more issues of Senior Indebtedness.
SECTION 10.04. Acceleration of Payment of Securities. If
payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the
Company or the Trustee shall promptly notify the holders of the Designated
Senior Indebtedness (or their Representatives) of the acceleration.
SECTION 10.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a
distribution is made to Securityholders that because of this Article 10 should
not have been made to them, the Securityholders who receive the distribution
shall hold it in trust for holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and
pay it over to them as their interests may appear.
SECTION 10.06. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of
the Company is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in full,
Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior
Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness.
A distribution made under this Article 10 to holders of such Senior
Indebtedness which otherwise
<PAGE> 89
81
would have been made to Securityholders is not, as between the Company and
Securityholders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Indebtedness.
SECTION 10.07. Relative Rights. This Article 10 defines the
relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the
Company. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(1) impair, as between the Company and Securityholders, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay
principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their
terms; or
(2) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising
its available remedies upon a Default or an Event of Default, subject
to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to
receive distributions otherwise payable to Securityholders.
SECTION 10.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.
No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce the
subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities shall be impaired
by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with
this Indenture.
SECTION 10.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.
Notwithstanding Section 10.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make
payments on the Securities and shall not be charged with knowledge of the
existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments unless,
not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Trust
Officer receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under
this Article 10. The Company, the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent,
a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness may give the notice;
provided, however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company has
a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold
Senior Indebtedness of the Company with the same rights it would have if it
were not Trustee. The Registrar and co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do
the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set
forth in this Article 10 with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company
which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of
such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article 7 shall deprive
<PAGE> 90
82
the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article 10
shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to
Section 7.07.
SECTION 10.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative.
Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company, the distribution may be made and the notice given
to their Representative (if any).
SECTION 10.11. Article 10 Not To Prevent Events of Default or
Limit Right To Accelerate. The failure to make a payment pursuant to the
Securities by reason of any provision in this Article 10 shall not be construed
as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article 10 shall
have any effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to
accelerate the maturity of the Securities.
SECTION 10.12. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money
or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust under Article 8 by
the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Securities
shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness or
subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article 10, and none of the
Securityholders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company
or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any other creditor of
the Company.
SECTION 10.13. Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the Trustee and the Securityholders
shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section
10.02 are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent
or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the
Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior
Indebtedness of the Company for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons
entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such
Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof
or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all
other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10. In the event that the
Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to
the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to
participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 10, the
<PAGE> 91
83
Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by
such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such
payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person
under this Article 10, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may
defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right
of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and
7.02 shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee
pursuant to this Article 10.
SECTION 10.14. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. Each
Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on
his behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to
acknowledge or effectuate the subordination between the Securityholders and the
holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company as provided in this Article 10
and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
SECTION 10.15. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior
Indebtedness. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall not be liable to any such holders if
it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the Company or
any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness
of the Company shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 10 or otherwise.
SECTION 10.16. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on
Subordination Provisions. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and
are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any
Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether such Senior Indebtedness was
created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire
and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such
holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied
on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in
continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.
<PAGE> 92
84
ARTICLE 11
Subsidiary Guaranties
SECTION 11.01. Guaranties. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby
unconditionally guarantees, jointly and severally, to each Holder and to the
Trustee and its successors and assigns (a) the full and punctual payment of
principal of and interest on the Securities when due, whether at maturity, by
acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, and all other monetary obligations of
the Company under this Indenture and the Securities and (b) the full and
punctual performance within applicable grace periods of all other obligations
of the Company under this Indenture and the Securities (all the foregoing being
hereinafter collectively called the "Obligations"). Each Subsidiary Guarantor
further agrees that the Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in
part, without notice or further assent from such Subsidiary Guarantor and that
such Subsidiary Guarantor will remain bound under this Article 11
notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Obligation.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of,
payment from and protest to the Company of any of the Obligations and also
waives notice of protest for nonpayment. Each Subsidiary Guarantor waives
notice of any default under the Securities or the Obligations. The obligations
of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be affected by (a) the failure
of any Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any
right or remedy against the Company or any other Person under this Indenture,
the Securities or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or
renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification
of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Securities or any
other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the
Trustee for the Obligations or any of them; (e) the failure of any Holder or
the Trustee to exercise any right or remedy against any other guarantor of the
Obligations; or (f) any change in the ownership of such Subsidiary Guarantor.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary
Guaranty herein constitutes a guarantee of payment, performance and compliance
when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require
that any resort be had by any Holder or the Trustee to any security held for
payment of the Obligations.
Each Subsidiary Guaranty is, to the extent and in the manner
set forth in Article 12, subordinated and subject
<PAGE> 93
85
in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of
the Subsidiary Guarantor giving such Subsidiary Guaranty and each Subsidiary
Guaranty is made subject to such provisions of this Indenture.
Except as expressly set forth in Sections 4.08, 4.15, 5.02 and
8.01(b), the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder shall not be
subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason,
including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and
shall not be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or
termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or
unenforceability of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor herein
shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any
Holder or the Trustee to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy
under this Indenture, the Securities or any other agreement, by any waiver or
modification of any thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or
otherwise, in the performance of the obligations, or by any other act or thing
or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any
manner or to any extent vary the risk of such Subsidiary Guarantor or would
otherwise operate as a discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantor as a matter of law
or equity.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor further agrees that its Subsidiary
Guaranty herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case
may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or
interest on any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any
Holder or the Trustee upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or
otherwise.
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any
other right which any Holder or the Trustee has at law or in equity against any
Subsidiary Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to pay
the principal of or interest on any Obligation when and as the same shall
become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise,
or to perform or comply with any other Obligation, each Subsidiary Guarantor
hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee,
forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Holders or the Trustee an
amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Obligations, (ii)
accrued and unpaid interest on such Obligations (but only to the extent not
prohibited by law) and (iii) all other monetary Obligations of the Company to
the Holders and the Trustee.
<PAGE> 94
86
Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it shall not be entitled
to any right of subrogation in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby
until payment in full in cash of all Obligations and all obligations to which
the Obligations are subordinated as provided in Article 12. Each Subsidiary
Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders
and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the Obligations
guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes
of such Subsidiary Guarantor's Subsidiary Guaranty herein, notwithstanding any
stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of
the Obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such Obligations
(whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such
Subsidiary Guarantor for the purposes of this Section.
Each Subsidiary Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all costs
and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees) incurred by the Trustee or
any Holder in enforcing any rights under this Section.
SECTION 11.02. Contribution. Each of the Company and any
Subsidiary Guarantor (a "Contributing Party") agrees (subject to Articles 10
and 12) that, in the event a payment shall be made by any other Subsidiary
Guarantor under any Subsidiary Guaranty (the "Claiming Guarantor"), the
Contributing Party shall indemnify the Claiming Guarantor in an amount equal to
the amount of such payment multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which
shall be the net worth of the Contributing Party on the date hereof and the
denominator of which shall be the aggregate net worth of the Company and all
the Subsidiary Guarantors on the date hereof (or, in the case of any Subsidiary
Guarantor becoming a party hereto pursuant to Section 9.01, the date of the
amendment hereto executed and delivered by such Subsidiary Guarantor).
SECTION 11.03. Successors and Assigns. This Article 11 shall
be binding upon each Subsidiary Guarantor and its successors and assigns and
shall enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the
Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder
or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this
Indenture and in the Securities shall automatically extend to and be vested in
such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this
Indenture.
<PAGE> 95
87
SECTION 11.04. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on
the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or
privilege under this Article 11 shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a
single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of
any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the
Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not
exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under
this Article 11 at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.
SECTION 11.05. Modification. No modification, amendment or
waiver of any provision of this Article 11, nor the consent to any departure by
any Subsidiary Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the
same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or
consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose
for which given. No notice to or demand on any Subsidiary Guarantor in any
case shall entitle such Subsidiary Guarantor to any other or further notice or
demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.
SECTION 11.06. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future
Subsidiary Guarantors. Each Subsidiary which is required to become a Subsidiary
Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.13 shall promptly execute and deliver to the
Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit B hereto pursuant to
which such Subsidiary shall become a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Article 11
and shall guarantee the Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and
delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Company shall deliver to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has
been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary and that,
subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent
conveyance or transfer and other similar laws relating to creditors' rights
generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at
law or in equity, the Subsidiary Guaranty of such Subsidiary Guarantor is a
legal, valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, enforceable
against such Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance with its terms.
<PAGE> 96
88
ARTICLE 12
Subordination of Subsidiary Guaranties
SECTION 12.01. Agreement To Subordinate. Each Subsidiary
Guarantor agrees, and each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, that
the Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor are subordinated in right of
payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article 12, to the
payment when due of all Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor and
that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of
such Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations of a Subsidiary Guarantor shall in
all respects rank pari passu with any future Pari Passu Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary Guarantor and senior to any future Subordinated Indebtedness of such
Subsidiary Guarantor, and only Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor
(including such Subsidiary Guarantor's Guarantee of Senior Indebtedness of the
Company) shall rank senior to the Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor in
accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
SECTION 12.02. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy. Upon
any payment or distribution of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor to
creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or a total or partial dissolution
of such Subsidiary Guarantor or in a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency,
receivership or similar proceeding relating to such Subsidiary Guarantor or its
property:
(1) holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary
Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full of such Senior
Indebtedness before Securityholders shall be entitled to receive any
payment pursuant to any Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor; and
(2) until the Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor
is paid in full, any distribution made by or on behalf of such
Subsidiary Guarantor to which Securityholders would be entitled but
for this Article 12 shall be made to holders of such Senior
Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that
Securityholders may receive shares of stock and any debt securities of
such Subsidiary Guarantor that are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness
of such Subsidiary Guarantor to at least the same extent as the
Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor are subordinated to Senior
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor.
<PAGE> 97
89
SECTION 12.03. Default on Senior Indebtedness of Subsidiary
Guarantor. No Subsidiary Guarantor may make any payment pursuant to any of its
Obligations or repurchase, redeem or otherwise retire or defease any Securities
or other Obligations (collectively, "pay its Subsidiary Guaranty") if (i) any
Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor is not paid within any
applicable grace period (including at maturity) or (ii) any other default on
Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor occurs and the maturity of
such Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in
either case, (x) the default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration
has been rescinded or (y) such Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full;
provided, however, that any Subsidiary Guarantor may pay its Subsidiary
Guaranty without regard to the foregoing if such Subsidiary Guarantor and the
Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives
of each issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. No
Subsidiary Guarantor may pay its Subsidiary Guaranty during the continuance of
any Payment Blockage Period after receipt by the Company and the Trustee of a
Payment Blockage Notice under Section 10.03. Notwithstanding the provisions
described in the immediately preceding sentence, unless the holders of
Designated Senior Indebtedness giving such Payment Blockage Notice or the
Representative of such holders shall have accelerated the maturity of such
Designated Senior Indebtedness and not rescinded such acceleration, any
Subsidiary Guarantor may resume (unless otherwise prohibited as described in
the first sentence of this paragraph) payments pursuant to its Subsidiary
Guaranty after such Payment Blockage Period.
SECTION 12.04. Demand for Payment. If a demand for payment
is made on a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Article 11, the Trustee shall
promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness (or their
Representatives) of such demand.
SECTION 12.05. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over. If a
distribution is made to Securityholders that because of this Article 12 should
not have been made to them, the Securityholders who receive the distribution
shall hold it in trust for holders of the relevant Senior Indebtedness and pay
it over to them or their Representatives as their interests may appear.
SECTION 12.06. Subrogation. After all Senior Indebtedness of
a Subsidiary Guarantor is paid in full and until the Securities are paid in
full, Securityholders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such
Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such
<PAGE> 98
90
Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article 12 to holders of
such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Securityholders
is not, as between the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor and Securityholders, a
payment by such Subsidiary Guarantor on such Senior Indebtedness.
SECTION 12.07. Relative Rights. This Article 12 defines the
relative rights of Securityholders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of a
Subsidiary Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:
(1) impair, as between a Subsidiary Guarantor and
Securityholders, the obligation of such Subsidiary Guarantor, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the Obligations to the extent set
forth in Article 11 or the relevant Subsidiary Guaranty; or
(2) prevent the Trustee or any Securityholder from exercising
its available remedies upon a default by such Subsidiary Guarantor
under the Obligations, subject to the rights of holders of Senior
Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor to receive distributions
otherwise payable to Securityholders.
SECTION 12.08. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.
No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor to
enforce the subordination of the Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall
be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Subsidiary Guarantor or by its
failure to comply with this Indenture.
SECTION 12.09. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.
Notwithstanding Section 12.03, the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make
payments on any Subsidiary Guaranty and shall not be charged with knowledge of
the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any such payments
unless, not less than two Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a
Trust Officer receives written notice satisfactory to it that payments may not
be made under this Article 12. The Company, the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor,
the Registrar or co-registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of
Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor may give the notice; provided,
however, that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor
has a Representative, only the Representative may give the notice.
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold
Senior Indebtedness with the same rights it would have if it were not the
Trustee. The Registrar and
<PAGE> 99
91
co-registrar and the Paying Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee
shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 12 with respect to
any Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor which may at any time be
held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness; and
nothing in Article 7 shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such
holder. Nothing in this Article 12 shall apply to claims of, or payments to,
the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.07.
SECTION 12.10. Distribution or Notice to Representative.
Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior
Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor, the distribution may be made and the
notice given to their Representative (if any).
SECTION 12.11. Article 12 Not To Prevent Defaults Under a
Subsidiary Guaranty or Limit Right To Demand Payment. The failure to make a
payment pursuant to a Subsidiary Guaranty by reason of any provision in this
Article 12 shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default
under such Subsidiary Guaranty. Nothing in this Article 12 shall have any
effect on the right of the Securityholders or the Trustee to make a demand for
payment on any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Article 11 or the relevant
Subsidiary Guaranty.
SECTION 12.12. Trustee Entitled To Rely. Upon any payment or
distribution pursuant to this Article 12, the Trustee and the Securityholders
shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 12.02
are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or
other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the
Securityholders or (iii) upon the Representatives for the holders of Senior
Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor for the purpose of ascertaining the
Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of
such Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed
thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 12. In the
event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with
respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of any
Subsidiary Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to
this Article 12, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness
of such Subsidiary Guarantor held by such Person, the extent to which such
<PAGE> 100
92
Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other
facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 12, and, if such
evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person
pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such
payment. The provisions of Sections 7.01 and 7.02 shall be applicable to all
actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article 12.
SECTION 12.13. Trustee To Effectuate Subordination. Each
Securityholder by accepting a Security authorizes and directs the Trustee on his
behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to acknowledge or
effectuate the subordination between the Securityholders and the holders of
Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor as provided in this Article 12
and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.
SECTION 12.14. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior
Indebtedness of Subsidiary Guarantor. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe
any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any Subsidiary
Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly
pay over or distribute to Securityholders or the Company or any other Person,
money or assets to which any holders of such Senior Indebtedness shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article 12 or otherwise.
SECTION 12.15. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness on
Subordination Provisions. Each Securityholder by accepting a Security
acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are
intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior
Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Guarantor, whether such Senior Indebtedness was
created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Securities, to acquire
and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such
holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on
such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in
continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.
ARTICLE 13
Miscellaneous
SECTION 13.01. Trust Indenture Act Controls. If any
provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another
provision which is required to be
<PAGE> 101
93
included in this Indenture by the TIA, the required provision shall control.
SECTION 13.02. Notices. Any notice or communication shall be
in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail or sent by
facsimile (with a hard copy delivered in person or by mail promptly thereafter)
and addressed as follows:
if to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor:
Stone Energy Corporation
625 E. Kaliste Saloom Road
Lafayette, LA 70508
Telecopy No: (318)237-0426
Attention: Andrew L. Gates, III
if to the Trustee:
(1) for payment, registration, transfer, exchange and tender
of the Securities:
By Hand:
Texas Commerce Bank National Association
Attention: Registered Bond Events
One Main Place
1201 Main Street, 18th Floor
Dallas, Texas 75202
By Mail:
Texas Commerce Bank National Association
Attention: Registered Bond Events
P.O. Box 2320
Dallas, Texas 75221-2320
Telephone No: (214)871-9393 or (800)275-2048
(2) for all other communications relating to the Securities:
Texas Commerce Bank National Association
Attention: Global Trust Services
600 Travis Street, Suite 1150
Houston, Texas 77002
Telephone No: (713)216-6686
Telecopy No: (713)216-5476
The Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, on the one hand, or
the Trustee, on the other hand, by notice to
<PAGE> 102
94
the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices
or communications.
Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall
be mailed to the Securityholder at the Securityholder's address as it appears
on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given if
so mailed within the time prescribed.
Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder
or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other
Securityholders. Notices shall be effective only upon receipt.
SECTION 13.03. Communication by Holders with Other Holders.
Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other
Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the
Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have
the protection of TIA Section 312(c).
SECTION 13.04. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions
Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to
take or refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, the Company shall
furnish to the Trustee:
(1) an Officers' Certificate in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of the
signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this
Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the Trustee stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.
SECTION 13.05. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or
condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(1) a statement that the individual making such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the
examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions
contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
<PAGE> 103
95
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he
has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable
him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant
or condition has been complied with; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such
individual, such covenant or condition has been complied with.
SECTION 13.06. When Securities Disregarded. In determining
whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have
concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company
or by any Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with the Company shall be disregarded and
deemed not to be outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver
or consent, only Securities which the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so
disregarded. Also, subject to the foregoing, only Securities outstanding at
the time shall be considered in any such determination.
SECTION 13.07. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of
Securityholders. The Registrar, the Paying Agent and any co-registrar may make
reasonable rules for their functions.
SECTION 13.08. Legal Holidays. A "Legal Holiday" is a
Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions are not required to
be open in the State of Texas. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment
shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no
interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is
a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected.
SECTION 13.09. Governing Law. THIS INDENTURE AND THE
SECURITIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
SECTION 13.10. No Recourse Against Others. A director,
officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under
the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in
<PAGE> 104
96
respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. By accepting a
Security, each Securityholder shall waive and release all such liability. The
waiver and release shall be part of the consideration for the issue of the
Securities.
SECTION 13.11. Successors. All agreements of the Company and
any Subsidiary Guarantors in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind their
successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its
successors.
SECTION 13.12. Multiple Originals. The parties may sign any
number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but
all of them together represent the same agreement. One signed copy is enough
to prove this Indenture.
SECTION 13.13. Table of Contents; Headings. The table of
contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of
this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not
intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or restrict any of
the terms or provisions hereof.
<PAGE> 105
97
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to
be duly executed as of the date first written above.
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION,
by /s/ MIKE FINCH
-------------------------------------
Name: Michael L. Finch
Title: Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee,
by /s/ MAURI COWEN
-------------------------------------
Name: MAURI J. COWEN
Title: Vice President and Trust Officer
<PAGE> 106
APPENDIX A
FOR OFFERINGS TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, TO
CERTAIN PERSONS IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND,
SUBJECT TO THE APPLICABLE PURCHASE AGREEMENT, TO INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED
INVESTORS.
PROVISIONS RELATING TO INITIAL SECURITIES
AND EXCHANGE SECURITIES
1. Definitions
1.1 Definitions
For the purposes of this Appendix A the following terms shall have the
meanings indicated below:
"Definitive Security" means a certificated Initial Security or
Exchange Security bearing, if required, the restricted securities legend set
forth in Section 2.3(d).
"Depository" means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees
and their respective successors.
"Exchange Securities" means the 83/4% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2007 to be issued pursuant to this Indenture in connection with a
Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange pursuant to a Registration
Agreement.
"IAI" means an institutional "accredited investor" as
described in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.
"Initial Purchasers" means Salomon Brothers Inc; Credit Suisse
First Boston Corporation; Howard, Weil, Labouisse, Friedrichs Incorporated;
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated; and NationsBanc Capital Markets, Inc.
"Initial Securities" means the 83/4% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2007, to be issued from time to time, in one or more series as provided for
in this Indenture.
<PAGE> 107
2
"Original Securities" means Initial Securities in the
aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 issued on September 19, 1997.
"Private Exchange" means the offer by the Company, pursuant to
Section 2(f) of the Registration Agreement dated September 16, 1997, or
pursuant to any similar provision of any other Registration Agreement, to issue
and deliver to certain purchasers, in exchange for the Initial Securities held
by such purchasers as part of their initial distribution, a like aggregate
principal amount of Private Exchange Securities.
"Private Exchange Securities" means the 83/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007 to be issued pursuant to this Indenture in
connection with a Private Exchange pursuant to a Registration Agreement
"Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement dated
September 16, 1997, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers relating to
the Original Securities, or any similar agreement relating to any future sale
of Initial Securities by the Company.
"QIB" means a "qualified institutional buyer" as defined in
Rule 144A.
"Registered Exchange Offer" means the offer by the Company,
pursuant to a Registration Agreement, to certain Holders of Initial Securities,
to issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Initial Securities, a
like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Securities registered under the
Securities Act.
"Registration Agreement" means the Registration Agreement
dated September 16, 1997, between the Company and the Initial Purchasers
relating to the Original Securities, or any similar agreement relating to any
additional Initial Securities.
"Securities" means the Initial Securities and the Exchange
Securities, treated as a single class.
<PAGE> 108
3
"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
"Securities Custodian" means the custodian with respect to a
Global Security (as appointed by the Depository), or any successor person
thereto who shall initially be the Trustee.
"Shelf Registration Statement" means a registration statement
issued by the Company in connection with the offer and sale of Initial
Securities pursuant to a Registration Agreement.
"Transfer Restricted Securities" means Definitive Securities
and any other Securities that bear or are required to bear the legend set forth
in Section 2.3(d) hereto.
1.2 Other Definitions
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Defined in
----------
Term Section:
- ---- -------
<S> <C>
"Agent Members" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1(b)
"Global Security" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1(a)
"Regulation S" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
"Rule 144A" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
</TABLE>
2. The Securities
2.1 Form and Dating
The Initial Securities will be offered and sold by the
Company, from time to time, pursuant to one or more Purchase Agreements. The
Initial Securities will be resold, initially only to QIBs in reliance on Rule
144A under the Securities Act ("Rule 144A"), in reliance on Regulation S under
the Securities Act ("Regulation S") and, subject to the terms of the applicable
Purchase Agreement, to IAIs under Rule 501(a)(1),(2),(3) or (7) under the
Securities Act. Initial Securities may thereafter be transferred to, among
others, QIBs, purchasers in reliance on Regulation S and IAIs.
<PAGE> 109
4
(a) Global Securities. Initial Securities shall be issued
initially in the form of one or more permanent global Securities in definitive,
fully registered form without interest coupons with the global securities
legend and restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto (each, a
"Global Security"), which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the
Initial Securities represented thereby with the Securities Custodian, and
registered in the name of the Depository or a nominee of the Depository, duly
executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as provided in this
Indenture. The aggregate principal amount of the Global Securities may from
time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of
the Trustee and the Depository or its nominee as hereinafter provided.
(b) Book-Entry Provisions. This Section 2.1(b) shall apply
only to a Global Security deposited with or on behalf of the Depository.
The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance
with this Section 2.1(b) and pursuant to an order of the Company, authenticate
and deliver initially one or more Global Securities that (a) shall be
registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Security or Global
Securities or the nominee of such Depository and (b) shall be delivered by the
Trustee to such Depository or pursuant to such Depository's instructions or
held by the Trustee as Securities Custodian.
Members of, or participants in, the Depository ("Agent
Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global
Security held on their behalf by the Depository or by the Trustee as Securities
Custodian or under such Global Security, and the Depository may be treated by
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the
absolute owner of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the
Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any
written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depository
or impair, as between the Depository and its Agent Members, the operation of
customary practices of such
<PAGE> 110
5
Depository governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial
interest in any Global Security.
(c) Definitive Securities. Except as provided in Section 2.3
or 2.4, owners of beneficial interests in Global Securities will not be
entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Securities.
2.2 Authentication. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver: (1)
Original Securities for original issue in an aggregate principal amount of
$100,000,000, (2) additional Initial Securities, if and when issued, in an
aggregate principal amount of up to $50,000,000 and (3) Exchange Securities for
issue only in a Registered Exchange Offer or a Private Exchange pursuant to a
Registration Agreement, for a like principal amount of Initial Securities, upon
a written order of the Company signed by two Officers or by an Officer and
either an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Such
order shall specify the amount of the Securities to be authenticated and the
date on which the original issue of Securities is to be authenticated and
whether the Securities are to be Initial Securities or Exchange Securities. The
aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed
$150,000,000, except as provided in Section 2.08 of this Indenture.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Appendix or otherwise in this
Indenture, any additional issuance of Securities after the Issue Date shall be
in a principal amount of at least $25,000,000, whether such additional
Securities are of the same or a different series than the Original Securities.
2.3 Transfer and Exchange. (a) Transfer and Exchange of
Definitive Securities. When Definitive Securities are presented to the
Registrar or a co-registrar with a request:
(x) to register the transfer of such Definitive Securities;
or
(y) to exchange such Definitive Securities for an equal
principal amount of Definitive Securities of other authorized
denominations,
<PAGE> 111
6
the Registrar or co-registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange
as requested if its reasonable requirements for such transaction are met;
provided, however, that the Definitive Securities surrendered for transfer or
exchange:
(i) shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company
and the Registrar or co-registrar, duly executed by the Holder thereof
or his attorney duly authorized in writing; and
(ii) are being transferred or exchanged pursuant to an
effective registration statement under the Securities Act, pursuant to
Section 2.3(b) or pursuant to clause (A), (B) or (C) below, and are
accompanied by the following additional information and documents, as
applicable:
(A) if such Definitive Securities are being
delivered to the Registrar by a Holder for registration in the
name of such Holder, without transfer, a certification from
such Holder to that effect; or
(B) if such Definitive Securities are being
transferred to the Company, a certification to that effect; or
(C) if such Definitive Securities are being
transferred pursuant to an exemption from registration in
accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, (i) a
certification to that effect and (ii) if the Company so
requests, an opinion of counsel or other evidence reasonably
satisfactory to it as to the compliance with the restrictions
set forth in the legend set forth in Section 2.3(d)(i).
(b) Restrictions on Transfer of a Definitive Security for a
Beneficial Interest in a Global Security. A Definitive Security may not be
exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Security except upon
satisfaction of the requirements set forth below. Upon receipt by the Trustee
of a
<PAGE> 112
7
Definitive Security, duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar or
co-registrar, together with:
(i) certification that such Definitive Security is being
transferred (A) to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, (B) to an IAI
that has furnished to the Trustee a signed letter or (C) outside the
United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of
Regulation S and in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act;
and
(ii) written instructions directing the Trustee to make, or to
direct the Securities Custodian to make, an adjustment on its books
and records with respect to such Global Security to reflect an
increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Securities
represented by the Global Security, such instructions to contain
information regarding the Depositary account to be credited with such
increase,
then the Trustee shall cancel such Definitive Security and cause, or direct the
Securities Custodian to cause, in accordance with the standing instructions and
procedures existing between the Depository and the Securities Custodian, the
aggregate principal amount of Securities represented by the Global Security to
be increased by the aggregate principal amount of the Definitive Security to be
exchanged and shall credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person
specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in the Global Security
equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Security so canceled. If no
Global Securities are then outstanding and the Global Security has not been
previously exchanged pursuant to Section 2.4, the Company shall issue and the
Trustee shall authenticate, upon written order of the Company in the form of an
Officers' Certificate, a new Global Security in the appropriate principal
amount.
(c) Transfer and Exchange of Global Securities. (i) The
transfer and exchange of Global Securities or beneficial interests therein
shall be effected through the
<PAGE> 113
8
Depository, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable
restrictions on transfer set forth herein, if any) and the procedures of the
Depository therefor. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global
Security shall deliver a written order given in accordance with the
Depository's procedures containing information regarding the participant
account of the Depository to be credited with a beneficial interest in the
Global Security and such account shall be credited in accordance with such
instructions with a beneficial interest in the Global Security and the account
of the Person making the transfer shall be debited by an amount equal to the
beneficial interest in the Global Security being transferred. In the case of a
transfer of a beneficial interest in a Global Security to an IAI, the
transferee must furnish a signed letter to the Trustee containing certain
representations and agreements (the form of which letter can be obtained from
the Trustee or the Company).
(ii) If the proposed transfer is a transfer of a beneficial
interest in one Global Security to a beneficial interest in another
Global Security, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records
the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global
Security to which such interest is being transferred in an amount
equal to the principal amount of the interest to be so transferred,
and the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and
a corresponding decrease in the principal amount of Global Security
from which such interest is being transferred.
(iii) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Appendix A
(other than the provisions set forth in Section 2.4), a Global
Security may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depository to
a nominee of the Depository or by a nominee of the Depository to the
Depository or another nominee of the Depository or by the Depository
or any such nominee to a successor Depository or a nominee of such
successor Depository.
(iv) In the event that a Global Security is exchanged for
Securities in definitive registered form pursuant to Section 2.4 prior
to the consummation of a Registered
<PAGE> 114
9
Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement
with respect to such Securities, such Securities may be exchanged only
in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent
with the provisions of this Section 2.3 (including the certification
requirements set forth on the reverse of the Initial Securities
intended to ensure that such transfers comply with Rule 144A,
Regulation S or such other applicable exemption from registration
under the Securities Act, as the case may be) and such other
procedures as may from time to time be adopted by the Company.
(d) Legend.
(i) Except as permitted by the following paragraphs (ii),
(iii), (iv) and (vi), each Security certificate evidencing the Global
Securities and the Definitive Securities (and all Securities issued in
exchange therefor or in substitution thereof) shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form:
"THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY
PURCHASING THIS SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT
THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X)
PRIOR TO THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR A
PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR (Y) BY ANY HOLDER THAT WAS AN
AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME DURING THE THREE MONTHS PRECEDING
THE DATE OF SUCH TRANSFER, IN EITHER CASE OTHER THAN (1) TO THE
COMPANY, (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT
TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON WHOM
THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER
WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR
THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN
THAT THE RESALE, PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON
RULE 144A (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE
CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY),
<PAGE> 115
10
(3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR
ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY), (4)
TO AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY
THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON
THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY) THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR
INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION, AND A CERTIFICATE WHICH
MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE IS DELIVERED BY THE
TRANSFEREE TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, (5) PURSUANT TO AN
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE
144 (IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH
CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF
THE UNITED STATES. AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR HOLDING THIS
SECURITY AGREES IT WILL FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SUCH
CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO
CONFIRM THAT ANY TRANSFER BY IT OF THIS SECURITY COMPLIES WITH THE
FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS
SECURITY, REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT IT
IS (1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A
OR (2) AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN
RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THAT IT
IS HOLDING THIS SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR
DISTRIBUTION OR (3) A NON-U.S. PERSON OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN
THE MEANING OF (OR AN ACCOUNT SATISFYING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH
(o)(2) OF RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT."
Each Definitive Security will also bear the following
additional legend:
"IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO
THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER
<PAGE> 116
11
AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER
COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS."
(ii) Upon any sale or transfer of a Transfer Restricted
Security (including any Transfer Restricted Security represented by a
Global Security) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act:
(A) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security
that is a Definitive Security, the Registrar shall permit the
Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted Security
for a Definitive Security that does not bear the legends set
forth above and rescind any restriction on the transfer of
such Transfer Restricted Security; and
(B) in the case of any Transfer Restricted Security
that is represented by a Global Security, the Registrar shall
permit the Holder thereof to exchange such Transfer Restricted
Security for a Definitive Security that does not bear the
legends set forth above and rescind any restriction on the
transfer of such Transfer Restricted Security,
in either case, if the Holder certifies in writing to the Registrar that its
request for such exchange was made in reliance on Rule 144 (such certification
to be in the form set forth on the reverse of the Initial Security).
(iii) After a transfer of any Initial Securities during the
period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with
respect to such Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to
legends on such Initial Security will cease to apply, the requirements
requiring that any such Initial Security be issued in global form will
cease to apply, and an Initial Security in certificated or global form
without legends will be available to the transferee of the Holder of
such Initial Securities upon exchange of such transferring Holder's
certificated Initial Security. Upon the occurrence of any of the
circumstances described in this paragraph, the Company will deliver an
Officers'
<PAGE> 117
12
Certificate to the Trustee instructing the Trustee to issue Securities
without legends.
(iv) Upon the consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer
with respect to the Initial Securities pursuant to which certain
Holders of such Initial Securities are offered Exchange Securities in
exchange for their Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to
such Initial Securities that Initial Securities be issued in global
form will cease to apply, and certificated Initial Securities with the
restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto will be
available to Holders of such Initial Securities that do not exchange
their Initial Securities, and Exchange Securities in certificated or
global form will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial
Securities in such Registered Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of
any of the circumstances described in this paragraph, the Company will
deliver an Officers' Certificate to the Trustee instructing the
Trustee to issue Securities without legends.
(v) Upon the consummation of a Private Exchange with respect
to the Initial Securities pursuant to which Holders of such Initial
Securities are offered Private Exchange Securities in exchange for
their Initial Securities, all requirements pertaining to such Initial
Securities that Initial Securities issued to certain Holders be issued
in global form will continue to apply, and Private Exchange Securities
in global form will be available to Holders that exchange such Initial
Securities in such Private Exchange.
(vi) Upon a sale or transfer of any Initial Security acquired
pursuant to Regulation S, all requirements pertaining to legends on
such Initial Security will cease to apply, the requirements requiring
any such Initial Security be issued in global form will cease to
apply, and an Initial Security in certificated or global form without
the Restricted Security Legend will be available to the transferee of
the Holder of such Initial Securities.
<PAGE> 118
13
(e) Cancelation or Adjustment of Global Security. At such
time as all beneficial interests in a Global Security have either been
exchanged for certificated or Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or
canceled, such Global Security shall be returned by the Depository to the
Trustee for cancelation or retained and canceled by the Trustee. At any time
prior to such cancelation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Security is
exchanged for certificated or Definitive Securities, redeemed, repurchased or
canceled, the principal amount of Securities represented by such Global
Security shall be reduced and an adjustment shall be made on the books and
records of the Trustee (if it is then the Securities Custodian for such Global
Security) with respect to such Global Security, by the Trustee or the
Securities Custodian, to reflect such reduction.
(f) Obligations with Respect to Transfers and Exchanges of
Securities.
(i) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate certificated
Securities, Definitive Securities and Global Securities at the
Registrar's or co-registrar's request.
(ii) No service charge shall be made for any registration
of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any transfer tax, assessments, or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any
such transfer taxes, assessments or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Section 3.06, 4.06, 4.09
and 9.05).
(iii) The Registrar or co-registrar shall not be required to
register the transfer of or exchange of any Security for a period
beginning 15 days before the mailing of a notice of redemption or an
offer to repurchase Securities or 15 days before an interest payment
date.
<PAGE> 119
14
(iv) Prior to the due presentation for registration of
transfer of any Security, the Company, the Trustee, the Paying Agent,
the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the person in
whose name a Security is registered as the absolute owner of such
Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and
interest on such Security and for all other purposes whatsoever,
whether or not such Security is overdue, and none of the Company, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.
(v) All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange
pursuant to the terms of this Indenture shall evidence the same debt
and shall be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the
Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
(g) No Obligation of the Trustee.
(i) The Trustee shall have no responsibility or obligation to
any beneficial owner of a Global Security, a member of, or a
participant in the Depository or any other Person with respect to the
accuracy of the records of the Depository or its nominee or of any
participant or member thereof, with respect to any ownership interest
in the Securities or with respect to the delivery to any participant,
member, beneficial owner or other Person (other than the Depository)
of any notice (including any notice of redemption or repurchase) or
the payment of any amount, under or with respect to such Securities.
All notices and communications to be given to the Holders and all
payments to be made to Holders under the Securities shall be given or
made only to the registered Holders (which shall be the Depository or
its nominee in the case of a Global Security). The rights of
beneficial owners in any Global Security shall be exercised only
through the Depository subject to the applicable rules and procedures
of the Depository. The Trustee may rely and shall be fully protected
in relying upon information furnished by the Depository with respect
to its members, participants and any beneficial owners.
<PAGE> 120
15
(ii) The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor,
determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on
transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with
respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any
transfers between or among Depository participants, members or
beneficial owners in any Global Security) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as
are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required
by, the terms of this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine
substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements
hereof.
2.4 Certificated Securities
(a) A Global Security deposited with the Depository or
with the Trustee as Securities Custodian pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be
transferred to the beneficial owners thereof in the form of certificated
Securities in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
such Global Security, in exchange for such Global Security, only if such
transfer complies with Section 2.3 and (i) the Depository notifies the Company
that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Depository for such Global
Security or if at any time the Depository ceases to be a "clearing agency"
registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor depositary is not appointed
by the Company within 90 days of such notice, or (ii) an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing or (iii) the Company, in its sole discretion,
notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of
certificated Securities under this Indenture.
(b) Any Global Security that is transferable to the
beneficial owners thereof pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be surrendered by
the Depository to the Trustee, to be so transferred, in whole or from time to
time in part, without charge, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
upon such transfer of each portion of such Global Security, an equal aggregate
principal amount of certificated Securities of authorized denominations. Any
portion of a Global Security transferred pursuant to this Section shall be
executed,
<PAGE> 121
16
authenticated and delivered only in denominations of $1,000 and any integral
multiple thereof and registered in such names as the Depository shall direct.
Any certificated Initial Security delivered in exchange for an interest in the
Global Security shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.3(d), bear the
restricted securities legend set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.4(b), the
registered Holder of a Global Security may grant proxies and otherwise
authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold
interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled
to take under this Indenture or the Securities.
(d) In the event of the occurrence of either of the events
specified in Section 2.4(a)(i), (ii) or (iii), the Company will promptly make
available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of certificated Securities in
definitive, fully registered form without interest coupons.
<PAGE> 122
EXHIBIT 1
to APPENDIX A
[FORM OF FACE OF INITIAL SECURITY]
[Global Securities Legend]
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"),
NEW YORK, NEW YORK, TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER,
EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF
CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR
OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL
INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO
TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR
THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL
SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS
SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.
[Restricted Securities Legend]
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE "SECURITIES ACT"). THE HOLDER HEREOF, BY PURCHASING THIS
SECURITY, AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE
RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED (X) PRIOR TO THE SECOND ANNIVERSARY OF
THE ISSUANCE HEREOF (OR A PREDECESSOR SECURITY HERETO) OR (Y) BY ANY HOLDER
THAT WAS AN AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY AT ANY TIME DURING THE THREE MONTHS
PRECEDING THE DATE OF SUCH TRANSFER, IN EITHER CASE OTHER THAN (1) TO THE
COMPANY, (2) SO LONG AS THIS SECURITY IS ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE
144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT ("RULE 144A"), TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER
REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144A PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED
INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE RESALE,
<PAGE> 123
2
PLEDGE OR OTHER TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A (AS INDICATED
BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE
REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY), (3) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH
REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX CHECKED BY THE
TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS SECURITY), (4)
TO AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (AS INDICATED BY THE BOX
CHECKED BY THE TRANSFEROR ON THE CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE OF THIS
SECURITY) THAT IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR
DISTRIBUTION, AND A CERTIFICATE WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE COMPANY OR THE
TRUSTEE IS DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEREE TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE, (5)
PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY
RULE 144 (IF APPLICABLE) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (6) PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH CASE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED
STATES. AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR HOLDING THIS SECURITY AGREES IT
WILL FURNISH TO THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER
INFORMATION AS THEY MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT ANY TRANSFER BY IT
OF THIS SECURITY COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. THE HOLDER HEREOF,
BY PURCHASING THIS SECURITY, REPRESENTS AND AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
COMPANY THAT IT IS (1) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF
RULE 144A OR (2) AN INSTITUTION THAT IS AN "ACCREDITED INVESTOR" AS DEFINED IN
RULE 501(a)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND THAT IT IS HOLDING
THIS SECURITY FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION OR (3) A
NON-U.S. PERSON OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES WITHIN THE MEANING OF (OR AN ACCOUNT
SATISFYING THE REQUIREMENTS OF PARAGRAPH (o)(2) OF RULE 902 UNDER) REGULATION S
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.
[IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER WILL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND
TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT
MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING
RESTRICTIONS.]
<PAGE> 124
[FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY]
No. $__________
83/4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2007
CUSIP No. ______
Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, promises to
pay to , or registered assigns, the principal sum of
Dollars on September 15, 2007.
Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15.
Record Dates: March 1 and September 1.
<PAGE> 125
2
Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the
other side of this Security.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to
be duly executed.
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION,
by
-----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
by
-----------------------------------
Name:
Title:
[CORPORATE SEAL]
Dated:
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of
the Securities referred
to in the Indenture.
By:_________________________
Authorized Signatory
<PAGE> 126
3
[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY]
83/4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2007
1. Interest
(a) Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such
corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on
the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above. The
Company will pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each
year. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from [ ].
Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day
months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at the rate borne
by the Securities plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest on overdue
installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
(b) Special Interest. The holder of this Security is entitled
to the benefits of a Registration Agreement, dated as of [ ], among
the Company and the Purchasers named therein (the "Registration Agreement").
Capitalized terms used in this paragraph (b) but not defined herein have the
meanings assigned to them in the Registration Agreement. [In the event that
(i) neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf
Registration Statement has been filed with the Commission on or prior to the
60th day following the date of the original issuance of the Securities, (ii)
neither the Exchange Offer Registration Statement nor the Shelf Registration
Statement has been declared effective on or prior to the 120th day following
the date of the original issuance of the Securities, (iii) neither the
Registered Exchange Offer has been consummated nor the Shelf Registration
Statement has been declared effective on or prior to the 150th day following
the date of the original issuance of the Securities, or (iv) after the Shelf
Registration Statement has been declared effective, such Registration Statement
thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of the
<PAGE> 127
4
Securities at any time that the Company is obligated to maintain the
effectiveness thereof pursuant to the Registration Agreement (each such event
referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above being referred to herein as a
"Registration Default"), interest (the "Special Interest") shall accrue (in
addition to stated interest on the Securities) from and including the date on
which the first such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date
on which all Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate per annum equal
to 0.50% of the principal amount of the Securities; provided, however, that
such rate per annum shall increase by 0.25% per annum from and including the
91st day after the first such Registration Default (and each successive 91st
day thereafter) unless and until all Registration Defaults have been cured;
provided further, however, that in no event shall the Special Interest accrue
at a rate in excess of 1.50% per annum. The Special Interest will be payable
in cash semiannually in arrears each March 15 and September 15.] 1/
2. Method of Payment
The Company will pay interest on the Securities (except
defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Securities at
the close of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the interest
payment date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or
before the interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a
Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and
interest in money of the United States of America that at the time of payment
is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect
of the Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal,
premium and interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available
funds to the accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company
will make all payments in respect of a certificated Security (including
principal, premium and interest), by mailing a check to the registered address
of each Holder thereof;
__________________________________
1Modify as necessary to conform to applicable Registration Agreement.
<PAGE> 128
5
provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made, in the
case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate principal amount of
Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account maintained by the payee
with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects payment by wire transfer
by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying Agent to such effect
designating such account no later than 30 days immediately preceding the
relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee may accept in
its discretion).
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
Initially, Texas Commerce Bank National Association, a
national banking association (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and
Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-registrar without notice. The Company or any of its domestically
incorporated Wholly Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or
co-registrar.
4. Indenture
The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as
of September 19, 1997 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee.
The terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those
made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15
U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the
"TIA"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all
such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a
statement of those terms.
The Securities are general unsecured obligations of the
Company limited to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount at any one time
outstanding (subject to Sections 2.01 and 2.08 of the Indenture). [This
Security is one of the Original Securities referred to in the Indenture issued
in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000. The Securities include the
Original Securities, up to $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of additional
Initial Securities that may be issued under the Indenture and any Exchange
Securities issued in exchange for Initial Securities. The Original Securities,
such additional Initial Securities and the Exchange Securities are treated as a
single class of securities under the Indenture.] [This Security is one of up
to $50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of additional Initial Securities that
may be issued
<PAGE> 129
6
under the Indenture. The Securities include such additional Securities, the
Original Securities in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 previously
issued under the Indenture and any Exchange Securities issued in exchange for
Initial Securities. The additional Initial Securities, the Original Securities
and the Exchange Securities are treated as a single class of securities under
the Indenture.] The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of
the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make
certain Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other
distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the
payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries,
issue or sell shares of capital stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter
into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and
make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any
other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the
Property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor.
To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and
interest on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the Company under
the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable,
whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according to the terms of
the Securities and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors will
unconditionally guarantee the Obligations on a senior subordinated basis
pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
5. Optional Redemption
Except as set forth in the next paragraph, the Securities may
not be redeemed prior to September 15, 2002. On and after that date, the
Company may redeem the Securities
<PAGE> 130
7
in whole at any time or in part from time to time at the following redemption
prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption), if
redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on or after September 15 of the
years set forth below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Redemption
Period Price
- ------ -----
<S> <C>
2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.375%
2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.917%
2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.458%
2005 and thereafter . . . . . . 100.000%
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to September 15, 2000,
the Company may redeem, at any time or from time to time, up to 331/3% of the
aggregate principal amount of Securities originally issued, at a redemption
price of 108.750% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption) with the
net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company, provided that at
least 662/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities originally
issued remains outstanding after the occurrence of such redemption and
provided, further, that such redemption shall occur not later than 90 days
after the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.
6. Sinking Fund
The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.
7. Notice of Redemption
Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at
least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the
<PAGE> 131
8
redemption date to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at his or her
registered address. Securities in denominations larger than $1,000 may be
redeemed in part but only in whole multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to
pay the redemption price of and accrued interest on all Securities (or portions
thereof) to be redeemed on the redemption date is deposited with the Paying
Agent on or before the redemption date and certain other conditions are
satisfied, on and after such date interest ceases to accrue on such Securities
(or such portions thereof) called for redemption.
8. Subordination
The Securities are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the
Company. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness of the
Company must be paid before the Securities may be paid. In addition, each
Subsidiary Guaranty is subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the relevant
Subsidiary Guarantor. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees, and
each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination
provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it
effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
9. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control
Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will have
the right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause
the Company to repurchase all or any part of the Securities of such Holder at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities to be
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior
to the date of purchase) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the
Indenture.
<PAGE> 132
9
10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Securities are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer
or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or
exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay
any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need
not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption
(except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the
Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange any Securities for a
period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be redeemed or 15 days
before an interest payment date.
11. Persons Deemed Owners
The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the
owner of it for all purposes.
12. Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains
unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back
to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law
designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the
money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
13. Discharge and Defeasance
Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may
terminate some of or all its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture
if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations
for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to redemption or
maturity, as the case may be.
<PAGE> 133
10
14. Amendment, Waiver
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i)
the Indenture or the Securities may be amended without prior notice to any
Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities and (ii)
any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Securities, the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities
(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply
with Article 5 of the Indenture; (iii) to provide for uncertificated Securities
in addition to or in place of certificated Securities; (iv) to make certain
changes in the subordination provisions; (v) to add Subsidiary Guaranties with
respect to the Securities and to remove such Subsidiary Guaranties as provided
by the terms thereof; (vi) to secure the Securities; (vii) to add additional
covenants or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (viii) to
comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; or (ix) to make any change
that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.
15. Defaults and Remedies
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities, subject
to certain limitations, may declare all the Securities to be immediately due
and payable. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default
and shall result in the Securities being immediately due and payable upon the
occurrence of such Events of Default without any further act of the Trustee or
any Holder.
Holders of Securities may not enforce the Indenture or the
Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to
enforce the Indenture or the Securities
<PAGE> 134
11
unless it receives reasonable indemnity or security. Subject to certain
limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities may
direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power under the Indenture.
The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities, by
written notice to the Trustee and the Company, may rescind any declaration of
acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any
judgment or decree, and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or
waived except nonpayment of principal or interest that has become due solely
because of the acceleration.
16. Trustee Dealings with the Company
Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the
Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may
become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and
collect obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may
otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would
have if it were not Trustee.
17. No Recourse Against Others
A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not have any liability for any
obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the
issue of the Securities.
18. Authentication
This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory
of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Security.
<PAGE> 135
12
19. Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a
Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT
(=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A
(=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
20. Governing Law
THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO
APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF
THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
21. CUSIP Numbers
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP
numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use
CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on
the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF SECURITIES UPON
WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE HOLDER A COPY OF THE INDENTURE WHICH
HAS IN IT THE TEXT OF THIS SECURITY.
<PAGE> 136
13
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Security, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Security to
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this
Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act
for him.
____________________________________________________________
Date: ________________ Your Signature: _____________________
____________________________________________________________
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.
In connection with any transfer of any of the Securities evidenced by this
certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule
144(k) under the Securities Act after the later of the date of original
issuance of such Securities and the last date, if any, on which such Securities
were owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company, the undersigned
confirms that such Securities are being transferred in accordance with its
terms:
CHECK ONE BOX BELOW
(1) [ ] to the Company; or
(2) [ ] pursuant to an effective registration statement under
the Securities Act of 1933; or
<PAGE> 137
14
(3) [ ] inside the United States to a "qualified
institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A under
the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its
own account or for the account of a qualified
institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such
transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in
each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule
144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
(4) [ ] outside the United States in an offshore transaction
within the meaning of Regulation S under the
Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the
Securities Act of 1933; or
(5) [ ] to an institutional "accredited investor" (as defined
in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act of 1933) that has furnished to the
trustee a signed letter containing certain
representations and agreements (the form of which
letter can be obtained from the Trustee or the
Company); or
(6) [ ] pursuant to another available exemption from
registration provided by Rule 144 under the
Securities Act of 1933.
Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Trustee will refuse to
register any of the Securities evidenced by this certificate in the
name of any person other than the registered holder thereof; provided,
however, that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Trustee may
require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Securities,
such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the
Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is
being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of
1933.
<PAGE> 138
15
________________________
Your Signature
Signature Guarantee:
Date: _____________________ __________________________
Signature must be guaranteed Signature of Signature
by a participant in a Guarantee
recognized signature guaranty
medallion program or other
signature guarantor acceptable
to the Trustee
____________________________________________________________
<PAGE> 139
16
TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (3) ABOVE IS CHECKED.
The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing
this Security for its own account or an account with respect to which it
exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a
"qualified institutional buyer" within the meaning of Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in
reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information
regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or
has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the
transferor is relying upon the undersigned's foregoing representations in order
to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.
Dated: ________________ ______________________________
NOTICE: To be executed by
an executive officer
<PAGE> 140
17
[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES]
SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY
The initial principal mount of this Global Security is $
[ ]. The following increases or decreases in this Global Security have
been made:
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Date of Amount of decrease in Amount of increase in Principal amount of Signature of authorized
Exchange Principal Amount of Principal Amount of this this Global Security signatory of Trustee or
this Global Security Global Security following such Securities Custodian
decrease or increase
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 141
18
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE THIS SECURITY PURCHASED
BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 OR 4.09 OF THE INDENTURE, CHECK THE
BOX:
/ /
IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE ONLY PART OF THIS
SECURITY PURCHASED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 OR 4.09 OF THE
INDENTURE, STATE THE AMOUNT: $
DATE: __________________ YOUR SIGNATURE: __________________
(SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME APPEARS
ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SECURITY)
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:_______________________________________
SIGNATURE MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A PARTICIPANT
IN A RECOGNIZED SIGNATURE GUARANTY MEDALLION
PROGRAM OR OTHER SIGNATURE GUARANTOR
ACCEPTABLE TO THE TRUSTEE
<PAGE> 142
EXHIBIT A
[FORM OF FACE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]
No. $__________
83/4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2007
CUSIP No. ______
Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation,
promises to pay to , or registered assigns,
----------------
the principal sum of Dollars on September 15, 2007.
---------------
Interest Payment Dates: March 15 and September 15.
Record Dates: March 1 and September 1.
<PAGE> 143
2
Additional provisions of this Security are set forth on the other
side of this Security.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this instrument to be
duly executed.
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION,
by
-----------------------------
Name:
Title:
By
-----------------------------
Name:
Title:
[CORPORATE SEAL]
Dated:
TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF
AUTHENTICATION
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee, certifies
that this is one of
the Securities referred
to in the Indenture.
by _____________________________
Authorized Signatory
<PAGE> 144
3
- -------------------------
*/ If the Security is to be issued in global form, add the Global Securities
Legend from Exhibit 1 to Appendix A and the attachment from such Exhibit 1
captioned "TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL SECURITIES - SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR
DECREASES IN GLOBAL SECURITY".
<PAGE> 145
4
[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF EXCHANGE SECURITY]
83/4% Senior Subordinated Note due 2007
1. Interest. Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (such
corporation, and its successors and assigns under the Indenture hereinafter
referred to, being herein called the "Company"), promises to pay interest on
the principal amount of this Security at the rate per annum shown above. The
Company will pay interest semiannually on March 15 and September 15 of each
year. Interest on the Securities will accrue from the most recent date to
which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from
[ ]. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal at
the rate borne by the Securities plus 1% per annum, and it shall pay interest
on overdue installments of interest at the same rate to the extent lawful.
2. Method of Payment
The Company will pay interest on the Securities (except defaulted
interest) to the Persons who are registered holders of Securities at the close
of business on the March 1 or September 1 next preceding the interest payment
date even if Securities are canceled after the record date and on or before the
interest payment date. Holders must surrender Securities to a Paying Agent to
collect principal payments. The Company will pay principal and interest in
money of the United States of America that at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. Payments in respect of the
Securities represented by a Global Security (including principal, premium and
interest) will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
accounts specified by The Depository Trust Company. The Company will make all
payments in respect of a certificated Security (including principal, premium
and interest), by mailing a check to the registered address of each Holder
thereof; provided, however, that payments on the Securities may also be made,
in the case of a Holder of at least $1,000,000 aggregate
<PAGE> 146
5
principal amount of Securities, by wire transfer to a U.S. dollar account
maintained by the payee with a bank in the United States if such Holder elects
payment by wire transfer by giving written notice to the Trustee or the Paying
Agent to such effect designating such account no later than 30 days immediately
preceding the relevant due date for payment (or such other date as the Trustee
may accept in its discretion).
3. Paying Agent and Registrar
Initially, Texas Commerce Bank National Association, a national
banking association (the "Trustee"), will act as Paying Agent and Registrar.
The Company may appoint and change any Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar
without notice. The Company or any of its domestically incorporated Wholly
Owned Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Registrar or co-registrar.
4. Indenture
The Company issued the Securities under an Indenture dated as of
September 19, 1997 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The
terms of the Securities include those stated in the Indenture and those made
part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15
U.S.C. Sections 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of the Indenture (the
"TIA"). Terms defined in the Indenture and not defined herein have the
meanings ascribed thereto in the Indenture. The Securities are subject to all
such terms, and Securityholders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a
statement of those terms.
The Securities are general unsecured obligations of the Company
limited to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding
(subject to Sections 2.01 and 2.08 of the Indenture). This Security is one of
the Exchange Securities referred to in the Indenture issued in exchange for
Initial Securities. The Securities include the Exchange Securities, the
Original Securities in the aggregate principal amount of $100,000,000 and up to
$50,000,000 aggregate principal amount of additional Initial Securities. The
Exchange Securities, the Original Securities and such
<PAGE> 147
6
additional Initial Securities are treated as a single class of securities under
the Indenture. The Indenture imposes certain limitations on the ability of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to, among other things, make certain
Investments and other Restricted Payments, pay dividends and other
distributions, incur Indebtedness, enter into consensual restrictions upon the
payment of certain dividends and distributions by such Restricted Subsidiaries,
issue or sell shares of capital stock of such Restricted Subsidiaries, enter
into or permit certain transactions with Affiliates, create or incur Liens and
make Asset Sales. The Indenture also imposes limitations on the ability of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into any
other Person or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of the
Property of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor.
To guarantee the due and punctual payment of the principal and
interest, if any, on the Securities and all other amounts payable by the
Company under the Indenture and the Securities when and as the same shall be
due and payable, whether at maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, according
to the terms of the Securities and the Indenture, the Subsidiary Guarantors
will unconditionally guarantee the Obligations on a senior subordinated basis
pursuant to the terms of the Indenture.
5. Optional Redemption
Except as set forth in the next paragraph, the Securities may not
be redeemed prior to September 15, 2002. On and after that date, the Company
may redeem the Securities in whole at any time or in part from time to time at
the following redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal amount),
plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to
the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest
due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of
redemption), if redeemed during the 12-month period beginning on or after
September 15 of the years set forth below:
<PAGE> 148
7
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Period
Redemption
Price
-----
<S> <C>
2002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104.375%
2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102.917%
2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101.458%
2005 and thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.000%
</TABLE>
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to September 15, 2000, the
Company may redeem, at any time or from time to time, up to 331/3% of the
aggregate principal amount of Securities originally issued, at a redemption
price of 108.750% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant
interest payment date that is on or prior to the date of redemption) with the
net proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings of the Company, provided that at
least 662/3% of the aggregate principal amount of the Securities originally
issued remains outstanding after the occurrence of such redemption and
provided, further, that such redemption shall occur not later than 90 days
after the date of the closing of any such Equity Offering.
6. Sinking Fund
The Securities are not subject to any sinking fund.
7. Notice of Redemption
Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least
30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of
Securities to be redeemed at his or her registered address. Securities in
denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part but only in whole
multiples of $1,000. If money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and
accrued interest on all Securities (or portions thereof) to be redeemed on the
redemption date is deposited with the Paying Agent on or before the redemption
date and certain other conditions are satisfied, on and after such date
interest ceases to accrue on such Securities (or such portions thereof) called
for redemption.
<PAGE> 149
8
8. Subordination
The Securities are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the
Company. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness of the
Company must be paid before the Securities may be paid. In addition, each
Subsidiary Guaranty is subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the relevant
Subsidiary Guarantor. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees, and
each Securityholder by accepting a Security agrees, to the subordination
provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give it
effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
9. Repurchase of Securities at the Option of Holders upon Change of Control
Upon a Change of Control, any Holder of Securities will have the
right, subject to certain conditions specified in the Indenture, to cause the
Company to repurchase all or any part of the Securities of such Holder at a
purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the Securities to be
repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase
(subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to
receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date that is on or prior
to the date of purchase) as provided in, and subject to the terms of, the
Indenture.
10. Denominations; Transfer; Exchange
The Securities are in registered form without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer
or exchange Securities in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or
exchange, the Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other
things, to furnish appropriate endorsements or transfer documents and to pay
any taxes required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar need
not register the transfer of or exchange any Securities selected for redemption
(except, in the case of a Security to be redeemed in part, the portion of the
Security not to be redeemed) or to transfer or exchange
<PAGE> 150
9
any Securities for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Securities to be
redeemed or 15 days before an interest payment date.
11. Persons Deemed Owners
The registered Holder of this Security may be treated as the
owner of it for all purposes.
12. Unclaimed Money
If money for the payment of principal or interest remains
unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent shall pay the money back
to the Company at its written request unless an abandoned property law
designates another Person. After any such payment, Holders entitled to the
money must look only to the Company and not to the Trustee for payment.
13. Discharge and Defeasance
Subject to certain conditions, the Company at any time may
terminate some of or all its obligations under the Securities and the Indenture
if the Company deposits with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations
for the payment of principal and interest on the Securities to redemption or
maturity, as the case may be.
14. Amendment, Waiver
Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Indenture, (i) the
Indenture or the Securities may be amended without prior notice to any
Securityholder but with the written consent of the Holders of at least a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities and (ii)
any default or noncompliance with any provision may be waived with the written
consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
outstanding Securities. Subject to certain exceptions set forth in the
Indenture, without the consent of any Holder of Securities, the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors and the Trustee may amend the Indenture or the Securities
(i) to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency; (ii) to comply
with
<PAGE> 151
10
Article 5 of the Indenture; (iii) to provide for uncertificated Securities in
addition to or in place of certificated Securities; (iv) to make certain
changes in the subordination provisions; (v) to add Subsidiary Guaranties with
respect to the Securities and to remove such Subsidiary Guaranties as provided
by the terms thereof; (vi) to secure the Securities; (vii) to add additional
covenants or to surrender rights and powers conferred on the Company; (viii) to
comply with the requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain
the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA; or (ix) to make any change
that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder.
15. Defaults and Remedies
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or
the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Securities, subject to
certain limitations, may declare all the Securities to be immediately due and
payable. Certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency are Events of Default and
shall result in the Securities being immediately due and payable upon the
occurrence of such Events of Default without any further act of the Trustee or
any Holder.
Holders of Securities may not enforce the Indenture or the
Securities except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to
enforce the Indenture or the Securities unless it receives reasonable indemnity
or security. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Securities may direct the Trustee in its exercise of
any trust or power under the Indenture. The Holders of a majority in aggregate
principal amount of the Securities, by written notice to the Trustee and the
Company, may rescind any declaration of acceleration and its consequences if
the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree, and if all
existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of
principal or interest that has become due solely because of the acceleration.
<PAGE> 152
11
16. Trustee Dealings with the Company
Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee
under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the
owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with and collect
obligations owed to it by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal
with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it
were not Trustee.
17. No Recourse Against Others
A director, officer, employee or stockholder, as such, of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor shall not have any liability for any
obligations of the Company under the Securities or the Indenture or for any
claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their
creation. By accepting a Security, each Securityholder waives and releases all
such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the
issue of the Securities.
18. Authentication
This Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of
the Trustee (or an authenticating agent) manually signs the certificate of
authentication on the other side of this Security.
19. Abbreviations
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a
Securityholder or an assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT
(=tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of
survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A
(=Uniform Gift to Minors Act).
<PAGE> 153
12
20. Governing Law
THIS SECURITY SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE
PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS
OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
21. CUSIP Numbers
Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on
Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP
numbers to be printed on the Securities and has directed the Trustee to use
CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Securityholders. No
representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on
the Securities or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
THE COMPANY WILL FURNISH TO ANY HOLDER OF SECURITIES UPON WRITTEN
REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE HOLDER A COPY OF THE INDENTURE WHICH HAS IN
IT THE TEXT OF THIS SECURITY.
<PAGE> 154
13
ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Security, fill in the form below:
I or we assign and transfer this Security to
(Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code)
(Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
and irrevocably appoint agent to transfer this
Security on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act
for him.
____________________________________________________________
Date: ________________ Your Signature: _____________________
____________________________________________________________
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Security.
Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature
guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the
Trustee.
<PAGE> 155
14
OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE THIS SECURITY PURCHASED BY
THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 OR 4.09 OF THE INDENTURE, CHECK THE BOX:
[ ]
IF YOU WANT TO ELECT TO HAVE ONLY PART OF THIS SECURITY
PURCHASED BY THE COMPANY PURSUANT TO SECTION 4.06 OR 4.09 OF THE INDENTURE,
STATE THE AMOUNT:
$
DATE: __________________ YOUR SIGNATURE: __________________
(SIGN EXACTLY AS YOUR NAME APPEARS
ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THE SECURITY)
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:_______________________________________
SIGNATURE MUST BE GUARANTEED BY A PARTICIPANT IN A
RECOGNIZED SIGNATURE GUARANTY MEDALLION PROGRAM OR
OTHER SIGNATURE GUARANTOR ACCEPTABLE TO THE
TRUSTEE.
<PAGE> 156
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this "Supplemental
Indenture") dated as of , among
[SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR] (the "New Subsidiary Guarantor"), a
subsidiary of Stone Energy Corporation (or its successor),
a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), STONE ENERGY
CORPORATION, on behalf of itself and the Subsidiary
Guarantors (the "Existing Subsidiary Guarantors") under
the Indenture referred to below, and Texas Commerce Bank
National Association, a national banking association, as
trustee under the indenture referred to below (the
"Trustee").
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the
Trustee an Indenture (the "Indenture") dated as of September 19, 1997,
providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of up to
$150,000,000 of 83/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Securities");
WHEREAS Section 4.13 of the Indenture provides that under certain
circumstances the Company is required to cause the New Subsidiary Guarantor to
execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which
the New Subsidiary Guarantor shall unconditionally guarantee all the Company's
obligations under the Securities pursuant to a Subsidiary Guaranty on the terms
and conditions set forth herein; and
WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee,
the Company and the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors are authorized to execute
and deliver this Supplemental Indenture;
<PAGE> 157
2
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged,
the New Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company, the Existing Subsidiary Guarantors
and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit
of the holders of the Securities as follows:
1. Agreement to Guarantee. The New Subsidiary Guarantor hereby
agrees, jointly and severally with all other Subsidiary Guarantors, to
unconditionally guarantee the Company's obligations under the Securities on the
term and subject to the conditions set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and
to be bound by all other applicable provisions of the Indenture.
2. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of
Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all
respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions
thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture
shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every holder of
Securities heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound
hereby.
3. Governing Law. THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED
BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK BUT
WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE
EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE
REQUIRED THEREBY.
4. Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no
representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental
Indenture.
5. Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of
this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of
them together represent the same agreement.
<PAGE> 158
3
6. Effect of Headings. The Section headings herein are for
convenience only and shall not effect the construction thereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this
Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
[NEW SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR],
by
------------------------------
Name:
Title:
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION, on
behalf of itself and the
Existing Subsidiary Guarantors,
by
------------------------------
Name:
Title:
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Trustee,
by
------------------------------
Name:
Title:
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 4.2
EXECUTION COPY
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
$100,000,000
83/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007
REGISTRATION AGREEMENT
New York, New York
September 16, 1997
To: SALOMON BROTHERS INC
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
HOWARD, WEIL, LABOUISSE, FRIEDRICHS INCORPORATED
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
In care of:
Salomon Brothers Inc
Seven World Trade Center
New York, New York 10048
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
proposes to issue and sell to certain purchasers (the "Purchasers"), upon the
terms set forth in a purchase agreement dated the date hereof (the "Purchase
Agreement"), $100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 83/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Securities") (the "Initial Placement"). As an
inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in
satisfaction of a condition to your obligations thereunder, the Company agrees
with you, (i) for your benefit and the benefit of the other Purchasers and (ii)
for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Securities (including
<PAGE> 2
2
you and the other Purchasers) (each of the foregoing a "Holder" and together
the "Holders"), as follows:
1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall
have their respective meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement. As used in
this Agreement, the following capitalized defined terms shall have the
following meanings:
"Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and
regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
"Affiliate" of any specified person means any other person which,
directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common
control with, such specified person. For purposes of this definition, control
of a person means the power, direct or indirect, to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of such person whether by contract or
otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.
"Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,
and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.
"Exchange Offer Registration Period" means the one-year period following
the consummation of the Registered Exchange Offer, exclusive of any period
during which any stop order shall be in effect suspending the effectiveness of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
"Exchange Offer Registration Statement" means a registration statement
of the Company on an appropriate form under the Act with respect to the
Registered Exchange Offer, all amendments and supplements to such registration
statement, including post-effective amendments, in each case
<PAGE> 3
3
including the Prospectus contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all
material incorporated by reference therein.
"Exchanging Dealer" means any Holder (which may include the Purchasers)
which is a broker-dealer, electing to exchange Securities acquired for its own
account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities,
for New Securities.
"Holder" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
"Indenture" means the Indenture relating to the Securities and the New
Securities dated as of September 19, 1997, between the Company and Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from
time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.
"Initial Placement" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
"Majority Holders" means the Holders of a majority of the aggregate
principal amount of securities registered under a Registration Statement.
"Managing Underwriters" means the investment banker or investment
bankers and manager or managers that shall administer an underwritten offering.
"New Securities" means debt securities of the Company identical in all
material respects to the Securities (except that the interest rate step-up
provisions and the transfer restrictions will be modified or eliminated, as
appropriate), to be issued under the Indenture.
"Prospectus" means the prospectus included in any Registration Statement
(including, without limitation, a prospectus that discloses information
previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration
statement in reliance upon Rule 430A under the Act), as amended or supplemented
by any prospectus supplement, with respect to the terms of the offering of any
portion of the
<PAGE> 4
4
Securities or the New Securities, covered by such Registration Statement, and
all amendments and supplements to the Prospectus, including post-effective
amendments.
"Registered Exchange Offer" means the proposed offer to the Holders to
issue and deliver to such Holders, in exchange for the Securities, a like
principal amount of the New Securities.
"Registration Securities" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)
hereof.
"Registration Statement" means any Exchange Offer Registration Statement
or Shelf Registration Statement that covers any of the Securities or the New
Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, all amendments and
supplements to such registration statement, including, without limitation,
post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus contained
therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by reference
therein.
"Securities" has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
"Shelf Registration" means a registration effected pursuant to Section 3
hereof.
"Shelf Registration Period" has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b)
hereof.
"Shelf Registration Statement" means a "shelf" registration statement of
the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 hereof which covers some of
or all the Securities or New Securities, as applicable, on an appropriate form
under Rule 415 under the Act, or any similar rule that may be adopted by the
Commission, all amendments and supplements to such registration statement,
including post-effective amendments, in each case including the Prospectus
contained therein, all exhibits thereto and all material incorporated by
reference therein.
<PAGE> 5
5
"Trustee" means the trustee with respect to the Securities and the New
Securities under the Indenture.
"underwriter" means any underwriter of securities in connection with an
offering thereof under a Shelf Registration Statement.
2. Registered Exchange Offer; Resales of New Securities by Exchanging
Dealers; Private Exchange. (a) The Company shall prepare and, not later than 60
days after the date of the original issuance of the Securities, shall use its
reasonable best efforts to file with the Commission the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement with respect to the Registered Exchange Offer. The
Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement to become effective under the Act within 120 days after
the date of the original issuance of the Securities.
(b) Upon the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
the Company shall promptly commence the Registered Exchange Offer, it being the
objective of such Registered Exchange Offer to enable each Holder electing to
exchange Securities for New Securities (assuming that such Holder is not an
affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Act, acquires the New
Securities in the ordinary course of such Holder's business and has no
arrangements with any person to participate in the distribution of the New
Securities) to trade such New Securities from and after their receipt without
any limitations or restrictions under the registration provisions of the Act.
(c) In connection with the Registered Exchange Offer, the Company shall:
(i) mail to each Holder a copy of the Prospectus forming part of the
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an appropriate letter
of transmittal and related documents;
<PAGE> 6
6
(ii) keep the Registered Exchange Offer open for not less than 30 days
and not more than 45 days after the date notice thereof is mailed to the
Holders (or longer if required by applicable law);
(iii) utilize the services of a depositary for the Registered Exchange
Offer with an address in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York;
and
(iv) comply in all respects with all applicable laws.
(d) As soon as practicable after the close of the Registered Exchange
Offer, the Company shall:
(i) accept for exchange all Securities tendered and not validly
withdrawn pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer;
(ii) deliver to the Trustee for cancelation all Securities so accepted
for exchange; and
(iii) cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each
Holder of Securities, New Securities equal in principal amount to the
Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.
(e) The Purchasers and the Company acknowledge that, pursuant to
current interpretations by the Commission's staff of Section 5 of the Act, and
in the absence of an applicable exemption therefrom, each Exchanging Dealer is
required to deliver a Prospectus in connection with a sale of any New
Securities received by such Exchanging Dealer pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities acquired for its own account as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities. Accordingly,
the Company shall:
(i) include the information set forth in Annex A hereto on the cover of
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, in Annex B hereto in the
forepart of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in a section
<PAGE> 7
7
setting forth details of the Exchange Offer, in Annex C hereto in the
underwriting or plan of distribution section of the Prospectus forming a
part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and in Annex D hereto
in the Letter of Transmittal delivered pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer; and
(ii) use its best efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration
Statement continuously effective under the Act during the Exchange Offer
Registration Period for delivery by Exchanging Dealers in connection with
sales of New Securities received pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer, as contemplated by Section 4(h) below.
(f) In the event that any Purchaser determines that it is not eligible
to participate in the Registered Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of
Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of
such Purchaser, the Company shall issue and deliver to such Purchaser or the
party purchasing New Securities registered under a Shelf Registration Statement
as contemplated by Section 3 hereof from such Purchaser, in exchange for such
Securities, a like principal amount of New Securities. The Company shall seek
to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for such New
Securities as for New Securities issued pursuant to the Registered Exchange
Offer.
3. Shelf Registration. If, (i) because of any change in law or
applicable interpretations thereof by the Commission's staff, the Company
determines upon advice of its outside counsel that it is not permitted to
effect the Registered Exchange Offer as contemplated by Section 2 hereof, or
(ii) for any other reason the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not
declared effective within 120 days after the Closing Date or the Registered
Exchange Offer is not consummated within 150 days after the Closing Date, or
(iii) any Purchaser so requests with respect to Securities (or any New
Securities received pursuant to Section 2(f)) not eligible to be exchanged for
New Securities in a Registered Exchange Offer or, in the case of
<PAGE> 8
8
any Purchaser that participates in any Registered Exchange Offer, such
Purchaser does not receive freely tradable New Securities, or (iv) any Holder
(other than a Purchaser) is not eligible to participate in the Registered
Exchange Offer or (v) in the case of any such Holder that participates in the
Registered Exchange Offer, such Holder does not receive freely tradable New
Securities in exchange for tendered securities, other than by reason of such
Holder being an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of the Act (it
being understood that, for purposes of this Section 3, (x) the requirement that
a Purchaser deliver a Prospectus containing the information required by Items
507 and/or 508 of Regulation S-K under the Act in connection with sales of New
Securities acquired in exchange for such Securities shall result in such New
Securities being not "freely tradeable" but (y) the requirement that an
Exchanging Dealer deliver a Prospectus in connection with sales of New
Securities acquired in the Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Securities
acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities
shall not result in such New Securities being not "freely tradeable"), the
following provisions shall apply:
(a) The Company shall as promptly as practicable (but in no event more
than 30 days after so required or requested pursuant to this Section 3), file
with the Commission and thereafter shall use its reasonable best efforts to
cause to be declared effective under the Act a Shelf Registration Statement
relating to the offer and sale of the Securities or the New Securities, as
applicable, by the Holders from time to time in accordance with the methods of
distribution elected by such Holders and set forth in such Shelf Registration
Statement (such Securities or New Securities, as applicable, to be sold by such
Holders under such Shelf Registration Statement being referred to herein as
"Registration Securities"); provided, however, that, with respect to New
Securities received by a Purchaser in exchange for Securities constituting any
portion of an unsold allotment, the Company may, if permitted by current
interpretations by the Commission's staff, file a post-effective amendment to
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement containing the information required
by Regulation
<PAGE> 9
9
S-K Items 507 and/or 508, as applicable, in satisfaction of its obligations
under this paragraph (a) with respect thereto, and any such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement, as so amended, shall be referred to herein as, and
governed by the provisions herein applicable to, a Shelf Registration
Statement.
(b) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to keep the Shelf
Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the Prospectus
forming part thereof to be usable by Holders for a period of two years from the
date the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission
or such shorter period that will terminate when all the Securities or New
Securities, as applicable, covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have
been sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (in any such case, such
period being called the "Shelf Registration Period").
4. Registration Procedures. In connection with any Shelf Registration
Statement and, to the extent applicable, any Exchange Offer Registration
Statement, the following provisions shall apply:
(a) The Company shall furnish to you, prior to the filing thereof with
the Commission, a copy of any Shelf Registration Statement and any
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and each amendment thereof and each
amendment or supplement, if any, to the Prospectus included therein and
shall use its best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed
with the Commission, such comments as you or any Holder reasonably may
propose.
(b) The Company shall ensure that (i) any Registration Statement and any
amendment thereto and any Prospectus forming part thereof and any
amendment or supplement thereto complies in all material respects with the
Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) any Registration
Statement and any amendment thereto does not, when it becomes effective,
contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
<PAGE> 10
10
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
statements therein not misleading and (iii) any Prospectus forming part of
any Registration Statement, and any amendment or supplement to such
Prospectus, does not include an untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements
therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading.
(c) (1) The Company shall advise you and, in the case of a Shelf
Registration Statement, the Holders of securities covered thereby, and, if
requested by you or any such Holder, confirm such advice in writing:
(i) when a Registration Statement and any amendment thereto has been
filed with the Commission and when the Registration Statement or any
post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; and
(ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements
to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus included therein or for
additional information.
(2) The Company shall advise you and, in the case of a Shelf
Registration Statement, the Holders of securities covered thereby, and, in
the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, any Exchanging
Dealer which has provided in writing to the Company a telephone or
facsimile number and address for notices, and, if requested by you or any
such Holder or Exchanging Dealer, confirm such advice in writing:
(i) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending
the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any
proceedings for that purpose;
(ii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect
to the suspension of the
<PAGE> 11
11
qualification of the securities included therein for sale in any
jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such
purpose; and
(iii) of the happening of any event that requires the making of any
changes in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus so that, as of
such date, the statements therein are not misleading and do not omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of
the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading (which
advice shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the
Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made).
(d) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain the
withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of any Registration
Statement at the earliest possible time.
(e) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of securities included
within the coverage of any Shelf Registration Statement, without charge,
at least one copy of such Shelf Registration Statement and any
post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and
schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, any documents
incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits thereto (including
those incorporated by reference therein).
(f) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to
each Holder of securities included within the coverage of any Shelf
Registration Statement, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus
(including each preliminary Prospectus) included in such Shelf
Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such
Holder may reasonably request; and the Company consents to the use of the
Prospectus or any amendment
<PAGE> 12
12
or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of securities in
connection with the offering and sale of the securities covered by the
Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.
(g) The Company shall furnish to each Exchanging Dealer which so
requests, without charge, at least one copy of the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including
financial statements and schedules, and, if the Exchanging Dealer so
requests in writing, any documents incorporated by reference therein and
all exhibits thereto (including those incorporated by reference therein).
(h) The Company shall, during the Exchange Offer Registration Period,
promptly deliver to each Exchanging Dealer, without charge, as many copies
of the Prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement
and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Exchanging Dealer may
reasonably request for delivery by such Exchanging Dealer in connection
with a sale of New Securities received by it pursuant to the Registered
Exchange Offer; and the Company consents to the use of the Prospectus or
any amendment or supplement thereto by any such Exchanging Dealer, as
aforesaid.
(i) Prior to the Registered Exchange Offer or any other offering of
securities pursuant to any Registration Statement, the Company shall
register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of securities included
therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration
or qualification of such securities for offer and sale under the
securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any such Holder
reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things
necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions
of the securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided,
however, that the Company will not be required to qualify generally to do
business in any
<PAGE> 13
13
jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or to take any action which
would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any such
jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.
(j) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of Securities to
facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates
representing Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement
free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered
in such names as Holders may request prior to sales of securities pursuant
to such Registration Statement.
(k) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraph
(c)(2)(iii) above, the Company shall promptly prepare a post-effective
amendment to any Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to
the related Prospectus or file any other required document so that, as
thereafter delivered to purchasers of the securities included therein, the
Prospectus will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit
to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in
the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
(l) Not later than the effective date of any such Registration Statement
hereunder, the Company shall provide a CUSIP number for the Securities or
New Securities, as the case may be, registered under such Registration
Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for such
Securities or New Securities, in a form, if requested by the applicable
Holder or Holder's Counsel, eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust
Company.
(m) The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all
applicable rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so
long as they are applicable to the Registered Exchange Offer or the Shelf
Registration and will make generally available to its security holders a
consolidated
<PAGE> 14
14
earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a twelve-month
period commencing after the effective date of the Registration Statement
and ending not later than 15 months thereafter, as soon as practicable
after the end of such period, which consolidated earnings statement shall
satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.
(n) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, on or prior to the effective date
of any Shelf Registration Statement or Exchange Offer Registration
Statement.
(o) The Company may require each Holder of securities to be sold
pursuant to any Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company
such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of such
securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for
inclusion in such Registration Statement.
(p) The Company shall, if requested, promptly incorporate in a
Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to a Shelf Registration
Statement, such information as the Managing Underwriters and Majority
Holders reasonably agree should be included therein and shall make all
required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment
as soon as notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus
supplement or post-effective amendment.
(q) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall
enter into such agreements (including underwriting agreements) and take
all other appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the
registration or the disposition of the Securities, and in connection
therewith, if an underwriting agreement is entered into, cause the same to
contain indemnification provisions and procedures no less favorable than
those set forth in Section 6 hereof (or such other provisions and
procedures acceptable to the
<PAGE> 15
15
Majority Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any), with respect to
all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 6 hereof from Holders of
Securities to the Company.
(r) In the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall
(i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders of securities
to be registered thereunder, any underwriter participating in any
disposition pursuant to such Registration Statement, and any attorney,
accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter
all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents
and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) cause the
Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant
information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter,
attorney, accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration
Statement as is customary for similar due diligence examinations;
provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by
the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of
such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such
underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made
in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such
information becomes available to the public generally or through a third
party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; (iii) make
such representations and warranties to the Holders of securities
registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and
scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary
underwritten offerings; (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company
(which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be
reasonably satisfactory to the Managing Underwriters, if any) addressed to
each selling Holder and the underwriters, if any, covering such matters as
are customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings
and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such Holders
<PAGE> 16
16
and underwriters; (v) obtain "cold comfort" letters (or, in the case of
any person that does not satisfy the conditions for receipt of a "cold
comfort" letter specified in Statement on Auditing Standards No. 72, an
"agreed-upon procedures" letter) and updates thereof from the independent
certified public accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other
independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company
or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements
and financial data are, or are required to be, included in the
Registration Statement), addressed to each selling Holder of securities
registered thereunder and the underwriters, if any, in customary form and
covering matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters
in connection with primary underwritten offerings; and (vi) deliver such
documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by the Majority
Holders and the Managing Underwriters, if any, including those to evidence
compliance with Section 4(k) and with any customary conditions contained
in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the
Company. The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and
(vi) of this Section 4(r) shall be performed (A) on the effective date of
such Registration Statement and each post-effective amendment thereto and
(B) at each closing under any underwriting or similar agreement as and to
the extent required thereunder.
(s) In the case of any Exchange Offer Registration Statement, the
Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by each
Purchaser, and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by such
Purchaser, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate
documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries; (ii) cause
the Company's officers, directors and employees to supply all relevant
information reasonably requested by such Purchaser or any such attorney,
accountant or agent in connection with any such Registration Statement as
is customary for similar due diligence examinations;
<PAGE> 17
17
provided, however, that any information that is designated in writing by
the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of
such information shall be kept confidential by such Purchaser or any such
attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in
connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information
becomes available to the public generally or through a third party without
an accompanying obligation of confidentiality; (iii) make such
representations and warranties to such Purchaser, in form, substance and
scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in primary
underwritten offerings; (iv) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company
(which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be
reasonably satisfactory to such Purchaser and its counsel), addressed to
such Purchaser, covering such matters as are customarily covered in
opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may
be reasonably requested by such Purchaser or its counsel; (v) obtain "cold
comfort" letters and updates thereof from the independent certified public
accountants of the Company (and, if necessary, any other independent
certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any
business acquired by the Company for which financial statements and
financial data are, or are required to be, included in the Registration
Statement), addressed to such Purchaser, in customary form and covering
matters of the type customarily covered in "cold comfort" letters in
connection with primary underwritten offerings, or if requested by such
Purchaser or its counsel in lieu of a "cold comfort" letter, an
agreed-upon procedures letter under Statement on Auditing Standards No.
35, covering matters requested by such Purchaser or its counsel; and (vi)
deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested by
such Purchaser or its counsel, including those to evidence compliance with
Section 4(k) and with conditions customarily contained in underwriting
agreements. The foregoing actions set forth in clauses (iii), (iv), (v)
and (vi) of this
<PAGE> 18
18
Section 4(s) shall be performed (A) at the close of the Registered
Exchange Offer and (B) on the effective date of any post-effective
amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement.
5. Registration Expenses. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred
in connection with the performance of its obligations under Sections 2, 3 and 4
hereof.
6. Indemnification and Contribution. (a) In connection with any
Registration Statement, the Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each
Holder of securities covered thereby (including each Purchaser and, with
respect to any Prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each
Exchanging Dealer), the directors, officers, employees and agents of each such
Holder and each other person, if any, who controls any such Holder within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act against any
and all losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they
or any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or other
Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise,
insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect
thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement as
originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary Prospectus
or Prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out
of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as
incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in
connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in
any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises
out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity
with written information furnished to the Company by or on
<PAGE> 19
19
behalf of any such Holder specifically for inclusion therein. This indemnity
agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise
have.
The Company also agrees to indemnify or contribute to Losses (as defined
below) of, as provided in Section 6(d), any underwriters of Securities
registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their officers and directors
and each person who controls such underwriters on substantially the same basis
as that of the indemnification of the Purchasers and the selling Holders
provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested by any Holder, enter into
an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section
4(q) hereof.
(b) Each Holder of securities covered by a Registration Statement
(including each Purchaser and, with respect to any Prospectus delivery as
contemplated in Section 4(h) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally and not
jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its
directors and officers and each other person, if any, who controls the Company
within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act
to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company to each such
Holder, but only with reference to written information relating to such Holder
furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for
inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This
indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any such Holder
may otherwise have.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6
of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a
claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under
this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement
thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not
relieve it from liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the
extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and such failure results in
the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses and
(ii) will not, in any
<PAGE> 20
20
event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified
party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or
(b) above. The indemnifying party shall be entitled to appoint counsel of the
indemnifying party's choice at the indemnifying party's expense to represent
the indemnified party in any action for which indemnification is sought (in
which case the indemni fying party shall not thereafter be responsible for the
fees and expenses of any separate counsel retained by the indem nified party or
parties except as set forth below); provided, however, that such counsel shall
be satisfactory to the indemnified party. Notwithstanding the indemnifying
party's election to appoint counsel to represent the indemnified party in an
action, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ separate counsel
(including local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable
fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel (and local counsel) if (i)
the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the
indemnified party would present such counsel with a conflict of interest, (ii)
the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include
both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party
shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to
it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to
those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnifying party shall
not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent
the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution
of such action or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the indemnified
party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. An
indemnifying party will not, without the prior written consent of the
indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any
judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or
proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought
hereunder (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential
parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent
includes an unconditional release of each
<PAGE> 21
21
indemnified party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or
proceeding.
(d) In the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of
this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an
indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party, in
lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall have a joint and several
obligation to contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and
liabilities (including legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively "Losses") to
which such indemnified party may be subject in such proportion as is
appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by such indemnifying
party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other hand, from the
Initial Placement and the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses;
provided, however, that in no case shall any Purchaser or any subsequent Holder
of any Security or New Security be responsible, in the aggregate, for any
amount in excess of the purchase discount or commission applicable to such
Security, or in the case of a New Security, applicable to the Security which
was exchangeable into such New Security, as set forth on the cover page of the
Final Memorandum, nor shall any underwriter be responsible for any amount in
excess of the underwriting discount or commission applicable to the securities
purchased by such underwriter under the Registration Statement which resulted
in such Losses. If the allocation provided by the immediately preceding
sentence is unavailable for any reason, the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party shall contribute in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of such
indemnifying party, on the one hand, and such indemnified party, on the other
hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
Losses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. Benefits
received by the Company shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of (x) the total
net proceeds from the Initial Placement (before deducting expenses) as set
forth on the cover page of the Final Memorandum and (y) the total amount of
additional interest which the
<PAGE> 22
22
Company was not required to pay as a result of registering the securities
covered by the Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Benefits
received by the Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase
discounts and commissions as set forth on the cover page of the Final
Memorandum, and benefits received by any other Holders shall be deemed to be
equal to the value of receiving Securities or New Securities, as applicable,
registered under the Act. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed
to be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth
on the cover page of the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration
Statement which resulted in such Losses. Relative fault shall be determined by
reference to whether any alleged untrue statement or omission relates to
information provided by the indemnifying party, on the one hand, or by the
indemnified party, on the other hand. The parties agree that it would not be
just and equitable if contribution were determined by pro rata allocation or
any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable
considerations referred to above. Notwithstanding the provisions of this
paragraph (d), no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the
meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any
person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of
this Section 6, each person who controls a Holder within the meaning of either
the Act or the Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of
such Holder shall have the same rights to contribution as such Holder, and each
person who controls the Company within the meaning of either the Act or the
Exchange Act, each officer of the Company who shall have signed the
Registration Statement and each director of the Company shall have the same
rights to contribution as the Company, subject in each case to the applicable
terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).
(e) The provisions of this Section 6 will remain in full force and
effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Holder or
the Company or any of the officers, directors or controlling persons referred
to
<PAGE> 23
23
in this Section 6, and will survive the sale by a Holder of securities covered
by a Registration Statement.
7. Miscellaneous.
(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not, as of the date
hereof, entered into, nor shall it, on or after the date hereof, enter
into, any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent
with the rights granted to the Holders herein or otherwise conflicts with
the provisions hereof.
(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement, including
the provisions of this sentence, may not be amended, qualified, modified
or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions
hereof may not be given, unless the Company has obtained the written
consent of the Holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding
aggregate principal amount of Securities (or, after the consummation of
any Exchange Offer in accordance with Section 2 hereof, of New
Securities); provided that, with respect to any matter that directly or
indirectly affects the rights of any Purchaser hereunder, the Company
shall obtain the written consent of each such Purchaser against which such
amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver or consent is to be
effective. Notwithstanding the foregoing (except the foregoing proviso), a
waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof with respect to
a matter that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose
securities are being sold pursuant to a Registration Statement and that
does not directly or indirectly affect the rights of other Holders may be
given by the Majority Holders, determined on the basis of securities being
sold rather than registered under such Registration Statement.
(c) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or
permitted hereunder
<PAGE> 24
24
shall be made in writing by hand-delivery, first-class mail, telex,
telecopier, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery:
(1) if to a Holder, at the most current address given by such Holder
to the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7(c),
which address initially is, with respect to each Holder, the address of
such Holder maintained by the registrar under the Indenture, with a copy
in like manner to Salomon Brothers Inc by fax (212-783-2823) and
confirmed by mail to it at Seven World Trade Center, New York, New York
10048;
(2) if to you, initially at the address set forth in the Purchase
Agreement; and
(3) if to the Company, initially at its address set forth in the
Purchase Agreement.
All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly
given when received.
The Purchasers or the Company by notice to the other may designate
additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties,
including, without the need for an express assignment or any consent by
the Company, subsequent Holders of Securities and/or New Securities. The
Company hereby agrees to extend the benefits of this Agreement to any
Holder of Securities and/or New Securities and any such Holder may
specifically enforce the provisions of this Agreement as if an original
party hereto.
(e) Counterparts. This agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of
which when so
<PAGE> 25
25
executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together
shall constitute one and the same agreement.
(f) Headings. The headings in this agreement are for convenience of
reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.
(g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (WITHOUT REGARD
TO THE CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS THEREOF).
(h) Severability. In the event that any one of more of the provisions
contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstances, is held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the
validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other
respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way
impaired or affected thereby, it being intended that all the rights and
privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent
permitted by law.
(i) Securities Held by the Company, etc. Whenever the consent or
approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of
Securities or New Securities is required hereunder, Securities or New
Securities, as applicable, held by the Company or its Affiliates (other
than subsequent Holders of Securities or New Securities if such subsequent
Holders are deemed to be Affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of
such Securities or New Securities) shall not be counted in determining
whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required
percentage.
<PAGE> 26
26
Please confirm that the foregoing correctly sets forth the agreement
between the Company and you.
Very truly yours,
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ MIKE FINCH
--------------------------
Name: Michael L. Finch
Title: Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
The foregoing Agreement is
hereby confirmed and accepted
as of the date first above written
SALOMON BROTHERS INC
CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
HOWARD, WEIL, LABOUISSE, FRIEDRICHS INCORPORATED
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED
NATIONSBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
By: SALOMON BROTHERS INC
By: /s/ M. SCOTT VAN BERGH
---------------------------------
Name: M. Scott Van Bergh
Title: Managing Director
For themselves and the other
Purchasers named in Schedule I to
the Purchase Agreement
<PAGE> 27
ANNEX A
Each broker-dealer that receives New Securities for its own account pursuant to
the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a
prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. The Letter of
Transmittal states that by so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within
the meaning of the Act. This Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of
New Securities received in exchange for Securities where such New Securities
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or
other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on the date
hereof (the "Expiration Date") and ending on the close of business 180 days
after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus available to any
broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See "Plan of
Distribution."
<PAGE> 28
ANNEX B
Each broker-dealer that receives New Securities for its own account in exchange
for Securities, where such Securities were acquired by such broker-dealer as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must
acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Securities. See "Plan of Distribution."
<PAGE> 29
ANNEX C
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Each broker-dealer that receives New Securities for its own account
pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer must acknowledge that it will deliver
a prospectus in connection with any resale of such New Securities. The
Prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used
by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of New Securities received in
exchange for Securities where such Securities were acquired as a result of
market-making activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed
that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business 180
days after the Expiration Date, it will make this Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any
such resale. In addition, until , 199 , all dealers effecting transactions
in the Exchange Securities may be required to deliver a prospectus. */
The Company will not receive any proceeds from any sale of New
Securities by broker-dealers. New Securities received by broker-dealers for
their own account pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be sold from time to time
in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated
transactions, through the writing of options on the New Securities or a
combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time
of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or negotiated
prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through
brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or
concessions from any such broker-dealer and/or the purchasers of any such New
Securities. Any broker-dealer that resells New Securities that were received by
it for its own account pursuant to the Registered Exchange Offer and any broker
or dealer that participates in a distribution of
- ------------------------
*/ In addition, the legend required by Item 502(e) of Regulation S-K
will appear on the back cover page of the Exchange Offer prospectus.
<PAGE> 30
2
such New Securities may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of
the Securities Act and any profit of any such resale of New Securities and any
commissions or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be
underwriting compensation under the Act. The Letter of Transmittal states that
by acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a
broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an "underwriter" within
the meaning of the Act. 2
For a period of 180 days after the Expiration Date, the Company will
promptly send additional copies of this Prospectus and any amendment or
supplement to this Prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents
in the Letter of Transmittal. The Company has agreed to pay all expenses
incident to the Exchange Offer (including the expenses of one counsel for the
holders of the Securities) other than commissions or concessions of any brokers
or dealers and will indemnify the holders of the Securities (including any
broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Act.
[If applicable, add information required by Regulation S-K Items 507
and/or 508.]
<PAGE> 31
ANNEX D
Rider A
CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO
RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND
10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS THERETO.
Name:
-------------------------------------------------
Address:
----------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------
Rider B
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents that it
is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of New
Securities. If the undersigned is a broker-dealer that will receive New
Securities for its own account in exchange for Securities that were acquired as
a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, it
acknowledges that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such New Securities; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, the undersigned will not be deemed to admit that it is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Act.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 5.1
(713) 758-3681 (713) 615-5513
October 22, 1997
Stone Energy Corporation
625 E. Kaliste Saloom Road
Lafayette, Louisiana 70508
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with the preparation of the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration Statement") to be filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), with respect to the
Company's 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 that have been registered
under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Notes").
We have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise
identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Certificate of Incorporation and
Restated Bylaws of the Company, (ii) the Indenture dated as of September 19,
1997 (the "Indenture") by and among the Company and Texas Commerce Bank
National Association, as Trustee (the "Trustee") and (iii) such other
certificates, statutes and other instruments and documents as we considered
appropriate for purposes of the opinions hereafter expressed.
In connection with this opinion, we have assumed that the Registration
Statement, and any amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments),
will have become effective and the Notes will be issued and sold in compliance
with applicable federal and state securities laws and in the manner described
in the Registration Statement and the applicable Prospectus.
Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that when the Indenture
has been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and
the Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in
accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, such Notes will be legally
issued and will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company,
enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such
enforcement is subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization
or other law relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally and general
principles of equity, and will be entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.
The foregoing opinion is limited in all respects to the laws of the
State of New York and federal laws.
<PAGE> 2
Stone Energy Corporation
Page 2
October 21, 1997
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. By giving such consent, we do not admit that we are
within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the
Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission issued
thereunder.
Very truly yours,
/s/ VINSON & ELKINS L.L.P.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.1
================================================================================
$150,000,000.00
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
Among
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
as Borrower,
THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
NAMED IN THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT
as Banks,
and
NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
as Agent
July 30, 1997
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Page
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.01. Certain Defined Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Section 1.02. Computation of Time Periods . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Section 1.03. Accounting Terms; Changes in GAAP . . . . . . . . . 16
Section 1.04. Types of Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Section 1.05. Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
ARTICLE II
CREDIT FACILITIES
Section 2.01. Commitment for Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Section 2.02. Borrowing Base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Section 2.03. Method of Borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Section 2.04. Prepayment of Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Section 2.05. Repayment of Advances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Section 2.06. Letters of Credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Section 2.07. Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Section 2.08. Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Section 2.09. Payments and Computations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Section 2.10. Sharing of Payments, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Section 2.11. Breakage Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Section 2.12. Increased Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Section 2.13. Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
Section 3.01. Conditions Precedent to Amendment and Restatement . 38
Section 3.02. Condition to Initial Term Advances . . . . . . . . . 39
</TABLE>
-i-
<PAGE> 3
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Section 3.03. Conditions Precedent to All Borrowings . . . . . . 39
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 4.01. Corporate Existence; Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . 40
Section 4.02. Corporate Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Section 4.03. Authorization and Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Section 4.04. Enforceable Obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Section 4.05. Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Section 4.06. True and Complete Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Section 4.07. Litigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Section 4.08. Use of Proceeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Section 4.09. Investment Company Act . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Section 4.10. Public Utility Holding Company Act . . . . . . . . 42
Section 4.11. Taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Section 4.12. Pension Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Section 4.13. Condition of Property; Casualties . . . . . . . . . 43
Section 4.14. No Burdensome Restrictions; No Defaults . . . . . . 44
Section 4.15. Environmental Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Section 4.16. Permits, Licenses, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Section 4.17. Gas Contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Section 5.01. Compliance with Laws, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Section 5.02. Maintenance of Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Section 5.03. Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. . . . . . 46
Section 5.04. Payment of Taxes, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Section 5.05. Visitation Rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Section 5.06. Reporting Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Section 5.07. Maintenance of Property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Section 5.08. New Subsidiaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Section 5.09. Collateral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Section 5.10. Hedging Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
</TABLE>
-ii-
<PAGE> 4
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Section 6.01. Liens, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Section 6.02. Debts, Guaranties, and Other Obligations . . . . . 53
Section 6.03. Agreements Restricting Liens and Distributions . . 53
Section 6.04. Merger or Consolidation; Asset Sales . . . . . . . 54
Section 6.05. Restricted Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Section 6.06. Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Section 6.07. Limitation on Speculative Hedging . . . . . . . . . 55
Section 6.08. Affiliate Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Section 6.09. Compliance with ERISA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Section 6.10. Maintenance of Ownership of Subsidiaries . . . . . 56
Section 6.11. Sale-and-Leaseback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Section 6.12. Change of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Section 6.13. Current Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Section 6.14. Tangible Net Worth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
ARTICLE VII
REMEDIES
Section 7.01. Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Section 7.02. Optional Acceleration of Maturity . . . . . . . . . 59
Section 7.03. Automatic Acceleration of Maturity . . . . . . . . 60
Section 7.04. Right of Set-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Section 7.05. Actions Under Credit Documents . . . . . . . . . . 61
Section 7.06. Non-exclusivity of Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
ARTICLE VIII
THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK
Section 8.01. Authorization and Action . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Section 8.02. Agent's Reliance, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Section 8.03. The Agent and Its Affiliates . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Section 8.04. Bank Credit Decision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
</TABLE>
-iii-
<PAGE> 5
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Section 8.05. Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Section 8.06. Successor Agent and Issuing Bank . . . . . . . . . 63
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.01. Amendments, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Section 9.02. Notices, Etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Section 9.03. No Waiver; Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Section 9.04. Costs and Expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Section 9.05. Binding Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Section 9.06. Bank Assignments and Participations . . . . . . . . 66
Section 9.07. Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Section 9.08. Execution in Counterparts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Section 9.09. Survival of Representations, Etc . . . . . . . . . 68
Section 9.10. Severability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Section 9.11. Business Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Section 9.12. Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
</TABLE>
EXHIBITS:
Exhibit A - Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B - Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C - Form of Guaranty
Exhibit D-1 - Form of Revolving Note
Exhibit D-2 - Form of Term Note
Exhibit E - Form of Notice of Borrowing
Exhibit F - Form of Notice of Conversion or
Continuation
Exhibit G - Form of Letter of Credit Application
Exhibit H-1 - Form of Borrower's General Counsel
Opinion
Exhibit H-2 - Form of Agent's Counsel Opinion
-iv-
<PAGE> 6
SCHEDULES:
Schedule 1 - Borrower, Agent, and Bank Information
Schedule 4.07 - Existing Litigation
Schedule 4.15(a) - Existing Environmental Concerns
Schedule 4.15(b) - Designated Environmental Sites
Schedule 6.01 - Permitted Existing Liens
Schedule 6.02 - Permitted Existing Debt
Schedule 6.08 - Affiliated Transactions
-v-
<PAGE> 7
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
This Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of July 30,
1997 is among Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, the Banks (as
defined below), and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as Agent for the Banks.
The Borrower, the Banks, and the Agent agree as follows:
INTRODUCTION
A. The Borrower, the Agent, and the Banks are parties to the
Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of September 26, 1996 (as
the same has been amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to
time, the "Existing Credit Agreement").
B. The Borrower, the Agent, and the Banks have agreed to amend
and restate the Existing Credit Agreement by entering into this Agreement.
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
Section 1.01. Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement,
the following terms shall have the following meanings (unless otherwise
indicated, such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and
plural forms of the terms defined):
"Acceptable Security Interest" means a Lien which (a) exists in favor
of the Agent for the benefit of the Agent and the Banks and (b) is superior to
all Liens or rights of any other Person in the Property encumbered thereby,
except to the extent that the rights of another Person are permitted hereunder.
"Adjusted Base Rate" means, for any day, the fluctuating rate per
annum of interest equal to the greater of (a) the Base Rate in effect on such
day and (b) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1.00%.
"Advance" means any Revolving Advance or Term Advance.
<PAGE> 8
"Affiliate" means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly
or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by,
or is under common control with, such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person.
The term "control" (including the terms "controlled by" or "under common
control with") means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person,
whether through ownership of Voting Securities, by contract, or otherwise.
"Agent" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A., in its capacity as an agent
pursuant to Article VIII and any successor agent pursuant to Section 8.06.
"Agent's Fee Letter" has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(b).
"Agreement" means this Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, as
the same may be amended, supplemented, and otherwise modified from time to
time.
"Applicable Lending Office" means, with respect to each Bank, such
Bank's Domestic Lending Office in the case of a Base Rate Advance and such
Bank's Eurodollar Lending Office in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Advance.
"Applicable Margin" means, for any day:
(a) so long as there is any principal amount outstanding under any
Term Advance, the following percentages during the following periods during
which such day falls:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Applicable Margin Applicable Margin
Base Rate Advances Eurodollar Rate Advances
------------------ ------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Through March 31, 1998 0.00% 1.50%
From April 1, 1998 through
June 30, 1998 0.50% 2.00%
From July 1, 1998 through
January 1, 1999 1.00% 2.50%
</TABLE>
(b) after the outstanding principal amount of all Term Advances
has been repaid in full, the following percentages based upon the ratio of (i)
the aggregate outstanding amount of Revolving Advances plus the Letter of
Credit Exposure to (ii) the Borrowing Base, as of such day:
-2-
<PAGE> 9
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Ratio of Outstanding
Revolving Advances to Applicable Margin Applicable Margin
Borrowing Base Base Rate Advances Eurodollar Rate Advances
--------------------- ------------------ -------------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Less than .60 0.00% 0.75%
Greater than or equal to
.60 and less than .80 0.00% 1.00%
Greater than or equal to
.80 0.00% 1.25%
</TABLE>
"Assignment and Acceptance" means an assignment and acceptance entered
into by a Bank and an Eligible Assignee, and accepted by the Agent, in
substantially the form of the attached Exhibit A.
"Banks" means the lenders listed on the signature pages of this
Agreement and each Eligible Assignee that shall become a party to this
Agreement pursuant to Section 9.06.
"Base Rate" means a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in
effect from time to time equal to the rate of interest publicly announced by
NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as its base rate, whether or not the Borrower has
notice thereof.
"Base Rate Advance" means an Advance which bears interest as provided
in Section 2.08(a).
"Borrower" means Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation.
"Borrowing" means any Revolving Borrowing or Term Borrowing.
"Borrowing Base" means, for any date of its determination by the
Majority Banks or all of the Banks, as the case may be, in accordance with
Section 2.02, the lending value of the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Oil and
Gas Properties as of such date.
"Business Day" means a day of the year on which banks are not required
or authorized to close in Dallas, Texas and, if the applicable Business Day
relates to any Eurodollar Rate Advances, on which dealings are carried on by
banks in the London interbank market.
"Capital Leases" means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any
Property by such Person as lessee which would, in accordance with GAAP, be
required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the balance
sheet of such Person.
"Cash Collateral Account" means a special interest bearing cash
collateral account pledged to the Agent for the ratable benefit of the Banks
containing cash deposited pursuant
-3-
<PAGE> 10
to Sections 2.04(b) or (c), 7.02(b), or 7.03(b) to be maintained at the Agent's
office in accordance with Section 2.06(g) and bear interest or be invested in
the Agent's reasonable discretion.
"CERCLA" means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation,
and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, state and local analogs, and all rules
and regulations and requirements thereunder in each case as now or hereafter in
effect.
"Class" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.04.
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any
successor statute.
"Commitments" means, as to any Bank, its Revolving Commitment and its
Term Commitment.
"Compliance Certificate" means a compliance certificate in the form of
the attached Exhibit B signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.
"Controlled Group" means all members of a controlled group of
corporations and all trades (whether or not incorporated) under common control
which, together with the Borrower, are treated as a single employer under
Section 414 of the Code.
"Convert," "Conversion," and "Converted" each refers to a conversion
of Advances of one Type into Advances of another Type pursuant to Section
2.03(b).
"Credit Documents" means this Agreement, the Notes, the Letter of
Credit Documents, the Guaranties, the Security Documents, and each other
agreement, instrument, or document executed at any time in connection with this
Agreement.
"Debt," for any Person, means without duplication:
(a) indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, including,
without limitation, obligations under letters of credit and agreements relating
to the issuance of letters of credit or acceptance financing;
(b) obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures,
notes or other similar instruments;
(c) obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price
of property or services;
-4-
<PAGE> 11
(d) obligations of such Person as lessee under Capital Leases;
(e) obligations of such Person under direct or indirect guaranties
in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person to
purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss
in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to
in clauses (a) through (d) above;
(f) indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to
in clauses (a) through (e) secured by any Lien on or in respect of any Property
of such Person; and
(g) all liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded vested
benefits under any Plan.
"Debt Issuance" means the issuance of any convertible or subordinated
debt permitted by Section 6.02(f).
"Default" means (a) an Event of Default or (b) any event or condition
which with notice or lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived,
become an Event of Default.
"Dollar Equivalent" means for all purposes of this Agreement, the
equivalent in another currency of an amount in Dollars to be determined by
reference to the rate of exchange quoted by NationsBank of Texas, N.A., at
10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas, time) on the date of determination, for the spot
purchase in the foreign exchange market of such amount of Dollars with such
other currency.
"Dollars" and "$" means lawful money of the United States of America.
"Domestic Lending Office" means, with respect to any Bank, the office
of such Bank specified as its "Domestic Lending Office" opposite its name on
Schedule 1 or such other office of such Bank as such Bank may from time to time
specify to the Borrower and the Agent.
"Effective Date" means the date on which each of the conditions
precedent in Section 3.01 have been met or waived.
"Eligible Assignee" means any commercial bank organized under the laws
of any country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation
and Development and having primary capital (or its equivalent) of not less than
$250,000,000.00 (or its Dollar Equivalent) and approved by the Agent in its
sole discretion and the Borrower, which approval by the Borrower will not be
unreasonably withheld.
-5-
<PAGE> 12
"Environment" or "Environmental" shall have the meanings set forth in
43 U.S.C. Section 9601(8) (1988).
"Environmental Claim" means any third party (including governmental
agencies and employees) action, lawsuit, claim, demand, regulatory action or
proceeding, order, decree, consent agreement or notice of potential or actual
responsibility or violation (including claims or proceedings under the
Occupational Safety and Health Acts or similar laws or requirements relating to
health or safety of employees) which seeks to impose liability under any
Environmental Law.
"Environmental Law" means all Legal Requirements arising from,
relating to, or in connection with the Environment, health, or safety,
including without limitation CERCLA, relating to (a) pollution, contamination,
injury, destruction, loss, protection, cleanup, reclamation or restoration of
the air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata, or
other natural resources; (b) solid, gaseous or liquid waste generation,
treatment, processing, recycling, reclamation, cleanup, storage, disposal or
transportation; (c) exposure to pollutants, contaminants, hazardous, or toxic
substances, materials or wastes; (d) the safety or health of employees; or (e)
the manufacture, processing, handling, transportation, distribution in
commerce, use, storage or disposal of hazardous, or toxic substances, materials
or wastes.
"Environmental Permit" means any permit, license, order, approval or
other authorization under Environmental Law.
"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time.
"Eurocurrency Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to that term in
Regulation D of the Federal Reserve Board (or any successor), as in effect from
time to time.
"Eurodollar Lending Office" means, with respect to any Bank, the
office of such Bank specified as its "Eurodollar Lending Office" opposite its
name on Schedule 1 (or, if no such office is specified, its Domestic Lending
Office) or such other office of such Bank as such Bank may from time to time
specify to the Borrower and the Agent.
"Eurodollar Rate" means, for the Interest Period for each Eurodollar
Rate Advance, the interest rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100
of 1% per annum) appearing on Telerate Page 3750 (or any successor page) as the
London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars at approximately 11:00
a.m. (London time) two Business Days before the first day of such Interest
Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period. If for any reason such
rate is not available, the term "Eurodollar Rate" shall mean, for the
-6-
<PAGE> 13
Interest Period for each Eurodollar Rate Advance, the interest rate per annum
(rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1% per annum) appearing on Reuters
Screen LIBO page as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in Dollars
at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days before the first
day of such Interest Period for a term comparable to such Interest Period;
provided, however, if more than one rate is specified on Reuters Screen LIBO
page, the applicable rate shall be the arithmetic mean of all such rates.
"Eurodollar Rate Advance" means an Advance which bears interest as
provided in Section 2.08(b).
"Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage" of any Bank for the Interest
Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advance means the reserve percentage applicable
during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so
applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such
Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under
regulations issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board for
determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any
emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for such Bank
with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency
Liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period.
"Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 7.01.
"Existing Letters of Credit" means the letters of credit outstanding
on the date of this Agreement issued for the account of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries which are described in the attached Schedule 6.02, as the same may
be amended, supplemented, and otherwise modified from time to time.
"Existing Letter of Credit Exposure" means at any time, the sum of (a)
the aggregate undrawn maximum face amount of each Existing Letter of Credit at
such time, plus (b) the aggregate unpaid amount of all reimbursement
obligations for payments made under Existing Letters of Credit at such time.
"Expiration Date" means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the
date on which such Letter of Credit will expire or terminate in accordance with
its terms.
"Federal Funds Rate" means, for any period, a fluctuating interest
rate per annum equal for each day during such period to the weighted average of
the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal
Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day
(or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for
any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for any such
-7-
<PAGE> 14
day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers
of recognized standing selected by it.
"Federal Reserve Board" means the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System or any of its successors.
"Financial Statements" means the balance sheet and statements of
income, retained earnings and cash flow dated December 31, 1996 referred to in
Section 4.05, copies of which have been delivered to the Agent and the Banks.
"GAAP" means United States generally accepted accounting principles as
in effect from time to time, applied on a basis consistent with the
requirements of Section 1.03.
"Governmental Authority" means any foreign governmental authority, the
United States of America, any state of the United States of America and any
subdivision of any of the foregoing, and any agency, department, commission,
board, authority or instrumentality, bureau or court having jurisdiction over
any Bank, the Borrower, or the Borrower's Subsidiaries or any of their
respective Properties.
"Guaranties" means each Guaranty in favor of the Agent for the ratable
benefit of the Banks in the form of the attached Exhibit C executed by a
Guarantor as required by Section 5.09, as the same may be amended,
supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Guarantors" means each of the Borrower's Subsidiaries who hereafter
executes a Guaranty under Section 5.09.
"Hazardous Substance" means the substances identified as such pursuant
to CERCLA and those regulated under any other Environmental Law, including
without limitation pollutants, contaminants, petroleum, petroleum products,
radionuclides, radioactive materials, and medical and infectious waste.
"Hazardous Waste" means the substances regulated as such pursuant to
any Environmental Law.
"Interest Period" means, for each Eurodollar Rate Advance comprising
part of the same Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Advance
or the date of the Conversion of any Base Rate Advance into such an Advance and
ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the
provisions below or by Section 2.03 and, thereafter, each subsequent period
commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and
ending on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower pursuant to the
provisions below or by Section 2.03. The duration of each such Interest Period
shall
-8-
<PAGE> 15
be one, two, three, or six months, in each case as the Borrower may, upon
notice received by the Agent not later than 10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas, time)
on, the third Business Day prior to the first day of such Interest Period
select; provided, however, that:
(a) the Borrower may not select any Interest Period for any
Revolving Advance which ends after the Revolving Maturity Date and any Term
Advance which ends after the Term Maturity Date;
(b) Interest Periods commencing on the same date for Advances
comprising part of the same Borrowing shall be of the same duration;
(c) whenever the last day of any Interest Period would otherwise
occur on a day other than a Business Day, the last day of such Interest Period
shall be extended to occur on the next succeeding Business Day, provided that
if such extension would cause the last day of such Interest Period to occur in
the next following calendar month, the last day of such Interest Period shall
occur on the next preceding Business Day; and
(d) any Interest Period which begins on the last Business Day of a
calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day
in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last
Business Day of the calendar month in which it would have ended if there were a
numerically corresponding day in such calendar month.
"Interim Financial Statements" means the unaudited balance sheet and
statements of income and cash flow dated as of March 31, 1997, referred to in
Section 4.05.
"Issuing Bank" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A., and any successor
issuing bank pursuant to Section 8.06.
"Legal Requirement" means any law, statute, ordinance, decree,
requirement, order, judgment, rule, regulation (or official interpretation of
any of the foregoing) of, and the terms of any license or permit issued by, any
Governmental Authority, including, but not limited to, Regulations G, T, U, and
X.
"Letter of Credit" means, individually, any letter of credit issued by
the Issuing Bank which is subject to this Agreement and "Letters of Credit"
means all such letters of credit collectively, provided that the Existing
Letters of Credit shall not be Letters of Credit hereunder until made Letters
of Credit under this Agreement by the Issuing Bank at the time such Existing
Letters of Credit are replaced or rolled over.
-9-
<PAGE> 16
"Letter of Credit Application" means the Issuing Bank's standard form
letter of credit application for either a commercial or standby letter of
credit, as the case may be, which has been executed by the Borrower and
accepted by the Issuing Bank in connection with the issuance of a Letter of
Credit, which form or forms as of the date of this Agreement are in the form of
the attached Exhibit G, as the same may be amended, supplemented, and otherwise
modified from time to time.
"Letter of Credit Documents" means all Letters of Credit, Letter of
Credit Applications, and agreements, documents, and instruments entered into in
connection with or relating thereto.
"Letter of Credit Exposure" means, at any time, the sum of (a) the
aggregate undrawn maximum face amount of each Letter of Credit at such time,
plus (b) the aggregate unpaid amount of all Reimbursement Obligations at such
time.
"Letter of Credit Obligations" means any obligations of the Borrower
under this Agreement in connection with the Letters of Credit, including the
Reimbursement Obligations.
"Lien" means any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, deed of trust,
security interest, or encumbrance to secure or provide for the payment of any
obligation of any Person, whether arising by contract, operation of law, or
otherwise (including, without limitation, the interest of a vendor or lessor
under any conditional sale agreement, Capital Lease, or other title retention
agreement).
"Lien Grant Documents" means the following documents duly executed by
all parties thereto, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:
(a) mortgages, deeds of trust, financing statements, or other
security instruments granting an Acceptable Security Interest in the Borrower's
and its Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties with a loan value of at least 80%
of the most recent Borrowing Base determined by the Majority Banks or all of
the Banks, as the case may be;
(b) title opinions prepared by counsel approved by the Agent in
form and substance satisfactory to the Agent evidencing that the Borrower's and
its Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties with a loan value of at least 80% of
the most recent Borrowing Base determined by the Majority Banks or all of the
Banks, as the case may be, are unencumbered except for title exceptions
approved by the Agent;
(c) favorable opinions of the Borrower's general counsel and such
other counsel of the Borrower as the Agent may reasonably request covering the
authorization and
-10-
<PAGE> 17
enforceability of the Credit Documents and such other matters as any Bank
through the Agent may reasonably request;
(d) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of
the Borrower certifying the existence of the Borrower, a certificate of good
standing for the Borrower, the certificate of incorporation of the Borrower,
the bylaws of the Borrower, the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the
Borrower authorizing the execution of the Credit Documents and related
transactions, and the incumbency and signatures of the officers of the Borrower
authorized to execute the Credit Documents and related documents; and
(e) such other documents, certificates, letters in lieu of
transfer orders, opinions of Borrower's counsel, agreements, lien searches as
the Agent may reasonably request.
"Liquid Investments" means:
(a) debt securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or
insured by the United States government or any agency or instrumentality
thereof, with maturities of no more than two years from the date of
acquisition;
(b) commercial paper of a domestic issuer rated at the date of
acquisition not less than P1 by Moody's Investor Service, Inc., or A1 by
Standard & Poor's Corporation;
(c) certificates of deposit, demand deposits, Eurodollar time
deposits, overnight bank deposits, and bankers' acceptances, with maturities of
no more than two years from the date of acquisition, issued by any Bank or any
bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any
state thereof whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, and having capital and surplus aggregating at least
$100,000,000.00;
(d) corporate bonds, mortgaged-backed securities, and municipal
bonds of a domestic issuer rated at the date of acquisition Aaa by Moody's
Investor Service, Inc., or AAA by Standard & Poor's Corporation, with
maturities of no more than two years from the date of acquisition;
(e) repurchase agreements secured by debt securities of the type
described in part (a) above, the market value of which, including accrued
interest, is not less than 100% of the amount of the repurchase agreement, with
maturities of no more than two years from the date of acquisition, issued by or
acquired from or through any Bank or any bank or trust company organized under
the laws of the United States or any state thereof and having capital and
surplus aggregating at least $100,000,000.00; and
-11-
<PAGE> 18
(f) money market funds;
provided that (i) investments in any one issuer, excluding the United States
government or any agency or instrumentality thereof, shall not exceed 20% of
total fixed-income Liquid Investments based on market value at the time of
acquisition, (ii) fixed-income holdings shall not exceed 5% of all Investments
at any time, and (iii) certificates of deposit, commercial paper, corporate
bonds, mortgaged-backed securities, or municipal bonds issued by any one issuer
shall not exceed 5% of all Liquid Investments at any time.
"Majority Banks" means, at any time, Banks holding at least 66-2/3% of
the then aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Notes held by the Banks and
the Letter of Credit Exposure of the Banks at such time, but in no event less
than two Banks at any time when there are three or more Banks; provided that if
no such principal amount or Letter of Credit Exposure is then outstanding,
"Majority Banks" shall mean Banks having at least 66-2/3% of the aggregate
amount of the Revolving Commitments at such time, but in no event less than two
Banks at any time when there are three or more Banks.
"Material Adverse Change" means (a) a material adverse change in the
business, financial condition, or results of operations of the Borrower or any
of its Subsidiaries, or (b) the occurrence and continuance of any event or
circumstance which could reasonably be expected (i) to have a material adverse
effect on the Borrower's or any Guarantor's ability to perform its obligations
under this Agreement, any Note, any Guaranty, or any other Credit Document or
(ii) to cause a Default.
"Maximum Rate" means the maximum nonusurious interest rate under
applicable law.
"Mortgages" means any mortgages, deeds of trust, or other security
instruments granting or purporting to grant Acceptable Security Interests in
the Oil and Gas Properties of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as the same
may be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time.
"Multiemployer Plan" means a "multiemployer plan" as defined in
Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
"Net Income" means, for any Person and for any period of its
determination, the net income of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied, but excluding any gains and losses on sales and
retirements of assets and any noncash write-down of assets.
-12-
<PAGE> 19
"Net Worth" means, for any Person that is a corporation and as of any
date of its determination, the consolidated total assets of such Person less
the total liabilities of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP
consistently applied.
"Note" means a Revolving Note or a Term Note.
"Notice of Borrowing" means a notice of borrowing in the form of the
attached Exhibit E signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.
"Notice of Conversion or Continuation" means a notice of conversion or
continuation in the form of the attached Exhibit F signed by a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower.
"Obligations" means all principal, interest, fees, reimbursements,
indemnifications, and other amounts payable by the Borrower to the Agent or the
Banks under the Credit Documents.
"Oil and Gas Properties" means fee, leasehold or other interests in or
under mineral estates or oil, gas, and other liquid or gaseous hydrocarbon
leases with respect to Properties situated in the United States or offshore
from any state of the United States, including overriding royalty and royalty
interests, leasehold estate interests, net profits interests, production
payment interests and mineral fee interests, together with contracts executed
in connection therewith and incidental rights belonging thereto.
"Oil and Gas Reserve Report" means each engineering report covering
the Borrower's consolidated Oil and Gas Properties provided to the Agent
pursuant to Section 5.06(c).
"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity
succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.
"Permitted Liens" means the Liens permitted to exist pursuant to
Section 6.01.
"Person" means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a
business trust), joint stock company, limited liability corporation or company,
limited liability partnership, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture
or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof
or any trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official.
"Plan" means an employee benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer
Plan) maintained for employees of the Borrower or any member of the Controlled
Group and covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to the minimum funding
standards under Section 412 of the Code.
-13-
<PAGE> 20
"Property" of any Person means any property or assets (whether real,
personal, or mixed, tangible or intangible) of such Person.
"Pro Rata Share" means, with respect to any Bank, either (a) the ratio
(expressed as a percentage) of such Bank's Commitments at such time to the
aggregate Commitments at such time or (b) if the Revolving Commitments have
been terminated, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Bank's aggregate
outstanding Advances and Letter of Credit Exposure at such time to the
aggregate outstanding Advances and Letter of Credit Exposure of all the Banks
at such time.
"Register" has the meaning set forth in paragraph (c) of Section 9.06.
"Regulations G, T, U, and X" mean Regulations G, T, U, and X of the
Federal Reserve Board, as the same is from time to time in effect, and all
official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
"Reimbursement Obligations" means all of the obligations of the
Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Bank for amounts paid by the Issuing Bank
under Letters of Credit as established by the Letter of Credit Applications and
Section 2.06(d).
"Release" shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA or under any
other Environmental Law.
"Response" shall have the meaning set forth in CERCLA or under any
other Environmental Law.
"Responsible Officer" means, with respect to any Person, such Person's
Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting
Officer, and Vice Presidents.
"Restricted Payment" means, with respect to any Person, any dividends
or other distributions (in cash, property, or otherwise) on, or any payment for
the purchase, redemption, or other acquisition of, any shares of any capital
stock of such Person, other than dividends payable in such Person's stock.
"Revolving Advance" means any advance by a Bank to the Borrower as
part of a Revolving Borrowing and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar
Rate Advance.
"Revolving Borrowing" means, subject to Sections 2.03(c)(ii) and
2.04(e), a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Advances of the same
Type made by each Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(a), continued by each Bank
pursuant to Section 2.03(b), or
-14-
<PAGE> 21
Converted by each Bank to Revolving Advances of a different Type pursuant to
Section 2.03(b).
"Revolving Commitment" means, for any Bank, the amount set opposite
such Bank's name on the signature pages hereof as its Revolving Commitment, or
if such Bank has entered into any Assignment and Acceptance, as set forth for
such Bank as its Revolving Commitment in the Register maintained by the Agent
pursuant to Section 9.06(c), as such amount may be reduced or terminated
pursuant to Article VII.
"Revolving Maturity Date" means the earlier of (a) July 30, 2000 or
(b) the earlier termination in whole of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to
Section 2.01(c) or Article VII.
"Revolving Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to
the order of any Bank, in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit D-1,
evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Bank resulting from Revolving
Advances owing to such Bank.
"Security Documents" means the Mortgages and any other documents
creating or purporting to create Liens in favor of the Agent securing the
repayment of the Obligations.
"Subsidiary" of a Person means any corporation or other entity of
which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock or other ownership
interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of
directors or similar governing body of such corporation or other entity
(irrespective of whether at such time capital stock or other ownership
interests of any other class or classes of such corporation or other entity
shall or might have voting power upon the occurrence of any contingency) is at
the time directly or indirectly owned by such Person, by such Person and one or
more Subsidiaries of such Person or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.
"Tangible Net Worth" means, for any Person that is a corporation and
as of the date of its determination, the consolidated Net Worth of such Person,
excluding all consolidated intangible assets of such Person, as determined in
accordance with GAAP consistently applied.
"Term Advance" means any advance by a Bank to the Borrower as part of
a Term Borrowing and refers to a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar Rate
Advance.
"Term Borrowing" means, subject to Sections 2.03(c)(ii) and 2.04(d), a
borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Advances of the same Type made by
each Bank pursuant to Section 2.03(a), continued by each Bank pursuant to
Section 2.03(b), or Converted by each Bank to Term Advances of a different Type
pursuant to Section 2.03(b).
-15-
<PAGE> 22
"Term Commitment" means, for each Bank, the amount set opposite such
Bank's name on the signature pages of this Agreement as its Term Commitment or,
if such Bank has entered into any Assignment and Acceptance after the Effective
Date, set forth for such Bank as its Term Commitment in the Register maintained
by the Agent pursuant to Section 9.06(c); provided, however, that after
December 31, 1997, the Term Commitment for such Bank shall be zero.
"Term Maturity Date" means January 1, 1999.
"Term Note" means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to the
order of any Bank in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit D-2,
evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to such Bank resulting from any Term
Advance to such Bank.
"Termination Event" means (a) a Reportable Event described in Section
4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder (other than a Reportable
Event not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC under such
regulations), (b) the withdrawal of the Borrower or any of its Affiliates from
a Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer" as defined
in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA, (c) the filing of a notice of intent to
terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under
Section 4041 of ERISA, (d) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan
by the PBGC, or (e) any other event or condition which constitutes grounds
under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a
trustee to administer, any Plan.
"Type" has the meaning set forth in Section 1.04.
"Voting Securities" means with respect to any corporation, capital
stock of the corporation having general voting power under ordinary
circumstances to elect directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether
at the time stock of any other class or classes shall have or might have
special voting power or rights by reason of the happening of any contingency).
Section 1.02. Computation of Time Periods. In this Agreement in
the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified
date, the word "from" means "from and including" and the words "to" and "until"
each means "to but excluding".
Section 1.03. Accounting Terms; Changes in GAAP.
(a) All accounting terms not specifically defined in this
Agreement shall be construed in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent
basis with those applied in the preparation of the Financial Statements.
-16-
<PAGE> 23
(b) Unless otherwise indicated, all financial statements of the
Borrower, all calculations for compliance with covenants in this Agreement and
all calculations of any amounts to be calculated under the definitions in
Section 1.01 shall be based upon the consolidated accounts of the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP (or in compliance with the regulations
promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission regarding
financial reporting) and consistent with the principles applied in preparing
the Financial Statements.
Section 1.04. Types of Advances. Advances are distinguished by
"Type." The "Type" of an Advance refers to the determination whether such
Advance is a Eurodollar Rate Advance or Base Rate Advance. Borrowings and
Advances are also distinguished by "Class." The "Class" of a Borrowing or an
Advance refers to the determination whether such Borrowing or Advance is a
Revolving Borrowing or a Term Borrowing or a Revolving Advance or a Term
Advance, as applicable.
Section 1.05. Miscellaneous. Article, Section, Schedule, and
Exhibit references are to Articles and Sections of and Schedules and Exhibits
to this Agreement, unless otherwise specified.
ARTICLE II
CREDIT FACILITIES
Section 2.01. Commitment for Advances.
(a) Revolving Advances. Each Bank severally agrees, on the terms
and conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make Revolving Advances to the
Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date
of this Agreement until the Revolving Maturity Date in an aggregate outstanding
amount up to but not to exceed an amount equal to (i) the lesser of such Bank's
Revolving Commitment or such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Borrowing Base less
(ii) the sum of (A) such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit
Exposure, and (B) such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Existing Letter of Credit
Exposure provided that the sum of (1) the outstanding amount of all Revolving
Advances made by such Bank, (2) such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Letter of
Credit Exposure, and (3) such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Existing Letter of
Credit Exposure shall not exceed such Bank's Revolving Commitment. Each
Revolving Borrowing shall, in the case of Revolving Borrowings consisting of
Base Rate Advances, be in an aggregate amount not less than $500,000.00 and in
integral multiples of $100,000.00 in excess thereof, and in the case of
Revolving Borrowings consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, be in an aggregate
amount not less than $2,000,000.00 or in integral multiples of $1,000,000.00 in
-17-
<PAGE> 24
excess thereof, and in each case shall consist of Revolving Advances of the
same Type made on the same day by the Banks ratably according to their
respective Revolving Commitments. Within the limits of each Bank's Revolving
Commitment, and subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Borrower may from
time to time borrow, prepay, and reborrow Revolving Advances.
(b) Term Advances. Each Bank severally agrees, on the terms and
conditions set forth in this Agreement, to make Term Advances to the Borrower
from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the date of this
Agreement until December 31, 1997 in an amount equal to such Bank's Term
Commitment. Each Term Borrowing shall, in the case of Term Borrowings
consisting of Base Rate Advances, be in an aggregate amount not less than
$500,000.00 and in integral multiples of $100,000.00 in excess thereof, and in
the case of Term Borrowings consisting of Eurodollar Rate Advances, be in an
aggregate amount not less than $1,000,000.00 or in integral multiples of
$1,000,000.00 in excess thereof, and in each case shall consist of Term
Advances of the same Type made on the same day by the Banks ratably according
to their respective Term Commitments. No amount of any Term Borrowing that has
been repaid may be reborrowed.
(c) Reduction of Revolving Commitment. The Borrower shall have
the right, upon at least three Business Days' irrevocable notice to the Agent,
to terminate in whole or reduce ratably in part the unused portion of the
Revolving Commitments; provided that each partial reduction of the Revolving
Commitments shall be in the aggregate amount of $5,000,000.00 or in integral
multiples of $1,000,000.00 in excess thereof. Any reduction or termination of
the Revolving Commitments pursuant to this Section 2.01(c) shall be permanent,
with no obligation of the Banks to reinstate such Revolving Commitments and the
commitment fees provided for in Section 2.07(a) shall thereafter be computed on
the basis of the Revolving Commitments, as so reduced.
(d) Notes. The indebtedness of the Borrower to each Bank
resulting from the Revolving Advances owing to such Bank shall be evidenced by
a Revolving Note of the Borrower in the maximum principal amount of such Bank's
Revolving Commitment. The Borrower shall deliver to each Bank in exchange for
such Bank's existing Revolving Note a new Revolving Note in the maximum
principal amount required by the previous sentence on the date of the repayment
in full of the Term Advances. The indebtedness of the Borrower to each Bank
resulting from the Term Advances owing to such Bank shall be evidenced by a
Term Note of the Borrower in the maximum principal amount of such Bank's Term
Commitment payable to the order of such Bank.
-18-
<PAGE> 25
Section 2.02. Borrowing Base.
(a) The Borrowing Base as of the date of this Agreement has been
set by the Majority Banks and acknowledged by the Borrower as $80,000,000.00.
(b)(i) From the date hereof through the Revolving Maturity Date and
subject to the further provisions of this Section 2.02, the Borrowing
Base shall be redetermined by the Majority Banks within 30 days after
the receipt of each Oil and Gas Reserve Report scheduled to be
provided to the Agent pursuant to Sections 5.06(c)(i) and (c)(ii) on
the basis of information, including such Oil and Gas Reserve Reports,
supplied by Borrower in compliance with the provisions of this
Agreement, including such additional data concerning pricing,
quantities of production, purchasers of production, and other
information and engineering and geological data with respect thereto
as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request, together with all
other information then available to the Agent and the Banks.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Majority Banks may, in the exercise
of their good faith discretion, make redeterminations of the Borrowing
Base (A) from time to time on the basis of information then available
to the Agent and the Banks regarding the Borrower's Oil and Gas
Properties, and (B) from time to time upon the occurrence of any
Material Adverse Change.
(ii) The Majority Banks may also redetermine the Borrowing
Base after receiving notice of a proposed Debt Issuance based upon
information available to the Banks from the most recent Borrowing Base
redetermination. The Borrower shall give the Banks such notice at
least 15 days before the closing of any Debt Issuance. Such
redetermination shall be effective upon the date such Debt Issuance
closes.
(c) The Borrower may request the Majority Banks to redetermine the
Borrowing Base by providing a written request to the Agent, but only two such
requests may be made during any fiscal year of the Borrower. In connection
with any such request, the Borrower shall provide the Agent and the Banks with
an interim reserve report prepared by the Borrower together with such other
information, including additional data concerning pricing, quantities of
production, purchasers of production, and other information and engineering and
geological data, as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably request. Within 30
days following the receipt of such interim reserve report and other
information, the Majority Banks shall make a redetermination of the Borrowing
Base.
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraphs (b) and (c), at any
time that any Term Advances are outstanding, the Borrowing Base may only be
increased by agreement of all of the Banks. Additionally, if any Term Advances
are outstanding on March 1, 1998, all of the Banks shall redetermine the
Borrowing Base on or before March 15, 1998 based
-19-
<PAGE> 26
on information then available to the Banks and the outstanding amount of the
Term Advances. The Borrowing Base so determined shall be in effect until the
next Borrowing Base redetermination under the other provisions of this Section
2.02.
(e) Upon its redetermination of the Borrowing Base, each Bank
shall notify the Agent in writing the Borrowing Base it has approved, and the
Agent shall in turn notify the Borrower of such redetermination. Until the
Borrower receives such notification from the Agent, the Borrowing Base most
recently established shall remain in effect, and thereafter the new Borrowing
Base as set forth in such notification shall be in effect.
(f) The Borrowing Base shall represent the determination by the
Majority Banks or, if paragraph (d) above applies, all of the Banks in their
sole discretion, of the loan value of the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries
unencumbered Oil and Gas Properties, but the Majority Banks or all of the
Banks, as the case may be, shall make their determination in accordance with
the applicable definitions and provisions herein contained, each such Bank's
standard policies regarding energy lending, industry lending practices,
consultation with the Agent and the other Banks (but without requiring the
approval thereof), and consideration for the nature of the facilities
established hereunder. The Borrower acknowledges that the determination of the
Borrowing Base contains an equity cushion (market value in excess of loan
value), which is acknowledged by Borrower to be essential for the adequate
protection of the Agent and the Banks.
(g) The Borrower shall also have the right to reduce the Borrowing
Base once during the period from October 1 to March 31 and once during the
period from April 1 to September 30 during each year by providing the Agent 30
days advance written of such reduction. The Agent shall promptly send to each
Bank a copy of such notice and such reduction shall be effective on the date of
the Agent's receipt of such notice.
(h) As of the date of this Agreement, the Agent has provided the
Borrower with the Agent's standard policies regarding energy lending. The
Agent, but not any other Bank, agrees to provide the Borrower with written
notice of any changes to such policies.
Section 2.03. Method of Borrowing.
(a) Notice. Each Borrowing shall be made pursuant to a Notice of
Borrowing (or by telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing by a Notice of
Borrowing), given not later than 10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas, time) (i) on the
third Business Day before the date of the proposed Borrowing, in the case of a
Eurodollar Rate Borrowing or (ii) on the Business Day of the proposed
Borrowing, in the case of a Base Rate Borrowing, by the Borrower to the Agent,
which shall in turn give to each Bank prompt notice of such proposed Borrowing
by telecopier or telex. Each Notice of a Borrowing shall be given by
telecopier or telex,
-20-
<PAGE> 27
confirmed immediately in writing specifying the information required therein.
In the case of a proposed Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the
Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the applicable interest rate under
Section 2.08(b). Each Bank shall, before 10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas, time) on
the date of such Borrowing, make available for the account of its Applicable
Lending Office to the Agent at its address referred to in Section 9.02, or such
other location as the Agent may specify by notice to the Banks, in same day
funds, such Bank's Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing. After the Agent's receipt
of such funds and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions set forth in
Article III, the Agent shall make such funds available to the Borrower at its
account with the Agent.
(b) Conversions and Continuations. The Borrower may elect to
Convert or continue any Borrowing under this Section 2.03 by delivering an
irrevocable Notice of Conversion or Continuation to the Agent at the Agent's
office no later than 10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas, time) (i) on the date which is
at least three Business Days in advance of the proposed Conversion or
continuation date in the case of a Conversion to or a continuation of a
Borrowing of the same Class comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances and (ii) on
the Business Day of the proposed conversion date in the case of a Conversion to
a Borrowing of the same Class comprised of Base Rate Advances. Each such
Notice of Conversion or Continuation shall be in writing or by telex or
telecopier confirmed immediately in writing specifying the information required
therein. Promptly after receipt of a Notice of Conversion or Continuation
under this Section, the Agent shall provide each Bank with a copy thereof and,
in the case of a Conversion to or a Continuation of a Borrowing comprised of
Eurodollar Rate Advances, notify each Bank of the applicable interest rate
under Section 2.08(b).
(c) Certain Limitations. Notwithstanding anything in paragraphs
(a) and (b) above:
(i) at no time shall there be more than eight Interest
Periods applicable to outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advances;
(ii) if any Bank shall, at least one Business Day before
the date of any requested Borrowing, Conversion, or continuation,
notify the Agent that the introduction of or any change in or in the
interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or that any
central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is
unlawful, for such Bank or its Eurodollar Lending Office to perform
its obligations under this Agreement to make Eurodollar Rate Advances
or to fund or maintain Eurodollar Rate Advances, the right of the
Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate Advances from such Bank shall be
suspended until such Bank shall notify the Agent that the
circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and the
-21-
<PAGE> 28
Advance made by such Bank in respect of such Borrowing, Conversion, or
continuation shall be a Base Rate Advance;
(iii) if the Agent is unable to determine the Eurodollar
Rate for Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising any requested Borrowing,
the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar Rate Advances for such
Borrowing or for any subsequent Borrowing shall be suspended until the
Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Banks that the circumstances
causing such suspension no longer exist, and each Advance comprising
such Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Advance;
(iv) if the Majority Banks shall, at least one Business
Day before the date of any requested Borrowing, notify the Agent that
the Eurodollar Rate for Eurodollar Rate Advances comprising such
Borrowing will not adequately reflect the cost to such Banks of making
or funding their respective Eurodollar Rate Advances, as the case may
be, for such Borrowing, the right of the Borrower to select Eurodollar
Rate Advances for such Borrowing or for any subsequent Borrowing shall
be suspended until the Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Banks
that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist, and
each Advance comprising such Borrowing shall be a Base Rate Advance;
and
(v) if the Borrower shall fail to select the duration or
continuation of any Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Advances
in accordance with the provisions contained in the definition of
"Interest Period" in Section 1.01 and paragraph (b) above, the Agent
shall forthwith so notify the Borrower and the Banks and such Advances
shall be made available to the Borrower on the date of such Borrowing
as Base Rate Advances or, if an existing Advance, Convert into Base
Rate Advances.
(d) Notices Irrevocable. Each Notice of Borrowing and Notice of
Conversion or Continuation shall be irrevocable and binding on the Borrower.
In the case of any Borrowing which the related Notice of Borrowing specifies is
to be comprised of Eurodollar Rate Advances, the Borrower shall indemnify each
Bank against any loss, out-of-pocket cost, or expense incurred by such Bank as
a result of any failure by the Borrower to fulfill on or before the date
specified in such Notice of Borrowing for such Borrowing the applicable
conditions set forth in Article III including, without limitation, any loss
(including any loss of anticipated profits), cost, or expense incurred by
reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired
by such Bank to fund the Advance to be made by such Bank as part of such
Borrowing when such Advance, as a result of such failure, is not made on such
date.
(e) Agent Reliance. Unless the Agent shall have received notice
from a Bank before the date of any Borrowing that such Bank shall not make
available to the Agent such
-22-
<PAGE> 29
Bank's Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Bank
has made its Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing available to the Agent on the
date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section 2.03
and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the
Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent that such
Bank shall not have so made its Pro Rata Share of such Borrowing available to
the Agent, such Bank and the Borrower severally agree to immediately repay to
the Agent on demand such corresponding amount, together with interest on such
amount, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the
Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent, at (i) in the case
of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable on such day to Advances
comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Bank, the Federal Funds
Rate for such day. If such Bank shall repay to the Agent such corresponding
amount and interest as provided above, such corresponding amount so repaid
shall constitute such Bank's Advance as part of such Borrowing for purposes of
this Agreement even though not made on the same day as the other Advances
comprising such Borrowing.
(f) Bank Obligations Several. The failure of any Bank to make the
Advance to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other
Bank of its obligation, if any, to make its Advance on the date of such
Borrowing. No Bank shall be responsible for the failure of any other Bank to
make the Advance to be made by such other Bank on the date of any Borrowing.
Section 2.04. Prepayment of Advances.
(a) Optional. The Borrower may prepay Advances, after giving by
10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas, time) (i) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Advances,
at least two Business Days' or (ii) in case of Base Rate Advances, same
Business Day's, irrevocable prior written notice to the Agent stating the
proposed date and aggregate principal amount of such prepayment. If any such
notice is given, the Borrower shall prepay Advances comprising part of the same
Borrowing in whole or ratably in part in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the amount specified in such notice, together with accrued interest to the date
of such prepayment on the principal amount prepaid and amounts, if any,
required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.11 as a result of such prepayment
being made on such date; provided, however, that each partial prepayment with
respect to: (A) any Borrowing comprised of Base Rate Advances shall be made in
$100,000.00 multiples and in an aggregate principal amount such that after
giving effect thereto such Borrowing shall have a principal amount outstanding
of at least $500,000.00 and (B) any Borrowing comprised of Eurodollar Rate
Advances shall be made in $1,000,000.00 multiples and in an aggregate principal
amount such that after giving effect thereto such Borrowing shall have a
principal amount outstanding of at least $2,000,000.00. Full prepayments of
any Borrowing are permitted without restriction of amounts.
-23-
<PAGE> 30
(b) Borrowing Base Deficiency. If the aggregate outstanding
amount of Revolving Advances plus the Letter of Credit Exposure plus the
Existing Letter of Credit Exposure ever exceeds the Borrowing Base, the
Borrower shall, within ten days after receipt of written notice of such
condition from the Agent elect by written notice to the Agent to take one or
more of the following actions to remedy the Borrowing Base deficiency:
(i) prepay Revolving Advances and, if the Advances have
been repaid in full, make deposits into the Cash Collateral Account to
provide cash collateral for the Letter of Credit Exposure, such that
the Borrowing Base deficiency is cured within ten days after the
Borrower's written election;
(ii) add additional Oil and Gas Properties acceptable to
the Majority Banks to the Borrowing Base such that the Borrowing Base
deficiency is cured within 30 days after the Borrower's written
election and, if any Oil and Gas Properties are so added to the
Borrowing Base after March 31, 1998 and the Term Advances have not
been repaid in full, provide the Agent for the benefit of the Banks an
Acceptable Security Interest in at least 80% of the total Borrowing
Base value of the Oil and Gas Properties included in the Borrowing
Base most recently determined after such addition and deliver Lien
Grant Documents for such Oil and Gas Properties; or
(iii) pay the deficiency in monthly installments in amounts
satisfactory to the Majority Banks for the prepayment of Revolving
Advances and, if the Revolving Advances have been repaid in full, make
deposits into the Cash Collateral Account to provide cash collateral
for the Letter of Credit Exposure such that the Borrowing Base
deficiency is eliminated in a period satisfactory to the Majority
Banks, but in no event to exceed six months, by irrevocably dedicating
an amount of the monthly cash flow from the Borrower's and its
Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties to the prepayment of Revolving
Advances and cash collateralization of the Letter of Credit Exposure;
Each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) shall be accompanied by
accrued interest on the amount prepaid to the date of such prepayment and
amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.11 as a result of
such prepayment being made on such date.
(c) Reduction of Revolving Commitments. On the date of each
reduction of the aggregate Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 2.01(c),
the Borrower agrees to make a prepayment in respect of the outstanding amount
of the Revolving Advances and the Letter of Credit Exposure to the extent, if
any, that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Advances plus
the sum of the Letter of Credit Exposure and the Existing Letter of Credit
Exposure exceeds the Revolving Commitments, as so reduced. Any amount paid
-24-
<PAGE> 31
under the preceding sentence in respect of Letter of Credit Exposure and
Existing Letter of Credit Exposure shall be held as cash collateral under
Section 2.06(g). Each prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be
accompanied by accrued interest on the amount prepaid to the date of such
prepayment and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.11 as
a result of such prepayment being made on such date.
(d) Term Advances. The Borrower shall repay the Term Advances by
an amount equal to the net cash proceeds received by the Borrower from the sale
of any of the Borrower's capital stock (other than any common stock sold in
connection with sales to its employees or directors pursuant to any employee or
director stock option plan, employee compensation arrangement, or other
employee benefit plan) or from any Debt Issuance, upon receipt of such
proceeds, whether at closing of such sale or Debt Issuance or thereafter. Each
prepayment pursuant to this Section 2.04(d) shall be accompanied by accrued
interest on the amount prepaid to the date of such prepayment and amounts, if
any, required to be paid pursuant to Section 2.11 as a result of such
prepayment being made on such date.
(e) Illegality. If any Bank shall notify the Agent and the
Borrower that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of
any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or that any central bank or other
governmental authority asserts that it is unlawful for such Bank or its
Eurodollar Lending Office to perform its obligations under this Agreement to
maintain any Eurodollar Rate Advances of such Bank then outstanding hereunder,
(i) the Borrower shall, no later than 10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas, time) (A) if
not prohibited by law, on the last day of the Interest Period for each
outstanding Eurodollar Rate Advance made by such Bank or (B) if required by
such notice, on the second Business Day following its receipt of such notice
prepay all of the Eurodollar Rate Advances made by such Bank then outstanding,
together with accrued interest on the principal amount prepaid to the date of
such prepayment and amounts, if any, required to be paid pursuant to Section
2.11 as a result of such prepayment being made on such date, (ii) such Bank
shall simultaneously make a Base Rate Advance to the Borrower on such date in
an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Rate
Advances prepaid to such Bank, and (iii) the right of the Borrower to select
Eurodollar Rate Advances from such Bank for any subsequent Borrowing shall be
suspended until such Bank gives notice referred to above shall notify the Agent
that the circumstances causing such suspension no longer exist.
(f) No Additional Right; Ratable Prepayment. The Borrower shall
have no right to prepay any principal amount of any Advance except as provided
in this Section 2.04, and all notices given pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall
be irrevocable and binding upon the Borrower. Each payment of any Advance
pursuant to this Section 2.04 shall be made in a manner such that all Advances
comprising part of the same Borrowing are paid in whole or ratably in part.
-25-
<PAGE> 32
Section 2.05. Repayment of Advances.
(a) The Borrower shall repay to the Agent for the ratable benefit
of the Banks the outstanding principal amount of each Revolving Advance on the
Revolving Maturity Date.
(b) The Borrower shall repay to the Agent for the ratable benefit
of the Banks the outstanding principal amount of the Term Advances on the Term
Maturity Date.
Section 2.06. Letters of Credit.
(a) Commitment. From time to time from the date of this Agreement
until the Revolving Maturity Date, at the request of the Borrower, the Issuing
Bank shall, on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, issue, increase,
or extend the expiration date of Letters of Credit for the account of the
Borrower on any Business Day or convert an Existing Letter of Credit to a
Letter of Credit upon its renewal. No Letter of Credit shall be issued,
increased, or extended and no Existing Letters of Credit shall convert to
Letters of Credit:
(i) unless such issuance, increase, extension or
conversion would not cause the Letter of Credit Exposure plus the
Existing Letter of Credit Exposure to exceed the lesser of (A)
$30,000,000.00 or (B) the lesser of (1) the aggregate Revolving
Commitments less the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all
Revolving Advances or (2) the Borrowing Base less the aggregate
outstanding principal amount of all Revolving Advances;
(ii) unless such Letter of Credit has an Expiration Date
not later than the earlier of (A) 12 months after the date of issuance
thereof (or, if extendable beyond such period, unless such Letter of
Credit is cancelable upon at least 30 days' notice given by the
Issuing Bank to the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit) or (B) the
Revolving Maturity Date;
(iii) unless such Letter of Credit Documents are in form
and substance acceptable to the Issuing Bank in its sole discretion;
(iv) unless such Letter of Credit is a standby letter of
credit not supporting the repayment of indebtedness for borrowed money
of any Person; and
(v) unless the Borrower has delivered to the Issuing Bank
a completed and executed Letter of Credit Application.
(b) Participations. Upon the date of the issuance or increase of
a Letter of Credit or the conversion of an Existing Letter of Credit to a
Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank shall
-26-
<PAGE> 33
be deemed to have sold to each other Bank and each other Bank shall have been
deemed to have purchased from the Issuing Bank a participation in the related
Letter of Credit Obligations equal to such Bank's Pro Rata Share at such date
and such sale and purchase shall otherwise be in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement. The Issuing Bank shall promptly notify each such participant
Bank by telex, telephone, or telecopy of each Letter of Credit issued,
increased, or extended or converted and the actual dollar amount of such Bank's
participation in such Letter of Credit.
(c) Issuing. Each Letter of Credit shall be issued, increased, or
extended or converted from an Existing Letter of Credit pursuant to a Letter of
Credit Application (or by telephone notice promptly confirmed in writing by a
Letter of Credit Application), given not later than 10:00 a.m. (Dallas, Texas,
time) on the fifth Business Day before the date of the proposed issuance,
increase, or extension of the Letter of Credit or conversion of the Existing
Letter of Credit, and the Agent shall give to each Bank prompt notice of
thereof by telex, telephone, or telecopy. Each Letter of Credit Application
shall be given by telecopier or telex, confirmed immediately in writing,
specifying the information required therein. After the Agent's receipt of such
Letter of Credit Application and upon fulfillment of the applicable conditions
set forth in Article III, the Agent shall issue, increase, or extend such
Letter of Credit or convert such Existing Letter of Credit for the account of
the Borrower. Each Letter of Credit Application shall be irrevocable and
binding on the Borrower.
(d) Reimbursement. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay on demand to
the Issuing Bank an amount equal to any amount paid by the Issuing Bank under
any Letter of Credit. In the event the Issuing Bank makes a payment pursuant
to a request for draw presented under a Letter of Credit and such payment is
not promptly reimbursed by the Borrower upon demand, the Issuing Bank shall
give the Agent notice of the Borrower's failure to make such reimbursement and
the Agent shall promptly notify each Bank of the amount necessary to reimburse
the Issuing Bank. Upon such notice from the Agent, each Bank shall promptly
reimburse the Issuing Bank for such Bank's Pro Rata Share of such amount, and
such reimbursement shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to be a
Revolving Advance to the Borrower transferred at the Borrower's request to the
Issuing Bank. If such reimbursement is not made by any Bank to the Issuing
Bank on the same day on which the Agent notifies such Bank to make
reimbursement to the Issuing Bank hereunder, such Bank shall pay interest on
its Pro Rata Share thereof to the Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the
Federal Funds Rate. The Borrower hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
authorizes, empowers, and directs the Agent and the Banks to record and
otherwise treat such reimbursements to the Issuing Bank as Base Rate Advances
under a Revolving Borrowing requested by the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing
Bank which have been transferred to the Issuing Bank at the Borrower's request.
-27-
<PAGE> 34
(e) Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Borrower
under this Agreement in respect of each Letter of Credit shall be unconditional
and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement under all circumstances, including, without limitation, the
following circumstances:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter
of Credit Documents;
(ii) any amendment or waiver of, or any consent to,
departure from any Letter of Credit Documents;
(iii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense, or
other right which the Borrower may have at any time against any
beneficiary or transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Persons for
whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the
Issuing Bank, or any other person or entity, whether in connection
with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated in this Agreement
or in any Letter of Credit Documents, or any unrelated transaction;
(iv) any statement or any other document presented under
such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid, or
insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or
inaccurate in any respect to the extent the Issuing Bank would not be
liable therefor pursuant to the following paragraph (f); or
(v) payment by the Issuing Bank under such Letter of
Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate which does not
comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit;
provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph (e) shall be deemed
to constitute a waiver of any remedies of the Borrower in connection with the
Letters of Credit or the Borrower's rights under Section 2.06(f) below.
(f) Liability of Issuing Bank. The Borrower assumes all risks of
the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee of any Letter of Credit
with respect to its use of such Letter of Credit. Neither the Issuing Bank nor
any of its officers or directors shall be liable or responsible for:
(i) the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or
any acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee in connection
therewith;
-28-
<PAGE> 35
(ii) the validity, sufficiency, or genuineness of
documents, or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents
should prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient,
fraudulent, or forged;
(iii) payment by the Issuing Bank against presentation of
documents which do not comply with the terms of a Letter of Credit,
including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate
reference to the relevant Letter of Credit; or
(iv) any other circumstances whatsoever in making or
failing to make payment under any Letter of Credit (INCLUDING THE
ISSUING BANK'S OWN NEGLIGENCE),
except that the Borrower shall have a claim against the Issuing Bank, and the
Issuing Bank shall be liable to the Borrower, to the extent of any direct, as
opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower
proves were caused by (A) the Issuing Bank's willful misconduct or gross
negligence in determining whether documents presented under a Letter of Credit
comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or (B) the Issuing Bank's
willful failure to make lawful payment under any Letter of Credit after the
presentation to it of a draft and certificate strictly complying with the terms
and conditions of such Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation
of the foregoing, the Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their
face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation,
regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.
(g) Cash Collateral Account.
(i) If the Borrower is required to deposit funds in the
Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Sections 2.04(b) or (c), 7.02(b),
or 7.03(b), then the Borrower and the Agent shall establish the Cash
Collateral Account and the Borrower shall execute any documents and
agreements, including the Agent's standard form assignment of deposit
accounts, that the Agent requests in connection therewith to establish
the Cash Collateral Account and grant the Agent a first priority
security interest in such account and the funds therein. The Borrower
hereby pledges to the Agent and grants the Agent a security interest
in the Cash Collateral Account, whenever established, all funds held
in the Cash Collateral Account from time to time, and all proceeds
thereof as security for the payment of the Obligations.
(ii) So long as no Event of Default exists, (A) the Agent
may apply the funds held in the Cash Collateral Account only to the
reimbursement of any Letter of Credit Obligations, and (B) the Agent
shall release to the Borrower at the Borrower's written request any
funds held in the Cash Collateral Account in an
-29-
<PAGE> 36
amount up to but not exceeding the excess, if any (immediately prior
to the release of any such funds), of the total amount of funds held
in the Cash Collateral Account over the Letter of Credit Exposure.
During the existence of any Event of Default, the Agent may apply any
funds held in the Cash Collateral Account to the Obligations in any
order determined by the Agent, regardless of any Letter of Credit
Exposure which may remain outstanding. The Agent may in its sole
discretion at any time release to the Borrower any funds held in the
Cash Collateral Account.
(iii) The Agent shall exercise reasonable care in the
custody and preservation of any funds held in the Cash Collateral
Account and shall be deemed to have exercised such care if such funds
are accorded treatment substantially equivalent to that which the
Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Agent
shall not have any responsibility for taking any necessary steps to
preserve rights against any parties with respect to any such funds.
Section 2.07. Fees.
(a) Commitment Fees.
(i) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the
account of each Bank a commitment fee of .375% per annum on the
average daily amount by which such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the
Borrowing Base exceeds the sum of such Bank's outstanding Revolving
Advances and such Bank's Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit
Exposure, from the date of this Agreement until the Revolving Maturity
Date.
(ii) The commitment fees shall be due and payable
quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September,
and December during the term of this Agreement and on the Revolving
Maturity Date.
(b) Agent Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the
benefit of the Agent the fees described in the letter dated July 30, 1997, from
the Agent to the Borrower (the "Agent's Fee Letter").
(c) Bank Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agent for the
ratable benefit of the Banks (i) on the Effective Date, a $75,000.00 facility
fee and (ii) on March 31, 1998 if any Term Advances remain outstanding on such
date, a $150,000.00 facility fee.
(d) Letter of Credit Fees. The Borrower agrees to pay to the
Agent for the pro rata benefit of the Banks a fee for each Letter of Credit
issued hereunder equal to 1.00% per annum on the face amount of such Letter of
Credit, but with minimum annual fee of $750.00 on each Letter of Credit. Each
such fee shall be payable annually in advance on the date of
-30-
<PAGE> 37
the issuance, increase or extension of the Letter of Credit, but, in the case
of an increase or extension only, on the amount of such increase or for the
period of such extension.
Section 2.08. Interest. The Borrower shall pay interest on the
unpaid principal amount of each Advance made by each Bank from the date of such
Advance until such principal amount shall be paid in full, at the following
rates per annum:
(a) Base Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Base Rate Advance, a
rate per annum equal at all times to the Adjusted Base Rate in effect from time
to time plus the Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable in
arrears on the last day of March, June, September, and December and on the date
such Base Rate Advance shall be paid in full, provided that any amount of
principal which is not paid when due (whether at stated maturity, by
acceleration, or otherwise) shall bear interest from the date on which such
amount is due until such amount is paid in full, payable on demand, at a rate
per annum equal at all times to the Adjusted Base Rate in effect from time to
time plus the Applicable Margin plus 3.00% per annum.
(b) Eurodollar Rate Advances. If such Advance is a Eurodollar
Rate Advance, a rate per annum equal at all times during the Interest Period
for such Advance to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the
Applicable Margin in effect from time to time, payable on the last day of such
Interest Period, and, in the case of six-month Interest Periods, on the day
which occurs during such Interest Period three months from the first day of
such Interest Period, provided that any amount of principal which is not paid
when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, or otherwise) shall bear
interest from the date on which such amount is due until such amount is paid in
full, payable on demand, at a rate per annum equal at all times to the Adjusted
Base Rate in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Margin plus 3.00% per
annum.
(c) Additional Interest on Eurodollar Rate Advances. The Borrower
shall pay to each Bank, so long as any such Bank shall be required under
regulations of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain reserves with respect to
liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities,
additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate
Advance of such Bank, from the effective date of such Advance until such
principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all
times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (A) the Eurodollar Rate for the
Interest Period for such Advance from (B) the rate obtained by dividing such
Eurodollar Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve
Percentage of such Bank for such Interest Period, payable on each date on which
interest is payable on such Advance. Such additional interest payable to any
Bank shall be determined by such Bank and notified to the Borrower through the
Agent (such notice to include the calculation of such additional interest,
which calculation shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error).
-31-
<PAGE> 38
(d) Usury.
(i) If, with respect to any Bank, the effective rate of
interest contracted for under the Credit Documents, including the
stated rates of interest and fees contracted for hereunder and any
other amounts contracted for under the Credit Documents which are
deemed to be interest, at any time exceeds the Maximum Rate, then the
outstanding principal amount of the loans made by such Bank hereunder
shall bear interest at a rate which would make the effective rate of
interest for such Bank under the Credit Documents equal the Maximum
Rate until the difference between the amounts which would have been
due at the stated rates and the amounts which were due at the Maximum
Rate (the "Lost Interest") has been recaptured by such Bank.
(ii) If, when the loans made hereunder are repaid in full,
the Lost Interest has not been fully recaptured by such Bank pursuant
to the preceding paragraph, then, to the extent permitted by law, for
the loans made hereunder by such Bank the interest rates charged under
Section 2.08 hereunder shall be retroactively increased such that the
effective rate of interest under the Credit Documents was at the
Maximum Rate since the effectiveness of this Agreement to the extent
necessary to recapture the Lost Interest not recaptured pursuant to
the preceding sentence and, to the extent allowed by law, the Borrower
shall pay to such Bank the amount of the Lost Interest remaining to be
recaptured by such Bank.
(iii) NOTWITHSTANDING the foregoing or any other term in
this Agreement and the Credit Documents to the contrary, it is the
intention of each Bank and the Borrower to conform strictly to any
applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Bank contracts for,
charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in
excess of the Maximum Rate, then any such excess shall be canceled
automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Bank's option be
applied to the outstanding amount of the loans made hereunder by such
Bank or be refunded to the Borrower.
Section 2.09. Payments and Computations.
(a) Payment Procedures. The Borrower shall make each payment
under this Agreement and under the Notes not later than 10:00 a.m. (Dallas,
Texas, time) on the day when due in Dollars to the Agent at 901 Main Street,
49th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75202 (or such other location as the Agent shall
designate in writing to the Borrower), in same day funds. The Agent shall
promptly thereafter cause to be distributed like funds relating to the payment
of principal, interest or fees ratably (other than amounts payable solely to
the Agent, the Issuing Bank, or a specific Bank pursuant to Section 2.07(b),
2.08(c), 2.11, 2.12, 2.13,
-32-
<PAGE> 39
8.05, or 9.07, but after taking into account payments effected pursuant to
Section 9.04) to the Banks for the account of their respective Applicable
Lending Offices, and like funds relating to the payment of any other amount
payable to any Bank or the Issuing Bank to such Bank for the account of its
Applicable Lending Office, in each case to be applied in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement.
(b) Computations. All computations of interest based on the Base
Rate shall be made by the Agent on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as
the case may be, and all computations of interest based on the Eurodollar Rate
and the Federal Funds Rate and of fees shall be made by the Agent, on the basis
of a year of 360 days, in each case for the actual number of days (including
the first day, but excluding the last day) occurring in the period for which
such interest or fees are payable. Each determination by the Agent of an
interest rate or fee shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent
manifest error.
(c) Non-Business Day Payments. Whenever any payment shall be
stated to be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made
on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such
case be included in the computation of payment of interest or fees, as the case
may be; provided, however, that if such extension would cause payment of
interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Advances to be made in the next
following calendar month, such payment shall be made on the next preceding
Business Day.
(d) Agent Reliance. Unless the Agent shall have received written
notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the
Banks that the Borrower shall not make such payment in full, the Agent may
assume that the Borrower has made such payment in full to the Agent on such
date and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, cause to be
distributed to each Bank on such date an amount equal to the amount then due
such Bank. If and to the extent the Borrower shall not have so made such
payment in full to the Agent, each Bank shall repay to the Agent forthwith on
demand such amount distributed to such Bank, together with interest, for each
day from the date such amount is distributed to such Bank until the date such
Bank repays such amount to the Agent, at the Federal Funds Rate for such day.
Section 2.10. Sharing of Payments, Etc. If any Bank shall obtain
any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right
of set-off, or otherwise) on account of the Advances or Letter of Credit
Obligations made by it in excess of its Pro Rata Share of payments on account
of the Advances or Letter of Credit Obligations obtained by all the Banks, such
Bank shall notify the Agent and forthwith purchase from the other Banks such
participations in the Advances made by them or Letter of Credit Obligations
held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Bank to share the
excess payment ratably with each of them; provided, however, that if all or any
portion of such excess
-33-
<PAGE> 40
payment is thereafter recovered from such purchasing Bank, such purchase from
each Bank shall be rescinded and such Bank shall repay to the purchasing Bank
the purchase price to the extent of such Bank's ratable share (according to the
proportion of (a) the amount of the participation sold by such Bank to the
purchasing Bank as a result of such excess payment to (b) the total amount of
such excess payment) of such recovery, together with an amount equal to such
Bank's ratable share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of such
Bank's required repayment to the purchasing Bank to (b) the total amount of all
such required repayments to the purchasing Bank) of any interest or other
amount paid or payable by the purchasing Bank in respect of the total amount so
recovered. The Borrower agrees that any Bank so purchasing a participation
from another Bank pursuant to this Section 2.10 may, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of
set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Bank were the
direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.
Section 2.11. Breakage Costs. If (a) any payment of principal of
any Eurodollar Rate Advance is made other than on the last day of the Interest
Period for such Advance, whether as a result of any payment pursuant to Section
2.04, the acceleration of the maturity of the Notes pursuant to Article VII, or
otherwise, or (b) the Borrower fails to make a principal or interest payment
with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Advance on the date such payment is due and
payable, the Borrower shall, within 10 days of any written demand sent by any
Bank to the Borrower through the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of
such Bank any amounts required to compensate such Bank for any additional
losses, out-of-pocket costs or expenses which it may reasonably incur as a
result of such payment or nonpayment, including, without limitation, any loss
(including loss of anticipated profits), cost or expense incurred by reason of
the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by any Bank
to fund or maintain such Advance.
Section 2.12. Increased Costs.
(a) Eurodollar Rate Advances. If, due to either (i) the
introduction of or any change (other than any change by way of imposition or
increase of reserve requirements included in the Eurodollar Rate Reserve
Percentage) in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) the
compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other
Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be
any increase in the cost to any Bank of agreeing to make or making, funding, or
maintaining Eurodollar Rate Advances, then the Borrower shall from time to
time, upon demand by such Bank (with a copy of such demand to the Agent),
immediately pay to the Agent for the account of such Bank additional amounts
sufficient to compensate such Bank for such increased cost. A certificate as
to the amount of such increased cost and detailing the calculation of such cost
submitted to the Borrower and the Agent by such Bank shall be conclusive and
binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
-34-
<PAGE> 41
(b) Capital Adequacy. If any Bank or the Issuing Bank determines
in good faith that compliance with any law or regulation or any guideline or
request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not
having the force of law) affects or would affect the amount of capital required
or expected to be maintained by such Bank or the Issuing Bank or any
corporation controlling such Bank or the Issuing Bank and that the amount of
such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of such Bank's
commitment to lend or the Issuing Bank's commitment to issue the Letters of
Credit and other commitments of this type, then, upon 30 days' prior written
notice by such Bank or the Issuing Bank (with a copy of any such demand to the
Agent), the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Agent for the account of such
Bank or to the Issuing Bank, as the case may be, from time to time as specified
by such Bank or the Issuing Bank, additional amounts sufficient to compensate
such Bank or the Issuing Bank, in light of such circumstances, (i) with respect
to such Bank, to the extent that such Bank reasonably determines such increase
in capital to be allocable to the existence of such Bank's commitment to lend
under this Agreement and (ii) with respect to the Issuing Bank, to the extent
that the Issuing Bank reasonably determines such increase in capital to be
allocable to the issuance or maintenance of the Letters of Credit. A
certificate as to such amounts and detailing the calculation of such amounts
submitted to the Borrower by such Bank or the Issuing Bank shall be conclusive
and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(c) Letters of Credit. If any change in any law or regulation or
in the interpretation thereof by any court or administrative or Governmental
Authority charged with the administration thereof shall either (i) impose,
modify, or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, or similar requirement
against letters of credit issued by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for
the account of, the Issuing Bank or (ii) impose on the Issuing Bank any other
condition regarding the provisions of this Agreement relating to the Letters of
Credit or any Letter of Credit Obligations, and the result of any event
referred to in the preceding clause (i) or (ii) shall be to increase the cost
to the Issuing Bank of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (which
increase in cost shall be determined by the Issuing Bank's reasonable
allocation of the aggregate of such cost increases resulting from such event),
then, upon demand by the Issuing Bank, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing
Bank, from time to time as specified by the Issuing Bank, additional amounts
which shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Bank for such increased
cost. A certificate as to such increased cost incurred by the Issuing Bank, as
a result of any event mentioned in clause (i) or (ii) above, and detailing the
calculation of such increased costs submitted by the Issuing Bank to the
Borrower, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest
error.
Section 2.13. Taxes.
(a) No Deduction for Certain Taxes. Any and all payments by the
Borrower shall be made, in accordance with Section 2.09, free and clear of and
without deduction for any
-35-
<PAGE> 42
and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges or
withholdings, and all liabilities with respect thereto, excluding, in the case
of each Bank, the Issuing Bank, and the Agent, taxes imposed on its income, and
franchise taxes imposed on it, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such
Bank, the Issuing Bank, or the Agent (as the case may be) is organized or any
political subdivision of the jurisdiction (all such non-excluded taxes, levies,
imposts, deductions, charges, withholdings and liabilities being hereinafter
referred to as "Taxes") and, in the case of each Bank and the Issuing Bank,
Taxes by the jurisdiction of such Bank's Applicable Lending Office or any
political subdivision of such jurisdiction. If the Borrower shall be required
by law to deduct any Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable to any Bank,
the Issuing Bank, or the Agent, (i) the sum payable shall be increased as may
be necessary so that, after making all required deductions (including
deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 2.13), such
Bank, the Issuing Bank, or the Agent (as the case may be) receives an amount
equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made;
provided, however, that if the Borrower's obligation to deduct or withhold
Taxes is caused solely by such Bank's, the Issuing Bank's, or the Agent's
failure to provide the forms described in paragraph (d) of this Section 2.13
and such Bank, the Issuing Bank, or the Agent could have provided such forms,
no such increase shall be required; (ii) the Borrower shall make such
deductions; and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the
relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable
law.
(b) Other Taxes. In addition, the Borrower agrees to pay any
present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property
taxes, charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made or from the
execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this
Agreement, the Notes, or the other Credit Documents (hereinafter referred to as
"Other Taxes").
(c) Indemnification. THE BORROWER INDEMNIFIES EACH BANK, THE
ISSUING BANK, AND THE AGENT FOR THE FULL AMOUNT OF TAXES OR OTHER TAXES
(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY TAXES OR OTHER TAXES IMPOSED BY ANY
JURISDICTION ON AMOUNTS PAYABLE UNDER THIS SECTION 2.13) PAID BY SUCH BANK, THE
ISSUING BANK, OR THE AGENT (AS THE CASE MAY BE) AND ANY LIABILITY (INCLUDING
INTEREST AND EXPENSES) ARISING THEREFROM OR WITH RESPECT THERETO, WHETHER OR
NOT SUCH TAXES OR OTHER TAXES WERE CORRECTLY OR LEGALLY ASSERTED. EACH PAYMENT
REQUIRED TO BE MADE BY THE BORROWER IN RESPECT OF THIS INDEMNIFICATION SHALL BE
MADE TO THE AGENT FOR THE BENEFIT OF ANY PARTY CLAIMING SUCH INDEMNIFICATION
WITHIN 30 DAYS FROM THE DATE THE BORROWER RECEIVES WRITTEN DEMAND THEREFOR FROM
THE AGENT ON BEHALF OF ITSELF AS AGENT, THE ISSUING BANK, OR ANY SUCH
-36-
<PAGE> 43
BANK. IF ANY BANK, THE AGENT, OR THE ISSUING BANK RECEIVES A REFUND IN RESPECT
OF ANY TAXES PAID BY THE BORROWER UNDER THIS PARAGRAPH (C), SUCH BANK, THE
AGENT, OR THE ISSUING BANK, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SHALL PROMPTLY PAY TO THE
BORROWER THE BORROWER'S SHARE OF SUCH REFUND.
(d) Foreign Bank Withholding Exemption. Each Bank and Issuing
Bank that is not incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or
a state thereof agrees that it shall deliver to the Borrower and the Agent (i)
two duly completed copies of United States Internal Revenue Service Form 1001
or 4224 or successor applicable form, as the case may be, certifying in each
case that such Bank is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement and
the Notes payable to it, without deduction or withholding of any United States
federal income taxes, (ii) if applicable, an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8
or W-9 or successor applicable form, as the case may be, to establish an
exemption from United States backup withholding tax, and (iii) any other
governmental forms which are necessary or required under an applicable tax
treaty or otherwise by law to reduce or eliminate any withholding tax, which
have been reasonably requested by the Borrower. Each Bank which delivers to
the Borrower and the Agent a Form 1001 or 4224 and Form W-8 or W-9 pursuant to
the next preceding sentence further undertakes to deliver to the Borrower and
the Agent two further copies of the said letter and Form 1001 or 4224 and Form
W-8 or W-9, or successor applicable forms, or other manner of certification, as
the case may be, on or before the date that any such letter or form expires or
becomes obsolete or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the
most recent letter and form previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the
Agent, and such extensions or renewals thereof as may reasonably be requested
by the Borrower and the Agent certifying in the case of a Form 1001 or 4224
that such Bank is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without
deduction or withholding of any United States federal income taxes. If an
event (including without limitation any change in treaty, law or regulation)
has occurred prior to the date on which any delivery required by the preceding
sentence would otherwise be required which renders all such forms inapplicable
or which would prevent any Bank from duly completing and delivering any such
letter or form with respect to it and such Bank advises the Borrower and the
Agent that it is not capable of receiving payments without any deduction or
withholding of United States federal income tax, and in the case of a Form W-8
or W-9, establishing an exemption from United States backup withholding tax,
such Bank shall not be required to deliver such letter or forms. The Borrower
shall withhold tax at the rate and in the manner required by the laws of the
United States with respect to payments made to a Bank failing to timely provide
the requisite Internal Revenue Service forms.
-37-
<PAGE> 44
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
Section 3.01. Conditions Precedent to Amendment and Restatement.
This Agreement shall be effective and the Existing Credit Agreement shall be
amended and restated as provided in this Agreement on the date the following
conditions precedent are met.
(a) Documentation. On or before the day on which the initial
Borrowing is made or the initial Letters of Credit are issued, the Agent shall
have received the following duly executed by all the parties thereto, in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Banks, and, where applicable,
in sufficient copies for each Bank:
(i) This Agreement and the Notes;
(ii) A favorable opinion of the Borrower's general
counsel, dated as of July 30, 1997, and substantially in the form of
the attached Exhibit H-1 covering the matters discussed in such
Exhibit and such other matters as any Bank through the Agent may
reasonably request;
(iii) A favorable opinion of Bracewell & Patterson, L.L.P.,
counsel to the Agent, dated as of July 30, 1997, and substantially in
the form of the attached Exhibit H-2;
(iv) A certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant
Secretary of the Borrower certifying the existence of the Borrower, a
certificate of good standing for the Borrower, the certificate of
incorporation of the Borrower, the bylaws of the Borrower, the
resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Borrower authorizing this
Agreement and related transactions, and the incumbency and signatures
of the officers of the Borrower authorized to execute this Agreement
and related documents; and
(v) Such other documents, governmental certificates,
agreements, and lien searches as the Agent or any Bank may reasonably
request.
(b) Payment of Fees. On the date of this Agreement, the Borrower
shall have paid the fees required by Section 2.07(b) and (c) and all costs and
expenses which have been invoiced and are payable pursuant to Section 9.04.
-38-
<PAGE> 45
Section 3.02. Condition to Initial Term Advances. As a condition to
the making of the initial Term Advances only, the Borrower shall have
delivered, in a form satisfactory to the Agent, evidence that the purchase of
the properties provided for under the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of
July 2, 1997 among Total Minatome Corporation, Forest Oil Corporation, and
Aviara Energy Corporation, as sellers, and the Borrower, as buyer, was
consummated contemporaneously with the making of such Term Advances.
Section 3.03. Conditions Precedent to All Borrowings. The
obligation of each Bank to make an Advance on the occasion of each Borrowing
and of the Issuing Bank to issue, increase, or extend any Letter of Credit or
to convert an Existing Letter of Credit to a Letter of Credit shall be subject
to the further conditions precedent that on the date of such Borrowing or the
issuance, increase, or extension of such Letter of Credit or conversion of such
Existing Letter of Credit:
(a) the following statements shall be true (and each of the giving
of the applicable Notice of Borrowing or Letter of Credit Application and the
acceptance by the Borrower of the proceeds of such Borrowing or the issuance,
increase, or extension of such Letter of Credit or the conversion of such
Existing Letter of Credit shall constitute a representation and warranty by the
Borrower that on the date of such Borrowing, the issuance, increase, or
extension of such Letter of Credit or the conversion of such Existing Letter of
Credit, such statements are true):
(i) the representations and warranties contained in
Article IV, the Security Documents, and the Guaranties are correct in
all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the
date of the issuance, increase, or extension of such Letter of Credit
or the conversion of such Existing Letter of Credit, before and after
giving effect to such Borrowing or to the issuance, increase, or
extension of such Letter of Credit or the conversion of such Existing
Letter of Credit and to the application of the proceeds from such
Borrowing, as though made on and as of such date and
(ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would
result from such Borrowing or from the application of the proceeds
therefrom, from the issuance, increase, or extension of such Letter of
Credit or from the conversion of such Existing Letter of Credit; and
(b) the Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions,
or documents reasonably deemed necessary or desirable by any Bank as a result
of circumstances occurring after the date of this Agreement, as any Bank
through the Agent may reasonably request.
-39-
<PAGE> 46
ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Borrower represents and warrants as follows:
Section 4.01. Corporate Existence; Subsidiaries. The Borrower is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the
laws of Delaware and in good standing and qualified to do business in each
jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or conduct of its
business requires such qualification and where a failure to be qualified could
reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. Each Guarantor is a
corporation duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the
laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and in good standing and qualified to
do business in each jurisdiction where its ownership or lease of property or
conduct of its business requires such qualification and where a failure to be
qualified could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. The
Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than The Stone Petroleum Corporation or
Subsidiaries which have executed a Guaranty in compliance with Section 5.09.
The Stone Petroleum Corporation has transferred substantially all of its assets
to the Borrower and has adopted a plan of liquidation which has been
substantially completed.
Section 4.02. Corporate Power. The execution, delivery, and
performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the Notes, and the other Credit
Documents to which it is a party and by the Guarantors of the Guaranties and
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby (a) are
within the Borrower's and the Guarantor's corporate powers, (b) have been duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action, (c) do not contravene (i) the
Borrower's or any Guarantor's certificate or articles, as the case may be, of
incorporation or by-laws or (ii) any law or any contractual restriction binding
on or affecting the Borrower or any Guarantor, and (d) will not result in or
require the creation or imposition of any Lien prohibited by this Agreement.
At the time of each Borrowing, such Borrowing and the use of the proceeds of
such Borrowing will be within the Borrower's corporate powers, will have been
duly authorized by all necessary corporate action, (a) will not contravene (i)
the Borrower's certificate of incorporation or by-laws or (ii) any law or any
contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Borrower and (b) will not
result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien prohibited by this
Agreement.
Section 4.03. Authorization and Approvals. No authorization or
approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental
Authority is required for the due execution, delivery, and performance by the
Borrower of this Agreement, the Notes, or the other Credit Documents to which
the Borrower is a party or by each Guarantor of its
-40-
<PAGE> 47
Guaranty or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby. At the
time of each Borrowing, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no
notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority will be required for such
Borrowing or the use of the proceeds of such Borrowing.
Section 4.04. Enforceable Obligations. This Agreement, the Notes,
and the other Credit Documents to which the Borrower is a party have been duly
executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Guaranties have been duly
executed and delivered by the Guarantors. Each Credit Document is the legal,
valid, and binding obligation of the Borrower and each Guarantor which is a
party to it enforceable against the Borrower and each such Guarantor in
accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by any
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar law
affecting creditors' rights generally and by general principles of equity.
Section 4.05. Financial Statements. The audited consolidated
balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at December 31, 1996, and
the related audited consolidated statements of income, cash flow, and retained
earnings of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended,
copies of which have been furnished to each Bank, and the consolidated balance
sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 1997, and the
related consolidated statements of income and cash flow of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the three months then ended, copies of which have been
furnished to the Agent, fairly present, subject, in the case of the balance
sheet as at March 31, 1997, and said statements of income and cash flow for the
three months then ended, to year-end audit adjustments, the consolidated
financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at such dates and
the consolidated results of the operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for the periods ended on such dates, and such consolidated balance sheets and
consolidated statements of income, cash flow, and retained earnings were
prepared in accordance with GAAP (or in compliance with the regulations
promulgated by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission). Since
the date of the Financial Statements, no Material Adverse Change has occurred.
Section 4.06. True and Complete Disclosure. All factual
information (excluding estimates) heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by
or on behalf of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in writing to any Bank
or the Agent for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, any other
Credit Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby is (taken as
a whole) true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which
such information is dated or certified and does not contain any untrue
statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to
make the statements contained therein not misleading as of the date of this
Agreement. All projections, estimates, and pro forma financial information
furnished by the Borrower were prepared on the basis of assumptions,
-41-
<PAGE> 48
data, information, tests, or conditions believed to be reasonable at the time
such projections, estimates, and pro forma financial information were
furnished.
Section 4.07. Litigation. Set forth on Schedule 4.07 is an
accurate description of all of the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' pending
litigation existing on the date of this Agreement which could reasonably be
expected to cause a Material Adverse Change. There is no pending or, to the
best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened action or proceeding affecting the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries before any court, Governmental Agency or
arbitrator, which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse
Change or which purports to affect the legality, validity, binding effect, or
enforceability of this Agreement, any Note, or any other Credit Document.
Section 4.08. Use of Proceeds. All Advances and Letters of Credit
shall be used to finance the acquisition of oil and gas reserves and for
general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, but in no
event for the payment of dividends or other distributions or advances to the
shareholders of the Borrower. The Borrower is not engaged in the business of
extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within
the meaning of Regulation U). No proceeds of any Advance will be used to
purchase or carry any margin stock in violation of Regulation G, T, U or X.
Section 4.09. Investment Company Act. Neither the Borrower nor any
of its Subsidiaries is an "investment company" or a company "controlled" by an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended.
Section 4.10. Public Utility Holding Company Act. Neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a "holding company," or a "Subsidiary
company" of a "holding company," or an "affiliate" of a "holding company" or of
a "Subsidiary company" of a "holding company," within the meaning of the Public
Utility Holding Company Act of 1935, as amended.
Section 4.11. Taxes. Proper and accurate (in all material
respects) federal, state, local, and foreign tax returns, reports and
statements required to be filed (after giving effect to any extension granted
in the time of filing) by or on behalf of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries, or
any member of the Controlled Group (hereafter collectively called the "Tax
Group") have been duly filed on a timely basis or appropriate extensions have
been obtained with appropriate governmental agencies in all jurisdictions in
which such returns, reports, and statements are required to be filed, except
where the failure to so file would not be reasonably expected to cause a
Material Adverse Change; and all taxes (which are material in amount) and other
impositions due and payable have been timely paid prior to the date on which
any fine, penalty, interest, late charge, or loss may be added thereto for
non-payment thereof, except where contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings. The reserves for
-42-
<PAGE> 49
accrued taxes reflected in the financial statements delivered to the Banks
under this Agreement are adequate in the aggregate for the payment of all
unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, for the period ended as of the date
thereof and for any period prior thereto, and for which the Tax Group may be
liable in its own right, as withholding agent or as a transferee of the assets
of, or successor to, any Person, except for such taxes or reserves therefor,
the failure to pay or provide for which does not and could not cause a Material
Adverse Change. Timely payment of all material sales and use taxes required by
applicable law has been made by the Borrower and all other members of the Tax
Group.
Section 4.12. Pension Plans. All Plans are in compliance in all
material respects with all applicable provisions of ERISA. No Termination
Event has occurred with respect to any Plan, and each Plan has complied with
and been administered in all material respects with applicable provisions of
ERISA and the Code. No "accumulated funding deficiency" (as defined in Section
302 of ERISA) has occurred and there has been no excise tax imposed under
Section 4971 of the Code. No Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any
Multiemployer Plan, and each Multiemployer Plan has complied with and been
administered in all material respects with applicable provisions of ERISA and
the Code. The present value of all benefits vested under each Plan (based on
the assumptions used to fund such Plan) did not, as of the last annual
valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan
allocable to such vested benefits. Neither the Borrower nor any member of the
Controlled Group has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any
Multiemployer Plan for which there is any withdrawal liability. As of the most
recent valuation date applicable thereto, neither the Borrower nor any member
of the Controlled Group would become subject to any liability under ERISA if
the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group has received notice that any
Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization. Based upon GAAP existing
as of the date of this Agreement and current factual circumstances, the
Borrower has no reason to believe that the annual cost during the term of this
Agreement to the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group for post-
retirement benefits to be provided to the current and former employees of the
Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group under Plans that are welfare
benefit plans (as defined in Section 3(a) of ERISA) could, in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change.
Section 4.13. Condition of Property; Casualties. The Borrower and
each of the Guarantors has good and indefeasible title to all of its Properties
as is customary in the oil and gas industry in all material respects, free and
clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. The material Properties used or
to be used in the continuing operations of the Borrower and each of its
Subsidiaries are in good repair, working order and condition. Since the date
of the Financial Statements, neither the business nor the material properties
of the Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, has been
materially and adversely affected as a result of any fire, explosion,
earthquake, flood, drought, windstorm, accident, strike or other labor
disturbance, embargo, requisition or taking of property or cancellation
-43-
<PAGE> 50
of contracts, permits, or concessions by a Governmental Authority, riot,
activities of armed forces, or acts of God or of any public enemy.
Section 4.14. No Burdensome Restrictions; No Defaults. Neither the
Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any indenture, loan, or
credit agreement or any lease or other agreement or instrument or subject to
any charter or corporate restriction or provision of applicable law or
governmental regulation which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material
Adverse Change. The Borrower and the Guarantors are not in default under or
with respect to any contract, agreement, lease, or other instrument to which
the Borrower or any Guarantor is a party and which could reasonably be expected
to cause a Material Adverse Change. Neither the Borrower nor any Guarantor has
received any notice of default under any material contract, agreement, lease,
or other instrument to which the Borrower or such Guarantor is a party. No
Default has occurred and is continuing.
Section 4.15. Environmental Condition.
(a) Permits, Etc. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(a), the
Borrower and its Subsidiaries (i) have obtained all Environmental Permits
necessary for the ownership and operation of their respective Properties and
the conduct of their respective businesses; (ii) have been and are in material
compliance with all terms and conditions of such Environmental Permits and with
all other material requirements of applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) have
not received notice of any material violation or alleged violation of any
Environmental Law or Environmental Permit; and (iv) are not subject to any
actual or contingent Environmental Claim, which could reasonably be expected to
cause a Material Adverse Change.
(b) Certain Liabilities. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.15(b),
to the Borrower's actual knowledge, none of the present or previously owned or
operated Property of the Borrower or of any of its present or former
Subsidiaries, wherever located, (i) has been placed on or proposed to be placed
on the National Priorities List, the Comprehensive Environmental Response
Compensation Liability Information System list, or their state or local
analogs, or have been otherwise investigated, designated, listed, or identified
as a potential site for removal, remediation, cleanup, closure, restoration,
reclamation, or other response activity under any Environmental Laws; (ii) is
subject to a Lien, arising under or in connection with any Environmental Laws,
that attaches to any revenues or to any Property owned or operated by the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, wherever located, which could reasonably
be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change; or (iii) has been the site of
any Release of Hazardous Substances or Hazardous Wastes from present or past
operations which has caused at the site or at any third-party site any
condition that has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in the
need for Response that would cause a Material Adverse Change.
-44-
<PAGE> 51
(c) Certain Actions. Without limiting the foregoing, (i) all
necessary notices have been properly filed, and no further action is required
under current Environmental Law as to each Response or other restoration or
remedial project undertaken by the Borrower, or its present or former
Subsidiaries on any of their presently or formerly owned or operated Property
and (ii) the present and, to the Borrower's best knowledge, future liability,
if any, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected
to arise in connection with requirements under Environmental Laws will not
result in a Material Adverse Change.
Section 4.16. Permits, Licenses, Etc. The Borrower and its
Subsidiaries possess all permits, licenses, patents, patent rights or licenses,
trademarks, trademark rights, trade names rights and copyrights which are
material to the conduct of its business. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries
manage and operate their business in all material respects in accordance with
all applicable Legal Requirements and good industry practices.
Section 4.17. Gas Contracts. Neither the Borrower nor any of its
Subsidiaries, as of the date hereof, (a) is obligated in any material respect
by virtue of any prepayment made under any contract containing a "take-or-pay"
or "prepayment" provision or under any similar agreement to deliver
hydrocarbons produced from or allocated to any of the Borrower's consolidated
Oil and Gas Properties at some future date without receiving full payment
therefor at the time of delivery, or (b) has produced gas, in any material
amount, subject to, and none of the Borrower's consolidated Oil and Gas
Properties is subject to, balancing rights of third parties or subject to
balancing duties under governmental requirements, except as to such matters for
which the Borrower or its relevant Subsidiary has established monetary reserves
adequate in amount in accordance with GAAP to satisfy such obligations and has
segregated such reserves from its other accounts.
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Note or any amount under any Credit Document shall
remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, or any Bank shall
have any Commitment hereunder, the Borrower agrees, unless the Majority Banks
shall otherwise consent in writing, to comply with the following covenants.
Section 5.01. Compliance with Laws, Etc. The Borrower shall
comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects
with all Legal Requirements. Without limiting the generality and coverage of
the foregoing, the Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each of its
Subsidiaries to comply, in all material respects, with all
-45-
<PAGE> 52
Environmental Laws and all laws, regulations, or directives with respect to
equal employment opportunity and employee safety in all jurisdictions in which
the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries do business; provided, however, that
this Section 5.01 shall not prevent the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries
from, in good faith and with reasonable diligence, contesting the validity or
application of any such laws or regulations by appropriate legal proceedings.
Section 5.02. Maintenance of Insurance. The Borrower shall
maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, insurance with
responsible and reputable insurance companies or associations in such amounts
and covering such risks as are usually carried by companies engaged in similar
businesses and owning similar properties in the same general areas in which the
Borrower or such Subsidiary operates, provided that the Borrower or such
Subsidiary may self-insure to the extent and in the manner normal for similarly
situated companies of like size, type and financial condition that are part of
a group of companies under common control.
Section 5.03. Preservation of Corporate Existence, Etc. The
Borrower shall preserve and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to
preserve and maintain, its corporate existence, rights, franchises, and
privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain
qualified, and cause each such Subsidiary to qualify and remain qualified, as a
foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which qualification is necessary or
desirable in view of its business and operations or the ownership of its
properties, and, in each case, where failure to qualify or preserve and
maintain its rights and franchises could reasonably be expected to cause a
Material Adverse Change; provided, however, that nothing herein contained shall
prevent any transaction permitted by Section 6.04.
Section 5.04. Payment of Taxes, Etc. The Borrower shall pay and
discharge, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay and discharge, before the
same shall become delinquent, (a) all taxes, assessments, and governmental
charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or Property
that are material in amount, prior to the date on which penalties attach
thereto and (b) all lawful claims that are material in amount which, if unpaid,
might by law become a Lien upon its Property; provided, however, that neither
the Borrower nor any such Subsidiary shall be required to pay or discharge any
such tax, assessment, charge, levy, or claim which is being contested in good
faith and by appropriate proceedings, and with respect to which reserves in
conformity with GAAP have been provided.
Section 5.05. Visitation Rights. At any reasonable time and from
time to time, upon reasonable notice, the Borrower shall, and shall cause its
Subsidiaries to, permit the Agent and any Bank or any of its agents or
representatives thereof, to (a) examine and make copies of and abstracts from
the records and books of account of, and visit and inspect at its reasonable
discretion the properties of, the Borrower and any such Subsidiary, and
-46-
<PAGE> 53
(b) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Borrower and any such
Subsidiary with any of their respective officers or directors; provided
however, the Agent or the Bank for whose benefit such inspection and visitation
is made assumes sole responsibility for the condition of any property of the
Borrower or its Subsidiaries so visited and inspected, the access and egress
thereto (including, but not limited to wharves, docks, and helicopter landing
areas), and any vice or defect therein or thereon, and assumes all
responsibility for and hereby releases and indemnifies the Borrower, its
Affiliates, and their officers, directors, employees, and agents against any
claim for damage or injury to or by the Agent or such Bank (or the
representatives thereof) or to the Borrower's or its Subsidiaries' property
which may be occasioned by such inspection and visitation of the Borrower's or
its Subsidiaries' property.
Section 5.06. Reporting Requirements. The Borrower shall furnish
to the Agent and each Bank:
(a) Annual Financials. As soon as available and in any event not
later than 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy
of the annual audit report for such year for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries,
including therein consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and consolidated statements of
income, cash flows, and retained earnings of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
for such fiscal year, in each case certified by Arthur Andersen & Co. or other
independent certified public accountants of national standing and including any
management letters delivered by such accountants to the Borrower in connection
with such audit together with a certificate of such accounting firm to the
Agent and the Banks stating that, in the course of the regular audit of the
business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, which audit was conducted by
such accounting firm in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards,
such accounting firm has obtained no knowledge that a Default has occurred and
is continuing, or if, in the opinion of such accounting firm, a Default has
occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof, together with
a Compliance Certificate executed by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief
Accounting Officer of the Borrower;
(b) Quarterly Financials. As soon as available and in any event
not later than 90 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of
each fiscal year of the Borrower, the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of
Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and the
consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous year and
ending with the end of such quarter, all in reasonable detail and duly
certified with respect to such consolidated statements (subject to year-end
audit adjustments) by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer
of the Borrower as having been prepared in accordance with GAAP (or in
compliance with the regulations promulgated by the United States
-47-
<PAGE> 54
Securities and Exchange Commission), together with a Compliance Certificate
executed by the Chief Financial Officer or Chief Accounting Officer of the
Borrower;
(c) Oil and Gas Reserve Reports.
(i) As soon as available but in any event on or before
March 31 of each year, an engineering report in form and substance
meeting the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission for
financial reporting purposes, certified by Atwater Consultants, Ltd.,
Cawley, Gillespie and Associates, Inc., or other firm of independent
consulting petroleum engineers approved by the Agent, as fairly
setting forth (A) the proved and producing, shut in, behind pipe, and
undeveloped oil and gas reserves (separately classified as such)
attributable to the Borrower's consolidated Oil and Gas Properties as
of the last day of the previous year, (B) the aggregate present value,
determined on the basis of stated pricing assumptions, of the future
net income with respect to such Oil and Gas Properties, discounted at
a stated per annum discount rate, and (C) projections of the annual
rate of production, gross income, and net income with respect to such
Oil and Gas Properties.
(ii) As soon as available but in any event on or before
September 30 of each year beginning with September 30, 1998, an
internal engineering report in form and substance satisfactory to the
Agent setting forth (A) the proved and producing, shut in, behind
pipe, and undeveloped oil and gas reserves (separately classified as
such) attributable to the Borrower's consolidated Oil and Gas
Properties as of June 30 of such year (B) the aggregate present value,
determined on the basis of stated pricing assumptions, of the future
net income with respect to such Oil and Gas Properties, discounted at
a stated per annum discount rate and (C) projections of the annual
rate of production, gross income, and net income with respect to such
Oil and Gas Properties.
(iii) The Agent and the Banks acknowledge that the Oil and
Gas Reserve Reports contain certain proprietary information including
geological and geophysical data, maps, models, and interpretations
necessary for determining the Borrowing Base and the creditworthiness
of the Borrower and the Guarantors. The Agent and the Banks agree to
maintain the confidentiality of such information except as required by
law. The Agent and the Banks may share such information with
potential transferees of their interests under this Agreement if such
transferees agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information.
(d) Defaults. As soon as possible and in any event within five
days after the occurrence of each Default known to a Responsible Officer of the
Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries which is continuing on the date of such
statement, a statement of the Chief
-48-
<PAGE> 55
Financial Officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of such Default and
the actions which the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect
thereto;
(e) Securities Law Filings. Except as provided in paragraphs (a)
and (b) above, promptly and in any event within 15 days after the sending or
filing thereof, copies of all proxy material, reports and other information
which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary sends to or files with the United
States Securities and Exchange Commission or sends to any shareholder of the
Borrower;
(f) Termination Events. As soon as possible and in any event (i)
within 30 days after the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group knows
or has reason to know that any Termination Event described in clause (a) of the
definition of Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred, and (ii)
within 10 days after the Borrower or any of its Affiliates knows or has reason
to know that any other Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred,
a statement of the Chief Financial Officer of the Borrower describing such
Termination Event and the action, if any, which the Borrower or such Affiliate
proposes to take with respect thereto;
(g) Termination of Plans. Promptly and in any event within two
Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any member of the
Controlled Group from the PBGC, copies of each notice received by the Borrower
or any such member of the Controlled Group of the PBGC's intention to terminate
any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan;
(h) Other ERISA Notices. Promptly and in any event within five
Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any member of the
Controlled Group from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a copy of each notice
received by the Borrower or any member of the Controlled Group concerning the
imposition or amount of withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA;
(i) Environmental Notices. Promptly upon the receipt thereof by
the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any form of notice, summons
or citation received from the EPA, or any other Governmental Authority,
concerning (i) violations or alleged violations of Environmental Laws, which
seeks to impose liability therefor, (ii) any action or omission on the part of
the Borrower or any of its present or former Subsidiaries in connection with
Hazardous Waste or Hazardous Substances which could reasonably result in the
imposition of liability therefor, including without limitation any notice of
potential responsibility under CERCLA, or (iii) concerning the filing of a Lien
upon, against or in connection with the Borrower, its present or former
Subsidiaries, or any of their leased or owned Property, wherever located;
-49-
<PAGE> 56
(j) Other Governmental Notices. Promptly and in any event within
five Business Days after receipt thereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, a
copy of any notice, summons, citation, or proceeding seeking to modify in any
material respect, revoke, or suspend any material contract, license, or
Agreement with any Governmental Authority;
(k) Material Changes. Prompt written notice of any condition or
event of which the Borrower has knowledge, which condition or event has
resulted or may reasonably be expected to result in (i) a Material Adverse
Change or (ii) a breach of or noncompliance with any material term, condition,
or covenant of any material contract to which the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries is a party or by which they or their properties may be bound;
(l) Disputes, Etc. Prompt written notice of any claims,
proceedings, or disputes, or to the knowledge of the Borrower threatened, or
affecting the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries which, if adversely
determined, could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Change, or
any material labor controversy of which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
has knowledge resulting in or reasonably considered to be likely to result in a
strike against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and
(m) Other Information. Such other information respecting the
business or Properties, or the condition or operations, financial or otherwise,
of the Borrower, or any of its Subsidiaries, as any Bank through the Agent may
from time to time reasonably request. The Agent agrees to provide the Banks
with copies of any material notices and information delivered solely to the
Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
Section 5.07. Maintenance of Property. Borrower shall, and shall
cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain their owned, leased, or operated
property, equipment, buildings, and fixtures in good condition and repair; and
shall abstain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to abstain from, and not
knowingly or willfully permit the commission of waste or other injury,
destruction, or loss of natural resources, or the occurrence of pollution,
contamination, or any other condition in, on or about the owned or operated
property involving the Environment that could reasonably be expected to result
in Response activities the costs of which would exceed the accrual established
by Borrower or by any of its Subsidiaries for those purposes.
Section 5.08. New Subsidiaries. Upon the creation of any
Subsidiary after the date of this Agreement, the Borrower shall cause such
Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent (a) a Guaranty with such changes
as the Agent may reasonably request and (b) evidence of corporate authority to
enter into such Guaranty as the Agent may reasonably request, including,
without limitation, a legal opinion regarding the enforceability of such
Guaranty.
-50-
<PAGE> 57
Section 5.09. Collateral.
(a) If any Term Advances are outstanding on March 15, 1998, the
Borrower shall deliver Lien Grant Documents to the Agent so that the Agent will
have for the benefit of the Banks an Acceptable Security Interest in at least
80% of the Borrowing Base value of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries' Oil and
Gas Properties included in the Borrowing Base most recently determined upon the
filing of any of the Security Documents included in such Lien Grant Documents.
The Agent agrees that it shall not record or file any of the Security Documents
delivered to the Agent pursuant to this paragraph unless any Term Advances are
outstanding on March 31, 1998.
(b) If at any time after March 31, 1998 the Term Advances have not
been repaid in full and the Agent for the benefit of the Banks does not have an
Acceptable Security Interest in at least 80% of the Borrowing Base value of the
Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties included in the
Borrowing Base most recently determined, the Borrower shall grant the Agent an
Acceptable Security Interest in at least 80% of the Borrowing Base value of the
Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties included in the
Borrowing Base most recently determined.
(c) If at any time after March 31, 1998 the Term Advances have not
been repaid in full and the Agent for the benefit of the Banks does not have an
Acceptable Security Interest in at least 80% of the Borrowing Base value of the
Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties, the Borrower shall,
upon the Majority Bank's request, grant the Agent an Acceptable Security
Interest in at least 80% of the Borrowing Base value of the Borrower's and its
Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties.
(d) The Borrower agrees that, at any time after the Agent is
permitted to record or file the Security Documents, it shall promptly execute
and deliver all further agreements, and take all further action, that may be
necessary or that the Agent may reasonably request, in order to obtain an
Acceptable Security Interest under the Security Documents.
Section 5.10. Hedging Transactions. If any Term Advances are
outstanding on March 31, 1998, the Borrower shall enter into hedging
transactions as reasonably agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower within 30
days of such date with respect to up to 75% of the production from Oil and Gas
Properties included in the Borrowing Base.
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
-51-
<PAGE> 58
So long as any Note or any amount under any Credit Document shall
remain unpaid, any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, or any Bank shall
have any Commitment, the Borrower agrees, unless the Majority Banks otherwise
consent in writing, to comply with the following covenants.
Section 6.01. Liens, Etc. The Borrower shall not create, assume,
incur, or suffer to exist, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to create, assume,
incur, or suffer to exist, any Lien on or in respect of any of its Property
whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign any right to receive income,
except that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may create, incur, assume, or
suffer to exist:
(a) Liens securing the Obligations;
(b) Liens specified in the attached Schedule 6.01 on the Property
owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which is specified therein securing
only the Debt disclosed to be secured by such Liens therein;
(c) Liens securing purchase money indebtedness permitted under
Section 6.02(c), provided that each such Lien encumbers only the property
acquired in connection with the creation of any such purchase money
indebtedness;
(d) Liens for taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges or
levies not yet due or that (provided foreclosure, distraint, sale, or other
similar proceedings shall not have been initiated) are being contested in good
faith by appropriate proceedings, and such reserve as may be required by GAAP
shall have been made therefor;
(e) Liens in favor of vendors, carriers, warehousemen, repairmen,
mechanics, workmen, materialmen, construction, or similar Liens arising by
operation of law in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations
that are not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings, provided such reserve as may be required by GAAP shall have been
made therefor;
(f) Liens to operators and non-operators under joint operating
agreements arising in the ordinary course of the business of the Borrower or
the relevant Subsidiary to secure amounts owing, which amounts are not yet due
or are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, if such
reserve as may be required by GAAP shall have been made therefor;
(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, and other similar
encumbrances, and minor defects in the chain of title that are customarily
accepted in the oil and gas financing industry, none of which interfere with
the ordinary conduct of the business of Borrower or
-52-
<PAGE> 59
the relevant Subsidiary or materially detract from the value or use of the
Property to which they apply; and
(h) Liens of record under terms and provisions of the leases, unit
agreements, assignments, and other transfer of title documents in the chain of
title under which the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary acquired the
Property, which have been disclosed to the Agent.
Section 6.02. Debts, Guaranties, and Other Obligations. The
Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create,
assume, suffer to exist, or in any manner become or be liable in respect of,
any Debt except:
(a) Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries under the Credit
Documents;
(b) Debt of the Borrower existing on the date of this Agreement
and disclosed in the attached Schedule 6.02 and any extensions, rearrangements,
and modifications thereof which do not increase the principal amount thereof or
the interest rate charged thereon above a market rate of interest;
(c) Debt existing in connection with Property or assets acquired
by the Borrower after date of this Agreement not to exceed $2,500,000.00 in
outstanding principal amount (excluding gas balancing liabilities assumed in
the acquisition of Oil and Gas Properties) and in connection with the purchase
of the Borrower's office building located at 625 E. Kaliste Saloom Rd.,
Lafayette, LA 70508 not to exceed $3,250,000.00 in outstanding principal
amount;
(d) Debt for borrowed money owed by any Subsidiary of the Borrower
to the Borrower;
(e) Debt in the form of obligations for the deferred purchase
price of property or services incurred in the ordinary course of business which
are not yet due and payable or are being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been
established; and
(f) up to $125,000,000.00 of unsecured convertible or subordinated
Debt with terms no more restrictive than the terms contained in this Agreement,
a final maturity of no earlier than July 30, 2001, and other terms acceptable
to the Agent and the Majority Banks.
Section 6.03. Agreements Restricting Liens and Distributions. The
Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into
any agreement (other than a Credit Document) which (a) except with respect to
specific Property encumbered to secure
-53-
<PAGE> 60
payment of Debt related to such Property, imposes restrictions upon the
creation or assumption of any Lien upon its Properties, revenues or assets,
whether now owned or hereafter acquired or (b) limits Restricted Payments to or
any advance by any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries to the Borrower.
Section 6.04. Merger or Consolidation; Asset Sales. The Borrower
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:
(a) merge or consolidate with or into any other Person, except
that the Borrower may merge with any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries and any
of the Borrower's wholly-owned Subsidiaries may merge with another of the
Borrower's wholly-owned Subsidiaries, provided that immediately after giving
effect to any such proposed transaction no Default would exist and, in the case
of any such merger to which the Borrower is a party, the Borrower is the
surviving corporation; or
(b) sell, lease, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of its
Property outside of the ordinary course of business, except (i) sales of assets
outside the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount for any fiscal
year not to exceed $1,000,000.00 and (ii) sales of assets outside the ordinary
course of business which the Borrower has provided the Agent and the Banks with
10 days' advance notice of, provided that such proposed sales will not in the
judgment of the Majority Banks cause the aggregate outstanding amount of the
Revolving Advances plus the sum of the Letter of Credit Exposure and the
Existing Letter of Credit Exposure to exceed the Borrowing Base, after removing
such assets from the Borrowing Base by subtracting from the Borrowing Base the
value of the assets proposed to be sold as determined from the most recent
information compiled by the Agent and the Banks in connection with the most
recent redetermination of the Borrowing Base, and the Borrower agrees that
immediately following any such sale the Majority Banks will redetermine the
Borrowing Base by so subtracting the value of such assets sold from the
Borrowing Base.
Section 6.05. Restricted Payments. The Borrower shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or pay any Restricted Payment
other than Restricted Payments from a Subsidiary of the Borrower to the
Borrower.
Section 6.06. Investments. The Borrower shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make or permit to exist any loans, advances,
or capital contributions to, or make any investment in, or purchase or commit
to purchase any stock or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of or
interests in any Person, except:
(a) Liquid Investments;
-54-
<PAGE> 61
(b) trade and customer accounts receivable which are for goods
furnished or services rendered in the ordinary course of business and are
payable in accordance with customary trade terms;
(c) ordinary course of business contributions, loans, or advances
to, or investments in, (i) a directly or indirectly wholly-owned Subsidiary of
the Borrower, or (ii) the Borrower;
(d) oil and gas farm-ins, oil and gas development joint ventures
and limited partnerships, and similar transactions, in each case in the
ordinary course of business; and
(e) investments not covered by clauses (a) through (d) above in an
aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $2,000,000.00.
Section 6.07. Limitation on Speculative Hedging. The Borrower
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, purchase, assume,
or hold a speculative position in any commodities market or futures market.
Borrower may continue its current production swap hedging program policy to
reduce price risk on quantities less than its total production.
Section 6.08. Affiliate Transactions. Except as expressly
permitted elsewhere in this Agreement or otherwise approved in writing by the
Agent, and except as required or contemplated under the partnership agreements
existing on the date of this Agreement between the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries and their Affiliates as described in Schedule 6.08, the Borrower
shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make, directly or
indirectly: (a) any investment in any Affiliate (other than a wholly-owned
Subsidiary of the Borrower); (b) any transfer, sale, lease, assignment, or
other disposal of any assets to any such Affiliate or any purchase or
acquisition of assets from any such Affiliate; or (c) any arrangement or other
transaction directly or indirectly with or for the benefit of any such
Affiliate (including without limitation, guaranties and assumptions of
obligations of an Affiliate); provided that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries
may enter into any arrangement or other transaction with any such Affiliate
providing for the leasing of property, the rendering or receipt of services or
the purchase or sale of inventory and other assets in the ordinary course of
business if the monetary or business consideration arising therefrom would be
substantially as advantageous to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as the
monetary or business consideration which it would obtain in a comparable arm's
length transaction with a Person not such an Affiliate.
Section 6.09. Compliance with ERISA. The Borrower shall not, and
shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, (a) terminate, or permit any
Affiliate to terminate, any Plan so as to result in any material (in the
opinion of the Majority Banks) liability of the Borrower or any of its
Affiliates to the PBGC or (b) permit to exist any occurrence of any Reportable
-55-
<PAGE> 62
Event (as defined in Title IV of ERISA), or any other event or condition, which
presents a material (in the opinion of the Majority Banks) risk of such a
termination by the PBGC of any Plan.
Section 6.10. Maintenance of Ownership of Subsidiaries. Except as
permitted by Section 6.04, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of
its Subsidiaries to, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of capital stock
of any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries or permit any Subsidiary to issue, sell,
or otherwise dispose of any shares of its capital stock or the capital stock of
any of the Borrower's Subsidiaries.
Section 6.11 Sale-and-Leaseback. The Borrower shall not, nor
shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, sell or transfer to a Person (other
than the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower) any property, whether now
owned or hereafter acquired, if at the time or thereafter the Borrower or a
Subsidiary of the Borrower shall lease as lessee such property or any part
thereof or other property which the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower
intends to use for substantially the same purpose as the property sold or
transferred except such transactions (a) incident to transactions permitted by
Section 6.04(b), and (b) from which arise lease obligations and other rental
obligations not exceeding $1,000,000.00 during any fiscal year of the Borrower.
Section 6.12. Change of Business. The Borrower shall not, nor
shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, materially change the character of
their business as presently and normally conducted or engage in any type of
business not related to their business as presently and normally conducted.
Section 6.13. Current Ratio. The Borrower shall not permit the
ratio of the Borrower's consolidated current assets to the Borrower's
consolidated current liabilities to be less than 1.00 to 1.00 as of the last
day of any fiscal quarter.
Section 6.14. Tangible Net Worth. The Borrower shall not permit
the consolidated Tangible Net Worth of the Borrower to be less than the sum of
(a) $55,000,000.00, plus (b) an amount equal to 50% of the cumulative
consolidated quarterly Net Income of the Borrower from June 30, 1994, through
the end of the Borrower's most recently ended fiscal quarter, but excluding
consolidated Net Income for any fiscal quarter in which consolidated Net Income
is not positive, plus (c) an amount equal to 100% of the net cash proceeds from
any sale of stock or other equity interests in the Borrower since June 30,
1994.
-56-
<PAGE> 63
ARTICLE VII
REMEDIES
Section 7.01. Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the
following events shall constitute an "Event of Default" under any Credit
Document:
(a) Payment. The Borrower shall fail to pay when due (i) any
interest or fees payable hereunder or under the Notes within five days after
the same becomes due and payable or (ii) any principal, reimbursements,
indemnifications, or other amounts (other than interest and fees described in
clause (i)) payable hereunder or under any other Credit Document;
(b) Representation and Warranties. Any representation or warranty
made or deemed to be made (i) by the Borrower in this Agreement or in any other
Credit Document, (ii) by the Borrower (or any of its officers) in connection
with this Agreement or any other Credit Document, or (iii) by any Subsidiary of
the Borrower in any Credit Document shall prove to have been incorrect in any
material respect when made or deemed to be made;
(c) Covenant Breaches. (i)The Borrower shall (A) fail to perform
or observe any covenant contained in Section 5.01, 5.02, 5.05, 5.06, 5.07,
5.08, 5.09 or Article VI of this Agreement or (B) fail to perform or observe
any other term or covenant set forth in this Agreement or in any other Credit
Document which is not covered by clause (i)(A) above or any other provision of
this Section 7.01 if such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the
earlier of written notice of such default shall have been given to such Person
by the Agent or any Bank or such Person's actual knowledge of such default or
(ii) any Guarantor shall fail to perform or observe any covenant contained in
its Guaranty;
(d) Cross-Defaults. (i) The Borrower or any its Subsidiaries
shall fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on its Debt which is
outstanding in a principal amount of at least $500,000.00 individually or when
aggregated with all such Debt of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries so in default
(but excluding Debt evidenced by the Notes) when the same becomes due and
payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration,
demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable
grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such
Debt; (ii) any other event shall occur or condition shall exist under any
agreement or instrument relating to Debt which is outstanding in a principal
amount of at least $500,000.00 individually or when aggregated with all such
Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries so in default, and shall continue
after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or
instrument, if the effect of such event or condition is to accelerate, or to
permit the acceleration of, the maturity of such Debt; or (iii) any such Debt
shall be declared to be due and payable, or
-57-
<PAGE> 64
required to be prepaid (other than by a regularly scheduled required
prepayment), prior to the stated maturity thereof;
(e) Insolvency. The Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall
generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing
its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment
for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or
against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a
bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts
under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of
debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a
receiver, trustee or other similar official for it or for any substantial part
of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against the
Borrower or any such Subsidiary, either such proceeding shall remain
undismissed for a period of 30 days or any of the actions sought in such
proceeding shall occur; or the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall take
any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this
paragraph (e);
(f) Judgments. Any judgment or order for the payment of money in
excess of $500,000.00 shall be rendered against the Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries and either (i) enforcement proceedings shall have been commenced
by any creditor upon such judgment or order or (ii) there shall be any period
of 30 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or
order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, shall not be in effect;
(g) Termination Events. Any Termination Event with respect to a
Plan shall have occurred, and, 30 days after notice thereof shall have been
given to the Borrower by the Agent, (i) such Termination Event shall not have
been corrected and (ii) the then present value of such Plan's vested benefits
exceeds the then current value of assets accumulated in such Plan by more than
the amount of $500,000.00 (or in the case of a Termination Event involving the
withdrawal of a "substantial employer" (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of
ERISA), the withdrawing employer's proportionate share of such excess shall
exceed such amount);
(h) Plan Withdrawals. The Borrower or any member of the
Controlled Group as employer under a Multiemployer Plan shall have made a
complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan and the plan
sponsor of such Multiemployer Plan shall have notified such withdrawing
employer that such employer has incurred a withdrawal liability in an annual
amount exceeding $500,000.00;
(i) Borrowing Base. Any failure to cure any Borrowing Base
deficiency in accordance with Section 2.04, including any failure of the
dedicated cash flow from the
-58-
<PAGE> 65
production of the Borrower's and its Subsidiaries' Oil and Gas Properties to
cure the Borrowing Base deficiency within the time period specified by and in
accordance with Section 2.04(b);
(j) Guaranties. Any provision of any Guaranty shall for any
reason cease to be valid and binding on the applicable Guarantor or the
applicable Guarantor shall so state in writing;
(k) Security Documents. Any Security Document shall at any time
and for any reason cease to create the Lien on the property purported to be
subject to such agreement in accordance with the terms of such agreement, or
cease to be in full force and effect, or shall be contested by the Borrower or
any Guarantor;
(l) Change of Control. (i) As a result of one or more
transactions after the date of this Agreement, any "person" or "group" of
persons shall have "beneficial ownership" of more than 20% of the outstanding
common stock of the Borrower (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable rules and
regulations thereunder), provided that the relationships among the officers and
directors of the Borrower and among the respective shareholders of the Borrower
on the date of this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute all or any
combination of them as a "group" or (ii) during any period of 12 consecutive
months, beginning with and after the date of this Agreement, individuals who at
the beginning of such 12-month period were directors of the Borrower shall
cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the board of directors of the
Borrower at any time during such period; or
(m) Management. If any two of James H. Stone, D. Peter Canty,
Michael L. Finch, or James H. Prince shall cease to serve actively as officers
of the Borrower by reason of resignation, action by the board of directors or
owners of the Borrower, or otherwise (other than by death or permanent
disability.)
Section 7.02. Optional Acceleration of Maturity. If any Event of
Default (other than an Event of Default pursuant to paragraph (e) of Section
7.01) shall have occurred and be continuing, then, and in any such event,
(a) the Agent (i) shall at the request, or may with the consent,
of the Majority Banks, by notice to the Borrower, declare the obligation of
each Bank and the Issuing Bank to make extensions of credit hereunder,
including making Advances and issuing Letters of Credit, to be terminated,
whereupon the same shall forthwith terminate, and (ii) shall at the request, or
may with the consent, of the Majority Banks, by notice to the Borrower, declare
all principal, interest, fees, reimbursements, indemnifications, and all other
amounts payable under this Agreement, the Notes, and the other Credit Documents
to be forthwith due and
-59-
<PAGE> 66
payable, whereupon all such amounts shall become and be forthwith due and
payable in full, without notice of intent to demand, demand, presentment for
payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest, grace, notice of
dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, and all other
notices, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;
(b) the Borrower shall, on demand of the Agent at the request or
with the consent of the Majority Banks, deposit with the Agent into the Cash
Collateral Account an amount of cash equal to the Letter of Credit Exposure as
security for the Obligations; and
(c) the Agent shall at the request of, or may with the consent of,
the Majority Banks proceed to enforce its rights and remedies under the
Security Documents, the Guaranties, and any other Credit Document for the
ratable benefit of the Banks by appropriate proceedings.
Section 7.03. Automatic Acceleration of Maturity. If any Event of
Default pursuant to paragraph (e) of Section 7.01 shall occur,
(a) (i) the obligation of each Bank and the Issuing Bank to make
extensions of credit hereunder, including making Advances and issuing Letters
of Credit, shall terminate, and (ii) all principal, interest, fees,
reimbursements, indemnifications, and all other amounts payable under this
Agreement, the Notes, and the other Credit Documents shall become and be
forthwith due and payable in full, without notice of intent to demand, demand,
presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment, protest, notice of protest,
grace, notice of dishonor, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of
acceleration, and all other notices, all of which are hereby expressly waived
by the Borrower;
(b) the Borrower shall deposit with the Agent into the Cash
Collateral Account an amount of cash equal to the outstanding Letter of Credit
Exposure as security for the Obligations; and
(c) the Agent shall at the request of, or may with the consent of,
the Majority Banks proceed to enforce its rights and remedies under the
Security Documents, the Guaranties, and any other Credit Document for the
ratable benefit of the Banks by appropriate proceedings.
Section 7.04. Right of Set-off. Upon the occurrence and during the
continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent and each Bank is hereby
authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or
demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any
time owing by the Agent or such Bank to or for the credit or the account of the
Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or
hereafter
-60-
<PAGE> 67
existing under this Agreement, the Notes held by the Agent or such Bank, and
the other Credit Documents, irrespective of whether or not the Agent or such
Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement, such Notes, or such other
Credit Documents, and although such obligations may be unmatured. The Agent
and each Bank agrees to promptly notify the Borrower after any such set-off and
application made by the Agent or such Bank, provided that the failure to give
such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The
rights of the Agent and each Bank under this Section 7.04 are in addition to
any other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of
set-off) which the Agent or such Bank may have. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
First National Bank of Commerce may not set off and apply any accounts held by
the Affiliate of First National Bank of Commerce in Lafayette so long as the
funds in such accounts represent unpaid amounts due to royalty and working
interest holders (including limited partnerships sponsored by the Borrower and
its Subsidiaries) and other segregated funds of the Borrower and its
Subsidiaries (but not any general corporate funds of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries).
Section 7.05. Actions Under Credit Documents. Following an Event
of Default, the Agent shall at the request, or may with the consent, of the
Majority Banks, take any and all actions permitted under the other Credit
Documents, including enforcing it rights under the Security Documents and the
Guaranties for the ratable benefit of the Banks.
Section 7.06. Non-exclusivity of Remedies. No remedy conferred
upon the Agent is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, and each remedy
shall be cumulative of all other remedies existing by contract, at law, in
equity, by statute or otherwise.
ARTICLE VIII
THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK
Section 8.01. Authorization and Action. Each Bank hereby appoints
and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to
exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the
terms hereof and of the other Credit Documents, together with such powers as
are reasonably incidental thereto. As to any matters not expressly provided
for by this Agreement or any other Credit Document (including, without
limitation, enforcement or collection of the Notes), the Agent shall not be
required to exercise any discretion or take any action, but shall be required
to act or to refrain from acting (and shall be fully protected in so acting or
refraining from acting) upon the instructions of the Majority Banks, and such
instructions shall be binding upon all Banks and all holders of Notes;
provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required to take any action
which exposes the Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to this
Agreement, any other Credit Document, or applicable law.
-61-
<PAGE> 68
Section 8.02. Agent's Reliance, Etc. Neither the Agent nor any of
its directors, officers, agents, or employees shall be liable for any action
taken or omitted to be taken (INCLUDING THE AGENT'S OWN NEGLIGENCE) by it or
them under or in connection with this Agreement or the other Credit Documents,
except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without
limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Agent: (a) may treat the
payee of any Note as the holder thereof until the Agent receives written notice
of the assignment or transfer thereof signed by such payee and in form
satisfactory to the Agent; (b) may consult with legal counsel (including
counsel for the Borrower), independent public accountants, and other experts
selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be
taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel,
accountants, or experts; (c) makes no warranty or representation to any Bank
and shall not be responsible to any Bank for any statements, warranties, or
representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other
Credit Documents; (d) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to
the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of
this Agreement or any other Credit Document on the part of the Borrower or its
Subsidiaries or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of
the Borrower or its Subsidiaries; (e) shall not be responsible to any Bank for
the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency, or value of this Agreement or any other Credit Document; and (f)
shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement or any other
Credit Document by acting upon any notice, consent, certificate, or other
instrument or writing (which may be by telecopier or telex) believed by it to
be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.
Section 8.03. The Agent and Its Affiliates. With respect to its
Commitments, the Advances made by it and the Notes issued to it, the Agent
shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any other Bank
and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent. The term "Bank" or
"Banks" shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated, include the Agent in its
individual capacity. The Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from,
lend money to, act as trustee under indentures of, and generally engage in any
kind of business with, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any Person
who may do business with or own securities of the Borrower or any such
Subsidiary, all as if the Agent were not an agent hereunder and without any
duty to account therefor to the Banks.
Section 8.04. Bank Credit Decision. Each Bank acknowledges that it
has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Bank and
based on the Financial Statements and the Interim Financial Statements and such
other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Bank also
acknowledges that it shall, independently and without reliance upon the Agent
or any other Bank and based on such documents and information as it shall deem
appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or
not taking action under this Agreement.
-62-
<PAGE> 69
Section 8.05. Indemnification. THE BANKS SEVERALLY AGREE TO
INDEMNIFY THE AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK AND EACH AFFILIATE THEREOF AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS (TO THE EXTENT NOT
REIMBURSED BY THE BORROWER), ACCORDING TO THEIR RESPECTIVE PRO RATA SHARES FROM
AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES,
ACTIONS, JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES, OR DISBURSEMENTS OF ANY KIND OR
NATURE WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY, OR ASSERTED AGAINST THE
AGENT AND THE ISSUING BANK IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED BY THE AGENT OR THE ISSUING BANK UNDER
THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT (INCLUDING THE AGENT'S AND THE
ISSUING BANK'S OWN NEGLIGENCE), PROVIDED THAT NO BANK SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY
PORTION OF SUCH LIABILITIES, OBLIGATIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, ACTIONS,
JUDGMENTS, SUITS, COSTS, EXPENSES, OR DISBURSEMENTS RESULTING FROM THE AGENT'S
AND THE ISSUING BANK'S GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT. WITHOUT
LIMITATION OF THE FOREGOING, EACH BANK AGREES TO REIMBURSE THE AGENT PROMPTLY
UPON DEMAND FOR ITS RATABLE SHARE OF ANY OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENSES (INCLUDING
COUNSEL FEES) INCURRED BY THE AGENT IN CONNECTION WITH THE PREPARATION,
EXECUTION, DELIVERY, ADMINISTRATION, MODIFICATION, AMENDMENT, OR ENFORCEMENT
(WHETHER THROUGH NEGOTIATIONS, LEGAL PROCEEDINGS, OR OTHERWISE) OF, OR LEGAL
ADVICE IN RESPECT OF RIGHTS OR RESPONSIBILITIES UNDER, THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, TO THE EXTENT THAT THE AGENT IS NOT REIMBURSED FOR SUCH
BY THE BORROWER.
Section 8.06. Successor Agent and Issuing Bank. The Agent or the
Issuing Bank may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the
Banks and the Borrower and may be removed at any time with or without cause by
the Majority Banks upon receipt of written notice from the Majority Banks to
such effect. Upon receipt of notice of any such resignation or removal, the
Majority Banks shall have the right to appoint a successor Agent or Issuing
Bank only with the consent of the Borrower, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld. If no successor Agent or Issuing Bank shall have been
so appointed by the Majority Banks with the consent of the Borrower, and shall
have accepted such appointment, within 30 days after the retiring Agent's or
Issuing Bank's giving of notice of resignation or the Majority Banks' removal
of the retiring Agent or Issuing Bank, then the retiring Agent or Issuing Bank
may, on behalf of the Banks and the Borrower, appoint a successor Agent or
Issuing Bank, which shall be, in the case of a successor agent, a
-63-
<PAGE> 70
commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States of America or of
any State thereof and having a combined capital and surplus of at least
$500,000,000.00 and, in the case of the Issuing Bank, a Bank. Upon the
acceptance of any appointment as Agent or Issuing Bank by a successor Agent or
Issuing Bank, such successor Agent or Issuing Bank shall thereupon succeed to
and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges, and duties of the
retiring Agent or Issuing Bank, and the retiring Agent or Issuing Bank shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the other
Credit Documents, except that the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain the
Issuing Bank with respect to any Letters of Credit outstanding on the effective
date of its resignation or removal and the provisions affecting the Issuing
Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit shall inure to the benefit of the
retiring Issuing Bank until the termination of all such Letters of Credit.
After any retiring Agent's or Issuing Bank's resignation or removal hereunder
as Agent or Issuing Bank, the provisions of this Article VIII shall inure to
its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was
Agent or Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents.
ARTICLE IX
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.01. Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any
provision of this Agreement, the Notes, or any other Credit Document, nor
consent to any departure by the Borrower or any Guarantor therefrom, shall in
any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the
Majority Banks and the Borrower, and then such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which
given; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver, or consent shall, unless
in writing and signed by all the Banks, do any of the following: (a) waive any
of the conditions specified in Section 3.01, 3.02, or 3.03, (b) increase the
Revolving Commitment or the Term Commitment of the Banks, (c) reduce the
principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other amounts payable
hereunder or under any other Credit Document, (d) postpone any date fixed for
any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Notes or any fees or other
amounts payable hereunder or extend the Revolving Maturity Date or the Term
Maturity Date, (e) change the percentage of Banks which shall be required for
the Banks or any of them to take any action hereunder or under any other Credit
Document, (f) amend Section 2.10 or this Section 9.01, (g) amend the definition
of "Majority Banks," (h) release any Guarantor from its obligations under any
Guaranty, or (i) release any collateral securing the Obligations; and provided,
further, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and
signed by the Agent or the Issuing Bank in addition to the Banks required above
to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Agent or the Issuing
Bank, as the case may be, under this Agreement or any other Credit Document.
-64-
<PAGE> 71
Section 9.02. Notices, Etc. All notices and other communications
shall be in writing (including, without limitation, telecopy or telex) and
mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, telecopied, telexed, hand
delivered, or delivered by a nationally recognized overnight courier, at the
address for the appropriate party specified in Schedule 1 or at such other
address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other
parties. All such notices and communications shall, when so mailed,
telecopied, telexed, or hand delivered or delivered by a nationally recognized
overnight courier, be effective when received if mailed, when telecopy
transmission is completed, when confirmed by telex answer-back, or when
delivered by such messenger or courier, respectively, except that notices and
communications to the Agent pursuant to Article II or VIII shall not be
effective until received by the Agent.
Section 9.03. No Waiver; Remedies. No failure on the part of any
Bank, the Agent, or the Issuing Bank to exercise, and no delay in exercising,
any right hereunder or under any Note shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor
shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies
herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by
law.
Section 9.04. Costs and Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay on
demand (a) all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agent in
connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration,
modification, and amendment of this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranties, and
the other Credit Documents including, without limitation, the reasonable fees
and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel for the Agent with respect to advising
the Agent as to its rights and responsibilities under this Agreement, and (b)
all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, if any, of the Agent, the Issuing Bank,
and each Bank (including, without limitation, reasonable counsel fees and
expenses of the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and each Bank) in connection with the
enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings, or otherwise) of
this Agreement, the Notes, the Guaranties, and the other Credit Documents.
Section 9.05. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become
effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Agent, and
when the Agent shall have, as to each Bank, either received a counterpart
hereof executed by such Bank or been notified by such Bank that such Bank has
executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and each Bank and their respective
successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to
assign its rights or delegate its duties under this Agreement or any interest
in this Agreement without the prior written consent of each Bank.
-65-
<PAGE> 72
Section 9.06. Bank Assignments and Participations.
(a) Assignments. Any Bank may assign to one or more banks or
other entities all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this
Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments,
the Advances owing to it, the Notes held by it, and the participation interest
in the Letter of Credit Obligations held by it); provided, however, that (i)
each such assignment shall be of a constant, and not a varying, percentage of
all of such Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement, (ii) the amount
of the Commitments and Advances of such Bank being assigned pursuant to each
such assignment (determined as of the date of the Assignment and Acceptance
with respect to such assignment) shall be, if to an entity other than a Bank,
not less than $5,000,000.00 and shall be an integral multiple of $1,000,000.00,
(iii) each such assignment shall be to an Eligible Assignee, (iv) the parties
to each such assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent, for its
acceptance and recording in the Register, an Assignment and Acceptance,
together with the Notes subject to such assignment, and (v) each Eligible
Assignee (other than the Eligible Assignee of the Agent) shall pay to the Agent
a $2,500 administrative fee. Upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and
recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and
Acceptance, which effective date shall be at least three Business Days after
the execution thereof, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto for
all purposes and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been
assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and
obligations of a Bank hereunder and (B) such Bank thereunder shall, to the
extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant
to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from
its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and
Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of such Bank's rights and
obligations under this Agreement, such Bank shall cease to be a party hereto).
(b) Term of Assignments. By executing and delivering an
Assignment and Acceptance, the Bank thereunder and the assignee thereunder
confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows:
(i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such Bank makes
no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this
Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency of value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document
furnished pursuant hereto; (ii) such Bank makes no representation or warranty
and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the
Borrower or the Guarantors or the performance or observance by the Borrower or
the Guarantors of any of their obligations under this Agreement or any other
instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee confirms
that it has received a copy of this Agreement, together with copies of the
financial statements referred to in Section 4.05 and such other documents and
information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and
decision
-66-
<PAGE> 73
to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance; (iv) such assignee will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent, such Bank or any other Bank
and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the
time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action
under this Agreement; (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes the Agent to
take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this
Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (vi) such assignee agrees that
it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by
the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Bank.
(c) The Register. The Agent shall maintain at its address
referred to in Section 9.02 a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered
to and accepted by it and a register for the recordation of the names and
addresses of the Banks and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the
Advances owing to, each Bank from time to time (the "Register"). The entries
in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent
manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent, the Issuing Bank, and the Banks
may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Bank
hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available
for inspection by the Borrower or any Bank at any reasonable time and from time
to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d) Procedures. Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance
executed by a Bank and an Eligible Assignee, together with the Notes subject to
such assignment, the Agent shall, if such Assignment and Acceptance has been
completed and is in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit A, (i)
accept such Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) record the information contained
therein in the Register, and (iii) give prompt notice thereof to the Borrower.
Within five Business Days after its receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall
execute and deliver to the Agent in exchange for the surrendered Notes (A) a
new Revolving Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an amount equal to
the Revolving Commitment assumed by it pursuant to such Assignment and
Acceptance and a new Term Note to the order of such Eligible Assignee in an
amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Advances assigned
to such Eligible Assignee and (B) if such Bank has retained any Revolving
Commitment hereunder, a new Revolving Note to the order of such Bank in an
amount equal to the Revolving Commitment retained by it hereunder and a new
Term Note to the order of such Bank in an amount equal to the outstanding
principal amount of the Term Advances retained by such Bank. Such new Notes
shall be dated the effective date of such Assignment and Acceptance and shall
otherwise be in substantially the form of the attached Exhibit D-1 and D-2,
respectively.
(e) Participations. Each Bank may sell participations to one or
more banks or other entities in or to all or a portion of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a
portion of its Commitments, the Advances owing to
-67-
<PAGE> 74
it, its participation interest in the Letter of Credit Obligations, and the
Notes held by it); provided, however, that (i) such Bank's obligations under
this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitments to the Borrower
hereunder) shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Bank shall remain solely
responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such
obligations, (iii) such Bank shall remain the holder of any such Notes for all
purposes of this Agreement, (iv) the Borrower, the Agent, and the Issuing Bank
and the other Banks shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Bank
in connection with such Bank's rights and obligations under this Agreement, and
(v) such Bank shall not require the participant's consent to any matter under
this Agreement, except for change in the principal amount of the Notes,
reductions in fees or interest, releasing any collateral, or extending the
Revolving Maturity Date or the Term Maturity Date. The Borrower hereby agrees
that participants shall have the same rights under Sections 2.11, 2.12,
2.13(c), and 9.07 as a Bank to the extent of their respective participations.
Section 9.07. Indemnification. THE BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY THE
AGENT, THE BANKS, THE ISSUING BANK, AND EACH AFFILIATE THEREOF AND THEIR
RESPECTIVE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AND AGENTS FROM, AND DISCHARGE,
RELEASE, AND HOLD EACH OF THEM HARMLESS AGAINST, ANY AND ALL LOSSES,
LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, OR DAMAGES WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON, INCURRED BY, OR
ASSERTED AGAINST THEM IN ANY WAY RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT
OR ANY ACTION TAKEN OR OMITTED BY THEM UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER CREDIT
DOCUMENT (INCLUDING ANY SUCH LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, OR EXPENSE
INCURRED BY REASON OF THE PERSON BEING INDEMNIFIED'S OWN NEGLIGENCE), BUT
EXCLUDING ANY SUCH LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, OR EXPENSES INCURRED
BY REASON OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OF THE PERSON TO BE
INDEMNIFIED.
Section 9.08. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in
separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an
original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same
agreement.
Section 9.09. Survival of Representations, Etc. All
representations and warranties contained in this Agreement or made in writing
by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection herewith shall survive the
execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Credit Documents, the making
of the Advances and any investigation made by or on behalf of the Banks, none
of which investigations shall diminish any Bank's right to rely on such
representations and warranties. All obligations of the Borrower provided for
in Sections 2.11, 2.12, 2.13(c), 9.04, and 9.07 and all of the obligations of
the Banks in Section
-68-
<PAGE> 75
8.05 shall survive any termination of this Agreement and repayment in full of
the Obligations.
Section 9.10. Severability. In case one or more provisions of this
Agreement or the other Credit Documents shall be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law, the validity, legality,
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein or therein
shall not be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 9.11. Business Loans. The Borrower warrants and represents
that the Loans evidenced by the Notes are and shall be for business,
commercial, investment, or other similar purposes and not primarily for
personal, family, household, or agricultural use, as such terms are used in
Chapter One ("Chapter One") of the Texas Credit Code. At all such times, if
any, as Chapter One shall establish a Maximum Rate, the Maximum Rate shall be
the "indicated rate ceiling" (as such term is defined in Chapter One) from time
to time in effect.
Section 9.12. Governing Law. This Agreement, the Notes and the
other Credit Documents shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in
accordance with, the laws of the State of Texas. Without limiting the intent of
the parties set forth above, (a) Chapter 15, Subtitle 3, Title 79, of the
Revised Civil Statutes of Texas, 1925, as amended (relating to revolving loans
and revolving tri-party accounts), shall not apply to this Agreement, the
Notes, or the transactions contemplated hereby and (b) to the extent that any
Bank may be subject to Texas law limiting the amount of interest payable for
its account, such Bank shall utilize the indicated (weekly) rate ceiling from
time to time in effect as provided in Article 5069-1.04 of the Revised Civil
Statutes of Texas, as amended. Each Letter of Credit shall be governed by the
Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of
Commerce Publication No. 500 (1993 version).
THE BORROWER, THE BANKS, THE ISSUING BANK AND THE AGENT HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER CREDIT
DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, AND IRREVOCABLY
SUBMIT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF HARRIS COUNTY, TEXAS,
AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF TEXAS FOR THE RESOLUTION OF ANY DISPUTES UNDER
THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CREDIT DOCUMENTS, AND HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVE ANY CLAIM
THAT SUCH JURISDICTION IS IMPRACTICAL OR INCONVENIENT.
THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT AND THE CREDIT DOCUMENTS, AS DEFINED IN THIS
AGREEMENT, REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT
-69-
<PAGE> 76
AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR,
CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.
THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES.
-70-
<PAGE> 77
EXECUTED as of the date first above written.
BORROWER:
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
By: /s/ MICHAEL L. FINCH
-----------------------------
Name: Michael L. Finch
---------------------------
Title: Executive Vice President
--------------------------
By: /s/ JAMES H. PRINCE
-----------------------------
Name: James H. Prince
---------------------------
Title: Vice President
--------------------------
AGENT:
NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
By: /s/ PAUL A. SQUIRES
-----------------------------
Name: Paul A. Squires
---------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
--------------------------
-71-
<PAGE> 78
BANKS:
NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.
REVOLVING COMMITMENT By: /s/ PAUL A. SQUIRES
$37,500,000.00 ----------------------------------------
TERM COMMITMENT Name: Paul A. Squires
$18,750,000.00 --------------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
-------------------------------------
FIRST NATIONAL BANK OF
COMMERCE
REVOLVING COMMITMENT By: /s/ DAVID R. REID
$18,750,000.00 ----------------------------------------
TERM COMMITMENT Name: David R. Reid
$9,375,000.00 --------------------------------------
Title: Sr. Vice President
-------------------------------------
HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK
REVOLVING COMMITMENT By: /s/ LYNDSAY JOB
$18,750,000.00 ----------------------------------------
TERM COMMITMENT Name: Lindsay Job
$9,375,000.00 --------------------------------------
Title: Senior Vice President
-------------------------------------
-72-
<PAGE> 79
BANKBOSTON, N.A.
REVOLVING COMMITMENT By: /s/ GEORGE W. PASSELA
$25,000,000.00 ----------------------------------------
TERM COMMITMENT Name: George W. Passela
$12,500,000.00 --------------------------------------
Title: Managing Director
-------------------------------------
TOTAL REVOLVING COMMITMENTS
$100,000,000.00
TOTAL TERM COMMITMENTS
$50,000,000.00
-73-
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 10.2
EXCHANGE AGREEMENT
This EXCHANGE AGREEMENT (this "Exchange Agreement") is entered into as
of this __ day of October, 1997 (the "Effective Date") between STONE ENERGY
CORPORATION (the "Company") and TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a
national banking association (the "Exchange Agent").
RECITALS
A. This Exchange Agreement is entered into in connection with the
offer by the Company (the "Exchange Offer") to exchange $1,000 principal amount
of its 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 that have been registered under
the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Exchange Notes") for each $1,000 principal
amount of its 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Old Notes")
tendered pursuant to the terms of the Prospectus (the "Prospectus") and the
related Letter of Transmittal described in Section 2(b), below.
B. The Prospectus and the associated Letter of Transmittal
provide the terms and conditions under which Holders (as hereinafter defined)
may tender some or all of their Old Notes in exchange for Exchange Notes (the
"Exchange"), which Notes are issued pursuant to that certain Indenture dated as
of September 19, 1997, by and between the Company and Texas Commerce Bank
National Association, as Trustee.
AGREEMENTS
1. Appointment of Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent is hereby
appointed by the Company: (a) to effect the Exchange in accordance with the
Prospectus, each executed Letter of Transmittal and the instructions that
follow; and (b) to act as agent for the holders (individually, a "Holder" and
collectively, the "Holders") of the Old Notes identified in the register for
the Old Notes. The Exchange Agent agrees to act in accordance with the terms
of this Exchange Agreement for a period commencing on the date of this Exchange
Agreement and ending on ______ unless requested by the Company on terms
acceptable to the Exchange Agent to act in connection with the Exchange Offer
as Exchange Agent until some later date or unless sooner terminated as provided
in Section 14 hereof.
2. Delivery of Documents. The Company shall deliver the following
documents (collectively, the "Exchange Documents") to the Exchange Agent on or
before the date of this Exchange Agreement:
(a) the final Prospectus;
(b) the form of the Letter of Transmittal to be used by the
Holders in transmitting Old Notes for surrender in connection with the
Exchange; and
<PAGE> 2
(c) the form of the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (as such
term is defined in the Prospectus).
3. Holders. The listing of the Holders of the Old Notes as of the
close of business on _____________(the "Record Date") shall be conclusive
evidence of the identities of the Holders of such Old Notes.
4. Mailing to Holders. At the request of the Company, the Exchange
Agent shall initially mail to each Holder of record and to participants in The
Depository Trust Company's hook-entry system (pursuant to information provided
by The Depository Trust Company) on the Effective Date one or more copies of
each of the relevant Exchange Documents. Thereafter, at the request of the
Company, a Holder or an entity acting on behalf of a Holder or such
participant, the Exchange Agent may mail additional copies of any one or more
of the Exchange Documents to such Holder or entity. The Exchange Agent shall
provide notice of such mailing, including names and addresses, to the Company.
5. Exchange Procedure.
(a) The Exchange Agent shall verify receipt of the Old Notes and
examine the executed Letters of Transmittal received by the Exchange Agent in
connection therewith and the other documents delivered or mailed to the
Exchange Agent to ascertain whether they appear to be properly completed and
executed in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Letter of
Transmittal.
Old Notes shall be considered properly presented to the Exchange Agent
only if: (i) the Old Notes, accompanied by properly completed and duly executed
Letters of Transmittal, are received by the Exchange Agent (together with any
other required documents) in accordance with the instructions set forth in the
Letter of Transmittal prior to the Expiration Date (as such term is defined in
the Prospectus); (ii) the adequacy of the items and documents relating to the
Letter of Transmittal therefor has been favorably passed upon by the Company as
provided below; and (iii) such tenders of Old Notes are not withdrawn in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer; provided that the Old Notes
may be received within five New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
Expiration Date if tender of such Old Notes is made pursuant to the Guaranteed
Delivery Procedures contained in the Prospectus.
In the event any Letter of Transmittal or other document has been
improperly completed or executed or is not in proper form for presentation (as
required by the instructions stated in the Letter of Transmittal), or if some
other irregularity in connection with the presentation of any of the Old Notes
exists, the Exchange Agent shall consult with an Authorized Representative (as
defined in Section 7 hereof) as to proper action to take to correct such
irregularity, except that no such consultation shall be necessary with respect
to any such irregularity that is of a routine nature and that is cured by the
appropriate party delivering to the Exchange Agent the items necessary for cure
pursuant to the Exchange Agent's instructions.
2
<PAGE> 3
The Exchange Agent is authorized, and hereby agrees, to waive any
irregularity in connection with the presentation of any of the Old Notes by any
Holder with the written approval of an Authorized Representative. Determination
of all questions as to any irregularity or the proper documents shall be made
in writing by an Authorized Representative, and such determination shall be
final and binding.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Old Note may be
accepted for exchange until the Company shall have given the Exchange Agent
written notice of its acceptance for exchange of such Old Note.
(b) Upon receipt by the Exchange Agent of (i) one or more Old
Notes and (ii) a Letter of Transmittal covering such Old Notes completed in
accordance with the instructions therein, the Exchange Agent shall request the
Company to accept such Old Notes for exchange and to issue the Exchange Notes
to which such Holder is entitled. Such request shall be substantially in the
form of Exhibit A.
(c) The Company, upon receipt of the request described in the
immediately preceding clause (b) from the Exchange Agent, shall (i) provide
written notice to the Exchange Agent of the Company's acceptance of such Old
Notes for exchange and (ii) issue the Exchange Notes to which such Holder is
entitled and deliver the same to the Trustee (as such term is defined in the
Prospectus) for authentication. Texas Commerce Bank National Association,
acting in its capacity as Trustee under the Indenture, shall promptly
authenticate such Exchange Notes and deliver such authenticated Notes to the
Exchange Agent. The Exchange Agent shall deliver such Exchange Notes to the
party indicated in the Letter of Transmittal at the Company's cost and risk.
(d) All Exchange Notes distributed pursuant hereto shall be
either personally delivered or forwarded by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
unless otherwise directed, and the Company shall bear all cost and risk of such
delivery.
(e) The Exchange Agent may (but shall have no obligation to)
take any and all other actions it deems necessary or appropriate as the
Exchange Agent in connection with the Exchange Offer and under the customs and
practices normally applied to such transactions and arrangements; provided
however, that it is understood and agreed that the Exchange Agent shall have no
duty or obligation hereunder, under the Exchange Offer or under the Indenture
in its capacity as Exchange Agent except for those specifically set forth
herein.
(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary aforesaid, with
respect to Old Notes and Exchange Notes in global form registered in the name
of a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, the Company and the Exchange
Agent shall be deemed to have satisfied the foregoing exchange procedures by
complying with the terms and provisions of the Automated Tender Offer Program,
together with any related procedures, of The Depository Trust Company.
3
<PAGE> 4
6. Cancellation of Old Notes. The Exchange Agent is directed to
cancel and shall maintain in its custody all Old Notes, together with all
Letters of Transmittal and related documents that (in each case) have been
accepted by the Company for exchange.
Upon the termination of this Exchange Agreement, the Exchange Agent
shall forward to the Company all documents received by the Exchange Agent in
connection with accepted tenders of the Old Notes (including the presented Old
Notes and all Letters of Transmittal, telegrams or facsimile transmissions)
with respect to which an Exchange has been effectuated and shall return to the
relevant Holder any Old Notes that were not properly tendered or were otherwise
not accepted for tender by the Company. Such deliveries shall be effectuated
by courier or other means acceptable to the Company and shall be at the sole
cost and risk of the Company.
7. Future Instructions. Exchange Agent may rely and act on any
instructions from any Authorized Representative with respect to all matters
pertaining to this Exchange Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.
"Authorized Representative" is hereby defined as the Chairman of the Board, the
President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer of
the Company or legal counsel acting on behalf of any of the foregoing.
Any instructions given to the Exchange Agent orally by any Authorized
Representative shall be confirmed in writing (including by facsimile
transmission) by such Authorized Representative as soon as practicable. The
foregoing notwithstanding, the Exchange Agent shall not be liable or
responsible and shall be fully authorized and protected from acting, or failing
to act, in accordance with any oral instructions that do not conform with the
written confirmation received in accordance with this section.
8. Payment for Services Rendered and Expenses. For services
rendered as the Exchange Agent hereunder, the Exchange Agent shall be entitled
to compensation as set forth in Exhibit B to this Exchange Agreement. The
Exchange Agent will present the Company with an invoice for payment promptly
after termination of this Exchange Agreement. Payment shall be made by the
Company promptly after receipt of the invoice.
9. Exculpation. The Exchange Agent shall:
(a) have no obligation to expend its own funds with respect to
the Exchange Offer or any of its duties hereunder or to otherwise make
payment with respect to any tendered Old Note or any Exchange Note
distributed hereunder;
(b) have no duties or obligations other than those specifically
set forth herein, or as may subsequently be agreed to in writing by the
Exchange Agent and the Company;
(c) not be required to make and shall make no representations
as to and shall have no responsibilities regarding the determination of
the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any Old Note or the
aggregate principal amount represented thereby
4
<PAGE> 5
presented in accordance with the terms of any Letter of Transmittal
(other than verification of the principal amounts reflected on the Old
Notes tendered to the Exchange Agent in connection with the Exchange
Offer) and will not be required to make and shall not make any
representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the
transactions contemplated by the Exchange Offer or in the Exchange
Documents or as to the accuracy or otherwise as to any of the terms of
the Exchange Documents;
(d) not be obligated to take any legal action hereunder that
might in the Exchange Agent's reasonable judgment involve any expenses
or liability, unless the Exchange Agent has been furnished with
reasonable indemnity therefor from the Company and the Guarantors;
(e) conclusively rely on, and shall be fully protected by the
Company in acting upon, any instrument, opinion, notice, certificate,
letter, facsimile transmission, telegram or other document delivered to
the Exchange Agent and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and
to have been signed by the proper party or parties;
(f) conclusively rely on and shall be fully protected by the
Company in acting upon the written or oral instructions of any
Authorized Representative with respect to any matter relating to the
Exchange Agent's actions specifically covered by this Exchange
Agreement; and
(g) be permitted to consult with counsel satisfactory to the
Exchange Agent and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be frill
and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken, suffered or omitted by the Exchange Agent hereunder and under
any of the Exchange Documents in good faith and in accordance with such
advice or opinion of such counsel.
10. Liability of Exchange Agent: Indemnification. The Exchange Agent
and its officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, subsidiaries and
affiliates shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by the Exchange
Agent or such agent of the Exchange Agent in good faith in accordance with the
Exchange Offer, this Exchange Agreement, the Exchange Documents or the
instructions of any Authorized Representative, the Company or the Company's
counsel, other than any liability arising out of the gross negligence, willful
misconduct or bad faith of the Exchange Agent. THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY
AND UNCONDITIONALLY, JOINTLY AND SEVERALLY, COVENANTS AND AGREES TO INDEMNITY
AND HOLD THE EXCHANGE AGENT AND ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS,
CONTRACTORS, SUBSIDIARIES AND AFFILIATES HARMLESS FROM AND AGAINST ANY FEES,
COSTS, EXPENSES (INCLUDING REASONABLE EXPENSES OF LEGAL COUNSEL), LOSSES,
LIABILITIES, CLAIMS OR DAMAGES (COLLECTIVELY THE "INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES"),
WHICH WITHOUT GROSS NEGLIGENCE, WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR BAD FAITH ON ITS PART,
MAY BE PAID, INCURRED OR SUFFERED BY IT, OR TO WHICH IT MAY BECOME SUBJECT BY
REASON OF OR AS A RESULT OF THE PREPARATION OF THIS EXCHANGE AGREEMENT, THE
REVIEW AND ADMINISTRATION OF ANY OTHER EXCHANGE DOCUMENTS OR THE ADMINISTRATION
OR PERFORMANCE OF THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S DUTIES HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY EXCHANGE
DOCUMENT, OR BY REASON OF OR AS A RESULT OF THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S COMPLIANCE
WITH THE INSTRUCTIONS SET FORTH HEREIN OR WITH ANY WRITTEN OR ORAL INSTRUCTION
DELIVERED TO IT PURSUANT HERETO, OR AS A RESULT OF DEFENDING ITSELF AGAINST ANY
5
<PAGE> 6
CLAIM OR LIABILITY RESULTING FROM ITS ACTIONS AS EXCHANGE AGENT HEREUNDER OR
UNDER ANY OF THE EXCHANGE DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING ANY CLAIM AGAINST THE EXCHANGE
AGENT BY ANY HOLDER OR ANY BENEFICIAL OWNER OF A NOTE OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR
ENTITY; THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY IS SPECIFICALLY INTENDED TO INCLUDE ANY
NEGLIGENT ACTION ON THE EXCHANGE AGENT'S PART TAKEN WITHOUT GROSS NEGLIGENCE,
WILLFUL MISCONDUCT OR BAD FAITH. TO THE EXTENT ANY INDEMNITY CONTAINED HEREIN
IS CONTRARY TO OR UNENFORCEABLE UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, THE COMPANY EACH HEREBY
AGREES TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT OF THE
INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW. THE EXCHANGE AGENT
SHALL BE ENTITLED TO PARTICIPATE AT ITS OWN EXPENSE IN THE DEFENSE OF ANY SUCH
ACTION, PROCEEDING, SUIT OR CLAIM. ALL AMOUNTS DUE TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT
HEREUNDER SHALL CONSTITUTE EXPENSES OF ADMINISTRATION UNDER ANY BANKRUPTCY LAW
(AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE).
11. Representations. The Company represents and warrants that (i) it
is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of
its jurisdiction of incorporation or organization, (ii) the making and
consummation of the Exchange Offer and the execution, delivery and performance
of all transactions contemplated thereby (including without limitation this
Exchange Agreement) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action
and will not result in a breach of or constitute a default under the articles
of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or any indenture, agreement or
instrument to which it is a party or is bound (including, without limitation,
the Indenture), (iii) this Exchange Agreement has been duly executed and
delivered by the Company and constitutes a legal, valid, binding and
enforceable obligation, (iv) the Exchange Offer and the Exchange Documents will
comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of law and (v)
there is no litigation pending or, to the best of its knowledge, threatened as
of the date hereof in connection with the Exchange Offer.
12. Governing Law. This Exchange Agreement shall be construed and
enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas and shall inure to
the benefit of, and the obligations created hereby shall be binding upon, the
successors and assigns of the parties hereto.
13. Notices. All reports, notices and other communications required
or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered
by hand, by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by facsimile as follows:
If to the Company:
Stone Energy Corporation
625 East Kaliste Saloom Road
Lafayette, Louisiana 70508
Telephone: (318) 237-0410
Telecopy: (318) 237-____
6
<PAGE> 7
If to the Exchange Agent:
Mailing Address:
Texas Commerce Bank National Association
Attention: Frank Ivins, Registered Bond Events, Personal & Confidential
P.O. Box 2320
Dallas, Texas 75221-2320
Address for hand deliveries and for deliveries by overnight courier:
Texas Commerce Bank National Association
Attention: Frank Ivins, Registered Bond Events, Personal & Confidential
1201 Main Street, 18th Floor
Dallas, Texas 75202
Telephone: (800) 275-2048
Telecopy: (214) 672-5746
14. Termination; Compensation: Resignation. This Exchange Agreement
will terminate on __________ , 1997 unless extended as provided in Section 1
hereof or sooner terminated as provided below. Notwithstanding Section 1
hereof, in the event the Exchange Offer is terminated, this Exchange Agreement
shall also be terminated and shall be of no further force and effect, without
any liability on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that the
Company shall reimburse the Exchange Agent for all reasonable and necessary
fees, costs and expenses incurred by the Exchange Agent in connection with this
Exchange Agreement and/or the Exchange Documents including, but not limited to,
reimbursement of the fees set forth in Exhibit B hereto and payment pursuant to
the indemnification and contribution on provisions set forth in Section 10
hereof and such reimbursement, indemnification and contribution provisions
shall survive the termination of this Exchange Agreement; provided further,
that the Exchange Agent shall forward any Letters of Transmittal and Old Notes
received by the Exchange Agent after the date of termination and the
effectuation of the Exchange of such Old Notes to the Company as provided in
Section 6 above. This Exchange Agreement (a) may not be terminated by the
Company prior to __________ , 1997 unless all fees and all reasonable and
necessary expenses incurred by the Exchange Agent in accordance with Exhibit B
hereto shall have been paid to the Exchange Agent and the conditions set forth
in the immediately succeeding sentence shall have been satisfied and (b) may be
terminated by the Exchange Agent at any time. If this Exchange Agreement is
terminated prior to effectuation of the Exchange of all Old Notes, then the
Exchange Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) continue to perform its
duties hereunder until a new Exchange Agent shall have been appointed and the
Exchange Agent shall have received an opinion of counsel in form and substance
satisfactory to the Exchange Agent with respect to the legality and validity of
such appointment and as to such other matters as the Exchange Agent shall
require and such other documentation as the Exchange Agent shall reasonably
require, whereupon the Exchange Agent shall deliver to the new Exchange Agent
all Notes, Letters of Transmittal and other documents as the Exchange Agent may
then be holding pursuant to this Exchange Agreement.
7
<PAGE> 8
15. Amendment. This Exchange Agreement represents the entire
agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter and may not be
amended except by an instrument in writing signed by each of the parties;
provided however, that this Exchange Agreement may be terminated or extended by
the written agreement of the Company and the Exchange Agent.
16. Counterparts. This Exchange Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts,
and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, but all such
counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same Exchange Agreement.
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
By:
--------------------------
Name:
-----------------------
Title:
-----------------------
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as Exchange Agent
By:
--------------------------
Name:
------------------------
Title:
-----------------------
8
<PAGE> 9
EXHIBIT A
Exchange Request
[Date]
Request Number: ____
Re: Stone Energy Corporation ("Company") Exchange of its 8 3/4 Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Old Notes") for 8 3/4% Senior
Subordinated Notes due 2007 that have been registered under the
Securities Act of 1933 (the "Exchange Notes") as contemplated in
the Prospectus dated October __, 1997.
Pursuant to the Exchange Agreement dated as of October __, 1997, we have
received a Letter of Transmittal, together with the Old Notes and other
necessary documents, representing $________ aggregate principal amount of the
Old Notes, and we hereby request the Company to accept such offer and to issue
Exchange Notes evidencing $_______ as follows:
Please notify us of acceptance and issue the Exchange Notes.
All documents related to the tender of such Notes are available for
inspection at 1201 Main Street, 18th Floor, Dallas, Texas 75202.
Upon completion of this exchange, the aggregate principal amount of Old
Notes outstanding will be $___________ .
Very truly yours,
<PAGE> 10
EXHIBIT B
Stone Energy Corporation Exchange Agreement
EXCHANGE AGENT FEE
$1,500 For duties involved with the Exchange Offer. This assumes that
their will be one Global Note and one bondholder with a minimum
number of calls. Additional time spent on duties not
anticipated above will be billed at $85 per hour.
ADDITIONAL EXPENSES
Out-of-pocket expenses are in addition to fees quoted above. This
includes, but is not limited to, legal fees and expenses, wire charges,
printing costs, postage, travel costs, forms, etc.
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use in this
registration statement of our report dated February 28, 1997 included, or
incorporated by reference, herein and to all references to our Firm included in
this registration statement.
/s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
-------------------------
Arthur Andersen LLP
October 22, 1997
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.2
[ATWATER CONSULTANTS, LTD. LETTERHEAD]
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS
We hereby consent to the use of our name in the "Business" and
"Experts" sections of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration
Statement") of Stone Energy Corporation (the "Company"). We hereby further
consent to the incorporation by reference of the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Form 10-K") into the
Registration Statement, which Form 10-K makes reference to us in "Item 2.
Properties."
/s/ O. R. CARTER
----------------------------------------
ATWATER CONSULTANTS, LTD.
New Orleans, Louisiana
October 22, 1997
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 23.3
[CAWLEY, GILLESPIE & ASSOCIATES, INC. LETTERHEAD]
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PETROLEUM ENGINEERS
We hereby consent to the use of our name in the "Business" and
"Experts" sections of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the "Registration
Statement") of Stone Energy Corporation (the "Company"). We hereby further
consent to the incorporation by reference of the Company's Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Form 10-K") into the
Registration Statement, which Form 10-K makes reference to us in "Item 2.
Properties".
/s/ CAWLEY, GILLESPIE & ASSOCIATES, INC.
----------------------------------------
Cawley, Gillespie & Associates, Inc.
Fort Worth, Texas
October 22, 1997
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 25.1
================================================================================
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
------------------
FORM T-1
STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE
TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE
CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY
OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2) ____
------------------
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)
74-0800980
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
712 MAIN STREET, HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
LEE BOOCKER, 712 MAIN STREET, 26TH FLOOR
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002 (713) 216-2448
(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)
DELAWARE 72-1235413
(State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer
incorporation or organization) Identification Number)
625 E. KALISTE SALOOM ROAD
LAFAYETTE, LOUISIANA 70508
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
8 3/4% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
(Title of indenture securities)
================================================================================
<PAGE> 2
ITEM 1. GENERAL INFORMATION.
FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE TRUSTEE:
(a) NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH EXAMINING OR SUPERVISING
AUTHORITY TO WHICH IT IS SUBJECT.
Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C.
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System,
Washington, D.C.
(b) WHETHER IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS.
The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
ITEM 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE OBLIGOR.
IF THE OBLIGOR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE EACH
SUCH AFFILIATION.
The obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee. (See Note on
Page 7.)
ITEM 3. VOTING SECURITIES OF THE TRUSTEE.
FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO EACH CLASS OF VOTING
SECURITIES OF THE TRUSTEE.
<TABLE>
COL. A COL. B
TITLE OF CLASS AMOUNT OUTSTANDING
-------------- ------------------
<S> <C>
</TABLE>
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and
response to Item 13.
ITEM 4. TRUSTEESHIPS UNDER OTHER INDENTURES.
IF THE TRUSTEE IS A TRUSTEE UNDER ANOTHER INDENTURE UNDER
WHICH ANY OTHER SECURITIES, OR CERTIFICATES OF INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IN ANY
OTHER SECURITIES, OF THE OBLIGOR ARE OUTSTANDING, FURNISH THE FOLLOWING
INFORMATION:
(a) TITLE OF THE SECURITIES OUTSTANDING UNDER EACH SUCH
OTHER INDENTURE.
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and
response to Item 13.
1
<PAGE> 3
ITEM 4. (CONTINUED)
(b) A BRIEF STATEMENT OF THE FACTS RELIED UPON AS A BASIS
FOR THE CLAIM THAT NO CONFLICTING INTEREST WITHIN THE MEANING
OF SECTION 310(b)(1) OF THE ACT ARISES AS A RESULT OF THE
TRUSTEESHIP UNDER ANY SUCH OTHER INDENTURE, INCLUDING A
STATEMENT AS TO HOW THE INDENTURE SECURITIES WILL RANK AS
COMPARED WITH THE SECURITIES ISSUED UNDER SUCH OTHER
INDENTURE.
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and
response to Item 13.
ITEM 5. INTERLOCKING DIRECTORATES AND SIMILAR RELATIONSHIPS WITH
OBLIGOR OR UNDERWRITERS.
IF THE TRUSTEE OR ANY OF THE DIRECTORS OR EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF
THE TRUSTEE IS A DIRECTOR, OFFICER, PARTNER, EMPLOYEE, APPOINTEE, OR
REPRESENTATIVE OF THE OBLIGOR OR OF ANY UNDERWRITER FOR THE OBLIGOR, IDENTIFY
EACH SUCH PERSON HAVING ANY SUCH CONNECTION AND STATE THE NATURE OF EACH SUCH
CONNECTION.
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and
response to Item 13.
ITEM 6. VOTING SECURITIES OF THE TRUSTEE OWNED BY THE OBLIGOR OR ITS
OFFICIALS.
FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE VOTING SECURITIES
OF THE TRUSTEE OWNED BENEFICIALLY BY THE OBLIGOR AND EACH DIRECTOR, PARTNER AND
EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF THE OBLIGOR.
<TABLE>
COL. A COL. B COL. C COL. D
PERCENTAGE OF
VOTING SECURITIES
REPRESENTED BY
AMOUNT OWNED AMOUNT GIVEN IN
NAME OF OWNER TITLE OF CLASS BENEFICIALLY COL. C
------------- -------------- ------------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and response to
Item 13.
2
<PAGE> 4
ITEM 7. VOTING SECURITIES OF THE TRUSTEE OWNED BY UNDERWRITERS OR
THEIR OFFICIALS.
FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE VOTING SECURITIES
OF THE TRUSTEE OWNED BENEFICIALLY BY EACH UNDERWRITER FOR THE OBLIGOR AND EACH
DIRECTOR, PARTNER AND EXECUTIVE OFFICER OF EACH SUCH UNDERWRITER.
<TABLE>
COL. A COL. B COL. C COL. D
PERCENTAGE OF
VOTING SECURITIES
REPRESENTED BY
AMOUNT OWNED AMOUNT GIVEN IN
NAME OF OWNER TITLE OF CLASS BENEFICIALLY COL. C
------------- -------------- ------------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and response to
Item 13.
ITEM 8. SECURITIES OF THE OBLIGOR OWNED OR HELD BY THE TRUSTEE.
FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE SECURITIES OF THE
OBLIGOR OWNED BENEFICIALLY OR HELD AS COLLATERAL SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS IN
DEFAULT BY THE TRUSTEE.
<TABLE>
COL. A COL. B COL. C COL. D
AMOUNT OWNED
WHETHER THE BENEFICIALLY OR PERCENT OF
SECURITIES HELD AS COLLATERAL CLASS
ARE VOTING SECURITY FOR REPRESENTED BY
OR NONVOTING OBLIGATIONS IN AMOUNT GIVEN
TITLE OF CLASS SECURITIES DEFAULT IN COL. C
-------------- ---------- -------- ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and response to
Item 13.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]
3
<PAGE> 5
ITEM 9. SECURITIES OF UNDERWRITERS OWNED OR HELD BY THE TRUSTEE.
IF THE TRUSTEE OWNS BENEFICIALLY OR HOLDS AS COLLATERAL
SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS IN DEFAULT ANY SECURITIES OF AN UNDERWRITER FOR THE
OBLIGOR, FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES OF
SUCH UNDERWRITER ANY OF WHICH ARE SO OWNED OR HELD BY THE TRUSTEE.
<TABLE>
COL. A COL. B COL. C COL. D
AMOUNT OWNED
BENEFICIALLY OR PERCENT OF
HELD AS COLLATERAL CLASS
TITLE OF ISSUER SECURITY FOR REPRESENTED BY
AND AMOUNT OBLIGATIONS IN AMOUNT GIVEN
TITLE OF CLASS OUTSTANDING DEFAULT BY TRUSTEE IN COL. C
-------------- ----------- ------------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and response to
Item 13.
ITEM 10. OWNERSHIP OR HOLDINGS BY THE TRUSTEE OF VOTING SECURITIES OF
CERTAIN AFFILIATES OR SECURITY HOLDERS OF THE OBLIGOR.
IF THE TRUSTEE OWNS BENEFICIALLY OR HOLDS AS COLLATERAL
SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS IN DEFAULT VOTING SECURITIES OF A PERSON WHO, TO THE
KNOWLEDGE OF THE TRUSTEE (1) OWNS 10% OR MORE OF THE VOTING SECURITIES OF THE
OBLIGOR OR (2) IS AN AFFILIATE, OTHER THAN A SUBSIDIARY, OF THE OBLIGOR,
FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE VOTING SECURITIES OF SUCH PERSON.
<TABLE>
COL. A COL. B COL. C COL. D
AMOUNT OWNED
BENEFICIALLY OR PERCENT OF
HELD AS COLLATERAL CLASS
TITLE OF ISSUER SECURITY FOR REPRESENTED BY
AND AMOUNT OBLIGATIONS IN AMOUNT GIVEN
TITLE OF CLASS OUTSTANDING DEFAULT BY TRUSTEE IN COL. C
-------------- ----------- ------------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and response to
Item 13.
4
<PAGE> 6
ITEM 11. OWNERSHIP OR HOLDINGS BY THE TRUSTEE OF ANY SECURITIES OF A
PERSON OWNING 50% OR MORE OF THE VOTING SECURITIES OF THE
OBLIGOR.
IF THE TRUSTEE OWNS BENEFICIALLY OR HOLDS AS COLLATERAL
SECURITY FOR OBLIGATIONS IN DEFAULT ANY SECURITIES OF A PERSON WHO, TO THE
KNOWLEDGE OF THE TRUSTEE, OWNS 50% OR MORE OF THE VOTING SECURITIES OF THE
OBLIGOR, FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES OR
SUCH PERSON ANY OF WHICH ARE SO OWNED OR HELD BY THE TRUSTEE.
<TABLE>
COL. A COL. B COL. C COL. D
AMOUNT OWNED
BENEFICIALLY OR PERCENT OF
HELD AS COLLATERAL CLASS
TITLE OF ISSUER SECURITY FOR REPRESENTED BY
AND AMOUNT OBLIGATIONS IN AMOUNT GIVEN
TITLE OF CLASS OUTSTANDING DEFAULT BY TRUSTEE IN COL. C
-------------- ----------- ------------------ ---------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and response to
Item 13.
ITEM 12. INDEBTEDNESS OF THE OBLIGOR TO THE TRUSTEE.
EXCEPT AS NOTED IN THE INSTRUCTIONS, IF THE OBLIGOR IS
INDEBTED TO THE TRUSTEE, FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION:
<TABLE>
COL. A COL. B COL. C
NATURE OF AMOUNT
INDEBTEDNESS OUTSTANDING DATE DUE
------------ ----------- --------
<S> <C> <C>
</TABLE>
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and response
to Item 13.
ITEM 13. DEFAULTS BY THE OBLIGOR.
(a) STATE WHETHER THERE IS OR HAS BEEN A DEFAULT WITH RESPECT TO
THE SECURITIES UNDER THIS INDENTURE. EXPLAIN THE NATURE OF ANY SUCH DEFAULT.
There is not, nor has there been, a default with respect to the
securities under this indenture. (See Note on Page 7.)
5
<PAGE> 7
ITEM 13. (CONTINUED)
(b) IF THE TRUSTEE IS A TRUSTEE UNDER ANOTHER INDENTURE UNDER WHICH
ANY SECURITIES, OR CERTIFICATES OF INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION IN ANY OTHER
SECURITIES, OF THE OBLIGOR ARE OUTSTANDING, OR IS TRUSTEE FOR MORE THAN ONE
OUTSTANDING SERIES OF SECURITIES UNDER THE INDENTURE, STATE WHETHER THERE HAS
BEEN A DEFAULT UNDER ANY SUCH INDENTURE OR SERIES, IDENTIFY THE INDENTURE OR
SERIES AFFECTED, AND EXPLAIN THE NATURE OF ANY SUCH DEFAULT.
There has not been a default under any such indenture or series. (See
Note on Page 7.)
ITEM 14. AFFILIATIONS WITH THE UNDERWRITERS.
IF ANY UNDERWRITER IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE
EACH SUCH AFFILIATION.
Not applicable by virtue of Form T-1 General Instruction B and response
to Item 13.
ITEM 15. FOREIGN TRUSTEE.
IDENTIFY THE ORDER OR RULE PURSUANT TO WHICH THE FOREIGN
TRUSTEE IS AUTHORIZED TO ACT AS SOLE TRUSTEE UNDER INDENTURES QUALIFIED OR TO
BE QUALIFIED UNDER THE ACT.
Not applicable.
ITEM 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS.
LIST BELOW ALL EXHIBITS FILED AS PART OF THIS STATEMENT OF
ELIGIBILITY.
o 1. A copy of the articles of association of the trustee now
in effect.
# 2. A copy of the certificate of authority of the trustee to
commence business.
* 3. A copy of the certificate of authorization of the
trustee to exercise corporate trust powers issued by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System under date of
January 21, 1948.
+ 4. A copy of the existing bylaws of the trustee.
5. Not applicable.
6. The consent of United States institutional trustees
required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
6
<PAGE> 8
++ 7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee
published pursuant to law or the requirements of its
supervising or examining authority.
8. Not applicable.
9. Not applicable.
- ---------------
o Incorporated by reference to exhibit bearing the same designation
and previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
exhibits to the Form S-3 File No. 33-56195.
# Incorporated by reference to exhibit bearing the same designation
and previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
exhibits to the Form S-3 File No. 33-42814.
* Incorporated by reference to exhibit bearing the same
designation and previously filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as exhibits to the Form S-11 File No. 33-25132.
+ Incorporated by reference to exhibit bearing the same
designation and previously filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission as exhibits to the Form S-3 File No. 33-65055.
++ Incorporated by reference to exhibit bearing the same designation
and previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
exhibits to the Form S-3 File No. 333-34045.
--------------------
NOTE
Inasmuch as this Form T-1 is filed prior to the ascertainment
by the trustee of all facts on which to base responsive answers to Items 2 and
13, the answers to said Items are based on incomplete information. Such Items
may, however, be considered as correct unless amended by an amendment to this
Form T-1.
7
<PAGE> 9
SIGNATURE
PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 THE
TRUSTEE, TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, A NATIONAL BANKING
ASSOCIATION ORGANIZED AND EXISTING UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF
AMERICA, HAS DULY CAUSED THIS STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY TO BE SIGNED ON ITS
BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, ALL IN THE CITY OF
HOUSTON AND STATE OF TEXAS, ON THE 22ND DAY OF OCTOBER, 1997.
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
(Trustee)
By: /s/ MAURI COWEN
---------------------------------------
Mauri J. Cowen
Vice President and Trust Officer
8
<PAGE> 10
EXHIBIT 6
Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549
Gentlemen:
The undersigned is trustee under an indenture dated as of September
19, 1997, between Stone Energy Corporation, a Delaware corporation, and Texas
Commerce Bank National Association, as Trustee, entered into in connection with
the issuance of its 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2007.
In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examinations of the
undersigned, made by Federal or State authorities authorized to make such
examinations, may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and
Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.
Very truly yours,
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By /s/ MAURI COWEN
-----------------------------------
Mauri J. Cowen
Vice President and Trust Officer
<PAGE> 1
EXHIBIT 99.1
STONE ENERGY CORPORATION
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL
FOR
TENDER OF ALL OUTSTANDING
8 3/4 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007
IN EXCHANGE FOR
8 3/4 % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2007 THAT HAVE
BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON , 1997, UNLESS EXTENDED (THE "EXPIRATION DATE")
OLD NOTES TENDERED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER MAY BE WITHDRAWN
AT ANY TIME PRIOR TO 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
ON THE BUSINESS DAY PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE
DELIVER TO THE EXCHANGE AGENT:
TEXAS COMMERCE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
By Hand/Overnight Courier: By Mail:
<S> <C>
Texas Commerce Bank National Association Texas Commerce Bank National Association
Corporate Trust Services Corporate Trust Services
1201 Main Street, 18th Floor P.O. Box 2320
Dallas, Texas 75202 Dallas, Texas 75221-2320
Attention: Mr. Frank Ivins Attention: Mr. Frank Ivins
</TABLE>
By Facsimile:
(214) 672-5746
Confirm by Telephone:
(214) 672-5125
(800) 275-2048
---------------------
DELIVERY OF THIS INSTRUMENT TO AN ADDRESS OTHER THAN AS SET FORTH ABOVE
OR TRANSMISSION OF INSTRUCTIONS VIA A FACSIMILE NUMBER OTHER THAN THE ONE
LISTED ABOVE WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A VALID DELIVERY. THE INSTRUCTIONS
ACCOMPANYING THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL SHOULD BE READ CAREFULLY BEFORE THIS
LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL IS COMPLETED.
The undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt and review of the Prospectus
dated _______________, 1997 (the "Prospectus") of Stone Energy Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company") and this Letter of Transmittal (the "Letter
of Transmittal"), which together describe the Company's offer (the "Exchange
Offer") to exchange its 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the
"Exchange Notes"), which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933,
as amended (the "Securities Act"), pursuant to a Registration Statement of which
the Prospectus is a part, for a like principal amount of its issued and
outstanding 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2007 (the "Old Notes").
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the respective meaning given
to them in the Prospectus.
The Company reserves the right, at any time or from time to time, to
extend the Exchange Offer at its discretion, in which event the term
"Expiration Date" shall mean the latest date to which the Exchange Offer is
extended. The Company shall notify the holders of the Old Notes of any
extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the record holders of Old
Notes an announcement thereof, each prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on
the next business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.
This Letter of Transmittal is to be used by a holder of Old Notes if
original Old Notes, if available, are to be forwarded herewith or an Agent's
Message is to be used if delivery of Old Notes is to be made by book-entry
transfer to the account maintained by the Exchange Agent at The Depository
Trust Company (the "Book-Entry Transfer Facility") pursuant to the procedures
set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Procedures
for Tendering" and "Book-Entry Transfer." Holders of Old Notes whose Old Notes
are not immediately available, or who are unable to deliver their Old Notes and
all other documents required by this Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange
Agent on or prior to the Expiration Date, or who are unable to complete the
procedure for book-entry transfer on a timely basis, must tender their Old
Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the
Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery
<PAGE> 2
Procedures." See Instruction 1. Delivery of documents to the Book-Entry
Transfer Facility does not constitute delivery to the Exchange Agent.
The term "holder" with respect to the Exchange Offer means any person in
whose name Old Notes are registered on the books of the Company or any other
person who has obtained a properly completed bond power from the registered
holder. The undersigned has completed, executed and delivered this Letter of
Transmittal to indicate the action the undersigned desires to take with respect
to the Exchange Offer. Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes must
complete this Letter of Transmittal in its entirety.
PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL AND THE PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY
BEFORE CHECKING ANY BOX BELOW.
THE INSTRUCTIONS INCLUDED WITH THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MUST BE
FOLLOWED. QUESTIONS AND REQUESTS FOR ASSISTANCE OR FOR ADDITIONAL COPIES OF
THE PROSPECTUS AND THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL MAY BE DIRECTED TO THE EXCHANGE
AGENT.
List below the Old Notes to which this Letter of Transmittal relates. If
the space below is inadequate, list the registered numbers and principal
amounts on a separate signed schedule and affix the list to this Letter of
Transmittal.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF OLD NOTES TENDERED
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Name(s) and Address(es) of Registered
Holder(s) Exactly as Name(s)
Appear(s) on Old Notes
(Please Fill In, If Blank) Old Note(s) Tendered
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Principal Principal
Registered Amount Represented by Amount
Number(s)* Note(s) Tendered**
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* Need not be completed by book-entry holders.
** Unless otherwise indicated, any tendering holder of Old Notes will be deemed to have tendered the entire aggregate
principal amount represented by such Old Notes. All tenders must be in integral multiples of $1,000.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE ENCLOSED HEREWITH.
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY
TRANSFER MADE TO THE ACCOUNT MAINTAINED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT WITH THE
BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER FACILITY AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR USE BY
ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
Name of Tendering Institution:
------------------------------------------------
Account Number:
---------------------------------------------------------------
Transaction Code Number:
------------------------------------------------------
[ ] CHECK HERE IF TENDERED OLD NOTES ARE BEING DELIVERED PURSUANT TO A NOTICE
OF GUARANTEED DELIVERY ENCLOSED HEREWITH AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING (FOR
USE BY ELIGIBLE INSTITUTIONS ONLY):
Name(s) of Registered holder(s) of Old Notes:
---------------------------------
Date of Execution of Notice of Guaranteed Delivery:
---------------------------
Window Ticket Number (if available):
-----------------------------------------
<PAGE> 3
Name of Eligible Institution that Guaranteed Delivery:
------------------------
Account Number (if delivered by book-entry transfer):
-------------------------
[ ] CHECK HERE IF YOU ARE A BROKER-DEALER AND WISH TO RECEIVE 10 ADDITIONAL
COPIES OF THE PROSPECTUS AND 10 COPIES OF ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS
THERETO:
Name:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Address:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURES MUST BE PROVIDED BELOW
PLEASE READ THE ACCOMPANYING INSTRUCTIONS CAREFULLY
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Subject to the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer, the
undersigned hereby tenders to the Company for exchange the principal amount of
Old Notes indicated above. Subject to and effective upon the acceptance for
exchange of the principal amount of Old Notes tendered in accordance with this
Letter of Transmittal, the undersigned hereby exchanges, assigns and transfers
to the Company all right, title and interest in and to the Old Notes tendered
for exchange hereby. The undersigned hereby irrevocably constitutes and
appoints the Exchange Agent, the agent and attorney-in-fact of the undersigned
(with full knowledge that the Exchange Agent also acts as the agent of the
Company in connection with the Exchange Offer) with respect to the tendered Old
Notes with full power of substitution to (i) deliver such Old Notes, or
transfer ownership of such Old Notes on the account books maintained by the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility, to the Company and deliver all accompanying
evidences of transfer and authenticity, and (ii) present such Old Notes for
transfer on the books of the Company and receive all benefits and otherwise
exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Old Notes, all in
accordance with the terms of the Exchange Offer. The power of attorney granted
in this paragraph shall be deemed to be irrevocable and coupled with an
interest.
The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has
full power and authority to tender, exchange, assign and transfer the Old Notes
tendered hereby and to acquire the Exchange Notes issuable upon the exchange of
such tendered Old Notes, and that the Company will acquire good and
unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges
and encumbrances and not subject to any adverse claim, when the same are
accepted for exchange by the Company.
The undersigned acknowledge(s) that this Exchange Offer is being made in
reliance upon interpretations contained in no-action letters issued to third
parties by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"),
including Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation, SEC No-Action Letter (available
April 13, 1989), Morgan Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC No-Action Letter (available
June 5, 1991) (the "Morgan Stanley Letter") and Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc., SEC
No-Action Letter (available June 5, 1991), that the Exchange Notes issued in
exchange for the Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be offered for
resale, resold and otherwise transferred by holders thereof (other than (i) a
broker-dealer who purchased Old Notes exchanged for such Exchange Notes
directly from the Company to resell pursuant to Rule 144A or any other
available exemption under the Securities Act), without compliance with the
registration and prospectus delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
that such Exchange Notes are acquired in the ordinary course of such holders'
business and such holders are not participating in, and have no arrangement
with any person to participate in, the distribution of such Exchange Notes.
The undersigned specifically represent(s) to the Company that (i) any Exchange
Notes acquired in exchange for Old Notes tendered hereby are being acquired in
the ordinary course of business of the person receiving such Exchange Notes,
whether or not the undersigned, (ii) the undersigned is not participating in,
and has no arrangement with any person to participate in, the distribution of
Exchange Notes, and (iii) neither the undersigned nor any such other person is
an "affiliate" (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) of the Company
or a broker-dealer tendering Old Notes acquired directly from the Company for
its own account.
If the undersigned is not a broker-dealer, the undersigned represents
that it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution of
Exchange Notes. If the undersigned or the person receiving the Exchange Notes
is a broker-dealer that is receiving Exchange Notes for its own account in
exchange for Old Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities, the undersigned acknowledges that it or
such other person will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of
such Exchange Notes; however, by so acknowledging and by delivering a
prospectus, the undersigned or such other person will not be deemed to admit
that it is an "underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act. The
undersigned acknowledges that if the undersigned is participating in the
Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing the Exchange Notes (i) the
undersigned cannot rely on the position of the staff of the SEC in the Morgan
Stanley Letter and similar SEC no-action letters, and, in the absence of an
exemption therefrom, must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery
requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale
transaction of the Exchange Notes, in which case the registration statement
must contain the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or
Item 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K of the SEC, and (ii) a broker-dealer
that delivers such a prospectus to purchasers in connection with such resales
will be subject
<PAGE> 4
to certain of the civil liability provisions under the Securities Act and will
be bound by the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement (including
certain indemnification rights and obligations).
The undersigned will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional
documents deemed by the Exchange Agent or the Company to be necessary or
desirable to complete the exchange, assignment and transfer of the Old Notes
tendered hereby, including the transfer of such Old Notes on the account books
maintained by the Book-Entry Transfer Facility.
For purposes of the Exchange Offer, the Company shall be deemed to have
accepted for exchange validly tendered Old Notes when, as and if the Company
gives oral or written notice thereof to the Exchange Agent. Any tendered Old
Notes that are not accepted for exchange pursuant to the Exchange Offer for any
reason will be returned, without expense, to the undersigned at the address
shown below or at a different address as may be indicated herein under "Special
Delivery Instructions" as promptly as practicable after the Expiration Date.
All authority conferred or agreed to be conferred by this Letter of
Transmittal shall survive the death, incapacity or dissolution of the
undersigned, and every obligation of the undersigned under this Letter of
Transmittal shall be binding upon the undersigned's heirs, personal
representatives, successors and assigns.
The undersigned acknowledges that the Company's acceptance of properly
tendered Old Notes pursuant to the procedures described under the caption "The
Exchange Offer -- Procedures for Tendering" in the Prospectus and in the
instructions hereto will constitute a binding agreement between the undersigned
and the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions of the Exchange
Offer.
Unless otherwise indicated under "Special Issuance Instructions," please
issue the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Old Notes accepted for
exchange and return any Old Notes not tendered or not exchanged, in the name(s)
of the undersigned. Similarly, unless otherwise indicated under "Special
Delivery Instructions," please mail or deliver the Exchange Notes issued in
exchange for the Old Notes accepted for exchange and any Old Notes not tendered
or not exchanged (and accompanying documents, as appropriate) to the
undersigned at the address shown below the undersigned's signature(s). In the
event that both "Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery
Instructions" are completed, please issue the Exchange Notes issued in exchange
for the Old Notes accepted for exchange in the name(s) of, and return any Old
Notes not tendered or not exchanged to, the person(s) so indicated. The
undersigned recognizes that the Company has no obligation pursuant to the
"Special Issuance Instructions" and "Special Delivery Instructions" to transfer
any Old Notes from the name of the registered holder(s) thereof if the Company
does not accept for exchange any of the Old Notes so tendered for exchange.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
SPECIAL ISSUANCE INSTRUCTIONS SPECIAL DELIVERY INSTRUCTIONS
(SEE INSTRUCTIONS 5 AND 6) (SEE INSTRUCTIONS 5 AND 6)
<S> <C>
To be completed ONLY (i) if Old Notes in a To be completed ONLY if Old Notes in a principal
principal amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes amount not tendered, or Exchange Notes issued in
issued in exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange for Old Notes accepted for exchange, are to be
exchange, are to be issued in the name of someone mailed or delivered to someone other than the
other than the undersigned, or (ii) if Old Notes undersigned, or to the undersigned at an address other
tendered by book-entry transfer which are not than that shown below the undersigned's signature.
exchanged are to be returned by credit to an account
maintained at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility. Issue Mail or deliver Exchange Notes and/or Old Notes to:
Exchange Notes and/or Old Notes to:
Name: Name:
-------------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------------
(Please Type or Print) (Please Type or Print)
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
Address: Address:
----------------------------------------------- -----------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
(include Zip Code) (include Zip Code)
------------------------------------------------------- -------------------------------------------------------
(Tax Identification or Social Security Number) (Tax Identification or Social Security Number)
(Complete Substitute Form W-9)
</TABLE>
[ ] Credit unexchanged Old Notes delivered by book-entry transfer to the
Book-Entry Transfer Facility set forth below:
<PAGE> 5
Book-Entry Transfer Facility Account Number:
IMPORTANT
PLEASE SIGN HERE WHETHER OR NOT
OLD NOTES ARE BEING PHYSICALLY TENDERED HEREBY
(Complete Accompanying Substitute Form W-9 on Reverse Side)
X
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
X
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Signature(s) of Registered Holders or Old Notes)
Dated___________________________, 1997
(The above lines must be signed by the registered holder(s) of Old Notes as
name(s) appear(s) on the Old Notes or on a security position listing, or by
person(s) authorized to become registered holder(s) by a properly completed
bond power from the registered holder(s), a copy of which must be transmitted
with this Letter of Transmittal. If Old Notes to which this Letter of
Transmittal relate are held of record by two or more joint holders, then all
such holders must sign this Letter of Transmittal. If signature is by a
trustee, executor, administrator, guardian, attorney-in-fact, officer of a
corporation or other person acting in a fiduciary or representative capacity,
then such person must (i) set forth his or her full title below and (ii)
unless waived by the Company, submit evidence satisfactory to the Company
of such person's authority so to act. See Instruction 5 regarding the
completion of this Letter of Transmittal, printed below.)
Name(s):
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
(Please Type or Print)
Capacity:
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Address:
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
(Include Zip Code)
Area Code and Telephone Number:
-------------------------------------------------
MEDALLION SIGNATURE GUARANTEE
(If Required by Instruction 5)
Certain signatures must be Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
Signature(s) Guaranteed by an Eligible Institution:
-----------------------------
(Authorized Signature)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Title)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Name of Firm)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Address, Include Zip Code)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Area Code and Telephone Number)
Dated:____________________________________________________________________, 1997
<PAGE> 6
INSTRUCTIONS
FORMING PART OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE EXCHANGE OFFER
1. Delivery of this Letter of Transmittal and Old Notes or Book-Entry
Confirmations. All physically delivered Old Notes or any confirmation of a
book-entry transfer to the Exchange Agent's account at the Book-Entry Transfer
Facility of Old Notes tendered by book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry
Confirmation"), as well as a properly completed and duly executed copy of this
Letter of Transmittal or Agent's Message or facsimile hereof, and any other
documents required by this Letter of Transmittal, must be received by the
Exchange Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date. The method of delivery of the tendered Old
Notes, this Letter of Transmittal and all other required documents to the
Exchange Agent is at the election and risk of the holder and, except as
otherwise provided below, the delivery will be deemed made only when actually
received or confirmed by the Exchange Agent. Instead of delivery by mail, it
is recommended that the holder use an overnight or hand delivery service. In
all cases, sufficient time should be allowed to assure delivery to the Exchange
Agent before the Expiration Date. No Letter of Transmittal or Old Notes should
be sent to the Company.
2. Guaranteed Delivery Procedures. Holders who wish to tender their
Old Notes and whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who cannot
deliver their Old Notes, this Letter of Transmittal or any other documents
required hereby to the Exchange Agent prior to the Expiration Date or who
cannot complete the procedure for book-entry transfer on a time basis and
deliver an Agent's Message, must tender their Old Notes according to the
guaranteed delivery procedures set forth in the Prospectus. Pursuant to such
procedures: (1) such tender must be made by or through a firm which is a
member of a registered national securities exchange or of the National
Association of Securities Dealers Inc., a commercial bank or a trust company
having an office or correspondent in the United States or an "eligible
guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15 under the Exchange
Act (an "Eligible Institution"); (ii) prior to the Expiration Date, the
Exchange Agent must have received from the Eligible Institution a properly
completed and duly executed Notice of Guaranteed Delivery (by facsimile
transmission, mail or hand delivery) setting forth the name and address of the
holder of the Old Notes, the registration number(s) of such Old Notes and the
total principal amount of Old Notes tendered, stating that the tender is being
made thereby and guaranteeing that, within five business days after the
Expiration Date, this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) together with
the Old Notes in proper form for transfer (or a Book-Entry Confirmation) and
any other documents required hereby, must be deposited by the Eligible
Institution with the Exchange Agent within five business days after the
Expiration Date; and (iii) the certificates for all physically tendered shares
of Old Notes, in proper form for transfer (or Book-Entry Confirmation, as the
case may be) and all other documents required hereby are received by the
Exchange Agent within five business days after the Expiration Date.
Any holder of Old Notes who wishes to tender Old Notes pursuant to the
guaranteed delivery procedures described above must ensure that the Exchange
Agent receives the Notice of Guaranteed Delivery prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time, on the Expiration Date. Upon request of the Exchange Agent, a
Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be sent to holders who wish to tender their
Old Notes according to the guaranteed delivery procedures set forth above.
See "The Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures" section of the
Prospectus.
3. Tender by Holder. Only a holder of Old Notes may tender such Old
Notes in the Exchange Offer. Any beneficial holder of Old Notes who is not the
registered holder and who wishes to tender should arrange with the registered
holder to execute and deliver this Letter of Transmittal on his behalf or must,
prior to completing and executing this Letter of Transmittal and delivering his
Old Notes, either make appropriate arrangements to register ownership of the
Old Notes in such holder's name or obtain a properly completed bond power from
the registered holder.
4. Partial Tenders. Tenders of Old Notes will be accepted only in
integral multiples of $1,000. If less than the entire principal amount of any
Old Notes is tendered, the tendering holder should fill in the principal amount
tendered in the third column of the box entitled "Description of Old Notes
Tendered" above. The entire principal amount of Old Notes delivered to the
Exchange Agent will be deemed to have been tendered unless otherwise indicated.
If the entire principal amount of all Old Notes is not tendered, then Old Notes
for the principal amount of Old Notes not tendered and Exchange Notes issued in
exchange for any Old Notes accepted will be sent to the holder at his or her
registered address, unless a different address is provided in the appropriate
box on this Letter of Transmittal, promptly after the Old Notes are accepted
for exchange.
5. Signatures on this Letter of Transmittal; Bond Powers and
Endorsements; Medallion Guarantee of Signatures. If this Letter of Transmittal
(or facsimile hereof) is signed by the record holder(s) of the Old Notes
tendered hereby, the signature must correspond with the name(s) as written on
the face of the Old Notes without alteration, enlargement or any change
whatsoever. If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a
participant in the Book- Entry Transfer Facility, the signature must correspond
with the name as it appears on the security position listing as the holder of
the Old Notes.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by the
registered holder or holders of Old Notes listed and tendered hereby and the
Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor are to be issued (or any untendered
principal amount of Old Notes
<PAGE> 7
is to be reissued) to the registered holder, the said holder need not and
should not endorse any tendered Old Notes, nor provide a separate bond power.
In any other case, such holder must either properly endorse the Old Notes
tendered or transmit a properly completed separate bond power with this Letter
of Transmittal, with the signatures on the endorsement or bond power guaranteed
by an Eligible Institution.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) is signed by a person
other than the registered holder or holders of any Old Notes listed, such Old
Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by appropriate bond powers, in each case
signed as the name of the registered holder or holders appears on the Old
Notes.
If this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof) or any Old Notes or
bond powers are signed by trustees, executors, administrators, guardians,
attorneys-in-fact, officers of corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or
representative capacity, such persons should so indicate when signing, and,
unless waived by the Company, evidence satisfactory to the Company of their
authority to act must be submitted with this Letter of Transmittal.
Endorsements on Old Notes or signatures on bond powers required by this
Instruction 5 must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
No signature guarantee is required if (i) this Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile hereof) is signed by the registered holder(s) of the Old Notes
tendered herein (or by a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility whose
name appears on a security position listing as the owner of the tendered Old
Notes) and the Exchange Notes are to be issued directly to such registered
holder(s) (or, if signed by a participant in the Book-Entry Transfer Facility,
deposited to such participant's account at such Book-Entry Transfer Facility)
and neither the box entitled "Special Delivery Instructions" nor the box
entitled "Special Registration Instructions" has been completed, or (ii) such
Old Notes are tendered for the account of an Eligible Institution. In all
other cases, all signatures on this Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile hereof)
must be guaranteed by an Eligible Institution.
6. Special Registration and Delivery Instructions. Tendering holders
should indicate, in the applicable box or boxes, the name and address (or
account at the Book-Entry Transfer Facility) to which Exchange Notes or
substitute Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or not accepted for
exchange are to be issued or sent, if different from the name and address of
the person signing this Letter of Transmittal. In the case of issuance in a
different name, the taxpayer identification or social security number of the
person named must also be indicated.
7. Transfer Taxes. The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any,
applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If,
however, Exchange notes or Old Notes for principal amounts not tendered or
accepted for exchange are to be delivered to, or are to be registered or issued
in the name of, any person other than the registered holder of the Old Notes
tendered hereby, or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any
person other than the person signing this Letter of Transmittal, or if a
transfer tax is imposed for any reason other than the exchange of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange Offer, then the amount of any such transfer taxes
(whether imposed on the registered holder or any other persons) will be payable
by the tendering holder. If satisfactory evidence of payment of such taxes or
exemption therefrom is not submitted with this Letter of Transmittal, the
amount of such transfer taxes will be billed directly to such tendering holder.
EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN THIS INSTRUCTION 7, IT WILL NOT BE NECESSARY FOR
TRANSFER TAX STAMPS TO BE AFFIXED TO THE OLD NOTES LISTED IN THIS LETTER OF
TRANSMITTAL.
8. Tax Identification Number. Federal income tax law requires that a
holder of any Old Notes which are accepted for exchange must provide the
Company (as payor) with its correct taxpayer identification number ("TIN"),
which, in the case of a holder who is an individual is his or her social
security number. If the Company is not provided with the correct TIN, the
holder may be subject to a $50 penalty imposed by Internal Revenue Service.
(If withholding results in an over-payment of taxes, a refund may be obtained).
Certain holders (including, among others, all corporations and certain foreign
individuals) are not subject to these backup withholding and reporting
requirements. See the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification of Taxpayer
Identification Number on Substitute Form W-9" for additional instructions.
To prevent backup withholding, each tendering holder must provide such
holder's correct TIN by completing the Substitute Form W-9 set forth herein,
certifying that the TIN provided is correct (or that such holder is awaiting a
TIN), and that (i) the holder has not been notified by the Internal Revenue
Service that such holder is subject to backup withholding as a result of
failure to report all interest or dividends or (ii) the Internal Revenue
Service has notified the holder that such holder is no longer subject to backup
withholding. If the Old Notes are registered in more than one name or are not
in the name of the actual owner, see the enclosed "Guidelines for Certification
of Taxpayer Identification Number of Substitute Form W-9" for information on
which TIN to report.
The Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to take whatever
steps are necessary to comply with the Company's obligations regarding backup
withholding.
<PAGE> 8
9. Validity of Tenders. All questions as to the validity, form,
eligibility (including time of receipt), acceptance and withdrawal of tendered
Old Notes will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, which
determination will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute
right to reject any and all Old Notes not properly tendered or any Old Notes
the Company's acceptance of which would, in the opinion of the Company or its
counsel, be unlawful. The Company also reserves the absolute right to waive
any conditions of the Exchange Offer or defects or irregularities in tenders as
to particular Old Notes. The Company's interpretation of the terms and
conditions of the Exchange Offer (includes this Letter of Transmittal and the
instructions hereto) shall be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived,
any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Old Notes must be
cured within such time as the Company shall determine. Neither the Company,
the Exchange Agent nor any person shall be under any duty to give notification
of defects or irregularities with regard to tenders of Old Notes nor shall any
of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.
10. Waiver of Conditions. The Company reserves the absolute right to
waive, in whole or part, any of the conditions to the Exchange Offer set forth
in the Prospectus.
11. No Conditional Tender. No alternative, conditional, irregular or
contingent tender of Old Notes on transmittal of this Letter of Transmittal
will be accepted.
12. Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Old Notes. Any holder whose
Old Notes have been mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed should contact the
Exchange Agent at the address indicated above for further instructions.
13. Requests for Assistance or Additional Copies. Requests for
assistance or for additional copies of the Prospectus or this Letter of
Transmittal may be directed to the Exchange Agent at the address or telephone
number set forth on the cover page of this Letter of Transmittal. Holders may
also contact their broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other
nominee for assistance concerning the Exchange Offer.
14. Withdrawal. Tenders may be withdrawn only pursuant to the limited
withdrawal rights set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Exchange
Offer -- Withdrawal of Tenders."
IMPORTANT: THIS LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR A MANUALLY SIGNED FACSIMILE HEREOF
(TOGETHER WITH THE OLD NOTES DELIVERED BY BOOK-ENTRY TRANSFER OR IN ORIGINAL
HARD COPY FORM) MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR THE NOTICE OF
GUARANTEED DELIVERY MUST BE RECEIVED BY THE EXCHANGE AGENT, PRIOR TO THE
EXPIRATION DATE.
<PAGE> 9
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SUBSTITUTE PART 1 -- PLEASE PROVIDE YOUR TIN IN THE Social Security Number
BOX AT RIGHT AND CERTIFY BY SIGNING AND OR Employer Identification Number
FORM W-9 DATING BELOW
------------------------------------
DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY
INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
PART 2 -- Certification -- Under penalties of PART 3 --
perjury, I certify that:
(1) The number shown on this form is my correct Awaiting TIN [ ]
Taxpayer Identification Number (or I am
waiting for a number to be issued to me) and
(2) I am not subject to backup withholding either Please complete the
PAYER'S REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER because I have not been notified by the Certificate of Awaiting
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (TIN) Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") that I am Taxpayer Identification
subject to backup withholding as a result of Number below.
failure to report all interest or dividends,
or the IRS has notified me that I am no
longer subject to backup withholding.
Certificate Instructions -- You must cross out item (2) in Part 2 above if you
have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding because
of underreporting interest or dividends on your tax return. However, if after
being notified by the IRS that you were subject to backup withholding you
received another notification from the IRS stating that you are no longer
subject to backup withholding, do not cross out item (2).
SIGNATURE DATE , 1997
--------------------------------------------------- -------
</TABLE>
NOTE: FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND RETURN THIS FORM MAY RESULT IN BACKUP
WITHHOLDING OF 31% OF ANY PAYMENTS MADE TO YOU PURSUANT TO THE
OFFER. PLEASE REVIEW THE ENCLOSED GUIDELINES FOR CERTIFICATION OF
TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ON SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9 FOR ADDITIONAL
DETAILS.
YOU MUST COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CERTIFICATE IF YOU CHECKED
THE BOX IN PART 3 OF THE SUBSTITUTE FORM W-9
CERTIFICATE OF AWAITING TAXPAYER IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
I certify under penalties of perjury that a taxpayer identification
number has not been issued to me, and either (a) I have mailed or
delivered an application to receive a taxpayer identification number
to the appropriate Internal Revenue Service Center or Social Security
Administration Office or (b) I intend to mail or deliver an application in
the near future. I understand that if I do not provide a taxpayer
identification number to the payor within 60 days, 31% of all reportable
payments made to me thereafter will be withheld until I provide a number.
, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------
Signature Date
<PAGE> 10
CERTIFICATE FOR FOREIGN RECORD HOLDERS
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that I am not a United States
citizen or resident (or I am signing for a foreign corporation, partnership,
estate or trust).
, 1997
- ----------------------------------------------- ------------------------
Signature Date
